[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner e.Lib Home   1.0c
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Location (Dornach)
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: ring
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • The revision was done by comparing it to the German in
    • covering, a house. Thus, if we were to put our experience on uttering
    • birth, during his descent out of the divine spiritual world into what
    • do with formative activity.) Thus when we speak, we bring to
    • during his descent out of the divine spiritual world. All the single
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • gradually discovering man's place in the life of the cosmos, and on
    • — we should find in registering the warmth in the different parts
    • acquired unless we are willing to acknowledge this membering into a
    • astral body brings these forces of feeling into physical operation in
    • Now consider the following. The etheric body remains in us also during
    • outside during sleep. And the human being himself, with his astral
    • astral body by the air organism during waking life. We can speak in a
    • closely into these matters. During sleep it is only the physical body
    • and the etheric body that remain as they are during the waking state;
    • whole organism. During sleep, when the Ego and the astral body are
    • a way during sleep as during the waking state, when the Ego and the
    • During the sleeping state we have within us, instead of the Ego —
    • of that spirit. During sleep our warmth body is pervaded by cosmic
    • for in waking life it is the Ego that brings about in the
    • asleep. Thus we can say: In that we leave our body during sleep, we
    • on waking, finds that he is feverish or is suffering from some kind of
    • knowledge that has an individual-personal bearing. If we did not
    • the air organism, which during the sleeping state is sustained by
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • connection with his body if he did not leave it during sleep and seek
    • the air-organism. He inhales and exhales the air; but during the
    • not bear immediate fruit. For during the life between birth and death,
    • bring life with us when we pass out into the cosmos through the
    • what Spiritual Science feels it a duty to bring to mankind at the
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • with will. We bring will into thinking and thereby attain freedom. As
    • standing in the world, can bring to realization in himself in such a
    • had a dim inkling that we bring mathematics with us from our existence
    • in a certain sense, during the life between birth and death.
    • bring thoughts into the will-nature, when we overcome the element of
    • bear in ourselves that which brings matter to birth: our head; and we
    • when he accepts the existence of fixed, ever-enduring atoms. What
  • Title: Lecture: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • over in Asia. She brings him back to Egypt, where Ahriman, the enemy, cuts
    • shadow of the sun disappeared into the base of the pyramid at the spring
    • buried from spring to fall in the earth where they develop the forces of
    • different form during our fifth post-Atlantean age. Humankind must
    • stage. Lucifer is the power trying to bring into the modern
    • appear again in his spiritual form during the course of the twentieth
    • Christmas, in order to bring us into Christmas day, the day of Christ.
    • the manger and bring to the Child our sacrifice and our gift, which lie in
    • should actually shine as a light of peace, as a light that brings external
    • peace, only because first of all it brings an inner peace into the hearts
    • to do this. Nothing will come of this community if we merely bring into it
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • earnest, especially during the last decades — since the last third of
    • all that I bring forward here is intended not as mere criticism, but
    • evolution of mankind during the epoch of the Spiritual Soul, in which
    • also take hold of man — bring him physical death. In the great
    • active within man, they bring him death. But we must now ask
    • is their function, apart from the fact that they bring death to man?
    • It would be altogether wrong to imagine that the forces which bring
    • machine which has the task of wearing out the rails — he would of
    • wearing out of the rails belongs to the essence of the railway engine.
    • Universe which bring death to man are there for this express purpose.
    • Their bringing of death to man is only a collateral effect — an
    • What then is the proper task of the forces that bring death to man? It
    • as a by-product of their working — bring death to man, is this: To
    • to bring about a wholesome condition for humanity in future. And in
    • him in such a way that he brings to full manifestation in himself the
    • great Universe, and bring death to man — I may now also refer in a
    • can simply say: “They bring about evil actions within the human
    • must completely unite the forces of death with his own being during
    • evolution only during the Jupiter period, even as he now receives the
    • work during our own fifth post-Atlantean period — those inclinations
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • We have often explained how the development of man takes place during
    • being during the period up to the change of teeth. More or less
    • the senses are during the rest of human life. The child is still in
    • These configurations of the etheric body remain during the embryonic
    • there. On the other hand, during the time from the change of teeth
    • body. He keeps this etheric heart during his childhood years, but then
    • his astral body, however, he brings with him an image of the
    • And now, this is the peculiar thing: during the very time when the
    • organs. Thus we see the whole astral body, which man brings with him
    • understand the astral which man brings with him. We must know in the
    • permeated gradually, through and through, with that which man brings
    • the physical organs the concrete forms which it brings with it from
    • far as the astral is concerned, you have a gathering together of all
    • embryo. What man brings with him from the spiritual world, having
  • Title: Lecture: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • organization of the human being is spiritually prepared during the
    • essentially during the entire physical life on earth, but it does not
    • express itself during physical earthly life as something outwardly
    • membranes that envelop the human embryo during its development
    • body soul-spirit efficacy of the human being during his physical
    • appear during earthly life. During earthly life there is a continuous
    • direct penetration of the organism by way of the ego brings about
    • vessels, becomes rebellious. It wants to bring about healing, wants
    • bring heaviness into the body; the blood, for example, by receiving
    • thus bring destructive and death-bringing breakdown processes into
    • bring it to the outside, then the constructive activity in the blood
    • world-periphery directly down to the earth instead of entering the
    • into the human organism and bringing them to activity in the
    • gatherings with schemes they can argue about, schemes describing how
    • human being and his relationship to the world, with bringing the
    • occupy ourselves with aunt-and-uncle gatherings in sectarian circles,
    • centripetal astrality — on the path of disappearing
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • the animal world and upon the world of man which now surround us? During
    • that during the Atlantean epoch the
    • then come into the sixth and seventh epochs. During the sixth and seventh
    • serious and important results. During the sixth epoch of the post-Atlantean
    • whatever during the sixth epoch, our bodily form will then obtain its
    • During the sixth epoch,
    • obliged to admit: During the fifth post-Atlantean epoch, a few materialists
    • education, but during the sixth post-Atlantean epoch this will no
    • which contain so much suffering. They describe a time, the coming of
    • which may be felt in advance, a time which will really exist during
    • to prevent the terrible fate which will befall mankind during the sixth
    • Homer knew that a higher spirit was inspiring him. But at the present
  • Title: Lecture: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • Suppose that we observe an animal during the course of a year. We will find
    • larger human communities during earlier stages of the earth's evolution
    • repeatedly observed during our historical studies. We have become familiar,
    • earlier peoples. Their pictorial consciousness gradually diminished during
    • will then bring him fully to free consciousness of the Self.
    • during the course of a year. Now in ancient times people still
    • through spring, summer, autumn and winter. It does not give its development
    • forward, towering above the animals, one must still concede that he has
    • life on earth, we shall have to look at human life from ever-differing
    • those preparing for initiation in the Mysteries.
    • vegetative life, and also of animal life. In his world he was able to bring
    • whereas we experience a purely pictorial panorama of our life during the
    • their intellect and in freedom, that the true being of man was pouring from
    • from pre-earthly life and bring it to fruition in his life on earth.
    • at a particular point in his life he feels something flowering and coming
    • warmth, inner light, has arisen in him during life on earth. He acquires a
    • know something which arises within his humanity during his life on earth.
    • The exhortation ‘Know Thyself — bring your humanity to fruition
    • spring and summer. And man knows: Once upon a time we were instinctively
    • was analogous to spring in the life of the insect. Then came the Greek era,
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • this question merely by saying that there is a possibility of acquiring
    • merely confined, let us say, to our jaws or their neighboring organs, but
    • man's organization during the first seven years of his life, become, as it
    • bring it down into material existence so that material existence can be
    • into, I would now like to bring something of very great importance.
    • processes that the forces from the planet's interior bring about up till the
    • learned. Comparing this with our present-day consciousness it would be
    • People must achieve the art of acquiring relatively more for themselves
    • social ideas, but if people shy away from acquiring any knowledge of man
    • to bring about social conditions. They cannot produce social conditions
    • lacking today, to bring down to a material level what we think of on a
    • spiritual level. Not until we are capable of bringing down onto a material
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • towards the threefold membering of a healthy social organism was
    • — succumbed to the extraordinary fallacy of admiring such an
    • going about masked as prophets to-day endeavouring to better the lot
    • to bring the spirit to birth from its own inmost being! This can
    • birth through encountering what is dead if it is to penetrate into
    • Germanic world during the first centuries after the founding of
    • distinction consistent with the threefold membering of the body
    • the period of which I have spoken, he could not help suffering from an
    • Rudolf von Ihering
    • jurisprudence current in the modern age. The book written by Ihering on the
    • endeavouring to apply the concepts he had acquired to jurisprudence —
    • world of which I spoke in the two preceding lectures. Only by entering
    • Of salient importance during this period was the increasing
    • bringing to a decisive issue the overwhelming difference between
    • incarnated as they came down from above, the wanderings and movements
    • understand this, we must consider once more the threefold membering of
    • the material and the physical, thinks of this threefold membering, he
    • This threefold membering of the human being, which will ultimately
    • your feeling, from your hearing, the earth shines out into the cosmos.
    • heard by the appropriate organs of hearing. And the process of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • this spirituality is active in him only during his waking hours or in
    • work in him during sleep too, within that part of his being where his
    • because we are asleep. But just as the sun also shines during the
    • work during sleep, when the bodily part of our being is engaged in
    • But during waking activity too, that is to say when our will is in
    • being. Feeling brings a certain light into, intensifies,
    • irregularly during sleep and we have nightmares. In a nightmare, the
    • during sleep. What lives in this will lies — and rightly so for the
    • its right place, namely as the regulator of organic activity during
    • the Egyptians and Chaldeans caused men to bring an element of
    • bringing into it sympathies and antipathies inhering in the conceptual
    • Indeed during the first centuries of Christendom, Christ was still a
    • whose task it was to bring Christianity to the world. And out of the
    • that locality which, by its very nature, will bring it into complete
    • door for trade in China — only those conferences will bring salvation
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • The world of spirit in which we live during our pre-earthly existence
    • own astral body feels pain at the sight of suffering in others. For
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • Let us now bring before our souls beings who are intimately connected,
    • tenderness, as it moved hovering over the Mystery of Golgotha. And we saw
    • Bearing this in mind, let us look for a moment at Raphael and see how he
    • who came forth from Elijah-John, appearing before mankind in two different
    • forms, preparing through art and through poetry the true Michael mood of
    • Springing from Powers of the Sun,
    • Bearing mankind aloft — the sacred Will of Worlds.
    • Into your soul's aspiring, a c t i v e l y !
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • descending into an earthly body. During that state of consciousness
    • am comparing these ancient men with animals; for, although their
    • share in it, he brings us death, and with it, the intellect, and we
    • stirring teaching. Many a one, whom history barely mentions, bore
    • already, and particularly, during the fourth and fifth centuries
    • calling of a scribe, could, however, bring this divine wisdom only as
    • take during the trial of Christ Jesus. This was the course of Paul's
    • convince Saul. Only Christ himself could convince him, by appearing
    • and that this enemy is the source of error on earth. In bringing the
    • intellect, he brings also the possibility of error, and, in its
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • person suffering from speech impediments or. muteness, there is some
    • entering the brain in this process? Well, blood, of course. As I
    • observe and perceive. The child's movements in uttering consonants
    • relatively little structuring. On the one hand, we have the left
    • Movements of arms and hands, then, have a strong bearing on the
    • also gets into the habit of hearing more clearly on the right side,
    • around considering only superficial things and ignore the inner
  • Title: Lecture: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • not be outlined today before a considerable gathering of people. They
    • said that during the Old Moon period our present sense-organs were
    • for if this were so, and if all that man experienced during the Old
    • during the Old Moon period; that during the Old Moon period man was
    • Old Moon. But if someone has a Moon vision here during the Earth
    • relate himself to the world in the same way as during the Old Moon
    • living inwardly in his hearing; instead of living only in the stomach
    • transcended. Then it is no longer the needs of the senses which bring
    • Science has to bring about. Materialism has brought about the exact
    • lecture, and during it he was to say something that would be felt as
    • spring from his seat, and a scuffle was to ensue. During the scuffle
    • imaginative rendering of the aesthetic situation of mankind, and
    • the Spirit showering down into Maya-Maria, even as the blood-drops of
    • Schiller had in mind when he wrote, referring especially to moral
    • Dringst du in der Erkenntnis Land.*
  • Title: Lecture: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • When considering this change one could certainly start from
    • is tending towards the destruction of all that springs from middle
    • but succeeds in bringing the influence of reason into closer accord
    • a matter of course. Today it is said: If we bring about a right social
    • men could bring about a right social structure if they had not been
    • looks for man again in the external world, and brings the entire
    • maintain the State without bringing it the necessary nourishment
  • Title: Lecture: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • experience we had in the sphere of feeling during the previous
    • again into our life of soul during the next stage of life. People do
    • during the whole of the interval something has been going on in the
    • do not attempt to bring them into our consciousness. The result is
    • subjective aspect, simply cannot bring the Christ Event into his
    • altering the sense, for Harnack has no glimmering of the specific
    • needed: the evolution of human culture requires that Man should bring
    • wish to promote enthusiasm for some sort of ideal. It springs from an
  • Title: Lecture: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • MAN, OFFSPRING OF THE WORLD OF STARS
    • and enters into possession of its full, inner force during the age of
    • to be awakened during the age of the culture of the mind or intellect,
    • during the night into the spaces of the dark firmament. Without some
    • experience the light by entering in spirit into the events connected
    • been evolved by simply transferring earthly conditions to the world
    • springtime. There are people here and there who feel that the Ego is
    • outside, even during the period of embryonic life, are the active
    • receives his shape and form from the Cosmos; he is an offspring of the
    • Its most important period of development is during embryonic life. The
    • and are the essential factor in bringing about a proper connection
    • our health depend on how our astral body has developed during the
    • during the first twelve years of life. Again we find the parallelism
    • entering. He prepares for his descent to the Earth and — since
    • into which our civilisation has fallen, and bring a new spiritual life
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • when he is quite close it appears that he is preparing to make
    • before entering it penetrates more intensely into the etheric
    • yourselves someone asleep. During sleep, processes of the
    • this intermediate state where, before entering directly into
    • condition any more than they are during the period of waking
    • during sleep. Imaginative consciousness is only able to behold
    • person can bring back something into the waking life through
    • sleep we can always dream, that is, we can always bring
    • during sleep not only does the human being enter the realm of
    • conscious of the fact that, during sleep, they had been faced
    • salts of the body are especially strongly deposited. During
    • this third state of sleep a very strong storing up of salts
    • the deepest sleep — that is, if you could bring into it
    • manifestations of the Gods in nature. During sleep we enter
    • feeling and willing, so during sleep we either flow with the
    • pictures, alternately appearing and disappearing, the cosmic
    • there, wandering over the Earth from people to people. This
    • consciousness of this wandering of Ahasueris has always
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • bring about agreement in the terrible quarrels between the adherents
    • wisdom because it was still cultivated in many places during the first
    • This wisdom was well suited to bring about reconciliation between the
    • South of Europe during the first four centuries after the Mystery of
    • History is well-nigh blank in regard to these things, but during the
    • many hands in the Roman world during the first Christian centuries and
  • Title: Lecture: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • that the words that ring in his speaking, coming as they do from the
    • history. What I want to bring forward does not refer to any one
    • ones in respect of such matters as we shall be considering. To-day
    • with long epochs of time when we are considering the evolution of
    • influence and he would fain bring it into the orbit of his life, or
    • the nearest rendering for ‘Philinter.’ (Note by Translator).
    • living spring and fountain of language.
    • present and had to resort to the past. During the time since the
    • Christ first made Himself known to men, during all this time while He
  • Title: Lecture: Gnostic Doctrines and Supersensible Influences in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • relatively subordinate rank. And this brings us to a consideration of
    • so, among those in whom these ideas lived during the early Christian
    • would be served to-day by entering into a detailed consideration of
    • the various ideas current in Greece, Asia Minor and its neighbouring
    • during the different epochs. In an earlier age, kinship with the
    • revealed to him. The springing-forth of individual thoughts
    • Middle Ages, then, were the period during which man was meant to
    • the fore during the Middle Ages and from which sprang the new
    • Earth but in the spiritual world bordering on the Earth, the
    • physical world, there arose during the later Middle Ages, continuing
    • world. They were preparing for something that must be achieved in our
    • aim was to bring the strivings for rationalistic thought into line
    • mankind will be accomplished. But if they persist in ignoring what is
  • Title: Lecture I: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • sometimes how myths have been formed among neighbouring peoples of
    • circle. We shall see how the construction of such God-myths springs
    • of enraging Typhon, and as Osiris came back from his wanderings
    • against them. And again the inspiring Beings wished to remain at
    • the Inspiring, the Inspiring through the Imagining. We live as human
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • orientate oneself for what is to come by considering what has been.
    • East knew that they were to bring their offerings to the new
    • there then during the Osiris-time? During the Osiris-time there was
    • during the age of Osiris was a picture-writing and this was
    • ‘Dream of Olaf Åsteson’
    • have spoken. That the divine was then pouring itself forth in man —
    • during the whole human life between birth and death.
    • chauvinistic impulse for the national; that is the lingering relic of
    • ordering in the heavens. Today where there is no longer such ordering
    • This tearing loose of what is contained in the word — I wanted
    • to bring it forward as illustrating the abstraction-process
    • without discovering how these things, these words, were
    • of Spring when the transition took place from the old Imaginative
    • alive again, we must find ways and means to bring Osiris to life. I
    • This brings us to the
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • We have been endeavouring in these lectures to understand something
    • order and hence into the whole ordering of mankind, into Providence,
    • taught in Egypt. During his absence upon journeys, as he conferred on
    • ordering of the world, but one could say that Isis was the epitome of
    • particular illusion: the new Isis had an offspring — and she
    • took possession of this new Isis. So the new Isis had an offspring,
    • this new offspring. And she moved it about, she dragged it far off
    • trailed the new offspring about, and since she had trailed and
    • carried her offspring into the world and the world had dismembered it
    • fourteen offspring of the new Isis had a countenance that
    • see the whole miraculous change that had come to her offspring. She
    • true offspring which only through an illusion had been stamped into
    • the offspring of Typhon, there dawned upon her a remarkable
    • weak, exploring and attempting, it is to be the starting point of
    • a spring. We have seen how we live in the age of abstractions, where
    • better if you try to bring them before the eye of your soul in such
    • figure) ‘Bring me a doctor,’ he would take the word
    • literally and would bring a man who had graduated as doctor from a
    • University. But he would perhaps bring a man who was — excuse
    • Eulenspiegel is still wandering through the different lands.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • bring before your spiritual eyes in showing how one can look towards
    • greatest age, one that brings most of all to humanity, one that
    • we wish to give the right colouring, the right nuance of feeling to
    • their true light then we can say: when the sun rose in the Spring it
    • very insusceptible to these things. During the first
    • inwardly as something bodily. That was during the ‘Cancer-culture’;
    • the spring, the autumn, and he formed his concepts accordingly. And
    • if this represents the path of the sun and here the sun in spring
    • the Spring equinox stands in Taurus are connected
    • the mission, during a particular constellation, of very especially
    • Mercury, Moon; the decanates during the Gemini-age: Jupiter, Mars,
    • Sun; the decanates during the Taurus-age: Mercury, Moon, Saturn; the
    • decanates during the Aries-age: Mars, Sun, Venus. And the decanates
    • during our age, the Pisces epoch, are very characteristically those
    • must bring the ideas from far away. For one can say:
    • Kameneff-Rosenfeld could bring forward proofs at that time that in
    • I wanted to bring the matter forward merely as an example to show
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • one or another standpoint during my present stay here, but which are
    • reverse path is to be attributed to mankind. During the 2,160 years
    • He had the joy of not only progressing during his growth, and
    • year, are entering the twenty-sixth and so on. So that men are
    • gone on in people's minds during the course of the 18th Century then
    • merely to bring forward a fact, to consider a human outlook.)
    • enthusiastic if one were directly sharing in it at the present day.
    • I have pointed out how a flaring-up of Goethe's poetic power always
    • there is a dying down. And one could bring forward many, many such
    • point of view as something absolute, something which must bring
    • Spiritual Science. One can see that by various examples: I will bring
    • I bring this example
    • needs it, the material which is absorbed today during one's
    • acquiring knowledge in later years. I once knew a very famous man —
    • itself upon mankind, it will bring the greatest unhappiness upon
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • that sounds strange at first hearing but which corresponds to a deep
    • age it was still possible to bring about a deeper knowledge of man
    • experiences. What he would thus have experienced during sixty years
    • social life. It is really true that during his young days a man takes
    • Spiritual Science rightly understood can bring about these two
    • and buried. Rather did they bring themselves into connection with the
    • world, it has no opportunity of pouring things into such concepts
    • not yet got, and which will bring to expression, not abstractly, but
    • respects he could even express right ideas with ringing words —
    • co-operating in this evolution, or opposing and hindering it,
    • life, it has to bring something quite foreign into the social common
    • show this; I will bring forward one.
    • If we want to put things in a few words we can say: Schoolmastering
    • ranks as Schoolmastering is completely foreign to the true being of
    • Wilson.] revered through political idolatry. Schoolmastering,
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • starry heaven is at work to bring about the form, the shaping, the
    • springs of water for the men. This went on very largely in the
    • goes to pieces gradually during our life and the spiritual arises. We
    • Thus the whole man can then be rejuvenated during the lifetime to be
    • are already here during our physical life preparing the next planet
    • is only seventy-two years old saying he cannot go on lecturing. I am
    • scribbling, at the end, a world-conception is supposed to spring
    • so that they may ripen. If he brings forward what he has only just
    • found through that of which we have spoken, through the maturing
    • on earth were quite different during the age of this Atlantean
    • perpetually tied to the apron-strings of the cosmos, if our head had
    • during the Greco-Roman civilization. Human beings had then, of
    • bring forward two things to illustrate this, though hundreds might be
    • mainspring of the present so-called war is to be found in the general
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages
    • The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and
    • During my recent lectures I have brought forward a few things with
    • of human evolution during the time comprised within the 300
    • developed to a height which has not been surpassed during the three
    • study) obtained its contents above all during the centuries which
    • this dual character of cognition during the Middle Ages. New
    • acquiring a more and more positive character. It was no longer
    • reality, an offspring of the scholastic manner of thinking. We
    • of considering things. The spirit and the meaning contained within
    • this modern science of Nature, are, however, the very offspring of
    • almost a super-sensible colouring. In view of the fact that the things
    • colouring, natural science began to oppose it more and more, ever
    • to the fact that, during the time which immediately preceded it, the
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • Haeckel gave to his world-conception, and even without considering
    • During
    • B or Mr. C, had to speak during this Haeckel celebration. I might say
    • During
    • was what philosophy could bring forward at that time! This was
    • nerve-sensory part of the human being above all has developed during
    • considering to-day. For this reason, the things which I am about to
    • intellectualism) during the daytime, while he is awake, from the
    • may say: During his waking life, from the moment of waking up to the
    • to you during sleep, just as little do you know what takes place with
    • whole human being, and it even brings to the fore things in which the
    • continually during the whole time between birth and death.
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • of appeal to what lives in Nature, saying something more enduring and
    • have spoken in this way — to bring an offering to the great God
    • on the basis of what we have learnt by measuring, counting and
    • like John Scotus Erigena. During this era the human soul lived in a
    • the vegetation shoots forth in spring, by the way it dies in autumn —
    • can be obtained by measuring, counting and weighing as something
    • example of the change that can be wrought in a mind by entering into
    • Any history written with psychological insight will bring home to our
    • when it signified a pouring of the soul's life into the life of
    • past, an element which expresses itself in an inward sharing in the
    • This inward sharing in the experiences of another is only possible
    • who do not utter words but only bring forth a consequence of sound.
    • bubbling of a spring of inner life, is also present in everything
    • when we listen to words, we are hearing merely what the head of
    • the moulding of his words, then we are hearing an expression of his
    • during the period beginning about the third millennium B.C.
    • of feeling in other beings, through the age of sharing in the
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • and objects of this world of sense-existence, of discovering the laws
    • human soul into that world in which the soul is immersed during
    • Jacob Boehme’s magnificent, albeit stammering utterances, his
    • stammering utterances. We should read into them all kinds of dark,
    • interpretations they bring forward. Were it not an evidence of
    • matters of which Boehme himself had only a glimmering understanding
    • processes which revealed themselves to man as the ever-recurring
    • taste is only one of the many senses. The processes of hearing and of
    • concrete and unerring intuition the Initiates of olden times were
    • During the
    • understand it and could only express it in faltering words.
    • three Holy Kings from the East, therefore, are referring to Balaam,
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • a way of thought rather than a body of dogma, springs from the work
    • bring the outlook of Anthroposophy to bear on questions and
    • by no means without significance for what we do during our earthly
    • have realised that anthroposophical Spiritual Science is endeavouring
    • still present in men, although springing, it is true, from atavistic
    • this. Just look at the diplomas conferring the Doctor's degree
    • because it means tearing themselves away from the convenient things
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge that can bring to realization what Goethe already divined:
    • taking of these steps which must bring blessing to the
    • man so deeply that it pervades everything he brings forth out of his
    • a question of gathering together, as it were, similar strivings in
    • persons out of whose hearts springs the impulse to strive for that
    • and bring forth out of the spiritual revelations of the present day
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • is based, felt: “The world contains an inspiring element and
    • ancient seers, experienced the inspiring element of the sentient soul
    • it “Wainamoinen”. This is nothing but the inspiring
    • element of the sentient soul, inspiring it from out [of] the cosmos,
    • exercise an inspiring influence — and there, etheric bodies can
  • Title: Lecture: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • Perceiving and Remembering
    • Remembering
    • "images/PrcRem_image002.gif" name="Perceiving and Remembering Graphic1"
    • considering; of course, the other members of the etheric body — the
    • part that we are considering today; I will speak of it therefore as the
    • that during the waking state we are both with our ego and astral body within
    • and ego, which during the day, when we are awake, is within the physical and
    • it, throws off and allows to pass before it. During the first few days after
    • that serve Ahriman are always present, they bring it to pass that when man is
    • passed through the Mystery of Golgotha, during that time when He still
    • intimate disciples of Jesus Christ during the time I have indicated. They
    • instructed in all these matters during the time that Christ held intercourse
    • Gods of Chaos (consciously, when out of the physical body). May the offspring
    • matter to be understood without first preparing the soul for it —
    • without preparing ourself for the understanding of it. In our day a far more
    • that what should be inculcated during the tender years of childhood into the
    • springs from Spiritual Science and frequently ask ourselves what is within
    • the beliefs of their readers with tender care. A newspaper never brings to
    • sheltering themselves behind the infallibility of their paper. They are, of
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • Bearing
    • something that was first implanted in us during the Saturn period,
    • colouring. The modern investigation of historical evolution, the
    • ordering and outstreaming of the twelve Signs of the Zodiac as a
    • sense of forces which were Saturn forces. And if we try to bring
    • Taurus, or Gemini, bring about destiny. Yet one can read from the
    • and dies away during the embryonic development, in what is lost with
    • existed during the Old Moon evolution still playing an active part,
    • what can only thrive during earthly evolution within the protecting
    • sheath of the maternal body was the whole nature during the Old Moon
    • concerned with the endeavour to bring free thought-creation into
    • them during the second period. Preparation is made in the first
    • these reflections. We are considering the course of philosophical
    • how the Spirits of Wisdom enter during the Sun-evolution.
    • Now during earthly evolution they enter again not into what is new
    • Sun existence; beings who remained behind during
    • during the Sun time can use man's philosophical evolution in
    • philosophy and so of furthering their own existence. Men can thus
    • you see, it is as if we look there into differing ranges of Beings,
    • was my wish to add these thoughts to what we have been considering
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • researches carried out during the 19th century into earthly
    • to begin with as a gathering of spiritual Beings living in great
    • Whereas in endeavouring to fathom the mysteries of the universe we
    • are opposed to progress, who ever and again want to bring back the
    • When efforts to bring clarity of thought to bear upon some weighty
    • him during the night. And many a one who has found a better solution
    • for some problem during the night, as though out of dream, than
    • during the previous day, would have to admit, if he knew the truth,
    • Jupiter is able to bring satisfaction to man's need for wisdom. And
    • particularly during its last period — when there was a great
    • and his revelations remain in the unconscious if a man does not bring
    • — only of course the Sun is there to regulate it — spring
    • Venus and Mercury bring into the human being the karmic element that
  • Title: Lecture: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • I want to bring forward certain matters which concern mankind's
    • relationship with certain spiritual powers during the earth's future.
    • inertia. Thoughts run along the old grooves but the intellect brings
    • intelligence has become something mechanical which no longer springs
    • characteristics. During the period in which man developed the
    • head in what their soul brings to light.
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • from cosmic spheres into the realm of earth-existence, bringing with them “the
    • Saturn, Sun and Moon periods of evolution, during which no mineral kingdom
    • time during the Earth period. Mineral substance, therefore, became part of
    • man's being only during this Earth period. During the stages of Saturn, old
    • which reached its climax during the nineteenth century. And today man is
    • that Beings from beyond the earth are bringing the messages from the spiritual
    • so very shabbily to these Beings who are appearing from the cosmos and coming
    • the earth. And from the earth there will spring forth a terrible brood of
    • plant-existence, but possessed of overpowering wisdom. These spidery creatures
    • want to unite with men are bringing down from the cosmos, or whether men intend
    • and are told that in this way they are acquiring knowledge of the nature of man
    • replaced by another. It is the phase which was destined to bring to man the
    • but bring himself to look concretely at things that are connected with his
    • of plant-life and the theories that were evolved during the nineteenth century
    • entering the sphere which the Beings from beyond the earth have been trying to
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • occasion for comparing the Mystery upon which it is based with
    • union between man and all that takes place in earthly life during the
    • certain seasons to make an offering of these thoughts to the higher
    • of his deepest feelings to make a sacrificial offering to the Gods
    • Midsummer, a solemn offering must be made to the Upper Gods in
    • This act was merely meant to signify that the offering made by man's
    • which the soul desired to send upwards to the Gods as an offering for
    • Mysteries went to the ceremonies bearing the symbols of wisdom; and
    • they had made the solemn offering it was as though they declared to
    • taken by the seasons of the year, entering as Midsummer approaches
    • by referring to some very simple facts. — Those of you who have
    • during Winter and put their potatoes in them. Down there in the earth
    • warmth of the Sun that have streamed to it during the Summer. The
    • During Winter it is Summer underneath the surface of the earth. And
    • make the sacrificial offering for another, but when the one shares
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    • Spiritual Science: during sleep the Ego and astral body are outside
    • and astral body, as they return into the physical body, bring with
    • order prevailing in the physical and etheric bodies. He really brings
    • more aware of the dimming of the life of thought during nightly
    • of will to a very small extent indeed during the wide-open
    • During waking life, therefore, we are also entangled in
    • initiation brings back with him on waking the effects of what he has
    • into the etheric and physical bodies. For he brings back with him
    • bring him into connection with the lawful — please do not
    • little consciousness of the things I am referring to here, as can be
    • observed from certain glaring symptoms in the procedures of ordinary
    • Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring, 1958).]
    • other sentence there, and so on. ... At first hearing this may seem
    • Europe during the Fourth Post-Atlantean epoch of civilisation and on
    • different during the Fourth Post-Atlantean epoch, even in its final
    • boundary between the two forms of experience was established during
    • enquiring into this silencing of the undertones once heard in speech,
    • nobody can understand the jolt that was given to humanity during the
    • detect how completely the ring of events even in the Middle Ages
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • Conquering Egotism.
    • Conquering Egotism.
    • if I tell you that our physical body is a corpse, even during the
    • all be ill. They would bring us illness. We would bear within our
    • your childhood upward, can say “I” when referring to
    • During the first post-Atlantean epoch we have a deep influence
    • proceeding from the Ego; during the second post-Atlantean epoch, a
    • deep influence proceeding form the astral body; during the third
    • vegetable world; during the 6th epoch we must learn to know the
    • animal kingdom, and only during the 7th epoch the real kingdom of
    • seek during the 5th post-Atlantean epoch. Science should, as it were,
    • During my present visit, I pointed out to you how selfishly modern
    • facts lying at the foundation of these things. During the epoch
    • during the past four or five years will be followed by the mightiest
    • be stirred, deeply stirred on hearing that in the West there is a
    • Centre there is a civilization differing from that of the two poles
    • of our leading men are given a classical education during the years
    • During my life I received innumerable letters from church people
    • go towards him, but do not set store on the fact that people bring
    • We can really say that we are welcoming each day which brings us
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • always keeps to the surface of things. But, especially during the
    • education will bring such a feeling to life. If education up to
    • years! This folly has been slowly gathering strength during recent
    • membering of mankind according to the will of its individual
    • aroused. And to-day national chauvinism rings through the whole
    • bring it about that the social structure corresponds only with what
    • evolution can come about in you: during earth-evolution only the
    • cannot during earth-existence attain spirit-self in my astral body,
    • And by developing the consciousness-soul now, I am preparing myself
    • know that I cannot yet bring spirit-self into my entire astral body,
    • but I have to bring it into my consciousness-soul. As man, I must
    • during the period of earth-existence they cannot fully emerge. These
    • always to be aware that he is preparing himself inwardly for
    • quite unworkable. All such things bring modern civilisation up
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • who lived during the period described in my
    • manifesting in lightning and thunder, in springs and rivers, in wind and
    • remains for the most part an unconscious process. But during certain
    • The yogi, by altering the rhythm of the breath, drew it
    • to the earth. This is the consequence of gradually entering into the
    • bring it into the rhythm of the external world. We then experience, for
    • pain but rather through great suffering.
    • suffering.
    • acquire a new habit and during that time I shall concentrate my whole
    • with iron determination and unwavering will. It is often the case that if,
    • the case at the present time, this immersion in pain and suffering
    • knowledge of them through deprivation and suffering. I am not saying this
    • of higher worlds demands the overcoming of suffering.
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • will be the first full moon of spring and upon this full moon will fall
    • the rays of the springtime sun, for since the 21st of March
    • the sun has been in the sign of spring. When, therefore, men on earth
    • is the first after the full moon of spring, then is the time to keep the
    • means for bringing to expression man's connection with the worlds beyond
    • Christianity, to some of those early mysteries which during a certain
    • bring to mankind true and fitting ideas about Christianity — and to do
    • spiritual being who entered the body of Jesus of Nazareth during the
    • so hard to bring to mankind. Let us try in the language of the present
    • single moment; nevertheless the Event of Golgotha did bring about an
    • during which men beheld, together with the world of the senses, also the
    • disappearing, and that another vision of the spiritual was now to dawn
    • were able to understand it: that the old spiritual vision brings no
    • bring men out of the habit of looking to the spirits of air and of
    • spiritual ring than has the mere echo left us in our translation. It
    • as unreal, preferring to regard it as a kind of hallucination that befell
    • habits of thought; they use the old words, they go on uttering them more
    • ago ceased caring whether or not we have a real understanding of the
    • During the Fifth
    • ordering of the world must inevitably arise in a time when man wants to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • the same time a self-contained being, by bearing in mind
    • cosmos, and by bringing his head through birth, from the
    • during the time when he was not enclosed within a body.
    • everywhere on ourselves. With our body's covering
    • brings us to the point of
    • his inner life develops by offering resistance to the
    • pouring out water, by walking over the fields with urns and
    • pouring out water: Aquarius. And he becomes a trader
    • maturing process —
    • During
    • character: A man striding along with two urns and pouring
    • water out of them. He is watering the earth and is
    • in the age of Pisces. During this age developed everything
    • head and the thorax still form a whole in the child, during
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • into all that these souls bring to expression in earthly life. I have pointed
    • suppressed, so that during the torture they forgot, in their surface
    • spiritual kingdoms and want to bring Man down and lead him into evil, who are
    • During
    • And thus it came about that, during the moments while they were actually
    • the Templars had accomplished by entering in a living spiritual sense into
    • even he was not strong enough to bring to actual expression the mighty
    • that it is the parents alone who bring the children to existence. Seen
    • their offspring, who might be completely deprived of all independence, of all
    • human beings bearing physical bodies of the earth; and when we accept
    • orderings, to the end that they acquire the faculty of holding the balance
    • engendering interest — deep interest in one soul for the other. For in
    • The I is only in its beginning. During the whole of our life between birth
    • During
    • to the true and genuine Sons of the Gods who bring forward normal evolution,
    • Do ye arrest, in ever-during thought!
    • enduring thoughts! Such an enduring thought was placed into the world when
    • again to the enduring thought when he discovered the principle of electricity
    • Do ye arrest, in ever-during thought!
    • “enduring thoughts.” For then we feel how in the world here and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • I desire to bring before your souls to-day for further meditation,
    • suspended their growth, their blossoming and fruit-bearing. Only
    • regions during the course of the year, but we shall endeavour to
    • direct our attention to all that springs forth and sprouts on Earth,
    • asleep. But it wakes to full consciousness during the time when
    • the Earth, we can really say that during the height of summer in our
    • winter it is awake. At this season, however, during the time at which
    • wakes during winter time and sleeps in summer? What is the peculiar
    • thus able to unfold again in spring in accordance with the secrets of
    • the cosmos, and can bring forth their blossoms and fruit. In this
    • plants bring forth their leaves, blossoms and fruit.
    • But during the time the plants are producing their
    • indicated in a recent lecture, we are preparing ourselves in the
    • Initiation,’ we are preparing ourselves for that new cosmic New
    • year, to that for which we are preparing ourselves, by endeavouring
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • that it brings in its train, we recognise that Spiritual Science must
    • have been ours during the last few days over into the realm of the
    • During the past autumn we have considered the deeper
    • natural science during the nineteenth century and on into the present
    • Let us take another example. During the past year I
    • Speech. You will remember that during the autumn I gave you
    • able to attain understanding of that which the seer is able to bring
    • what a really tremendous duty springs from an insight into this fact,
    • advanced at first but slowly. These hindering conditions have
    • means of furthering Natural Science increased in rapid succession.
    • greatest faults of our day lie, which are bringing about the decline
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • let action and social life spring from it, the main thing was joy
    • infer this from all you have been hearing for many years — in
    • the mouth uttering these secrets then lays the burden of sin upon
    • secret societies; for otherwise the mouth uttering them is sinful,
    • and the ear hearing them is likewise sinful.”
    • there he appeared in gatherings where everything else went on in a
    • destructive forces appearing to-day — in the East of Europe,
    • to find his bearings in regard to what thus penetrates into his
    • thought, which must be there in front of the memory-mirror, brings
    • permeating human existence. And through such feelings they bring
    • activities, which has hitherto been in the regions bordering
    • civilisation. We need a confidence which will be able to bring into
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • there is really nothing in the world that would not bring blessing to man,
    • already here and now, is bringing to birth by carrying his moral
    • This brings us
    • not end by gathering up all the natural laws in what is called the
    • the spiritual conflict that was fought out during the earliest
    • qualities of the Father. But to avoid this we must bring forward
    • speak or hear in intercourse with other people, hearing and speaking
    • being where speaking and hearing go on at the same time.
    • Hearing and speaking are once more united. The “inner
    • to you that you perceive with your sense of hearing, then you know
    • to our intellectuality is in course of wearing away.
    • subdued philosophical feeling of Solovieff. He does not bring it to
    • crumbling into chaos, the springing up of the new, the birth of what
    • look at the whole process. The Father God works in matter, bringing
    • our moral or anti-moral ideals. There is the upspringing of new life.
    • springing into life and everything that is on the way down. Hence the
    • for ever splitting up and scattering itself abroad. There, where the
    • compressing matter together and scattering it.
    • perpetually springing and welling up with life renewed.
    • entering through our senses; the sun penetrates into our inner
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • that were still extant during the first centuries of Christendom
    • human beings around him, die. You will not accuse me of comparing
    • man and then streams onwards, bearing the soul to Eternity? Or
    • intellect. We, the higher Hierarchies, are unable to bring forth
    • process of the Earth's evolution, he will bring death, and
    • moreover for that death to be the result of the erring ways of
    • intellectualised without ever entering into the evolution
    • together with death, brings us into a stream of evolution quite
    • was indeed indicated by the fact that during the nineteenth
    • brings the intellect to man, he also brings the possibility of
    • spring from the force of pure thinking, and where in the
  • Title: Lecture: Realism and Nominalism
    Matching lines:
    • granted that during the act of cognition I somehow enter in
    • precursory of things which found their real justification during a
    • to all these forms of thought adhering to the stream which came from the
    • during the passage from medieval life to modern life. A chief quality
    • bearing on reality. However, when they wished to understand the
    • still looks at Nature spiritually (for he brings the spirit with him
    • instead experience, during earthly life itself, a kind of inner
    • lies deeper still. You cannot be content with what you bring with you
    • at birth. You must instead bring forth again in full consciousness
    • depths of his being, something he brings to the surface as an inner
    • light, which is kindled during life on earth. Why is it so? Because
    • does not enter the usual consciousness which we bring with us at
    • Spiritual Science wishes to bring these very experiences to conscious
    • knowledge out of the depths of the soul; they bring light into the
    • Father-principle. During the strife between scholastic Realism and
    • background during the age of modern narrow-mindedness. Are modern
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • during an experiment; we may watch carefully how we behave in the
    • have, here, a positive knowledge referring to the spiritual world. In
    • boring to enter into the details of spiritual science, and only like
    • entering the spiritual world.
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • I WANT during the next few evenings to
    • forces which gradually and inevitably must bring about its
    • taken place in our own times merely, or during the last three
    • astray and were wandering over the face of the green earth
    • That is one thing that is bringing about the downfall of our
    • and ask nothing better than to be pulled about by strings,
    • second thing. — Of the forces that are bringing about
    • But to bring new religious impulses into life, for
    • sufficiently warranted the existence of human suffering.
    • bring our civilisation into the ascendant that Asia possesses
    • necessary in order really to bring forth a new age. It is
    • possibility of bringing this cosmogony into connection with
    • them. But they were not endeavouring through these means to
    • be all sorts of other circumstances entering in as well. I do
    • everywhere else, a fringe of people who adhere to the
    • way. Anglo-American civilisation is conquering the world.
    • But, in conquering the world, it will need to absorb what the
    • way of bringing Asiatic culture into Europe. One finds a good
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • and dates from the Winter and Spring of 1915. The title of this
    • and again from Initiation. This shows how Art brings
    • connection of the facts to which we are here referring,
    • By way of introduction, let me bring home to you with an
    • Florence. Florence had utterly changed during his absence.
    • instead of riding home, he rode into a neighbouring forest,
    • thought was slowly entering. In later times, men spoke
    • from within outward, to bring about your seeing and your
    • hearing. You perceive an altogether complicated world, of
    • them from within. Consciously entering into the eye from
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • rebirth, he is repeating spiritually his experiences during
    • will go through reorganisation, during the embodiments of
    • Cosmos. Now what came about during the Saturn-evolution and
    • vivid idea of what took place during the old Moon-evolution,
    • am always referring to the human head. On the opposite side
    • development between death and rebirth. During this time the
    • to be borne in mind today is that during the embryonic
    • world; how during the development of the embryo the human
    • during the human being's embryonic development. Thus the Moon
    • growing. During this period the Moon retires. When the
    • ten times. And during these ten lunar months the human head
    • body — though it actually begins during the embryonic
    • evident during the final seven years as it is up to the age
    • It is only because he brings with him the forces from before
    • nothing for the head. During Earth-evolution he is incapable
    • of what he will be able to do during the Venus-evolution.
    • head is that the Earth is already at work during the time
    • winter and summer, spring and autumn, determine the
    • brings his pre-natal being into the realm of Earth and that
    • able to bring it to completion, so that the limb-system has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • convinced that in the course of modern history during the last four
    • ordering of affairs, find themselves faced with the entirely
    • the direct offspring of Spirit. Spiritual Science is able to place a
    • develop a Spiritual Science which will be able to bring life into
    • Dr. Steiner is referring to a number of lectures given by various
    • scientists during the Medical Course at the Goetheanum.]
    • spring from abstract concepts, but only from a true knowledge of the
    • and to their sufferings and limitations when the elements of disease
    • general ordering of life affects the health of human beings —
    • culture to deal with those who are suffering from so-called mental
    • health-bringing force into the physical organisation of
    • the organism during sleep and if they run to excess, they strongly
    • very great bearing and effect upon social life. How the social
    • will do the healing, but reasonable human beings will bring
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • equilibrium for earthly life is a faculty which man does not bring
    • with him. He must acquire it during his earthly life.
    • speech or language is adapted during our life on earth. But in the
    • outwardly but inwardly. In all that he brings forth by way of sound
    • that we bring forth in speech is composed of a consonantal and of a
    • here meant. For when the human being brings forth a musical note in
    • considering the speech that forms a part of present-day civilisation,
    • we find that our soul, whenever it brings forth vowel sounds, makes
    • song, the uttering of the vowel is added to the bringing forth of the
    • differing in inner quality. For it is another thing, whether a Being
    • same time a hearing; and when he says: — Man sees from the
    • stars at rest, and behind it the wandering planets. Whenever a planet
    • rings forth. But behind it there follows, let us say, another planet:
    • causes a different world of sounds to ring forth once more. Thus you
    • have described them, albeit to describe them we must sometimes bring
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • electric tramcar! So that all their thundering against Ahriman, no
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • To bring about a
    • bring about such a complete loss of a treasure of wisdom.
    • Thus, during the very
    • For them, this was the great problem. They thought: During the course
    • development of civilization in the West occurred in order to bring an
    • beings themselves were now completely lost. During that entire
    • absolutely as a god during the evolutionary course of Christianity?
    • that our ether body has become during earthly life — has become
    • fact, that brings about our connection with the ether body infected
    • the same thing that permeates the human being during those first
    • during our earliest years we are far wiser than we are later
    • working on ourselves inwardly in this way, during our earliest
    • difference of the sexes. We do not live during early infancy within
    • connection with our physical body. Before acquiring such a connection
    • not yet as one who has entered the element that brings differences
    • securing salvation by practicing certain rites. The latter book is
    • Anthroposophic Press, Great Barrington, MA, 2001.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • words and phrases referring to the soul-and-spirit. The very
    • materialistic, for they are an effort to bring the soul and spirit perforce
    • or less under the difficulty of bringing the soul-and-spirit, which
    • line of thought actually arose more than once during the
    • can make the same kind of observation. Considering the matter with
    • fact to which I am referring appears still more distinctly when you
    • an object by bringing the lines of vision into contact, just as you
    • bring your right and left hands into contact when you touch yourself.
    • for man, with respect to his orientation in the world, to bring his
    • as it were a streaming, wandering light. And so it is with all the
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • during the waking state is never entirely one-sided; thinking is not
    • must nevertheless be aware that if, during such a period of outer
    • during the first seven years of his life, up to the time of the
    • observation this is obvious. Watch the sprawling movements of a child during
    • thought-forces which we bring with us through birth into physical
    • forces which live absolutely and complete in the physical covering
    • portray man in some such words as these: Man brings his thought-life
    • death into the spiritual life. The thought-forces which we bring with
    • we bring with us from our life before birth, from our
    • past works down into the present, and out of the past springs up
    • other before disappearing into your mouth, then this sign would
    • the past is mixed in with the present, and so brings it about that this
    • bring some premonition of the future into the present, indeed if you
    • radius, etc., etc. Out of our own inner being we bring everything
    • later bring it into connection with the things of this world. By so
    • light, in the moment of hearing a tone or a sound, we destroy our
    • Lucifer. When we really bring our will-forces into play on the earth:
    • nevertheless exercises this faculty during the night. So that it is
    • etheric bodies. What he brings with him is Inspiration, to which I
    • requiring only to be raised up into consciousness for the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Vortrage: Denken, Fühlen, Wollen - Das Muspilhgedicht
    Matching lines:
    • physische Dasein mitbringen. Beobachten Sie nur, wie das Kind
    • sagen, er bringt sich sein Gedankenleben mit, indem er heruntersteigt
    • die wir mitbringen aus dem übersinnlichen Leben in das
    • verwandelnden Bildern, aber er kommt jetzt und bringt Gesetze in
    • Radius und so weiter. Da bringen wir die Gedanken, die wir in die
    • hineintragen, bringen wir aus unserem Inneren hervor. Wir sind
    • wir ja erst hineinbringen. Die Logik entringen wir uns aus unserer
    • Vorgeburtlichkeit; wir bringen sie erst in den Zusammenhang der Dinge
    • dringt, der trägt eigentlich etwas ab. Es wird
    • herein; dasjenige, was er sich da mitbringt, ist die Inspiration, auf
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • the body during the night and have no idea of anything in the
    • has been preparing for centuries. The new element wanting to
    • there was a time, say during the last twenty or thirty years
    • during those twenty or thirty years. What would have happened
    • If this had been the case during the last decades of the
    • dead who have entered the world of the spirit either during
    • know what I mean. You know I am referring to the Papal Note
    • brings impulses into modern life today are like a one-
    • millimetre layer of ice covering the water. The things people
    • interfere. Considering the incredibly superficial level of
    • have been considering, must develop a reasonable degree of
    • are considering how to stop it, for the children keep running
    • wisdom. Go on murdering people for as long as you can and you
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • labouring under numerous illusions that have their origin in
    • little to do with the world in which we are awake during the
    • come in during Earth evolution; it is young and belongs to an
    • with the physical body for the moment. We find that during
    • which has also gone outside? During the night, these two
    • differently during the night than it does during the day; I
    • think you can see this. During the day the astral body and
    • the ego are active and aglow in it; during the night they are
    • During the
    • the ego acts like salt during sleep. Human beings thus have
    • Salt and Mercury flowing through them during sleep.
    • world of the spirit during sleep, enter into the salty, or
    • principle. Principles which have been separated during the
    • have just described can bring the influence of the spiritual
    • moral. When we wake up, the impulses we bring from this world
    • the physical plane. In short, we bring wisdom to the physical
    • wisdom in the world which they enter during sleep. It will
    • evolution, that we make connection with a moral world during
    • too, bring back elements from sleep that enter into their
    • During the
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • Jesus Christ did not want to bring a kingdom of perfection to
    • professor of mechanical engineering at the university —
    • be wondering why we do not have it today. I got him to
    • which seeks to bring Judaism to realization in this world. I
    • relate to the world bordering on the physical world. This
    • world bordering on the physical world.
    • move from the physical world into the one bordering on it, we
    • in any way bring personal interests to bear, before or after
    • all kinds of other things. One way of countering this would
    • excitements or sensations some group or set may be desiring.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • this question, first of all considering why from now on
    • learn the truth that in order to bring about birth and death
    • be. To bring about birth and death the gods need entities
    • hostile to the physical world are used by the gods to bring
    • by the gods to bring about birth and death. This is one of
    • times, during the fourth Atlantean period. I have spoken of
    • problem is that people are not merely desiring to be
    • be that you want to bring to realization — it will turn
    • necessity; they have to bring about the destruction that will
    • the whole social sphere. They will above all bring more and
    • seek to bring Christ's words to realization: ‘Where two
    • Technological and commercial progress will not bring this to
    • presenting truths which will bring people together.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 5: Changes in Humanity's Spiritual Make-up
    Matching lines:
    • two which are to follow. We may say that during the Atlantean
    • shattering, of our present-day earth in Eduard Suess's
    • they can be during time spent on earth. It will not be until
    • withering away. I am using fairly radical terms. The fact is,
    • body, so that to some extent we are hovering above it.
    • will be infertile on earth. The withering and crumbling of
    • seriously come to realize that during the final epochs of
    • They are lumbering behind. They have been people of the fifth
    • may bring up all kinds of echoes from the past. It is
    • bringing these things up in order to criticize them. From the
    • only have come from this individual because he was suffering
    • to bring order into the world or, start to develop concepts
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality
    Matching lines:
    • that in our state of consciousness we walk around bearing
    • arose during Moon evolution, though the head has, in fact,
    • had during Moon evolution.
    • with the gods could develop. During the times of ancient
    • has turned into chaotic dreams as a means of entering into
    • will have to struggle through pain and suffering to gain
    • may bring into the kingdom of this world a kingdom which is
    • clairvoyant and sees himself wearing ass's ears. He would
    • earth. He is therefore not referring to adultery in the usual
    • knowledge that the outer form is withering and splitting up,
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • high, or may even bring on a small boy who'll trot off
    • being presented in hundreds, if not thousands, of ways during
    • to bring all the materialism which could only arise for
    • when the secrets of alchemy were known, which was during the
    • and during the next seven years, until they reach puberty,
    • bring the tendency to Imitate with us from the world of the
    • of his teaching, but of ensuring academic freedom. For as
    • prophecies will be wearing the garment of dreams. The
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • has been considering the question as to whether it is possible
    • because it has only been considering that sphere. Look at the
    • forms created out of the concrete itself, is a pioneering
    • written right now, during this war. To write such a book
    • cut bits off one organism and give them to a neighbouring
    • comparing. You always have two things in an analogy, in
    • organism — and if we are countering this by saying that
    • given one glaringly obvious instance; I could tell you of
    • considering the things which matter. As soon as sympathies
    • and East cannot come to terms; the middle is suffering because
    • bring in real, concrete ideas; otherwise you will go on year
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • in the spiritual world. Everything I am referring to at the
    • crowd of ahrimanic spirits seek over and over again to bring
    • Some individuals develop an irresistible hankering for
    • after 1879 we come to the mirroring event: You get 1913, the
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • question and so confused. You have to bring to this the best
    • this brings people together! Everybody hears about everybody
    • when we try and bring the things which exist to consciousness
    • powers; they want to use it to bring their own lives to
    • the sand like ostriches, but only by consciously entering
    • using our terminology, but considering those individual
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • significant during childhood and youth in the near future.
    • with the whole universe. And it is good to bring this clearly
    • to mind again by considering the following.
    • science is going. It is entering into all kinds of
    • bring life and liveliness into the course of human history
    • prove a wellspring, a true wellspring of human life. I would
    • deepest wellsprings of heart and mind to open up, it is
    • adequate for entering into reality. Yet writings like these
    • maunderings of Adolf Keller's essay in the same issue of the
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • The event I have been referring to in the
    • in the spiritual world during those decades, were vanquished
    • concepts and definitions when considering the world and not
    • times; they had specific tasks to perform during the whole of
    • in preparation during the Atlantean age and was to be
    • specifically during epochs which were to recapitulate the
    • ordering of affairs — today we would say for affairs of
    • spirits of darkness during the last third of the nineteenth
    • of spiritual communion will bring a progressive element into
    • occurring as almost the whole world is resisting the true
    • head to gain a young soul from the wellsprings of spiritual
    • for human independence during the time when the laws of
    • gradually acquiring traits which recall the old Indian
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • of materialism as during those decades. All the thinking I
    • say: ‘Humanity has never been as clever as during those
    • spiritual world during the 1820s and 1830s, when the souls
    • entering into bodies which were to be the population in the
    • souls and bring in their own impulses. If the spirits of
    • During the
    • main concern of these spirits of darkness to bring confusion
    • aim being to bring confusion into the impulses which want to
    • during the 1840s but had ceased to do so by the end of the 1840s,
    • or lecturing on technology. However, when he took up
    • anthroposophy is gradually helping us to bring life into
    • produced not only during the last three years, but also
    • older times. These are now being used up. Every day brings
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • of world history — during the nineteenth century. The
    • world by considering their reflection or mirror-image in the
    • during the fourth post-Atlantean age and will be under direct
    • guidance from the Angels during the fifth age — that is
    • the Angels during the fourth post-Atlantean age, we can say:
    • During the
    • am referring to the Angels of Light, the normal Angels
    • during the fifth post-Atlantean age the Archangels are
    • higher spirits to love earthly existence most of all during
    • during the Persian epoch less so, in Egypto-Chaldean times
    • or other, for instance, the request is made to bring the age
    • even at the most popular level of thinking, exactly during
    • in the horse, considering this to be a great advance. People
    • partly during the time when the Spirits of darkness were
    • with understanding by discovering what goes on behind the
    • preparation during the first, second, third and fourth
    • in Europe and America during the 1840s: this something
    • strings. Those individuals will find it all the easier to do
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • Dornach, Switzerland, during January of 1923.
    • of all today. But nevertheless, during the time of real consciousness
    • again bring him onto the path to the divine spiritual powers.
    • And then, at gatherings of
    • truthfulness; one must bring it with one.
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • Dornach, Switzerland, during January of 1923.
    • older times and particularly during the Middle Ages. To-day I should
    • habits of thinking were alive, were living elementary beings during our
    • to-day we live in our blood. During our life on earth, these thoughts
    • elaborate what existed during our pre-earthly life. The forces that
    • considering man's inner life. There they would discover that the
    • body) and it's dreamy, slumbering life on earth, we can see the
    • pre-existence. Then science arose as the immediate offspring of this
    • one that can bring man into a right relationship to the Fall and the
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • consequence of the events which we have been considering,
    • impulse of the time during that century.
    • period. But the prevailing consciousness of the time, during
    • these celestial processes bring about on Earth. They knew
    • in the Heavens which bring about other material processes
    • looked for outside the realms of truth and reason; offspring
    • bring forward something of the real historic truth, as
    • stringent oaths indeed.
    • A.D.). During this time, it was the custom
    • in human nature. To-day (I am not merely referring to
    • merely referring to the mechanical theory of the universe.
    • the dead are if they were able to be preserved during their
    • the human larynx, the creator of words, severing men into
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • taken during the 19th century and on into our time; I showed
    • fact that it is necessary, somehow to bring the human soul
    • to-day to bring this fact home to his consciousness, so as to draw
    • Comparing now the
    • of Golgotha can bring about, is such as to counteract that
    • when, as a thought, it springs forth from man, has — so
    • bring before our souls too often. It is prejudice to suppose
    • this mobility of Easter, for the simple reason that it brings
    • we have seen once more during the last week's lectures
    • pointed out during our recent lectures, the two fundamental
    • the inspiring Holy Spirit kindles the eternal Word —
    • — the inspiring Spirit, the Virgin Mother, and the
    • things during my recent lectures, when I described the
    • express is the inspiring Spirit. Every time you speak —
    • inspiring Spirit. Thus I would say: We look for Pallas
    • theorizing and inquiring as to what might lie behind them
    • If I bring
    • really be pining for concepts, new ideas. We must bring this
    • sound: the more full of pain and suffering this present is,
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • referring now to post-Atlantean time) were connected with the
    • in the Spring, when the Sun rises in Pisces. Pisces will be
    • as he is born in the Spring, when the Sun rises in Pisces, a
    • with the constellation of Aries in the Spring. Here was
    • the rising Sun in Spring. In short, I wish to indicate this
    • the Pyramids had led to this result, even during the 19th
    • Thereby the vernal point keeps on appearing at a different
    • again to bring into direct relation to the Macrocosm what is
    • science during the last four centuries, can only justly be
    • representatives of Christianity bring forward this idea:
    • these things, they are extraordinarily difficult to bring on
    • Even when we bring forward truths that reach out into such
  • Title: Lecture: East and West in the Light of the Christmas Idea
    Matching lines:
    • of January), because people generally think that during the great
    • customs and traditions, without considering the difficult,
    • Lord,” or in uttering the name of Christ as often as
    • murmur in inarticulate sounds, but the murmuring fountain
    • maturing to the stage of thought, an ideology, or Maya. The
    • stirring and profound how the Gospels – now it is related
    • deciphering the starry writing was interpreted in such a way that
    • the following: A real understanding of Christianity must bring
    • have during this festive season will be permeated by a true
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • the preceding lectures, but which bring results of spiritual
    • From inside we bring towards them our thinking, the power of
    • being in ordinary life, of the earthly human being appearing to
    • consciousness differing from those which exist for the earthly
    • sense organ. During our earthly life, we simply use our organs
    • and of thoughts. During our ordinary, earthly state of
    • faintly, during his waking condition. When he is really asleep,
    • that a very faint sleeping state exists even during the waking
    • for bringing about this or that useful result. But from an inner
    • bring with it the danger of Anthroposophy being deduced from
    • thought, I wished to bring, on the basis of a historical
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • may gain freedom during his existence between birth and death;
    • to you yesterday — by disappearing with death and by
    • re-appearing in another form; that is to say, we then no longer
    • illusion during our existence from birth to death, if we were
    • degree in which man lacks freedom during his life from birth to
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge Pervaded with the Experience of Love
    Matching lines:
    • man which developed during these epochs, that we reckon the
    • particularly during the time which history describes in a rather
    • sense. During the fourth post-Atlantean age, there existed in
    • of the world. It was the course of development during the past
    • to a time which does not lie so very far back, by considering,
    • the true sense of the word only if they could bring inner warmth
    • During the past
    • I have already mentioned the following: During the Middle Ages,
    • of conjuring up a definite living essence out of an indefinite
    • in which people experienced history during the different epochs.
    • after-effect, all that the Gods had implanted into them during
    • were, a covering sheath for this divine light that continues to
    • kindle in his soul. Man should again bring into his ideas the
    • spiritual clairvoyance can bring soul warmth and soul light into
    • thought, the living soul impulses, which we bring into this
    • mathematics; but the human being must bring along something, for
    • must bring with him is love.
    • during the Greek epoch they had to begin to say: “And the
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • The imploring love of our souls
    • The imploring love of our souls
    • call to mind the decree ringing forth from the depths of the Mystery
    • aversion are heard murmuring through the spiritual realm and might
    • can face each other, enemy face enemy, how men can mutually bring
    • of Death with the thought of Christ Jesus, the Divine Light-Bringer.
    • We recall how, in the whole earth, over which war, suffering and
    • may spring the thought of an inner union with One, with Him Who has
    • evolved during the fifteenth to the eighteenth centuries in the
    • which proceeded the bodily covering of Christ Jesus. And it so came
    • was able to bring to the Earth. That which the Christ brought to the
    • what the Earth has become through Lucifer's entering the Earth
    • Luciferic principle in it. Man brings this Luciferic principle into
    • the Earth-aura. There springs forth and blossoms from man's deeds and
    • Earth evolution, springs up out of Adam's grave, out of the
    • behind in heavenly heights during his years of growth, has really
    • the Three Kings offering their gifts. A great deal of this was
    • well- behaved youths and maidens were sought out and during this time
    • attempt was made to bring more life into it, but on the spiritual
    • World-War. Now a book by Ernst Haeckel certainly springs from a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • Spring Valley, New York
    • Spring Valley, NY 10977
    • Today we bring to
    • time. Infinite suffering weaves around our inner atmosphere of
    • against enemy, opponent against opponent, how human beings can bring
    • Jesus poured out over the earth what He could bring to the earth, He
    • on the earth carries the Luciferic principle; the human being brings
    • “I” itself was active in forming and structuring us. This
    • during our earthly evolution. What the human being underwent here
    • during childhood. This is what should lie at the basis of the
    • through what remained behind during growth, remaining in the
    • with the play of the Three Kings, who bring their gifts. Much of
    • people began thinking about having to perform these plays during
    • of such plays during the Christmas season. Such plays were not to
    • technique, but then it was desired to bring more life to the
    • people heard the mass, also hearing it at Christmas (held at
    • midnight during the holy night), but that they did not hear the
    • development. Although in certain regions and during certain periods
    • human being. If we bring the power of this thought together with
    • or that one is struck by a bullet, suffering either death or
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • manifold many-coloured fluttering of butterflies moving so freely.
    • body it spins threads out of which it forms a hard covering. Gradually
    • the caterpillar completely disappears into this covering, and
    • what is known as ether — what I called ether-body in referring to
    • colouring from outside, but acquire from within the colour of our skin
    • an optician and ordering a very powerful microscope. It will not be
    • scientist has little feeling for the butterfly fluttering in the light.
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • official post. All these things, entering into the Karma of
    • bring to light mistaken notions. Those who take this standpoint
    • suffering from a certain weariness of life, a morbid
    • catechising and bringing the disappointment to the surface,
    • that alone is active, which, stirring the slime in the soul's
    • spring forth. But the corn does not grow from the manure,
    • True, it is entering a realm to which the thought of our time
    • out of our experiences and trials and faculties acquired during
    • this respect man is really a four-stringed instrument, on which
    • body, etheric body, astral body and Ego are the four strings,
    • string is played on more or less intensely by the bow of
    • has four strings), so does the individual life arise. It may be
    • manifold ways, the four strings of human life can play
    • fiddle-bow of Karma plays on the four strings of Man.
    • these things are approximate. During this time we shall
    • observe, are in a way consolidated during this time. True, many
    • gate of death, and through these forces we bring ourselves once
    • ways the four strings play together. The way we come into
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • on life. Considering the complicated problems into which we are
    • always well to be unsparing in self-knowledge and
    • life. The very conditions of life in this age will bring it
    • o'clock — the Director rings the front-door bell at the
    • during his life. But shortly before his death (all these men
    • the girl with whom he has fallen in love, and this brings him
    • described. But the accused, during the proceedings, behaves in
    • again into a half-slumbering condition, and when he
    • and then again on quite another, so as to bring precisely these
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • in our present studies, in order to bring out the quality which
    • euphonious theories, but to bring to our souls that which
    • see how this spiritual-scientific movement tends to bring near
    • human being becomes ripe to bring descendants into life. The
    • Without entering further into many things which would have to
    • connected with the life of humanity during this time. And from
    • between death and a new birth — appearing
    • one. During this period, the hereditary impulses cannot work on
    • reality bringing it about. But the outer
    • earthly lives, largely contributed to bring about the very
    • are working to bring about the very things they judge so truly.
    • harbour are we steering? What is the tendency and ultimate goal
    • Mill and Herzen even said — should be steering towards a
    • more Eastern, the other with a more Western colouring, —
    • wearing down of individuality; in a word, all that will tend to
    • bring her into an Indian occult brotherhood whose pursuit of
    • certain events by referring them back to that assassination,
    • their task to bring about.
    • sighs and their anxieties: what situation would she not bring
    • bitterly when they had tried again and again to bring Annie
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • death. During this life — or through this life
    • Beings whom we call Archangels. Their mission is to bring about
    • life of the individual. Bearing all this in mind we shall not
    • relation to the Time-Spirit. But we are entering very profound
    • Time-Spirit — then do our aberrations begin to infringe
    • already indicated) while all the time one is referring to one's
    • us now bring before our souls one characteristic —
    • this end, however, we must first bring before our souls certain
    • much construction going on during these years, and when Watt
    • here imitated. Do you imagine — considering how great is
    • hand of our creating counter-forces to bring about the
    • I told you on the one hand how men are entering more and
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture I: The Michael Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • winter at Christmas, Raphael in spring at Easter, and Uriel in summer
    • these astral realms, wandering through them as one may wander among
    • Yet it will bring you healing
    • solved, so that men may bring their soul-forces into activity.
    • during our days here, we will contribute something to the solving
    • souls. A man first observes it quite externally: when spring comes he
    • come to flower, how life everywhere springs up out of the soil. All
    • here. During winter the earth is united with the elemental spirits.
    • plant-roots that are preparing for new growth, and among the other
    • nature-beings who spend the winter there. Then, when spring comes,
    • atmosphere. During winter they accepted the inner order of the earth,
    • but now, as spring advances and especially when summer comes on, they
    • Everything that takes its course outside, in wind and weather, during
    • when spring passes over the earth and
    • — of germination and budding, flowering and fruiting. Even if
    • of spring growth only if we can enter also into the time when summer
    • comes with winter. And if during high summer we rise inwardly, in a
    • of the earth during mid-winter; and we ought to participate in the
    • as he readily does concerning the secrets of spring and summer. When
    • inward spring and summer, but also a dying, death-bringing autumn and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture II: The Christmas Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • winter at Christmas, Raphael in spring at Easter, and Uriel in summer
    • from itself during the summer. Hence in the depths of winter the
    • bringing Imagination and Inspiration to bear on it, one comes to
    • far as we are considering the hydrosphere in relation to water, we
    • solid earth underfoot, which in spring gives rise to all that we
    • springtime life and growth. For the roots of plants, in forming
    • yesterday. During summer, too, the salt-process mingles with the
    • something else comes to the fore during the deep winter season.
    • plants have developed from spring until
    • seed-nature is continually showering down on the Earth, so that from
    • firmly consolidated during winter through its salt-formation,
    • woman prepares herself to bring forth a new human being, the
    • order to bring the essence of Christmas rightly before our souls, let
    • whole expression. We must then indicate that Mary is preparing
    • countenance and bearing must give expression to this
    • expression by bringing the limbs into dynamic relation with the Earth
    • through a kind of rainbow colouring. For if we were to look from the
    • up still, we must bring in that which
    • bring before us everything that can work from nature into our souls
    • during the deep winter season, we have an artistic, imaginative
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture III: The Easter Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • winter at Christmas, Raphael in spring at Easter, and Uriel in summer
    • enclosed within itself. During the winter the Earth is, so to speak,
    • between, during spring and autumn, there is always a balance between
    • transition from winter to spring takes place.
    • these lectures, by considering the purely material side. We will look
    • difference between winter-limestone and spring-limestone. But this
    • spring-limestone, and it is precisely this which makes limestone the
    • the limestone formations during the winter season.
    • spring approaches, however, and
    • in the limestone, becoming steadily more active as spring draws on,
    • power of attraction for the Ahrimanic beings. Whenever spring
    • beings. But when spring draws near, the impression which the
    • spring-limestone makes on them gives them the idea that after all
    • large. Finding the spring-limestone full of life, they hope to be
    • the Ahrimanic beings every spring, and every spring it is
    • imagine it to be. The fact is that every spring the Ahrimanic beings
    • Thus every spring man is in danger of falling a victim — in
    • subtle, intimate ways — to the Ahrimanic beings. In spring he
    • cosmos than he is during other times of the year.
    • through the life and desire that fill the limestone in spring.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • winter at Christmas, Raphael in spring at Easter, and Uriel in summer
    • now we go forward from Easter, the spring
    • subject than we had to do in considering the previous seasons of the
    • up with the being of Nature. From spring onwards into summer, Nature
    • Nature-consciousness. During spring, if he has the perception and
    • bring the spiritual to meet him.
    • interweaving life. And so, to find the essential human being during
    • In the last lecture I showed you how at Easter, the season of spring,
    • Spring
    • goes on in the Earth during winter, as I have described. The
    • Sun-gold, formed in the heights, in the dominion of Uriel, during
    • come to the time of sprouting, springing life, we can no longer speak
    • directs his earnest gaze. Here during the height of summer the
    • directing our gaze downwards, we cannot do otherwise than bring
    • of the working together of Spirit-Father with Earth-Mother, bearing
    • have the complete picture only when we bring it into dramatic form,
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture V: The Working Together of the Four Archangels
    Matching lines:
    • winter at Christmas, Raphael in spring at Easter, and Uriel in summer
    • During
    • there rings out a wonderful saying which is scarcely at all understood,
    • Vom Himmel durch die Erde dringen,
    • appears to us in summer, and then follows a course which brings him
    • we bring before our
    • our heads. Thus Uriel works in nature at midsummer, and during the
    • the forces of nature in spring, as I have described. I had to show
    • precisely when we allow all that Raphael brings about,
    • working in the springtime forces of nature as Uriel does in
    • the spiritual hearing of Inspiration, then we have the crowning of
    • But the springtime
    • the spirit of spring, and in autumn, as he travels round the Earth,
    • during autumn Michael is the cosmic spirit up above, the cosmic
    • spring, if in autumn, when the rays of Raphael pass through the Earth,
    • possibilities of illness during the first seven years of life, and
    • again after fourteen; they are relatively least during the period
    • Raphael, which are cosmic in spring, permeate the whole mystery of
    • above to find him. During the summer Gabriel carries into man all
    • Gabriel has descended from his cosmic activity during the winter to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • something we all know, from the fact that during daytime
    • physical and etheric body. But I have emphasised already during the last
    • pondering on the freedom of the Will, and on freedom in general, is vain,
    • a dream while you are dreaming. Man only dreams of real willing during
    • own blood-and nerve activity. But during our earth-life we must be withheld
    • world, and in pondering over any object in the outer world we follow
    • something that arises as a hothouse plant through our bringing to a
    • is that which man experiences during sleep. His life of thought is asleep,
    • present during the life of sleep. Man with his ego and astral body is
    • this life of desire becomes so strong during sleep, that man not merely
    • etheric body during sleep, was called: prophetic clairvoyance.
    • during waking conditions, nor by diving down into this body from outside
    • must remain united with the body which belongs to him during his physical
    • gives the expectancy of physical death, the condition we are considering
    • from cycle to cycle of lectures for no other purpose than to bring together
    • Naturally, in referring
    • who according to the principles of these societies, bring themselves
    • put before you during the last few days is (a theme varying in the most
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • we all know, from the fact that, during daytime waking
    • physical and etheric body. During the last few days I have
    • exercise quite dreamily. On this account much of the pondering on
    • willing during ordinary waking life, and in most things we do not
    • nerve activity. But during our life on earth this inner enjoyment
    • pondering over any object in the outer world, we follow
    • something that arises as a hothouse plant through our bringing to a
    • man experiences during sleep. His life of thought is asleep, and
    • Other connections are present during
    • desire becomes so strong during sleep that man not merely develops
    • physical and etheric body during sleep, was called
    • our body from within during waking conditions, nor by diving down
    • must remain united with the body which belongs to him during his
    • condition we are considering is then reached. For considered
    • cycle of lectures for no other purpose than to bring together, ever
    • Naturally, in referring to such things,
    • societies, bring themselves to co-operate, not with true
    • during the last few days is a theme varying in the most diverse
  • Title: St. Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • to-morrow, and the day after, I will therefore bring forward
    • gets on with these two streams in the Ordering of the Cosmos,
    • mankind, and everything of a hindering nature In the
    • experience, “I know myself that during the time between
    • to which I am now referring, are those which pertain especially
    • “Death is suffering.” It becomes an axiom with the
    • Buddha, that suffering must be overcome, A means must be found
    • Divine Being who arranged the process of bringing forth;
    • personalities, we should simply be woven into an ordering of
    • that what springs up inwardly as an unreality is one earthly
    • Augustine sought that firm point. To-day we only want to bring
    • the metaphysical explanation given about the orderings of
    • ordering of Substances, or Biology the ordering of Life. Just
    • of Positive Science, to bring man into such social structures
    • at last. I will only bring forward a few really characteristic
    • Church was to bring out a kind of Calendar. A certain number of
    • who, in a purely natural materialistic ordering, seek a firm
    • the external ordering of Nature. But we have no concepts by
    • connected with that Apercus to which I am referring. If one
  • Title: Architectural Forms
    Matching lines:
    • then of that time of suffering and pain which has since
    • suffering that has befallen people on this earth in our time.
    • despair, who lacks that power of inner recovery which springs
    • introduced in the most impossible places, not springing from a
    • mysteries, however close at hand, but is only desiring to
    • reappearing in countless places in the Rococo treatment of
    • Winckelmann, aspiring to recreate those artistic forms. But the
    • have made their sacrifice to bring this about — a
    • suffering, expressions of sympathy with the deeper cultural
    • we can say that not a single one was heard from outside, during
    • the terrible time of suffering and war; only a few
    • desires everywhere to crush underfoot any glimmering of
    • limited vision, while permitting occasional glimmerings to
    • book closes: may some God, hovering somewhere about, find a
    • superficially occult societies and societies aspiring to
    • with all that the future may bring forth, we absorb this
  • Title: World History: Lecture I: Evolution of the Soul and of Memory
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • our Christmas Gathering
    • something. Ten years ago you may have visited a gathering of
    • which brings back a past experience, in his head. He says:
    • had to bring the environment of the Earth, all that is above
    • localised memory, a remembering connected with place.
    • an extreme longing to bring everything into rhythm; for in this
    • memory could pass over into temporal memory, into a remembering
    • content and, bearing within it the mysteries of the environment
    • declining and the first Post-Atlantean peoples were wandering
    • wanderings from ancient Atlantis — the continent that
    • Europe into Asia, and later the wanderings back again
    • their own and bringing them into contact with their own
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • conditions of mind and soul that prevailed during the
    • fullness in Atlantis — the localised memory. During the
    • dream-picture of a flaring fire. He hears the call of ‘Fire!’
    • there, even during this Asiatic evolution. By day, then, men
    • took place during the sleep-condition of the third kind,
    • intervention of a deeper sleep, during which the Second
    • pictures, rendering only in more or less symbolic fashion what
    • Suppose a conquering people has made its way from the North of
    • again and again during sleep by the life forces, so that not
    • forces, too little in them of that which could bring about
    • a host of spirits hovering and moving through cosmic space.
    • position, who are suffering under the direct influence of the
  • Title: World History: Lecture III: Asiatic Mysteries of Ephesus, Gilgamesh and Eabani
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • We have already had to draw attention to the fact that during
    • in the Epic — there lived a man who belonged to the conquering
    • give to man that which brings him to powers of reflection.
    • know how during the Atlantean epoch souls descended, some
    • those who really held the whole ordering of the city in their
    • he set forth upon his wanderings. And they had for him a result
    • of the Universe. And so, when Gilgamesh had ended his wandering
    • described and who together bring to expression the mental and
    • question of immortality that was the occasion of such suffering
    • Earth's evolution, during the Ancient Sun and Ancient Moon
    • needs again bring problems which will now of course present
  • Title: World History: Lecture IV: Atlantean Wisdom in the Mysteries of Hibernia, Gilgamish and Eabani at Ephesus, Logos Mysteries of Artemis at Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • the preparation that had to be undergone before entering
    • as nothing compared with the inner shattering, the inner
    • overpowering and so penetrating that one can never get beyond
    • bearings in the Cosmos, to be, as it were, at home in the
    • cosmic thoughts were born, the soaring cosmic thoughts that
    • the human Logos. The human Logos works from out of thee during
    • thoughts during our time on Earth.) ‘And even as in thee the
    • considering such a personality as is concealed behind the name
    • experience then came to this personality during his journey to
    • had connection with the higher heavens bordering upon it. In
    • Springtime comes, you go out into the woods. You come to
    • in Spring spiritual flower-children come forth from the calices
    • delighted especially in picturing it. It is indeed significant,
    • that. Only Christianity could bring to mankind the true
    • permeated by Ether. When however, Springtime approaches, and
    • Earth, then the elementary spirits bring down again the Ether
    • from out of the realm of the Moon, bring it down into these
    • every year, in so far as it is needed for the up-springing into
  • Title: World History: Lecture V: Mysteries of the East, West, and of Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • remember that in considering the part played by Alexander
    • on the country-side, that grow up in Spring-time and fade away
    • entering into this experience men felt themselves intimately
    • feeling. He knew that he could not bring them with him to
    • Spring, another again at Midsummer, and another in the
    • Hibernian Mysteries during the Gilgamesh time, when he made his
    • experienced formerly during the Gilgamesh time more or less
    • Their life during this Ephesus time was comparatively peaceful,
    • come again into contact with the Mystery of Ephesus, bearing
    • now you must bring all this that was alive in the soul of
    • was possible to go, in order to bring to the East once more
    • to bring Hellenism to the East in any external sense. Wherever
    • India, covering also Egyptian Africa and the East of
    • — be it only in a faltering hand instead of in large
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • significance of the events we have been considering, events
    • the beginning of the period we are considering, stands the
    • of mankind, we have first to bring about a change in our power
    • bring the things together in thought.
    • bordering on it, namely, the Soul-world; and then the world
    • inspiring them. Those powerful and great personalities in the
    • times to this end, — to bring Divine will and human
    • person during his present life, perhaps something that he
    • This remembering was preceded in evolution by something else:
    • speak of a soul-world bordering on the spiritual world, on the
    • land of the Spirits that is above, — so, bordering on
    • Aristotelianism what the West could accept and bring that over.
    • — new in-pourings that came over later into
    • another angle the great change we are considering. In Greece
    • during the later decades of the 19th century, know well, if we
    • we may discover again its last lingering echoes. To-day they
    • awaken. We are nearing the day — as this Meeting goes on,
    • physical flames of fire flaring up on that night, we see the
    • we bring these two events together, setting one in the
  • Title: World History: Lecture VII: The Fifteenth Century and the Transition from Mind-Soul to Spiritual-Soul
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • true understanding of man when we bring together in one the
    • during the process of perception he receives through the eye in
    • occurring in man. But lead is, as a matter of fact, distributed
    • the coarser measuring instruments with which to determine how
    • entering deeply into the inner qualities of Nature, of
    • pouring in from the periphery. And so you can see for all the
    • delivering, for purposes of reproduction, such albumenous
    • the tiniest germ is an offspring of the influences that stream
    • to-day we are faced with the necessity of acquiring once again
    • ego-organisation brings about a thorough metamorphosis;
  • Title: World History: Lecture VIII: The Burning of the Ephesian Temple and the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • then to bring the human heart, the human soul and spirit in
    • is this that gives the peculiar colouring to all history that
    • daring, and in spite of the misunderstandings of Gods and
    • Your etheric body brings into movement all that is fluid within
    • where you may be able to bring your own spiritual nature into
    • bring my soul nature, but only into the element of warmth.
    • to-day bearing within us the memory of many a scene like that I
    • in the dome were displayed the scenes which could bring before
    • Goetheanum, we do well to remember that we shall bring our
    • souls into the right attitude for this gathering when we pledge
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • together for the last time during this Christmas Meeting which
    • during the Meeting itself — be an impulse originating in
    • world. That is why, in the evening lectures during this
    • spiritual world could encounter many personalities during
    • during their sleep while they are in the spiritual world with
    • bodies. During recent decades, explorations connected with the
    • destinies of Egos and astral bodies during the sleep of human
    • during sleep, approaching the Guardian of the Threshold.
    • how souls during sleep approach the Guardian of the Threshold
    • of the Threshold during the state of sleep plead with the
    • experienced during sleep by more souls than is usually
    • experience during sleep. For if the condition that is
    • be unable to bring any mental vigour into the next earthly
    • a time. During waking life souls would have no inkling of the
    • existence of the Guardian of the Threshold and during sleep
    • times during all of which men's thoughts and concepts were
    • would say to him: You may pass, for you bring over the
    • already directed to the super-sensible world during your earthly
    • matters stand. We shall not say: let us bring Eurythmy to this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • the inner experiences during the sleep condition, he experience in
    • this consciously during the waking condition; and that constitutes
    • into our psychic, Spiritual nature, inspiring it, therefore
    • Arch-Angels, who bring this about, stand further away from us than
    • into the physical and etheric bodies, so to speak, and they bring
    • thinks that his physical body brings about his personality is
    • elevating it, bringing it home to him that he is deceived; and
    • the ordering of Nature which consists contains no ideals, which of
    • necessity connects one event with another, an ordering in which
    • a mere external Ordering of Nature. But with the consciousness
    • able to enter into Nature, into the ordering of natural phenomena.
    • For that reason the Ordering of Nature and his own ideals appear to
    • working at the present time, they are acquiring reality in
    • that, that which is the Ordering of Nature to-day, will crumble
    • So we can say, to-day we experience an Ordering of Nature, (see
    • diagram red) we experience an Ordering of our Ideals (yellow). The
    • of force and a conservation of matter, that the Ordering of Nature
    • other than this: — “The ideal Ordering was a dream, it
    • Science shows that this is a delusion, untrue. We have the Ordering
    • force or of matter, for that which is the Ordering of matter ceases
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • but which we cannot too often bring before our souls —
    • the concept of a connection during physical life between our
    • bring into them processes of dissolution, does fuller and
    • what we have destroyed during our waking life of thought may
    • the dying processes begin, and it is during the winter that
    • the earth is fully awake. During summer, during the budding
    • earth. The Earth-Spirit sleeps during the summer and during
    • during the heat of summer. This festival might be said to
    • you.” What makes initiation such a shattering
    • that If we bring ourselves into relation, let us say, with an
    • into your soul and brings about that you have the red flower
    • Consciousness means spreading the destroying, withering life
    • have a true idea of what the waking consciousness brings
    • his soul hovering above and that the soul looks back on the
    • and weaves during our sleeping condition. If we now seek to
    • thinking, especially of what it is thinking during winter,
    • asleep in the heat of summer, because during the universal
    • to keep them awake. If we ourselves sleep during the summer
    • whereas for the waking life during winter we need the forces
    • of sharing in the life of the whole course of nature and that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • acquiring knowledge, not with the help of the instrument of
    • soul and spirit during sleep, and hinders us in this state,
    • who was able to bring forward another such completely
    • spiritual-psychic force during digestion; you see it as it
    • other bodily process transpiring in the spiritual organs of
    • believed that such a clairvoyance, appearing without the
    • and bring about an eternal, complete eclipse of the sun in
    • desire especially to bring their light to man. The darkness
    • them like an aura, they have sought to bring off their
    • points I wished to bring forward in our studies today, in
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • like to bring before your souls the very facts pertaining to
    • reflections, let us, then, bring up before our mind's eye the
    • sharing directly in everything that connects human nature with
    • charming and stirring fairy tales and other narratives of his
    • mother, thus even as a boy bringing his fantasy into living
    • period, a personality bearing within him all the impulses of
    • faced death because of extremely severe and recurring
    • away his time during his frequent visits to the pastor's home
    • at an inn during the revolution! The lawsuit had actually
    • belies the recurring belief that a great spirit, living in the
    • in every possible kind of quarrel and battle during the first
    • dramatize the stammering autobiography of a being who worked
    • occupation, and he achieved a good deal during his ten years in
    • important for Goethe and Herder to bring unity into diversity
    • poet, or minister; he is a complete human being aspiring in all
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • birds bring on springtime because spring follows their arrival.
    • it. That is no more intelligent than when the coming of spring
    • French officers were quartered in his father's house during the
    • during his acquaintance with Fräulein von Klettenberg,
    • clothing he was wearing, however, but in another outfit. When
    • wearing the clothes in which he had seen himself many years
    • believe anything else he relates. Considering the love of truth
    • also by the interrelationship between what he brings from the
    • environment that could now really bring him what he lacked. He
    • deeply rooted in life. For this reason, Goethe could bring the
    • since 1885-86. During this time, I have arrived at the view
    • and animal, took form during his journey in Italy; how upon his
    • during the journey to Italy had Goethe acquired it with such
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • within the physical and etheric bodies but, during sleep, the
    • outside the physical and etheric head, they bring about a more
    • indeed, during sleep, when the ego and astral body are working
    • that the action that the ego and astral body bring to bear upon
    • organism during sleep. We can, therefore, rightly compare the
    • ego with the sun, which illumines our environment during the
    • day but during the night, it not only is outside of us but
    • existence during the Moon period. It has evolved further,
    • Considering all this, we shall readily see that an especially
    • active relationship exists during the state of sleep between
    • relationships are lessened during the waking life of day. They
    • are more intimate during sleep, as are the relationships
    • then, that during sleep especially intimate relationships
    • or lesser degree, we live during sleep, as regards our ego, in
    • spinal cord systems during sleep, and sleeps in this
    • that must really be developed during sleep. Well, when you
    • place in him only during earthly existence and is, therefore,
    • amazing that this ego life cannot yet bring to consciousness
    • what it experiences in the ganglionic system during sleep,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • freedom, bring more with him than in earlier ages when his
    • him in earlier times. During the Egypto-Chaldean period, the
    • explained how the earth is awake during the winter and that
    • on earth has already occurred. During the fourth post-Atlantean
    • about as described and was disappearing during the fourth
    • what is happening and stop offering a fable convenue in place
    • incarnation of spiritual beings. At present, during this earth
    • degree during the Jupiter evolution, and so on. The labor in
    • coming into contact with one god, especially during
    • happen to the earth. What has come about primarily during the
    • not always be so. The course of the world tends to bring about
    • produces and brings into existence. This connection will become
    • will be possible to bring about something quite definite. Just
    • is ancient twaddle! The true advance that will really bring
    • acquiring as much as possible through their jobs.” True, all
    • with what brings him close to every other human being, no
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • is difficult to explain these things because they bring so much
    • external factors to have a bearing on their lives, and other
    • him, have a bearing on the many factors that influence the way
    • pessimistic way and referring to the good old times that are
    • is suffering from a certain weariness of life, from a certain
    • forgotten subterranean soul life of this man and brings to
    • consciously during our waking life belongs largely to the
    • from literature in order to bring out clearly what I wish to
    • with four strings — physical, etheric, astral bodies, and ego
    • these four strings of life may interplay in many ways, making
    • four strings of a human being. However, general points of view
    • appears during the first seven years can be more thoroughly and
    • and gestures of the physical being, and in the entire bearing
    • child's vocation will be from his manner and bearing. He would
    • during the seventh to the fourteenth years. In other words, two
    • way; that is, what is manifested as the bearing of the physical
    • primarily into consideration during the first period of life is
    • life. As a matter of fact, during the first seven years in
    • during a preceding incarnation, not in any particular part of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • quite unsparing in testing ourselves and our self-knowledge,
    • acquiring the means for performing black magic by having the
    • brings you face to face with a riddle of
    • during his life. Shortly before his death — everyone of whom I
    • relationship with the young lady. This brings him into a
    • subtleties in order to bring about a defendant's undoing, and
    • the story behaved in a most astonishing way during the trial —
    • present during the trial. Well, the person concerned was, of
    • spiritual world. Berger wrote much during the course of his
    • public life people are not concerned with discovering the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • entering life. Of course, they are just parroting what
    • really possible to see in the human being during this period of
    • his general bearing, the result of his vocational life during
    • cannot continue to work in the same fashion during this time;
    • the time is past during which these hereditary impulses
    • a new birth play in lesser degree. During this period the
    • the preceding incarnation. Note the difference. During the
    • evolutions do take place. We bring unhappiness to a person who
    • increasingly conscious in life during our fifth post-Atlantean
    • we may think of all that is occurring in the world due to the
    • bringing about the very conditions they severely criticized.
    • toward bringing about the very things they criticize while
    • type works toward levelling and rendering all men equal in the
    • nothingness. He thus indicates a future for humanity during
    • an Eastern and the other with a Western coloring — consider
    • rather the sufferings, of our time because what now approached
    • century, to a conglomerated mediocrity. Referring to what Mill
    • bring to light only what they considered suitable for their own
    • and by bringing her into the Indian occult brotherhood, whose
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • well-acquainted with music, played the lute and other string
    • peace to be able to bring to completion before my life ends
    • through the fact that I would perhaps bring to those studying
    • retain a remuneration from it without rendering service to its
    • further the daily rendering of service — that is, public and
    • music, played the lute and other string instruments well, was
    • characteristics and what the human being brings down from the
    • we call it? — peppy or fashionable bearing such as a
    • a certain boldness in bringing to realization what occurred to
    • especially impelled to reflect on how offspring may be produced
    • see the important bearing it has upon the course of human
    • the mood of this alley. With a shuddering lust for death I took
    • streets. I closed my eyes. The thundering noise rumbled through
    • whether its theories might be one-sided, just as an admiring
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • During this life, or by reason of this life, man descends from
    • in surrendering to this phantasm, each speaks of his own god;
    • each to worship his own god. During modern times, the union of
    • declaring that he looks up to the one and only god. He
    • the soul brings about a suppression of the ego, a beclouding of
    • called humility, was bound to bring on materialism. When we
    • bore obvious fruit during the nineteenth century: in the rise
    • brings down upon himself cosmically. A person disinclined to
    • to the physical body, bringing diseases and mortality and all
    • him in these mysteries; it was a stringent rule that these
    • within hearing distance of the uninitiated, but it was just as
    • will bring to mind a real characteristic in connection with the
    • different meaning during the time when the ancient atavistic
    • balance. Counter forces must be created. They must bring about
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • since this Mystery of Golgotha occurred during the time of the
    • worlds had a real existence before their souls. During the
    • revered what was revealed to them through it. But during the
    • established a union with the time spirit who was bringing human
    • the eighth sphere consists of man's acquiring such a preference
    • being to his lower nature. Rather than tearing the souls out of
    • appeared only during the centuries just prior to the Mystery of
    • during his lifetime. However, since he developed his ego here
    • preparing to be a member of a different nation, the bond of
    • be asked why Christ has been victorious and not Mithras. During
    • produced by earthly differentiation is suffering, that it
    • brings death. Only through such an understanding of the Christ
    • leads man to the earth brings him death, that there is more in
    • him than what brings him into the earthly atmosphere, and that
    • joining of human beings in suffering and death because Christ
    • indifferent way but to fulfill a divine service and bring
    • through birth as bringing his/her Christ forces with
    • we bring in this teaching a sacramentalism to fruition. We can
    • such a divine service. Finally, when we endeavor to bring what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts they are harboring in these reflections they have to
    • Stewart Chamberlain is continually uttering rubbish about the
    • at last to see that it is not a matter simply of delivering
    • during all those early centuries was passed through by man,
    • one. I am referring to how constantly people come to one
    • after we shall bring this important subject to a close.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • man during sleep it remains in close connection with the
    • you will only do so by crossing this membering of threefold
    • man with another membering of man that is linked with what I
    • incarnation will bring to a man. Now we have been considering
    • membering of man that has the present in view signifies,
    • able to bring this head dreaming into your consciousness and
    • feeling, as I have stated here during past years, in feeling
    • we dream of this middle man. But when we bring to light
    • developed in what during the whole of life remains strictly
    • becomes conscious during sleep. What today man has as waking
    • ego sense, and the senses of thinking, speech, hearing,
    • suppose we have to note down as senses: hearing, speaking,
    • this membering of man according to his senses is so that,
    • other for the present cycle of man's consciousness. During
    • about the various ideals, men have been thinking during these
    • in its becoming. Then we find that during the eighteenth
    • should say conventional — way of considering history.
    • Domitian considering him as a disaster for the Roman Empire.
    • of much interest. During this case Domitian changed suddenly
    • how he once more sought to implant for the last time during
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • into our ego, if I may say so, during the time we pass
    • by Plato with the Good. And during this time between death
    • overpowering heat, this is how he would picture it. And when
    • soul-life is what during your life between birth and death
    • its ingredients, but during physical life these are bound up
    • free, however, as a whole it is gradually changed. During
    • that is the Good. Thus, whereas during his physical life as
    • whole cosmic life in true way I have been picturing during
    • could only bring him to the point of seeing ever changing
    • physical man. But when you see the man during the time
    • bring meaning and significance into this confusion if he does
    • material thoughts into the earth. This brings it about that
    • if we are considering the evolution of man. The Greeks,
    • a way that made it quite evident that he was still picturing
    • hand, in the spiritual it brings about socialism which would
    • away! Today, there is the possibility that the ordering of
    • ways of bringing fruitful concepts into modern reality —
    • buttery ideals, by means of which you would bring universal
    • intention). But you see it is not a question of bringing
    • picture form — when one brings socialism to the test, it
  • Title: Eurhythmy (Introduction to a performance)
    Matching lines:
    • to bring into expression, are arrested as they arise and are
    • develop a true artistic understanding and rendering of
    • care must be taken that they shall bring out the artistic
  • Title: Differentation of Primeval Wisdom into East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • world gained by remaining just as one was at birth, acquiring
    • be able to bring forward a proof drawn from external facts:
    • It is no matter whether utilitarian truths spring up in the
    • Centre, or in the East they all originally spring from the
    • have a definite character, which bear the colourings of what
    • minutest details. I could bring forward many an example,
    • entering into details which would make clear what I have
    • on comparing things that one must go further back still. An
    • already there, continually bearing in mind the tendency men
  • Title: Man and Nature: Intellect in Man and Nature Bereft of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • the West, I tried to bring home to you the significance
    • what we must bring home to ourselves. In this Nature that is
    • were made to bring home to the traditional religions in
    • outer world. I mention this in order to bring home to you
    • of man, and it devolves upon Spiritual Science to bring that
    • for a considerable length of time. And they bring with them
    • knowledge of the being of man and brings home the truth that
    • respect the thought we have been considering to-day amplifies
    • skin lives over to the Jupiter stage of evolution, bearing
  • Title: Der Grundstein
    Matching lines:
    • during the meeting for the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society
    • during the meeting for the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • during the meeting for the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society
    • during the meeting for the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society
    • light imploring, reign in cosmic being;
    • during which the Anthroposophical Society was re-founded in Dornach,
  • Title: Lecture: Human Knowledge and Its Significance for Man and the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • of Truth’ they are clouding their minds and are altogether labouring
    • of man, with the exclusion of those of the head, are transformed during
    • incarnation. It is this basic idea which we have been considering in
    • psychologists who are constantly bringing forward theories about the
    • in our being. During our life between birth and death we accumulate
    • their essential and original purpose, namely that of bringing forth
    • which the primary purpose of the grain of wheat is to bring a new plant
    • independently of each other, that during the first three or four years
    • our organism into a head during the period lying between death and a
    • from the stream of wheat-development taken as a whole, so, during our
    • everyone is bent upon acquiring as much knowledge of the external world
    • wheat. Some grains of wheat, on the other hand, bring forth other grains
    • itself? It is true that during the 18th century a loose kind of thinking
    • knowledge we acquire without making it a holy offering to the evolutionary
    • process of humanity, without consciously offering it to those Higher
    • all an inner and not an external form of knowledge. During the Graeco-Latin
    • was really a holy thing, conceived as an offering to the Gods. Moreover
    • age during which they have grown into materialism. But they must heal
    • The dissipation of knowledge that is not made into an offering to the
  • Title: Contrasting World-conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • we do not only live in the world during our waking condition,
    • but also when we are asleep. During our sleep, we live outside
    • first stages were never recorded in writing. During the
    • bring it into being. The Oriental life of thought was an
    • during sleep the Ego and the soul forsake our whole being, but
    • had the possibility of ordering earthly affairs in such a way
    • of history. During those ancient Oriental times of which I have
    • surrendering to that which came from his organism when he was
    • Even if the gods were still to be active in his head during
    • during his waking condition, because his senses were not
    • we may say, that during the last thousand years before the
    • that has been described to you, how that during sleep the
    • from the gods. The gods made his thoughts and during his sleep
    • had been told that thoughts bring no impulses to man and have
    • no bearing on his will.
    • during the last thousand years before the Mystery of Golgotha
    • is only now beginning to spring into life and which has not yet
    • we know that the gods ordered their earthly concerns during the
    • during his waking life man's own natural development no
    • spiritual science must set itself. It must bring man forward in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Year's Course as a Symbol for the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • during the course of the year in a definite region, but shall
    • us say that during our waning daytime consciousness our Ego and
    • during the night, when our higher nature is asleep, and this is
    • world this plant-consciousness is asleep during the summer and
    • awake during the dark winter season.
    • by the other during that time of the year in which we are now
    • in the springtime the plants may unfold again and bear blossoms
    • during the epoch of human development when the astral body
    • year. Even as the new year now brings with it a union of the
    • field of wisdom, during that ancient cosmic NEW YEAR, when his
    • founding of Christianity; this will bring us to a time when we
    • us prepare ourselves for this Cosmic New Year! By preparing
    • ourselves for the Christmas Festival, as explained during one
    • of the earth, during a cosmic New Year. Then it comes to us in
    • bringing us the following message:
    • Eve which brings a new cosmic year. In future incarnations,
    • development of the vegetable and mineral Kingdoms during the
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • But, while looking at the large red surface, during this time, the red
    • forces, it is also developed very early during embryonic life, and it
    • the plastic configuration to his organs during his growth correspondingly.
    • entering there the eye wants to take shape inside of man. Most of all
    • There it reinforces itself somewhat during the state of sleep. (See
    • which brings about the dissolving factor. What expresses itself in the
    • kidney system works very fast and brings its inner working to the etheric,
    • bring to a child in education or instruction between the seventh and
    • entering of this streaming in. (red, blue drawing 7)
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • by the salivary glands of the mouth. We then bring the food farther
    • can occur there, what happens to the food when we bring it into our
    • during the digestive process at our villous intestines so that the same
    • in our ether body. Oxygen is that kind of substance which brings into
    • but would bring us only far enough that we would unite our heart with
    • to be formed during childhood, but continuously because our organs are
    • one side would bring these organs about only in a one-sided way. Or,
    • bring the foodstuffs far enough that, while being pushed towards the
    • inflammations through them and bring about an inner cooling off. Or,
    • fact healed from outside. One only has to bring about in the organism,
    • inflammation, you have to bring the remedy into the organ through the
    • bring something cooling, by way of the digestive apparatus. An inflammation
    • ego. That alone gives them their character. Without considering this,
    • in bringing about a balance, as presented in the pamphlet, — which
    • that approximately during the whole time from the 4th until the 14th
    • at one time they tighten the strings of the kidney activity somewhat
    • more, then they relax and tighten the strings of the liver-activity,
    • occurring, and so on.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • During the epochs in which a spiritual world was still spoken of truthfully
    • one can see much by it. Namely, during that Light, or illuminated age,
    • at all. Altogether, one did not speak during that old Light Age of illness
    • One can do this by bringing him into connection with the surrounding
    • surroundings. One has to heal him in bringing him into the right relationship
    • one has to give him relief — one has to bring super-earthly forces
    • During that old light-filled age, which preceded our dark age, men were
    • organism has to fester it out, or if I bring something into my stomach,
    • the forces inwardly which can overcome this food. We eat to bring forth
    • resistance to this earth, and we live on this earth in order to bring
    • new appearance of the light age in contrast to darkness, during which
    • by the light. He could strive to gain his freedom only during the dark
    • age, and most of all during the termination of the dark age, in the
    • we have around us the dead light we can bring the Christ in us to life.
    • was actually conserved light which the plants once gave to man during
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • world through the gate of death, and those souls preparing to
    • can be arrived at in no other way than by one thing referring
    • gatherings, at least at their teas, I have so often heard
    • were conjuring a very material process into the room. These
    • and wrinkled countenance, with the flesh noticeably withering
    • Comparing an old man with a child and comparing the gestures
    • conceptions by way of comparing and relating them you
    • their nose when considering anything. They are quite
    • reality that the senses bring him. But he simply comes
    • “I”, for they do not know that in uttering
    • their etheric body in uttering “I” by watching
    • development. During this fifth post-Atlantean period speech
    • the spiritual strivings. During this period everyone will
    • danger for the idealists will always be that of entering
    • the difficulty of bringing mankind forward will lie: for all
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture II: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • spring from subconscious sources in human relationships to
    • considering is the social life of people. The folk genius
    • not always be pondering about abstract thoughts, but it is
    • Imagination then brings about — what has to do with
    • learning to speak. He who can bring a fine observation to
    • assumption that a child is actually bringing from the
    • he brings from the spiritual world. But that is the only
    • because we bring with us certain impulses out of the
    • men in a social bond. The common speech, which brings a
    • bring with us a heritage from the life before birth which, as
    • of life a mute element which springs up from the
    • pictures is that part of eurhythmy that we now wish to bring
    • this, above all, that we carry what we bring with us from the
    • into it, as it were, what we bring with us out of pre-earthly
    • of mankind. They are so overpoweringly great, these questions
    • reality that comes to light in the overpowering human
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture I: The Difference Between Man and Animal
    Matching lines:
    • here or there, among those who have had little opportunity for acquiring
    • To many people this has appeared as the most shattering feature of the
    • to this seriousness, preferring to be occupied with their own worthy
    • during the catastrophe of these last years. Although in a one-sided
    • has been preached during these 1900 years by the various Christian
    • is not done by the Catholic men of learning but they always bring forward
    • whether Jesus ever lived, when at that time a great gathering took place
    • bearing of such an assertion.
    • I am referring to is those newspaper articles that circulate scientific
    • scientific conceptions. Where what I have been referring to is concerned,
    • and animal. They may same time have also heard it ring out (even if the
    • bells were not ringing together) that man can form abstract concepts
    • do not draw them up, bring them into consciousness, as they are meant
    • a new and right way when, for instance, you bring the thoughts to fruition
    • during his apparent progress, this backsliding of of man's must so happen
    • What we lose by entering into
    • described during these last days. (see Z-269) Then man will begin to
    • preparing himself through the concepts of Spiritual Science for the more
    • difficult concepts, the concepts bearing reality. For it is natural, when
    • and at a certain place on our way we saw deer, stags, scampering away
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture II: St. John of the Cross
    Matching lines:
    • partisanship, their efforts go much more in the direction of bringing
    • bring men to any extra-ordinary faculty but to a raising og the faculties
    • of the Holy Spirit. He may not bring about ax qualitative change in
    • Now St. John of the Cross says: “The time has come (he is referring
    • words, God presents the soul during vision with wholly spiritual benefits
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture III: Clairvoyant Vision Looks at Mineral, Plant, Animal, Man
    Matching lines:
    • his real bearings by starting on the path to the spirit. He must decide
    • and Moon. During the Atlantean period there was a kind of crisis but
    • foresee—will be shattering to mankind, are the expression of how
    • from the will and what should find a certain ordering for the social
    • man brings to life within him what can be made living, when he applies
    • you ought to understand that of course when picturing these conditions
    • birth and death than he can develop outwardly, can bring to manifestation
    • there wandering round our earth animals that on dying left plantlike
    • Thus he looks at the holes that, during sleep, are there in consciousness.
    • the world from which he came on entering physical existence through
    • and death are never finished, never actually bring to completion the
    • mineral and plant kingdoms. On entering this existence through birth
    • thoughts given them during sleep. On waking, man brought his thoughts
    • man could bring back his thoughts. For quite a while this went on working,
    • he used properly, the head could no longer bring back thoughts out of
    • during the Greco-Latin period. The breast nature was inured to this,
    • about their nature, about what they are and their character. By bringing
    • in a more usual form of thought, preferring to remain with what is old
    • and hoping that out of this lack of thought there might spring what
    • connection should be felt by everyone entering upon Spiritual Science
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 4: Human Qualities Which Oppose Antroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • can be learnt about this question by hearing what the things and beings
    • all too easily that after some time he ruins his whole endeavour, brings
    • Man, however, during his ordinary state on earth is protected from the
    • physical body and its organs. The life during the state of sleep is
    • but not resentfully, on the sorrow, on the suffering of his life. For
    • from my pain, my knowledge comes from my suffering. Everyone who has
    • the pain; it is really drowning the suffering, sending it outside. In
    • will have to arise bringing us finally to chaos.
    • applying their thought, is however to bring order into the social structure
    • and doctoring up in the sphere of social questions no bungling around
    • or doctoring up will lead to anything better; it will lead on the contrary
    • conception, into everything we experience, we must bring something which
    • child which obviously springs from the very sources of nature—try
    • rings in his words, when in other words man's immortal soul is no longer
    • go wrong in our social behaviour is as a rule in bringing against the
    • when appearing among people who also belong, let us say, to some occult
    • been considering. And it will indeed be necessary for you, my dear friends,
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 5: Paganism, Hebraism, and the Greek Spirit, Hellenism
    Matching lines:
    • here, will bring with it an essential increase in man's understanding
    • he lived on another three years, during the last year going through
    • cannot bring us to a full understanding of the moral impulses in the
    • coming into being bring the moral too into the development of mankind.
    • man. But when man then turns his gaze to the Jahve God who brings about
    • there is no doubt it becomes impossible to bring the events of nature
    • and how in contradiction with what nature brings, the just man has to
    • however, the deeply tragic underlying tone, which might be said to ring
    • only share in bringing about man; he has to ascribe a substantial share
    • ancient world-outlooks were finally aimed at discovering man here on
    • south during the fourth
    • let us say a point during the fifth century before the event of Golgotha,
    • only by remembering this do we see how the inner evolution, the inner
    • stood. During the time the great Plato was towering above all that was
    • of nature in accordance with ideas must be bound up with the moral ordering
    • 1780, there springs forth from his inner being his Hymn to Nature.
    • This outlook itself springs
    • period, in all that rings forth from his fairy tale of The Green
    • to the present day has been creatively surging into the world. During
    • what sounded to those men of old when Isis was spoken of rings still
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 6: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • in playing her part in this organisation during the last weeks of her
    • tended her devotedly during the last days of her earthly life, who stood
    • so well in her intimate circle, not only during her suffering of the
    • all at once nor during the relatively long time that there has been
    • a Christianity up to now. During the whole of the future, ever more
    • revealing Himself actively, entering into their souls, giving souls
    • not have been capable of acquiring in his soul and spirit the new strength
    • necessary to meet the lowering of his bodily forces, had he net received
    • we are in today. By bringing about certain functions, certain inner
    • to recall something I have often said to you during these years of catastrophe,
    • is working with all its power to bring to naught, to
    • fact, we see appearing in a further step forward of Europe's evolution,
    • with the exception of the period during recent decades when other forces
    • will bring it to the surface. This is what can give one strength in
    • of which will be fulfilled above everything else during the next years,
    • Europe all that during the last decades has certainly been very little
    • what lies in the aims of the threefold ordering of social existence,
    • ordering. And perhaps if this centre of Europe has no external state,
    • by a gathering of men—truly I want to say it in the best sense
    • of the word—by a gathering of scholars. In fact the Goethe cult
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture I: The Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • between the lectures now being given, I should like to-day to bring
    • are afraid of the inpouring of the spiritual, which can only manifest
    • a picture of the principal entrance. Kindly observe you begin by entering
    • building and in architecture will have many objections to bring against
    • those organic motives to which we have been referring. If you take the
    • halting-place, to bring about in him the right frame of mind. Now just
    • feel the weight-carrying, weight-bearing forces, and of moulding such
    • the geometrical-mechanical-dynamic weight-bearing and carrying, is the
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture II: Bau Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • approach it from the inside and will try to bring before our mind the
    • in a developing metamorphosis, every succeeding form springing after
    • is a simple roughly drawn line” (referring to the first one) “but
    • organism, or, if you like it better, the human larynx and its neighbouring
    • bring the cupolas together as they are brought together in the main
    • that they become personal. It is for this reason that they try to bring
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture III: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • a world of beings spring up, that the colour itself through its own
    • it is intended to be, it must in a certain sense, bring to expression,
    • period. During this period humanity has to develop the inner force of
    • - you will particularly feel this when you look at the colouring of
    • into humanity during the fourth post-Atlantean period, as it was to
    • distinct. You see here above, the one inspiring, you can recognise him
    • the inspiring figures of the third post-Atlantean (the Egyptians) period
    • an attempt has been made to bring everything out of the colour.
    • under the actual inspiring influence of the dual principle.
    • that which is here inspiring him is more spiritual compared with the
    • necessary to the inspiring Being. You see, this inspiration leads at
    • inspiring figure which is a figure of the Cosmos and at the same time
    • and more to this form. Man had this form during the ancient-moon period.
    • of equilibrium is maintained between that which the blood brings about
    • in short, all that which holds one down, bring about the consciousness
    • bring him away, from the middle.path always inclines either to the one
    • the dome — the covering of this slate — in the sun, makes
    • give this exhibition for those friends who are willing to bring before
    • to the destructive forces in Europe during the last 4 or 5 years; only
    • so terribly heartless in the presence of such impulses as are appearing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture I: The Problem of Faust
    Matching lines:
    • powerful, and during the sixty years in which he was creating
    • one's bearings in it. The wisdom contained there was no
    • distinguished in the same way, and be able to bring them
    • the old peasant, remembering Faust's connection with the
    • With tears and sighs and frenzied wringing
    • I thought, Heaven's Lord to mercy bringing.
    • And now the crowd's applause rings in my ears like
    • something that belongs to the poodle appearing as if
    • on the other the forces stirring in his soul which drag him
    • passes through during his life, knows that reason is not
    • confusion make their appearance, all the bewildering spirits
    • Springs not the vault of Heaven above us?
    • dream-spirits fluttering around Faust — really the
    • you the one I am referring to:
    • run after it, hankering after its soul's blood, end all
    • he who drinks of this golden spring, experiences a
    • golden spring, experiences a complete renewal of his
    • actual stirring of life in man.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture II: The Romantic Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • a gathering of theologians, historians, poets, and so on. In
    • during Walpurgis-night, an experience he could not avoid
    • which came to him as the definite result of the shattering
    • Spring air of the April night just passing into May;
    • no particular pleasure in the Spring. You remember how I
    • made to these things remind him of the shattering experience
    • Stream and streamlet downward springing.
    • Far-off times, comes faintly ringing.”
    • corrupt the rendering is in all the editions and how it has
    • the one who has been clambering for three hundred years,
    • flickering light should be blown out. The will-o'-the-wisp is
    • during the whole earth-evolution only happens in exceptional
    • they to bring their earthly qualities with them. Goethe knew
    • spiritual world are manifold and perhaps bewildering
    • while the other serves merely to bring this to the
    • bring to our notice the necessity of acquiring a little
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture III: Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    Matching lines:
    • will spring up through Spiritual Science. These scenes from
    • — the caricaturing of what is great — for we must
    • problem of bringing Faust and Helen together. But Goethe was
    • difficult and harassing. He had to find a way to bring Faust
    • too big the help of Persephone in procuring him Helen in
    • bring about, to a certain degree, Helen's embodiment. To this
    • it possible to bring a quite spiritual Helen into the
    • bring about in conjunction with all Faust is living through
    • to the maturing of unreal, shadowy concepts as world-outlook,
    • of entering right into life, nor of grasping its reality.
    • as its representative, appearing bodily before him.
    • words acquiring their special colouring from this fact:
    • By Asmodeus who the strings doth pull.”
    • may well ask ourselves whether suffering is to continue
    • pronouncements so plentiful in the world today and during
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IV: Faust and the "Mothers"
    Matching lines:
    • on Faust's reappearing and coming forth from the Mothers, the
    • considering during these past years, what is supposed to
    • spiritual world immediately bordering on our physical
    • entering this world. Think of the connection of the word
    • him to bring to expression in his “Faust” this
    • ‘Rhine’ you are not referring to anything really
    • things that bring him near the spiritual worlds. On that
    • worlds of different consciousness — Faust has to bring
    • Faust brings with him from these worlds — what I have
    • word is really developed what Faust brings for his
    • sufficiently developed to bring the matter to a conclusion,
    • that he has not derived the possibility of entering other
    • more to this tomorrow and bring our considerations further.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture V: Faust and the Problem of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • human evolution on the earth (referring, to begin with, only
    • grapple in the right way with all that springs from Evil; he
    • — with all that springs from Evil. For the human being
    • have characterised during these weeks will be clearly
    • unconscious. (We emphasised this more than once during our
    • mankind. At the same time, endeavouring as he did to compare
    • Paradise. The longing for the Devil during the present, fifth
    • Helena really is. He brings it into his Faust. For
    • during this fifth post-Atlantean epoch certain human beings
    • the same. Referring to Ahriman-Mephistopheles, Goethe coined
    • somehow bring it about that Ahriman-Mephistopheles feels
    • as in fact it is during the present, fifth post-Atlantean
    • epoch. Goethe brings Faust himself into connection with this
    • point? We are confronted with the whisperings of an
    • it is the astrologer who brings her — albeit only by
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VI: The Helena Saga and the Riddle of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • rouse and bring forth within itself in order partly to
    • itself, entering in as it did in the first third of the
    • And in particular, already during the fifth epoch it will be
    • possible for men to bring Evil over the Earth, by exploiting
    • ministering members of the good, progressive Powers. They
    • bonds of blood — blood-relationship. During that time
    • — that is, during the Graeco-Latin
    • in order not to bring about disaster there by killing his
    • bring in quite other impulses of evolution. Such an Hero is
    • thing that really brings about the social structure in that
    • it is an oracle that brings the message from the Spiritual
    • occurring. The fourth postAtlantean epoch — its
    • already a force is preparing in the realm of human beings,
    • frame of mind in which these people bring forward their
    • have been consigned to death during two years and three to
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VII: Some Spiritual-Scientific Observations
    Matching lines:
    • has already been said here during the autumn.
    • capacity for self-knowledge, From our studies during the past
    • upon during the second half of his life, which is dimmed by
    • believed that one could do better by endeavouring to clothe
    • firm belief that, by entering into the style and the form of
    • that during his sleep-life man sinks into a real, cosmic
    • sleep, is in a sphere that brings him nearer to the fulness
    • springs than do his waking moments.
    • asleep to waking, and out of it spring dreams.
    • is quite unlike the world we see today during our waking hours
    • referring to that there are in it water-air and Sirens
    • called Seismos. By bringing Sirens into the relevant scene,
    • bring this about that when he introduces Homunculus to this
    • in acquiring, a wider knowledge of man, so that Homunculus
    • how aptly Goethe describes it when he brings in the ants, the
    • sphere of reality, during the time between falling asleep and
    • Dactyls; though the ants have succeeded in acquiring a
    • impressive, heart-stirring language they speak! And yet,
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Science Considered with the Classical Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • experiences spring. But beneath this threshold of
    • would find that, during this waking time, they do a great
    • say that not only do men dream during their waking hours,
    • experience in your soul during your sleep is imparted to you
    • by innumerable people; and what you do during your sleep is
    • learn during his earth-mission, nor be able to manage the
    • he lived during the periods of Saturn, Sun, and especially
    • That happens sometimes. Others, too, might admonish us during
    • this; during sleep you don't want to hear anything this
    • deceptions arising during the life of dreams.
    • Spiritual Science brings progress to everyone, even when it
    • Science on themselves bring progress. But we must be careful
    • soul, for it is strange that what springs up as new, in the
    • Locke, but brings him into the company of those philosophers
    • adoring,
    • This crisis in, I turn above, imploring,
    • Mephistopheles. This is what Goethe makes ring out for
    • himself in everything possible to bring Greek life vividly
    • Greek life, to bring it vividly before his soul. But what
    • twenty years of the eighteenth century during which these
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IX: Goethe's Life of the Soul from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • able to discover by considering it anthroposiphically, but
    • been reserved For referring to the primary polarity,
    • think about nature in the way that is possible during human
    • arising from the gathering up of all kinds of concepts into a
    • in prose that he wrote during the eighties of the 18th
    • penetration note what clever logical reasons man brings
    • unknown always brings fear in its train, the hydrophobia of
    • carefully cleans the scales from a fish, Afterwards declaring
    • onsweeping tide of hatred and destruction. Indeed, during
    • By trying to rationalize this and bring it into some kind of
    • nature, without obscuring your vision by theories, this leads
    • birth and death; what experiences that bring joy to the world
    • It will have a whole host of other experiences that bring joy
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture X: Faust's Knowledge and Understanding of Himself
    Matching lines:
    • Forces Actually Slumbering in Man
    • Forces Actually Slumbering in Man
    • own nature by merely acquiring knowledge received through the
    • Wagner is capable of aspiring with ideally conceived physical
    • Hence he sought in the most varied ways to bring man, to his
    • Imaginations appearing to different people in different
    • but for the Greek it meant entering a completely different
    • scene begins, we see the ‘alluring
    • side, however, these alluring creatures, these voices, are
    • rather, dreams evoked during this festival. Secondly, this
    • festival took place during the night, under the influence of
    • Samothrace to seek the Kabiri and bring them to the festival
    • this harmony, preferring to believe that what has arisen from
    • reality is the trinity; the unity springs from the trinity.
    • world springs, on the one hand in its mineral, on the other,
    • power — to old Nereus. Goethe brings the most
    • he warned Paris against bringing so much misery on Troy, but
    • becomes free, even during the waking condition. Only, a man
    • of the mother, before and during conception, and during the
    • example, in the womb of the mother, before and during
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XI: The Vision of Reality in the Greek Myths
    Matching lines:
    • natured minds. Now let us bring again before our souls just
    • experience all that life can bring to man in the way of
    • with all that life demands and brings. To this end, Goethe
    • lead to the idea of Homunculus. As far as possible, during
    • peoples have seen the impulse in the soul that brings about
    • instrument, the body. The more sensitive sea-faring folk
    • germ-cell. Considering the unfertilised germ-cell in the
    • appearing as a human being. The same processes that then take
    • oldest artists, as it were, of the earthly world during the
    • Greet us in this stirring hour,
    • Marsi, kinds of snake-demons, who bring with them the
    • senses, we then see the shattering of Homunculus against the
    • Dorides thus ushering in the sailor lads in this scene. The
    • saved by the Dorides) brings man into connection with the
    • remind ourselves here that it was during the eighties of the
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XII: Goetheanism In Place of Homunculism and Mephistophelianism
    Matching lines:
    • may be said that whoever has never experienced the suffering
    • reconstruct his archetypal plant, tried to bring into a
    • springs from the relationship of two forces, the one pressing
    • not able to deal freely with what we bring with us from the
    • Only when a man endeavours to bring the inner forces into
    • to bring deep down into our physical body; then we should be
    • seen that, to man's hurt, has not been seen during the last
    • enthusiast at all but a former finance minister bearing the
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • has the rather strange idea that the thoughts spring forth
    • the thoughts during the time of their earthly life, and
    • to the outpouring of a conception such as was held by the
    • once more, but with an individually human colouring, into the
    • fact that when a person dies the thoughts he received during
    • This battle is smouldering still at the very foundations of
    • people become unconscious during earthly life of what is there
    • intellectual colouring; but they felt this all as a declining
    • need education to spiritual hearing, spiritual listening. Only
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • course we are bringing together for the first time the members
    • understood will become clear during the course. We have admitted a few
    • bring it about. But things have come to light that must be corrected
    • during this course. A proper working together must certainly not be
    • essential is expressed when it is said: The flame of offering belongs
    • the working together of the flame of offering and the Mercury staff
    • the flame of offering, or to celebrate ritual with the Mercury staff.
    • receiving communion while recovering from a severe illness. Looking
    • instance, is surrendering to the usual process of taking nourishment;
    • purpose of bringing about better sleep, but there the boundary is
    • intervening as physician, as therapist, directly in the ordering of
    • consciousness means that you are intervening directly in the ordering
    • have seen how doctoring, healing, by its very nature leads from the
    • this gathering for a pastoral medicine course there may actually be
    • dilettantish doctoring and that the doctor is a dilettante priest! If
    • will bring about a profoundly important result for our culture. The
    • physicians will be able to do very much at the sickbed to bring the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • obliged to bring a musical understanding to it.
    • their house. Not what they see during the day, but the delicate
    • and one has to think how at this stage one can bring the other bodies
    • these people speak of “rest-prayer,” during which they do
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • the matters we have been considering. In particular, we should see
    • swing of a pendulum between the beginning of illness and the caring
    • treatment from the aspect of the earth. It consists of restoring the
    • interfering in each other's field in a dilettantish fashion. This
    • long as you are considering the scale at this left end of the beam,
    • you have to reckon with movement; so long as you are considering the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • what is given them by heredity with what they bring from earlier
    • worked in it during those years. These forces have so appropriated
    • body. We see how what we bring down from spiritual worlds — our
    • being is an inwardly strong individual and brings an intensely strong
    • during the first seven years, it is not yet able to receive other
    • warmth, all cold. The child is fully aware when entering this
    • body. During this time, therefore, the child is working with the
    • during this time is turned entirely toward spiritual foundations and
    • physical worlds during the first seven years of life will be seen as
    • of the etheric body to be “left over.” What flowed during
    • depths of human nature. During the first seven years these soul
    • takes in the reproductive forces during this time; this is plainly
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • brings about a kind of dream condition. But because of the special
    • karmic density, both ego and astral body are strong, and they bring
    • clouding, a lowering of consciousness — in the waking state
    • meets. I'm picturing an extreme case so that you can see the chief
    • wondering why the person hits upon one thing at one moment and
    • impulse at a definite time of the year to go wandering off somewhere.
    • while he is wandering and sit him down to a wonderful meal or two
    • impressions but brings out every possible gem from his speech
    • necessity of surrendering his will-limb system to life's external
    • this clever answering between the seventh and the fourteenth year.
    • spiritual beings. We had there the bringing of waking-sleep into
    • revealed the spiritual world, is in this case pouring itself inward,
    • should really only emerge during the second seven years.
    • reveal itself in two ways. In most cases a person brings it along as
    • entering the physical body. An etheric body was formed that does not
    • organization is developing too early and is overpowering the physical
    • puberty. This brings on the first stage of a pathological condition,
    • creating a person's automatic speech and stirring the will from
    • I've been pointing to during these few days: that there is always a
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • with discovering how far a human being may deviate
    • accordingly. It was based on finding the means to bring out of the
    • domestic animals, considering them as part of the family. These were
    • all, he is an important actor; this comes from his impulse to bring
    • experienced a kind of lust, he did it for secret pleasure. During
    • organization. There lies the impulse one brings with one as talent.
    • view — bring on a variety of states of anxiety; they can be the
    • One sees clearly how they push in an unhealthy way to bring about
    • only considering from the aspect of this particular earth-life. With
    • in the right way, so that they begin to improve, so that during their
    • standing beside the priests and administering the other half of the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • easy to do — what natural science was bringing forward, whether
    • bring what was opening up for me spiritually — for instance,
    • back, or further forward — to bring that into harmony with what
    • bring what we have seen spiritually into harmony with what science is
    • no possibility of exploring such connections if we only have the
    • coming into being. Continuously a human birth is occurring out of the
    • an important question: how is it during sleep? In sleep the etheric
    • exhalation there is no problem. But how can we inhale during sleep if
    • the astral body is outside? Well, the fact is that during sleep
    • at that time. All the astrality of the macrocosm enters during sleep.
    • Our breathing activity during sleep is for this reason very different
    • control of our inhalation during sleep comes from outside. When we
    • senses — seeing, hearing, sensation of warmth — totally
    • looking at the single, separate processes of seeing, hearing, and so
    • and bringing light, chemism, and life. It connects itself with the
    • that bring about the shaping of karma.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • in the ego and astral body during sleep, one does not reach the sun
    • etheric body. In clairvoyance one can bring this condition about
    • seeing, hearing, and the other sense activities are suppressed. At
    • or in a higher stage of initiation. But in exchange for the blurring
    • us during the day, spirit is also entering us. Through every sense
    • experience spirit is entering us. We have therefore to regard the
    • bringing our past karma with it appears to be bringing reproach, and
    • of the sun entering on the paths of the senses and nerves. If we can
    • forces that develop the lymph and prepare it for entering into the
    • lymph-blood formation inwardly, we find we are entering into the
    • moon forces, that is a higher kind of mirroring.
    • chemism; third, they must stop for the life. The Saturn forces bring
    • bring about the stop for the world chemism, the Mars forces the stop
    • their full strength, they bring about the formation of the embryo,
    • to bring to medicine again, knowledge it once had. The world will
    • this shattering secret, but in picture form — the moon working
    • bring about a spiritual birth. The human being is then born
    • rays, chemical rays and life rays, the spirit is also pouring in.
    • is obliged to remain in it during earth-life. And this causes in the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • in our minds what really happens in the human being during sleep. The
    • processes go on that during the person's sleep are independent of the
    • during sleep. During sleep the human being ought to be a world of
    • body during sleep — unless they are brought into balance
    • condition during waking life. It is constantly interrupted by the
    • sleep condition. Normally, however, even during sleep the catabolic
    • processes, only with catabolic processes. During sleep, therefore,
    • investigation to the etheric body, we find that during sleep only the
    • place in the plant kingdom. During daytime consciousness, when the
    • human spiritual development. Thus if we study what is active during
    • from this point of view those who during waking life do not go down
    • and consider the outer mineral world that relates to it. During sleep
    • is too much asleep, to cure what is still continuing to sleep during
    • talking about during the last few days. They descend into their
    • experienced by the ego and astral body during sleep (as too much
    • interested in discovering medicinal remedies, although of course they
    • a youth gathering, even though I fully appreciate their endeavor and
    • certainly not a remedy. On the contrary, it brings on the illness
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • be blinded by the flaring-up of will-o'-the-wisps but persist in
    • on the first day of spring, the twenty-first of March of each year.
    • If, for instance, in 1923 we had observed this point of spring, its
    • spring begins moves back in the zodiac a little bit in that
    • time the place of spring's beginning must again be in the very same
    • breaths during one day. What is it, then, that appears within the
    • spring until St. John's Day; then the change comes. As autumn
    • spiritual forces appearing in an illness that originates in the
    • bring them down for medicines for head illnesses. We are acting out
    • what successive years and days bring us. In short, we evolve as human
    • wonder in pondering over this rhythm of 25,920 years. One is awed by
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • the individual during the first seven years of life. The first body
    • this, we are able to bring into our own modern age what was present
    • Sun existence now during sleep. We do not have our Moon existence in
    • being a nature that is now below, a nature that only existed during
    • Humans fall during sleep into subnature, and from this fall illnesses
    • helps illuminate the members of the human being that during sleep are
    • bring back into the full waking state, into the natural course of
    • separate pieces of medical knowledge bring one a step further toward
    • Who guides the erring soul toward freedom.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • MEDICINE COURSE we are bringing members of two distinct circles of
    • bring it about. But things have come to light that must be corrected
    • during this course. A proper working together must certainly not be
    • essential is expressed when it is said: The flame of offering belongs
    • the working together of the flame of offering and the Mercury staff
    • the flame of offering, or to celebrate ritual with the Mercury staff.
    • receiving communion while recovering from a severe illness. Looking
    • instance, is surrendering to the usual process of taking nourishment;
    • purpose of bringing about better sleep, but there the boundary is
    • intervening as physician, as therapist, directly in the ordering of
    • consciousness means that you are intervening directly in the ordering
    • have seen how doctoring, healing, by its very nature leads from the
    • this gathering for a pastoral medicine course there may actually be
    • dilettantish doctoring and that the doctor is a dilettante priest! If
    • will bring about a profoundly important result for our culture. The
    • physicians will be able to do very much at the sickbed to bring the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • obliged to bring a musical understanding to it.
    • their house. Not what they see during the day, but the delicate
    • and one has to think how at this stage one can bring the other bodies
    • these people speak of “rest-prayer,” during which they do
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • the matters we have been considering. In particular, we should see
    • swing of a pendulum between the beginning of illness and the caring
    • treatment from the aspect of the earth. It consists of restoring the
    • interfering in each other's field in a dilettantish fashion. This
    • long as you are considering the scale at this left end of the beam,
    • you have to reckon with movement; so long as you are considering the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • what is given them by heredity with what they bring from earlier
    • worked in it during those years. These forces have so appropriated
    • body. We see how what we bring down from spiritual worlds — our
    • being is an inwardly strong individual and brings an intensely strong
    • during the first seven years, it is not yet able to receive other
    • warmth, all cold. The child is fully aware when entering this
    • body. During this time, therefore, the child is working with the
    • during this time is turned entirely toward spiritual foundations and
    • physical worlds during the first seven years of life will be seen as
    • of the etheric body to be “left over.” What flowed during
    • depths of human nature. During the first seven years these soul
    • takes in the reproductive forces during this time; this is plainly
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • brings about a kind of dream condition. But because of the special
    • karmic density, both ego and astral body are strong, and they bring
    • clouding, a lowering of consciousness — in the waking state
    • meets. I'm picturing an extreme case so that you can see the chief
    • wondering why the person hits upon one thing at one moment and
    • impulse at a definite time of the year to go wandering off somewhere.
    • while he is wandering and sit him down to a wonderful meal or two
    • impressions but brings out every possible gem from his speech
    • necessity of surrendering his will-limb system to life's external
    • this clever answering between the seventh and the fourteenth year.
    • spiritual beings. We had there the bringing of waking-sleep into
    • revealed the spiritual world, is in this case pouring itself inward,
    • should really only emerge during the second seven years.
    • reveal itself in two ways. In most cases a person brings it along as
    • entering the physical body. An etheric body was formed that does not
    • organization is developing too early and is overpowering the physical
    • puberty. This brings on the first stage of a pathological condition,
    • creating a person's automatic speech and stirring the will from
    • I've been pointing to during these few days: that there is always a
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • CHIEFLY CONCERNED with discovering how far a human being may deviate
    • accordingly. It was based on finding the means to bring out of the
    • domestic animals, considering them as part of the family. These were
    • all, he is an important actor; this comes from his impulse to bring
    • experienced a kind of lust, he did it for secret pleasure. During
    • organization. There lies the impulse one brings with one as talent.
    • view — bring on a variety of states of anxiety; they can be the
    • One sees clearly how they push in an unhealthy way to bring about
    • only considering from the aspect of this particular earth-life. With
    • in the right way, so that they begin to improve, so that during their
    • standing beside the priests and administering the other half of the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • easy to do — what natural science was bringing forward, whether
    • bring what was opening up for me spiritually — for instance,
    • back, or further forward — to bring that into harmony with what
    • bring what we have seen spiritually into harmony with what science is
    • no possibility of exploring such connections if we only have the
    • coming into being. Continuously a human birth is occurring out of the
    • an important question: how is it during sleep? In sleep the etheric
    • exhalation there is no problem. But how can we inhale during sleep if
    • the astral body is outside? Well, the fact is that during sleep
    • at that time. All the astrality of the macrocosm enters during sleep.
    • Our breathing activity during sleep is for this reason very different
    • control of our inhalation during sleep comes from outside. When we
    • senses — seeing, hearing, sensation of warmth — totally
    • looking at the single, separate processes of seeing, hearing, and so
    • bringing light, chemism, and life. It connects itself with the
    • that bring about the shaping of karma.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • in the ego and astral body during sleep, one does not reach the sun
    • etheric body. In clairvoyance one can bring this condition about
    • seeing, hearing, and the other sense activities are suppressed. At
    • or in a higher stage of initiation. But in exchange for the blurring
    • us during the day, spirit is also entering us. Through every sense
    • experience spirit is entering us. We have therefore to regard the
    • bringing our past karma with it appears to be bringing reproach, and
    • of the sun entering on the paths of the senses and nerves. If we can
    • forces that develop the lymph and prepare it for entering into the
    • lymph-blood formation inwardly, we find we are entering into the
    • moon forces, that is a higher kind of mirroring.
    • chemism; third, they must stop for the life. The Saturn forces bring
    • bring about the stop for the world chemism, the Mars forces the stop
    • their full strength, they bring about the formation of the embryo,
    • to bring to medicine again, knowledge it once had. The world will
    • this shattering secret, but in picture form — the moon working
    • bring about a spiritual birth. The human being is then born
    • rays, chemical rays and life rays, the spirit is also pouring in.
    • is obliged to remain in it during earth-life. And this causes in the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • our minds what really happens in the human being during sleep. The
    • processes go on that during the person's sleep are independent of the
    • during sleep. During sleep the human being ought to be a world of
    • body during sleep — unless they are brought into balance
    • condition during waking life. It is constantly interrupted by the
    • sleep condition. Normally, however, even during sleep the catabolic
    • processes, only with catabolic processes. During sleep, therefore,
    • investigation to the etheric body, we find that during sleep only the
    • place in the plant kingdom. During daytime consciousness, when the
    • human spiritual development. Thus if we study what is active during
    • from this point of view those who during waking life do not go down
    • consider the outer mineral world that relates to it. During sleep we
    • is too much asleep, to cure what is still continuing to sleep during
    • talking about during the last few days. They descend into their
    • experienced by the ego and astral body during sleep (as too much
    • interested in discovering medicinal remedies, although of course they
    • a youth gathering, even though I fully appreciate their endeavor and
    • certainly not a remedy. On the contrary, it brings on the illness
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • be blinded by the flaring-up of will-o'-the-wisps but persist in
    • on the first day of spring, the twenty-first of March of each year.
    • If, for instance, in 1923 we had observed this point of spring, its
    • spring begins moves back in the zodiac a little bit in that
    • time the place of spring's beginning must again be in the very same
    • breaths during one day. What is it, then, that appears within the
    • spring until St. John's Day; then the change comes. As autumn
    • spiritual forces appearing in an illness that originates in the
    • bring them down for medicines for head illnesses. We are acting out
    • what successive years and days bring us. In short, we evolve as human
    • wonder in pondering over this rhythm of 25,920 years. One is awed by
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • the individual during the first seven years of life. The first body
    • this, we are able to bring into our own modern age what was present
    • Sun existence now during sleep. We do not have our Moon existence in
    • being a nature that is now below, a nature that only existed during
    • Humans fall during sleep into subnature, and from this fall illnesses
    • helps illuminate the members of the human being that during sleep are
    • bring back into the full waking state, into the natural course of
    • separate pieces of medical knowledge bring one a step further toward
    • Who guides the erring soul toward freedom.
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture I: Easter: The Festival of Warning
    Matching lines:
    • will be the first full moon of spring and upon this full moon will
    • fall the rays of the springtime sun, for since the 21st of March the
    • sun has been in the sign of spring. When, therefore, men on earth
    • is the first after the full moon of spring, then is the time to keep
    • such traditions were a means for bringing to expression man's
    • which during a certain period of earthly evolution have become more
    • the one to bring to mankind true and fitting ideas about Christianity
    • essential to see in this light what he laboured so hard to bring to
    • of Golgotha did bring about an absolute separation of one phase in the
    • end of a period of evolution during which men beheld, together with
    • spiritual vision, was fading away and disappearing, and that another
    • brings no approach to Christ, that with this old vision one can only
    • all his power to bring men out of the habit of looking to the spirits
    • had quite another spiritual ring than has the mere echo left us in our
    • unreal, preferring to regard it as a kind of hallucination that befell
    • words, they go on uttering them more or less automatically, they make
    • materialistic outlook we have long ago ceased caring whether or not we
    • During the Fifth Post-Atlantean epoch a new tendency has been at
    • Such a view of the ordering of the world must inevitably arise in a
    • bringing together in their thought the things that essentially belong
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture II: The Blood-relationship and The Christ-relationship
    Matching lines:
    • of spirit-and-soul should spring from a source other than that of the
    • and spiritual, men still went on desiring to find in themselves the
    • reality. Men came to the point of enquiring into the super-sensible by
    • element made its way to the surface during the 19th century
    • new way to bring this element of universal humanity to its own had not
    • spiritual. This image can bring forth intellectualism, but not
    • bring to fulfilment the words: “My kingdom is not of this
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture IV: Spirit Triumphant
    Matching lines:
    • of Christendom men were still endeavouring to understand the Mystery
    • death by the indescribable suffering that was His lot.
    • signs of suffering in the human body, the more perfect the skill with
    • which art succeeded at different periods in portraying the sufferings,
    • with which art portrayed the sufferings of the Redeemer. Nevertheless
    • Redeemer suffering and dying on the Cross, leave was taken of a truly
    • counter-image of its own physical suffering, in order that this might
    • vogue, obscuring men's feeling of the stupendous Christmas Mystery of
    • associated pre-eminently with suffering and death.
    • presented as the suffering man, but the idea of the execution of
    • justice from without is essentially absent. Job is the suffering man,
    • sake of human evolution. We need, not the suffering Christ, but the
    • has gradually come to be a picture of the Man of suffering and pain,
    • outpouring of the Spirit, since this thought has been dogmatically
    • wisdom that pain and suffering originate from man's union with matter.
    • the Chrestos — the man suffering within the physical
    • body, in the purple robe and wearing the crown of thorns. The sight of
    • have to thank your Buffering, your pain. You owe your knowledge to the
    • fact that you did not allow yourself to be mastered by suffering and
    • Mysteries, the figure of the suffering Chrestos was in turn replaced
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture I: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • But in times when the old methods of entering into relationship with
    • during which they so worked upon their whole being that they were able
    • The purpose of such exercises is to bring the man of today to a point
    • same sense-impressions will immediately bring him anything in the
    • becomes inward experience, and the answer rings from your own inner
    • lunar eclipse for their nocturnal wanderings.”
    • recurring as they do in the course of every year, may really be looked
    • religion that is founded on faith alone, that does not spring from the
    • forces streaming out from the human will, and preparing a pathway for
    • will.” And when we learn how spiritual, healing forces spring up
    • If, by burning the root of such a plant, we bring to it the element of
  • Title: Lecture II: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • spirit-and-soul prepared during the Earth-evolution of humanity. In
    • light, I am speaking of something that is preparing the future. The
    • a specific bearing only; they were answers relating to the actual
    • opposite direction. These answers were to questions referring to the
    • back from Venus, were audible to a kind of inner hearing.
    • forces of Mercury, Venus and Moon bring the human being into
    • remedial effect of aurum was discovered; its effect is to bring
  • Title: Lecture III: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • must bring it into relation with the two preceding lectures.
    • itself during his existence between death and a new birth. If you will
    • far richer, when contemplated during the life between death and a new
    • and what is seen during the life between death and a new birth.
    • Without pondering upon this in meditation from every angle — it
    • we experience one world and many men; during the life between death
    • initiate in the ancient Mysteries sought to acquire it during the life
    • impulses which spring as it were from his whole character and
    • When, therefore, we are considering man's connection with these outer
    • after the intermediate condition during which he sees what I described
    • yesterday, he then sees from outside, especially during the middle
    • unconscious understanding he acquired during his life on earth.
    • For example, a man who during his life has been on friendly terms with
    • latter experiences, which are acquired during the second half of the
    • to act out of freedom must be, and is, acquired during earthly
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • find it so difficult to bring clear concepts to bear upon what
    • element are so overpowering that the unfolding of plant-life — in
    • his own. He would, as it were, bring about an objective cleverness in
    • modern scientists cannot help discovering the presence of lead right
    • during sleep, could not exist. We should perish between going to sleep
    • The nitrogen is a substance which brings us into intimate connection
    • the state in which our soul lives during sleep. Take what I said
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • during the present lectures.
    • outer life and, through the strength of will springing from his
    • would bring about law and order, though he did want firmness
    • Eckhart's time. Exploring along the same avenues as John Scotus
    • One century lies between the two. During this century Western science
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the case. The processes and events occurring at any given time in the
    • this something does not suffice to bring me certainty of my own
    • the Logos-bearing soul out of the silence. I love the Logos because the
    • Logos brings tidings of an unknown god.”
    • still he had a Logos-bearing soul. And he loved the Logos even though
    • broadest sense possible. The third is mathematical. Considering the
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • during earthly life. In the beginning he crawls on all fours and only
    • threefold membering will give you true insight into the human being.
    • arms, we bring ourselves into the orientation of right-and-left. To
    • during this experience of movement, you would draw a corresponding
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • so. This fact lends Giordano's works their special coloring.
    • own body and appearing as above-below, right-left, and
    • than Newton was, but Berkeley illustrates the conflicts taking place during
    • harboring any illusions, it makes one's brain reel. There is
    • and applies his abstract mathematics to it, thus severing it from any
    • today. But these objections will fade away during the ensuring
    • gathering up of bones and dust, so that the earlier forms of the
    • slain beings can be pieced together again. But this does not bring
    • to Newton's time and see the shuddering of thinkers who still
    • I mention this here because recently, in preparing these lectures, I
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • the world. During those epochs, man inwardly did not experience his
    • thinking. We see it entering bit by bit into the spiritual life of
    • the world but regards it only as something occurring inside man. If
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • normally dwell within his physical and etheric bodies but during
    • dimensions, not outside but within himself during full wakefulness,
    • warmth in the external world outside his own body. When, during the
    • and so forth are experienced. During the waking state, however, the
    • indeed indwell and permeate the physical and etheric body during the
    • feeling for what the soul and spirit have experienced during sleep
    • did this in order to bring out the true difference as regards
    • during the scientific age were formulated without any true knowledge
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • experienced the essence of movement. He experienced this by comparing
    • determining a given speed by measuring it, but to think of speed in
    • great, nine times less, and so forth. Pure measuring is instilled
    • a total inability to bring science back to man.
    • experience to which corresponded the external processes occurring
    • any measuring system. Therefore the attempt to objectify what related
    • day of something rather undefined and vague, when referring to its laws.
    • physics became a matter of measuring, counting and weighing.)
    • isolated fragments of knowledge into a world conception and bring our
    • and concentrate on measuring externals (thus remaining stuck in the
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • insight into what man regarded as knowledge during the age of the old
    • as it became later on. During and towards the end of the Nineteenth
    • He did not think they were occurring only within himself as was done
    • In considering these iatrochemists, we must realize that they still
    • and brings about the processes of organic chemistry in man.
    • who, considering his time, was an unusually clever man. He had
    • conception of man. This led to the idea of picturing him s a more
    • considering the whole course of human evolution. It was, after all,
    • comprehension of the outer world. During this interim, when man took
    • consciousness of freedom that is arising during the same period,
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • function merely as a science that observes outer nature. During the
    • casting out, led to the measuring of the rate of fall per second. In
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture I: The Three Steps of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • birth and leaves it at death. That element which, during life between
    • possibility of acquiring knowledge of the etheric part of man, that is
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture II: Exercises of Thought, Feeling and Volition
    Matching lines:
    • ‘imaginative’ experience in a form which springs from
    • earthly phenomenon, and that which man brings with him from the
    • intuitive knowledge; for these changes bring about a loosening of the
    • the further advance of humanity, to bring this full consciousness of
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture III: Methods of Imaginative, Inspired and Intuitive Knowledge or Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • presentation during meditation. It is, therefore, best to choose for a
    • cannot, therefore, bring his relationship to the etheric world into
    • The man with super-sensible, intuitive knowledge brings them into his
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IV: Exercises of Cognition and Will
    Matching lines:
    • man, which during his life on earth exists in the reflection of the
    • receives as contents only dead, or at least, expiring ideas. Its duty
    • before life on earth began; but we bring to life in us a true picture
    • during the earth-life is brought to life again in the subconscious
    • dissolution of the body, because its nature shows itself, even during
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture V: Experiences of the Soul in Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • that is all it can do. It can bring no contribution to a definition of
    • during sleep.
    • organization; and during sleep the experience of the soul is outside
    • experiences them as facts during sleep. Think, for instance, how in
    • from each other. During this period of sleep, the soul feels itself to
    • rhythm of breathing and blood-circulation. During sleep the physical
    • These adventures of the soul reverberate during daily life as its
    • indeed that the religious longing, stirring in the depth of the soul,
    • is in awake life the aftermath of the stellar experience during the
    • entering into a physical body through conception and the life of the
    • imaginative picturing of a longing but a vaguely-felt reliving through
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VI: Transference from the Psycho-Spiritual to the Physical Sense-life in man's Development
    Matching lines:
    • reconstructions during sleep. Man's inner world becomes the external
    • During the state of sleep the physical and etheric organisms of man
    • During his pre-earthly existence man lives in the cosmic creation
    • As during his existence on earth he perceives through his senses a
    • revelation of the Cosmos is still a very intense one during the
    • his own organism during its growth is the visible sign of this active
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VII: The Relationship of Christ with Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • bring to bear on this transference whether he can gain a relationship,
    • occurring in the evolution of the earth.
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VIII: The Event of Death and Its Relationship with the Christ
    Matching lines:
    • at every moment. The visionary picturing is a stronger entering of the
    • This part of the soul disappears during earthly life by
    • Volition even during wakefulness contains a section which is asleep.
    • This is the part in which continues to live during earthly existence
    • form-life during earthly existence, rises again on the other side to
    • This brings this study to the event of death which is to be further
    • bearing upon Cosmology and Religious cognition.
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IX: The Destination of the Ego-Consciousness in Conjunction with the Christ-problem
    Matching lines:
    • nature were also experienced during the state of sleep. But this
    • experience remains unconscious during the stay on earth. The soul is
    • during its earthly existence from what it was in its pre-earthly
    • tendency during earthly existence. The physical organization resists
    • differentiated inside the head-organization during the waking state.
    • During sleep however it is differentiated internally into definite
    • formations. In those formations are manifest the forces which during
    • In the head-organization a two-fold activity is thus enacted during
    • tearing down, that is, one which destroys the physical organism. This
    • during his existence on earth. Only this death is vanquished day by
    • accompanies human life during existence on earth as a tendency, as an
    • always recurring beginning of death. And to this continued dying
    • is filled by the reflections of the physical organism during existence
    • physical and etheric organism during existence on earth, namely, his
    • processes. This union brings about a Being of spirit and of body
    • reflected thought-world as itself only bearing the character of the
    • consciousness during existence on earth. Its entry is prevented
    • during existence on earth. This rhythm appears as a cosmic imitation
    • breathing during existence on earth. In conscious cosmic experience we
    • during this experience in a cosmic world in the making is expressed by
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture X: On Experiencing the Will-Part of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • physical organism. During the making of thoughts this destruction
    • Thus life and death are warring together in the human being. In
    • lowering forces in the organism. In the same way such a counteraction
    • which during life on earth grows up in the unconscious region of the
    • arisen during earth-life in the spiritual and psychic part of him. For
    • man during his presence on earth has developed into a real value in
    • within the region of planetary life. Man cannot himself bring about
    • of physical organism out of the cosmos grows. The divine in him brings
    • earthly existence, and of entering into the pure stellar sphere. This
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • to-morrow, and the day after, I will therefore bring forward
    • Ordering of the Cosmos, by postulating an eternal, everlasting
    • mankind, and everything of a hindering nature in the
    • during the time between going to sleep and waking, there arises
    • which I am now referring, are those which pertain especially to
    • suffering.” It becomes an axiom with the Buddha, that
    • suffering must be overcome, A means must be found to be able to
    • Divine Being who arranged the process of bringing forth;
    • simply be woven into an ordering of Nature, and whatever
    • that what springs up inwardly as an unreality is one earthly
    • Augustine sought that firm point. To-day we only want to bring
    • the metaphysical explanation given about the orderings of
    • ordering of Substances, or Biology the ordering of Life. Just
    • of positive Science, to bring man into such social structures
    • at last. I will only bring forward a few really characteristic
    • Church was to bring out a kind of Calendar. A certain number of
    • who, in a purely natural materialistic ordering, seek a firm
    • the external ordering of Nature. But we have no concepts by
    • connected with that Aperçu to which I am referring. if one
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Imaginative Consciousness, that in the inner experiences during
    • consciously during the making condition; and that constitutes
    • psychic, Spiritual nature, inspiring it, therefore we rea11y
    • Arch-Angela, who bring this about, stand further away from us
    • physical and etheric bodies, so to speak, and they bring about
    • thinks that his physical body brings about his personality is
    • delusion in man's consciousness, elevating it, bringing it home
    • ordering of Nature which consists contains no ideals, which of
    • necessity connects one event with another, an ordering in which
    • something else than a mere external Ordering of Nature. But
    • the ordering of natural phenomena. For that reason the Ordering
    • present time, they are acquiring reality in the present
    • would know that, that which is the Ordering of Nature to-day,
    • experience an Ordering of Nature, (see diagram red) we
    • experience an Ordering of our Ideals (yellow). The physicist
    • force and a conservation of matter, that the Ordering of Nature
    • — “The ideal Ordering was a dream, it must sink and
    • have the Ordering of Nature, red) but in reality there is no
    • Ordering of matter ceases at a certain definite point of time;
    • continuation of the Ordering of Nature.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Revelation of the Cosmic Christ
    Matching lines:
    • warmth-giving rays of the sun shine down upon the earth. During the
    • But who will deny that the love poured out to the wellspring of
    • brings about the transition from the super-sensible to the material —
    • ‘Out of God we are born’ — and the Son Who brings about the transition
    • brings understanding of the super-earthly Christ Being, the Sun Being
    • Who was united with the man Jesus of Nazareth. It can bring
    • and through this revelation peace rings forth from the hearts of men
    • but bringing a new birth, the birth of a new Christ Impulse. Out of
    • dedicated to Christmas. They synthesize what I wanted to bring to your
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • During the coming days I shall endeavor to continue the study we have
    • during this epoch. Externally, Greece was subjected to Rome in such a
    • today is everywhere permeated with concepts and ideas that spring from
    • blood of those who are preparing themselves to take leading positions,
    • the inspiring force of the old imaginative ideation. An utter
    • emotions to bring his word into movement because Latin is essentially
    • whole string of unpleasant events still largely provides the material
    • carried over into later events where it springs to life again in them.
    • Thus, we find how Rome was fructified by Greece a second time. During
    • culture the Greek way of thought and life. During the Renaissance,
    • But during the Renaissance it is always for good reasons that we find
    • bringing a breath of early Greek times into our modern age.
    • legal-political coloring. What thus passed over into the blood of the
    • bring the beings of the spiritual world near to man so that he may
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • epoch of post-Atlantean times, to bring into being for them all they
    • had striven for during Atlantean times. On Atlantis they had developed
    • kept Greece within earthly evolution. In considering the course of
    • ruthlessness, stubborn egoism, that continuous stirring up of
    • personalities, they will have to bring it all into inner movement in
    • imaginative life springing up in his soul. In these beginnings it is
    • forces in the human soul, to employ them to a wrong end, thus bringing
    • preparations being made to bring the strongest possible forces of
    • impetus had to be present bearing along with it the after workings, in
    • that is being made from Asia to bring about a visionary European
    • priest was intended to bring about a kind of buoyancy and lightness in
    • told you, brings to a new life again the complete attitude of thought
    • these forces trying to charge forward with all speed, bringing to
    • belong in the bodily nature but should develop freely, hovering in and
    • it can be realized. Then come the other sufferings, the birth throes,
    • other sufferings, the birth throes, actual physical pains that I am
    • Considering art in respect of its representations of the Jesus
    • Palestinian landscape with its people. Wandering about this
    • special teachings, and how He undergoes suffering, death and
    • all hung on Him, as it were. These myths, however, all spring from a
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • occurring, when they don't easily reveal themselves. Thus, it is also
    • place his soul under a ban, by this means rendering its activities
    • solfatara. The forces are there under the covering of ordinary life,
    • to an extreme: The outer world is to be perceived without stirring the
    • others. Entering with love into the individualities of other people,
    • is what can bring us to self-knowledge. The self-knowledge we seek
    • I will bring forward next time what remains to be said regarding
    • that needs to be revealed today without stirring up prejudicial
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • time. Instead, I will digress and speak during these days of things
    • stand behind it, conjuring it out of itself, as it were, just as a
    • breaks and periods, with wave-like depressions and elevations, bring
    • what is necessary for humanity have gradually become fewer during this
    • knowledge and a lowering of consciousness. There were always, however,
    • spiritual world during the last three or four centuries, and even up
    • during which attempts have been made to enter the spiritual world by
    • nature during the last three or four centuries. All that is necessary
    • imparted knowledge itself must contain a certain force that brings
    • forth good through itself, actually and really to bring forth of
    • All knowledge entering the world through the science of the spirit
    • these results and grasp what they are bringing us. Because the one or
    • problems that have agitated the world during the last two years. It is
    • through its own force and engendering moral impulses. So, as
    • spiritual science to bring about the fructification of European
    • come only from the unspiritual, then in all this outpouring of
    • entering possesses the force to create the impulse of the good. One
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • post-Atlantean epoch, during which the Greco-Roman culture developed
    • human culture during the period of Atlantis. It has often been said
    • be merely repeated during the Greco-Roman age. (You can read about
    • so, we should soon be considering ourselves much cleverer than a god,
    • attacks begin actually to operate first during the fourth or fifth
    • powers. Their plan was to bring all human faculties and human forces
    • during the post-Atlantean period, to interpose the old Atlantean
    • luciferic and ahrimanic striving consists essentially in bringing what
    • were, where certain mystery cults were gradually established during
    • longer have been capable of bearing an ego. But as forces in the world
    • saved himself from this fate by bringing it about that, as a result of
    • Many opposing sects were founded with the object of countering this
    • with disinterested, unselfish feelings but with hankerings and greed
    • stimulus to their hankerings and greed. But to begin with this was to
    • possibility of acquiring real knowledge is to connect the right facts
    • America at a definite point of time, and the stirrings of desire for a
    • The fitting mood for discovering America at a definite epoch is
    • stirring up of desire. It is a mood that worked especially upon the
    • luciferic forces in the fifth post-Atlantean epoch; during this epoch
    • that human life has taken on a certain coloring as a result of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • sought to bring to life in all possible detail what Goethe saw when he
    • The intention was to bring to expression, in the way in
    • When we consider it, among much that brings rejoicing to the soul,
    • themselves to work together in the most intensive manner to bring
    • how with every drop of their blood they could help bring the holy
    • There we have a powerfully aspiring spiritual life that we can assume
    • bring forcibly under his control all the power that can be exercised
    • This was at the time when Philip undertook to bring the entire Church
    • is confronted with all the sufferings, temptations and trials that
    • become capable of dishonoring the symbol of the Cross and the holy
    • France they were suddenly attacked and thrown into prison. During
    • where, in Ceylon and the neighboring islands, the region is to be
    • sufferings, tortures, persecutions and the most frightful offences.
    • connect with Christianity the thoughts that ring through the
    • suffering, pain and grief appear as the earth's Cross, which then
    • place of what brings strife and quarrels something must appear that
    • can bring good to earth, and this good may be pictured in the symbol
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • foundations. I endeavored to bring this especially to your attention
    • bring — and have, in fact, brought — the greatest inner
    • order to bring about a divorce. As already stated, that need not have
    • electricity appearing, with all that grows out of it; we have the
    • dependent; it was rather to bring definite faculties into the human
    • draw this line here and bring the sun back again, the point does not
    • rather the faculty of bringing men away from reality. Men do not at
    • been greatly intensified in men during the last few centuries
    • bring to light what can be experienced when one passes through the
    • intellect above cosmic wisdom. During the course of the earth stage,
    • Isis wore a veil, only then could one bring forth what was necessary.
    • for entering practical life. A spiritual knowledge — but just
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • things in which they were engaged during the day, and to consider
    • school, and in this way bring back into your life something which
    • was at that time; or anything of a like nature which may bring the
    • may gradually bring yourself into a condition in which you feel when
    • the appearing of the sun out from the colours and the light, so that
    • nature of man. I shall not be bringing the right spirit into this
    • through this experience of thinking, instead of wandering about on
    • experience of memory can bring us, then we look right into this
    • this is. Memory gives our soul its colouring. We can know quite
    • gives the soul its colouring.
    • certain colouring, but something is expressed which has passed over
    • fairly easy to bring before our soul-vision things which we
    • very attitude, brings something into our life which leads
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • brings into it. I mean, everything which we are accustomed from our
    • Ahrimanic forms. It is absolutely a fact that, during the first
    • given him as a covering, as a garment, as an instrument, namely the
    • physical and etheric bodies, these they seek to separate and bring
    • to the moon in order, so far as lay in their power, to bring the
    • the earth, in order as far as was possible to bring the Luciferic and
    • worked so as to bring about different results for the Spartans and
    • nature can develop, and not to bring them out.
    • bring this ego into confusion as regards Karma.
    • regulation because it cannot be undertaken during man's earthly life,
    • humanity had withdrawn to the moon they had to seek, during their
    • especially injurious to man in his existence after death if, during
    • relate man closely to the earth and bring him into too strong a
    • heredity and in adaptation to environment, we bring the human being
    • understanding of nature, we bring the Luciferic and Ahrimanic
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • during his life to that which, from the natural scientific point of
    • part in conscious life, the time, for instance, during which we
    • learned to speak and walk, during which we received our first, the
    • inherited teeth, the impressions received during all these periods of
    • way. Picture to yourselves during sleep the etheric and physical
    • memory-life is transformed during sleep. If man dreams it is just
    • during sleep with the forces which lie behind the phenomena of
    • memories unite during sleep, but with that which really lies behind
    • with these that our memories unite during sleep. Our memories rest in
    • them during sleep.
    • Thus we can really say: During sleep our soul with its
    • being. You take up what I have transformed during life from
    • with reference to human sleep, because in reality, during those years
    • and during the years extending to the change of teeth — that
    • alone is taken up during sleep. As regards human beings it is the
    • The soul-element which we develop during our early childhood (for
    • outside him as it is during sleep one sees that it really consists in
    • during our sleep into its own being. Nature takes up our memories
    • entering into the inner being of nature. We are not beings who only
    • certain perfection! It would be extraordinarily inspiring for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IV: The Ephesian Mysteries of Artemis
    Matching lines:
    • The Crystal Covering of the Earth
    • receiving impressions from those hard and stern rocks towering up from
    • covering of snow, and even more about the falling snow-flakes, that
    • I need not mention that the stars are also there during
    • instance, from which one can see the stars during the day. I only
    • course present also during the day. And it is not a physical but a
    • feeling that just as we live imaginatively into the crystal covering
    • experiences of the cosmos in this crystal covering.
    • relationship with the neighbouring cosmos surrounding it as the human
    • into the borings of the mine.
    • events. That is a mode of acquiring knowledge of these earth
    • referring. For the metals speak more — if I may express myself
    • and I will not bring forward any objections against going to the
    • studied very deeply by Pythagoras, for example, on his wanderings,
    • the world is harmful and brings about disease, on another niveau is
    • get its bearings in the world is really the most wonderful thing we
    • So we must really bring together all the truths which
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • During the Lemurian epoch the Earth went through the Moon stage. It
    • out of the earth in spring and die down in autumn; it shoots up,
    • appearing in the spring-time (the spring-time was much shorter then)
    • appearing and then fading away. He would not speak of plants covering
    • find them still doing this, bringing graphically to the mind of one
    • disappearing, growing green and then fading away; soft animal-like
    • that he might be prepared for independent feeling during his earth
    • willing being, which, during the period between birth and death rests
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • veil covering the mystery of the cosmos, he could be led still
    • to feel himself as a covering or veil of the tiny reflection of this
    • addition to hearing that which sounded forth in the animal creation
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VII: The Mysteries of Hibernia
    Matching lines:
    • can arrive at that which I shall now describe. You will see during
    • will bring him joy and happiness. Thus the pupils were driven on the
    • will renounce all knowledge, we will renounce all that cannot bring
    • of Ephesus, a part of which was brought before the pupils during a
    • rendering what was practised in that ancient language into modern
    • appeared as if covering the sun. The statues were very large so that
    • covering the sun. Then came forth as if out of a musical-harmonic
    • inner fullness of joy, now that he, hearing what the second statue
    • alone, and during this silence and solitude each one really felt in
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • whence arose this consciousness which had come upon him during the
    • conjured up whole wanderings in time through winter landscapes, and
    • have experienced in my Mystery Winter-wandering that which in the
    • numbness on the way to my Mystery Winter-wandering was indeed the
    • pupil learned to bring this whole intensity of inner impulse into
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • which I have described, quite voluntarily and inwardly to bring again
    • evolution during the earth-existence, are those individualities of
    • All this appeared to the Hibernian pupil during the
    • Heights bring me out into the distances of the blue Ether, even to
    • attention, indeed it must be granted that many students do not bring
    • felt in himself something like a springing-up of flames; he was now
    • somewhat thin as regards historical records during that period when
    • you would find they were more in number than during the times of the
    • clear to ourselves. Historic records are meager during the time that
    • murmuring and babbling as the verses in the
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture X: The Chthonic and the Eleusinian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • his rings; to him thou owest the fact that thou art an independent
    • once upon a time silver lived during the Moon-existence of the earth,
    • in which gold lived during the Sun-existence, only a reminder of the
    • way in which lead lived during the Saturn-existence of the earth.
    • during the Saturn time and later in a different stage, during the
    • played a part in a combination with gold during the Sun time of the
    • that it brings before thee the true Father statue.
    • earth was offering.
    • bringing before his soul the two opposing forces of the Cosmos and of
    • which should bring the understanding of this third figure was still
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XI: The Secret of Plants, of Metals, and of Men
    Matching lines:
    • to bring about this transformation of man's nature by causing to work
    • condition of the earth.” (I am referring to that condition of
    • during the ancient Moon-period. They came over in airy form when the
    • during the Moon-period, and then they became subdued by the earth and
    • reduced to solid form during the earth evolution. That was the second
    • with the planetary system and with the moon brings the winds at the
    • appropriate season in one direction or another, brings also warm air
    • characteristic in the liver, which, for instance brings about a
    • warmth, only transformed during the Moon-existence, and again
    • transformed during the earth-existence; he acquired the original
    • basis of warmth during the ancient Saturn-time. In the same way he
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XII: The Mysteries of the Samothracian Kabiri
    Matching lines:
    • the earth bring forth this or that kind of vegetation, so in the
    • filled with gods. In stones, in trees, in the rivers, springs,
    • have experiences in this cosmos, they it is who bring about the
    • applied during his Italian journey in order, through these
    • during the first few centuries after the foundation of Christianity.
    • at last I am entering something which reveals to me the magical deeds
    • initiation, could say in his heart: “I am now entering
    • Samothracian Kabiri service, arose the insight which can bring
    • earth during the ancient Sun and Moon existence, implanted from the
    • is not adapted for entering the spiritual worlds, and that the pupil
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIII: Transition from the Spirit of the Ancient Mysteries to the Spirit of the Mysteries of the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • self-denial, pain and suffering, and to experience many tragic
    • in the whole vegetable covering of the earth, into formic acid; and
    • himself for his experiments as if preparing himself for a sacrificial
    • offering, who becomes really inwardly glowing through the exercises
    • In the epoch during the first centuries after the rise
    • whisperings, in their murmurings, in their peculiar flowing, humming
    • being before him. Now the same external complex of symptoms can bring
    • formic acid. He has somehow become too weak to bring about this
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIV: Human Soul-Strivings During the Middle Ages the Rosicrucian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture XIV: Human Soul-Strivings During the Middle Ages
    • SOUL-STRIVINGS DURING THE MIDDLE AGES THE ROSICRUCIAN MYSTERIES
    • will utilize the last lecture of this course by bringing together, to
    • striving for knowledge which existed during these centuries in almost
    • could really bring to his consciousness.
    • bring about any change in his organism. Man's thinking has become
    • organism can bring back power into thinking. It restores to thinking
    • body can then work further on the physical body; but gold brings it
    • I will bring forward a further instance. Just as the
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • advances of the pathological method of investigation during the second
    • recognize in both organizations a process occurring in accordance with
    • At first we can only say that we find something appearing within the
    • reach the point of picturing an organism that functions too strongly, for
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • which show a kind of daring. He simply said, “To know nature means to
    • thoughts bring us no further than recreating nature since they lack
    • What is active in the human physical-etheric during the childhood
    • begins: to create. This is the heritage that we bring with us in
    • entering physical existence through birth. We bring with us the forces
    • significant when considering the phenomena of scarlet fever or measles
    • sees this restless stirring of the soul-spiritual in the organism as
    • illness of the human organism during later life, one that goes in the
    • clothed with a physical body. A person suffering from childhood
    • same way one witnesses the breakdown processes when surrendering
    • occurring consciously we do not have to do with any kind of growth
    • activity is a soul-spiritual element that we actually bring forth from
    • On the other hand, if we are considering the so-called mental
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture III: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • lectures in the spring (see Note 1).
    • oriented spiritual science we must instead strive to bring spiritual
    • essential role is to bring about the balance between the two other
    • system. In this way we are able to bring forth the mental images of
    • that is thoroughly illness-engendering for the other. We simply cannot
    • the Plants there is a sketchy rendering of the first composition, the
    • the spring.
    • stage very helpful in understanding how in plant formation during this
    • the human being, by means of which we can bring about a healing,
    • preparing a remedy from the birch bark.
    • will permeate you with life, it will bring forth a much greater
    • During the brief time available to me here, I have only been able to
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture IV: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge must be held for a really professional gathering of
    • a spiritual scientific study of medicine, bringing about a certain
    • be introduced into the human organism by administering the appropriate
    • through certain processes that we bring about in it. The physical
    • surrendering itself as an unencumbered instrument for the
    • human being, by administering to someone a powerful dose of
    • system, bringing about illness, is just what induces health in the
    • side, in the way I have described to you, as something that brings the
    • though appearing in a certain respect as the opposite. If we look at
    • brings back the soul activity, returning the condition to normal.
    • precisely this attempt to bring about a union of pathology,
    • known what it means to bring about a partial consciousness in the arms
    • within the human being in a constructive way, bringing about
    • If one finds, therefore, that a person is suffering inwardly and
    • because it is not possible, of course, to bring together all the
    • bring it to the point of inner soul movement; therefore it has no
    • appearing in certain plants, then we can discover in a study such as
    • inward against the forces that bring about diabetes. We will be able
    • of them this spring in the course for physicians
    • carried into social judgments, so our medicine can bring health only
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • economic life has changed, even during the nineteenth century. You
    • during the first half of the century, what was practically the modern
    • from what it was in England during the first third, or even the first
    • half, of the nineteenth century. In England, during the first half of
    • today all the writings and discussions in Germany during that period
    • thought such theories of Economics stale and boring; he would have
    • must bring the threefold idea into as many human heads as possible? I
    • been to bring the threefold idea into as many heads as possible before
    • When we tried to bring the Threefold Commonwealth home to them, people
    • I am here comparing with the ultra-violet. I refer to the workings of
    • frontiers and limitations are interfering with the economic process.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • You only bring about a redistribution: and it is no true economic
    • thinking to say that the land has not increased in price during the
    • we are referring. Needless to say, anyone who desires the progress of
    • extent of bartering his goods with theirs — what he then does
    • then becomes visible — appearing, as it were, through the
    • more: but these will give us our bearings during the next few days and
    • Nature appearing through Labour — if we now wish to represent
    • rightly formed, will actually bring forth the proper price. The proper
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • in the forming of Price. Bearing this in mind, you say to yourselves:
    • instance during the winter, followed by the rising temperatures in
    • bring the practical and the theoretical together.
    • a kind as to aim simultaneously at the ordering of economic affairs.
    • during which time definite social relationships evolve. It would take
    • during the historical period when Labour and the life of legally
    • of religious impulses. In European civilisation, during the Middle
    • product of tailoring. In effect, once we have the division of labour,
    • and therefore kept on interfering with the course of things in a
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • is to say, all that had to be done to bring it to the light of day, to
    • activity' by acquiring a second cart, and so on. His Capital is
    • am now comparing with ourselves, cannot of course be the chemist. It
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • opposite pole to production. We have been endeavouring to find the
    • considering. Hitherto we have only shown how values arise as the
    • hitherto been studying. We have been considering the value in its
    • confusion. If, for example, you limit yourself to considering the
    • — instead of its disappearing at this point, instead of a
    • shape out of the natural process itself. We are only considering the
    • may well apply it to the process we are now considering. Capital must
    • If you make the economic life independent; if you bring together, in
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • three weeks, during which time he will be able to do nothing. He will
    • always be, how to bring the several economic processes and facts into
    • or lowering prices, may have made quite different. I am paying for an
    • set in a glaring light the absolute impotence which prevails in the
    • are spiritually productive. In this way you can bring the Land
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • satisfy his needs during the production of another like product)
    • were not for the fact that when a man brings a product to the market
    • economic domain bordering on the one hand on these relationships of
    • upset by the fact that, on the one hand, there are things appearing on
    • hand, there are things appearing which tend to be too low in price.
    • products, the more difficult does it become to bring about their
    • factors beside the one which we have been considering hitherto.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • — or whether we are truly entering into realities. And we are
    • certainly not entering into realities. For as soon as you
    • But the question is: With such observations, are you entering deeply
    • “supply”: It is “supply” when a man brings
    • “demand.” For if a man brings commodities on to the market
    • “requisitioning” or “commandeering.” Under
    • point. You cannot think out the economic life, nor can you bring to
    • pass whatever it may be that you intend, without considering this
    • means of consumption in the very least. You merely bring about a
    • Yet this very idea, ladies and gentlemen, often brings about the very
    • can be no doubt about it, during recent times it has clearly emerged
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • economically, is unable in the last resort to bring these things into
    • I am referring to the price of rye in certain districts of Central
    • manufactures during the extra fortnight may actually contain an item
    • themselves in their effects during the War, are a good example of how
    • industrialism is evident in all countries during the nineteenth
    • find, if you are considering smaller economic territories, that
    • should have to go to the nineteenth century for a rather glaring
    • markets, can only be made clear and palpable by considering these
    • of all by considering the function of competition in the
    • century, if we are considering the world-economy which was gradually
    • They are drawn in far more than they imagine. Precisely during the
    • become objectified — it has become impersonal. This brings me to
    • merely to enlarge themselves by acquiring colonies. Isolated people
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • namely this: There must be something to bring the values into
    • brings these economic elements into movement, into circulation.
    • Yesterday, in another circle, I said that we ought to bring into our
    • for example, brings the concept of “work” into his
    • see at once that something must be there to bring the whole thing into
    • this service. A comes to a money-lender and brings B and C with him to
    • comes to borrow money, he will bring with him A and C; or again, B
    • having paid his debt, C will arrive one day and will bring with him A
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • us to bring our line of thought to its conclusion.
    • think what happened while England was acquiring her colonies. She set
    • must lead down-hill. Can they deny that they are tearing the economic
    • hindering the transition into a pure world-economy? We see this
    • those of economic domains bordering on one another. Relatively
    • This is the very thing which brings into the body social so much of
    • economic realm of this kind, we must bring about what I explained a
    • answering of which we shall proceed in the next lecture.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • question now is: Bearing in mind its connection with the whole
    • you are considering purchase-money you will have to ask: How does
    • money. Suppose I am not content with acquiring as many peas as I can
    • can only be eaten during a certain period of time. That is to say, it
    • the economic life when we bring into it different relationships from
    • “smell.” And yet, when we see circumstances bring it about
    • circulating the money, I bring into the process something which is not
    • them. That is to say, the dearer will they be able to bring their
    • economy bordering on other national economies. By letting money
    • function in this wild unguided way, without bringing any intelligence
    • after twenty-five years, a piece of money bearing the date
    • covering a period of only three years; in that case I should be a bad
    • Economic State spreads everywhere. The Economic State brings about a
    • wish to leave the thing to chance — if you wish to bring reason
    • will bring him into connection with his Association. The Association
    • thing is to bring about sensibly and in accordance with reason the
    • an Association which will bring the valueless money back again into
    • which, as we saw, is not like a national economy bordering on others,
    • entering into the economic process or passing over from one form of
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • recognised as such during his lifetime and increasingly so after his
    • the reshuffling of values, the bringing of it all into the hands of a
    • would be made out of other products by physical Labour during ten
    • Spirit he has painted into it during ten years is certainly combined
    • economic process the actual doing of work, the bringing of Labour to
    • is ever realised absolutely. Even the gathering of blackberries
    • comparing is done by the economic process of its own accord. We can at
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • of money will bring it about in the natural course — if they are
    • whole world-economy, and so direct things simply by transferring
    • amount of Labour required to satisfy his own needs during the time
    • possible to bring about an economic paradise anywhere on earth. Let
    • the problem is to bring these 35 million people economically into an
    • would bring about feasible prices? The moment you begin to lead over
    • people concerned, remembering that they will also have to elaborate,
    • as we have here adopted, the actual measures we shall take will bring
    • connection with Nature is no longer there. If we can bring it about
    • during this period also, some Labour must be expended on it. In other
    • engage in economic activity at all is to bring about the exchange of
    • given land. Everyone needs what this Labour brings about and, as to
    • that spring forth from the very nature of man — and from that
    • satisfaction to see you here, prepared to work with me during this
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture I: Research into the Life of the Spirit During the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture I: Research into the Life of the Spirit During the Middle Ages
    • into the Life of the Spirit During the Middle Ages
    • In close connection with what I had to bring before you in the lectures
    • the realisation of facts like this that underlay research during the
    • sustaining, bearing the worlds in Grace.
    • have the power to bring forth something of the nature of Saturn, to
    • and a disappearing of it again within. It is like a spiritual dance,
    • disappearing into it — here anxiety and fear, there courage ...
    • which I was able to speak during the Christmas Foundation Meeting, I
    • during the last few centuries.
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture II: Hidden Centres of the Mysteries in the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • during these centuries are in large measure to be traced to the
    • with what Revelation says to me. It is impossible to bring them into
    • but for quite a long time, all that he had ever experienced during
    • able, by speaking with the pupil in a special way, to bring to his
    • longer sought for. Consequently there was not the same deep stirring
    • made the resolve to use all his power to bring about a renewal in his
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture III: The Time of Transition
    Matching lines:
    • of the Mysteries, but gatherings of knowledge-seekers who met
    • be able to arise for them. In such a gathering, that took place in
    • to bring the symbols from the spiritual world, could only write down
    • went about unrecognised, appearing here and there in the world,
    • bearing fruit, animals living their life — how all this cannot
    • those simple gatherings of Rosicrucians that in the second half of
    • civilisation. Whoever wants to know the fundamental colouring and
    • Spiritual whence spring the forces that stream through this epoch of
    • hear the ring of the words, how to listen to the way the words come
    • uttering them, he speaks them rather as proverbs.
    • which, during this period from the fourteenth, fifteenth to the end
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture IV: The Relationship of Earthly Man to the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • the same time, hindering Beings work from the star, Beings who
    • Cosmos, by Intelligences whom one could bring together under the name
    • bring law and order into all that has to do with the place of the
    • conception and considering the realm of thought, where men think they
    • to have the impulse to bring forth the seed of Man in etheric form
    • appearing here and there as ethereal fruits of the Earth, darkly
    • Earth events and pass along the ways of Earth evolution, sharing the
    • Who is it that Faust is really conjuring up? Goethe himself, when he
    • intellect became external by comparing the way in which Aristotle
    • During all the time however
    • now to point to these tasks, after all that we have been considering
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture V: Occult Schools in the 18th and First Half of the 19th Century
    Matching lines:
    • Paracelsus encountered in the course of their wanderings such lonely
    • that is truly overpowering in its greatness. From this little company
    • some feeling for these things if you will bring what I am saying into
    • that is, the Awakener of man in the Spirit, The Being who brings man into
    • inpouring of the Moon-streams. In short, in what the human being
    • Cosmos, that brings him into living connection with the Cosmos.
    • bring terrible trouble upon mankind.
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture VI: The Tasks of the Michael Age
    Matching lines:
    • into which the world has been entering ever since the last third of
    • them hearingly in Inspiration; he united himself with them in
    • board, thereby bringing home to myself what is really there within
    • — he beheld in the downpouring rain or the ascending mist. You
    • here during the last few days. It was the Rosicrucians, above all,
    • this knowledge. But man must first bring towards Them what he can
    • but only by so preparing themselves in heart and mind that they can
    • and bring to us in its reality what we have acquired by our own
    • intellectual or mind-soul came out during the Grecian epoch. The
    • Spiritual soul which we are now to evolve is independent, brings
    • itself with entering into certain dream-like conditions, and, as it
    • ourselves do not bring Him something from our diligent spiritual work
    • who speaks very little. At most He will give sparing indications, for
    • Ahrimanic forces which strive against the inpouring of the
    • soaring and hovering as the living sound of it.
  • Title: Michael Meditation: The Festivals and their Meaning: IV Michaelmas
    Matching lines:
    • Springing from Powers of the Sun,
    • Bearing mankind aloft — the sacred Will of Worlds.
    • Into your souls' aspiring, a c t i v e l y !
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas IV: A Michael Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • me; but I draw the triangle on the board, thereby bringing home to
    • — he beheld in the downpouring rain or the ascending mist. You
    • during the last few days. It was the Rosicrucians, above all, who
    • knowledge. But man must first bring towards them what he can learn
    • preparing themselves in heart and mind that they can read what is
    • inspiration. The Gods come to meet us, and bring to us in its reality
    • what they secreted in his intellectual or mind-soul came out during
    • independent, brings forth nothing more out of itself; it stands over
    • had to content itself with entering into certain dream-like
    • bring him something from our diligent spiritual work on Earth.
    • little. At most he will give sparing indications, for what we learn
    • Ahrimanic forces which strive against the in-pouring and throbbing of
    • which comes forth from the human being, soaring and hovering as the
  • Title: Lecture: Festivals and The Mysteries. The Adonis Mystery. The Easter Thought
    Matching lines:
    • which were held about the time of the Spring Equinox (which still
    • reawakening of Nature — with the springing of life that grows
    • essence and meaning with the Heathen festivals of the Spring Equinox.
    • turned into a festival of Springtime.
    • representative of all that is the springing and thriving force of
    • could be submerged and left for three days. During the three days the
    • springing, thriving life. And now the songs of mourning were
    • springing life that began to cover the Earth in Springtime, snow will
    • were enacted in the candidate's own person during the Initiation
    • spiritual world. The soul was kept separate from the body during the
    • We must however especially contemplate what took place during
    • does not die in Nature, but springs forth again in Nature. He needs to
    • Resurrection in Nature. He needs to see how the plants spring out of
    • the human soul. It must bring an Easter mood into man's world-conception.
  • Title: Lecture: Moon-birth and Sun-birth. Necessity and Freedom. Stages of the Ancient
    Matching lines:
    • transcend the Earth. The Easter Festival especially can bring these
    • thoughts near to man's heart. During the last three, four or five
    • purpose of these present lectures is to bring especially the Easter
    • entering a realm of history for which no outer documents exist. For
    • the time we are now considering lies many thousands of years before
    • moment: what does the spiritual Sun force bring about? We owe it to
    • radiates the power of the Christ, this Eye of the World brings it
    • Eye of the Sun — bring it about that I, during my earthly life,
    • beings looking upward to the Sun — this in their own down-pouring
    • to Nature through the very ordering of present-day civilisation. For
    • discovering how man is organised in his organs of Thinking, Feeling
    • perceives in ordinary life, when, without entering inside the human
    • was able to know himself as soul-spiritual Man even during the earthly
    • I have had to bring these things near to you from two sides today. In
    • Spring Equinox. The Easter Festival of the year is fixed for the
  • Title: Lecture: The Moon-secret Spring and Autumn mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • THE MOON-SECRET.SPRING AND AUTUMN MYSTERIES
    • movements of the wandering stars, nothing at all has remained in human
    • namely, upon the wandering stars that belong to our planetary system.
    • starting-point in bringing home the planetary system to the
    • It is when the Springtime begins, when the forces that were hitherto
    • forces that in Springtime ray forth from Earth to Moon. Only he must
    • beginning of Springtime. And what can this Full Moon of Springtime do?
    • Thus we have first the beginning of Spring, the 21st of
    • indeed everywhere enacted in the Springtime. But this is a different
    • simply superimposed on the Springtime Mystery of the descent. The
    • And through the Mysteries of springtime it was made clear to man that
    • again from the Cosmos, the Physical springs and sprouts forth from the
    • Spiritual. Just when Nature is springing and ascending, man was to
    • peoples, and others who were more Springtime peoples. Within the
    • Springtime peoples there were other Mysteries related to what I have
    • wandered to another place where they could behold the Springtime
    • Winter.” And as he came to another place where the Springtime
    • man, so this Springtime Festival of the laying in the grave should at
    • The Easter Festival was indeed a Festival to summon man to work during
    • further, referring more nearly to certain places of the Mysteries.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries of Ephesus The Aristotelian Categories
    Matching lines:
    • thus expressed her joy in all things growing, springing, sprouting in
    • to the springing and sprouting of life, a feeling that was wafted
    • with the springing and sprouting of the Earth into the plants, as they
    • it so, whose aim was to bring specially near to the heart and mind of
    • Offspring of all the Worlds! Thou Form of Light,
    • Endow'd with sounding Mars' life-stirring song,
    • Offspring of all the Worlds! Thou Form of Light,
    • Endow'd with sounding Mars' life-stirring song,
    • Offspring of all the Worlds! Thou Form of Light,
    • Endow'd with sounding Mars' life-stirring song.
    • inwardly and outwardly, preparing him to descend to the Earth and
    • quivering around the Moon, the Sunlight filled with the spirit of the
    • madman; but as I told you during the Christmas Foundation Meeting,
    • during a certain century. And once more the J O A resounded
    • Offspring of all the Worlds! Thou Form of Light,
    • Endow'd with sounding Mars' life-stirring song
    • Passivity (or Suffering)
    • Anthroposophy has brought forth, and all that it can ever bring forth,
    • Easter Gathering for us to feel, if I may so describe it, the full
    • This is what I would fain bring to your hearts at the present Easter
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture I: A Convulsive Element in Humanity in the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • the way it had arisen I also tried to bring home the fact that men
    • During the terrible proceedings of the tribunal it is
    • this Chinese Envoy is dreaming his dreams, the most daring of which
    • lead us too far afield — the Red Tassels are bent upon ensuring
    • The further course of the story brings us once again to
    • help, he throws himself into the flames, rescues the girl and brings
    • bring him food, but he never changes his posture. — The
    • made a great number of gods during his imprisonment; but he made
    • offspring of his forbears, has become a maker of gods — as is
    • rendering of the beautiful preface on the spirit of poetry. This is
    • world, and that she was incapable of bearing a child who would be
    • penetrate into the spiritual worlds in order to bring down for her
    • son what is to be found in yonder worlds. Her wish is to bring from
    • she wants to bring out of the spiritual worlds for the child those
    • hearing that his wife has become insane: Where is her soul now? Amid
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture II: Ancient Occult Magic. The Ahasver Mystery.
    Matching lines:
    • said and this will be sufficient to bring home the significance of
    • world — and a new path, a new method, is now appearing in
    • strength; without taking the Christ into the Ego, he desires to bring
    • Particularly in considering the ages before the Mystery of Golgotha
    • ranking higher than men but who during the Old Moon period of
    • men. So that bearing in mind the intervention of the Ahrimanic
    • Spiritual Beings who had not completed their full development during
    • during the Atlantean and Post-Atlantean epochs did not yet exist. In
    • for intelligence was to develop only gradually during the course of
    • handle a child during the period between birth and the seventh year
    • developed by materialistic methods. During these last weeks I have
    • religions with the object of discovering whether they are or are not
    • let me bring to your notice words written by a man who
    • poem. But Dante lived at the time when the epoch during which men
    • have to wend our way through the world with an unwavering inner
    • or Ahasueris, the Wandering Jew, by Julius Mosen. The Wandering Jew
    • the Wandering Jew: “An important legend sets before us what a
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture III: The Tragic Wrestling with Knowledge. The Secrets of the Future Sixth Cultural Period.
    Matching lines:
    • moments when the soul asks itself: What is the use of trying to bring
    • am referring was able to find from experience that those upon whom
    • bring himself to join without further ado in the furor created by
    • different in the times of Atlantis! We know that it was during that
    • to their offspring such stereotyped characteristics as is the case
    • in the direction of bringing the theories of the materialistic
    • suffering in the poems of Marie Eugenie delle Grazie which have been
    • those secrets are shattering. — Once upon a time there was a
    • Homer knew that a higher Spirit was inspiring him. It is only in the
    • spiritual science, we move towards the time which brings a terrible
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • submit to you some facts bearing on the obstacles in the customary
    • intrinsic qualities of extra-telluric origin. (I am referring to the
    • century had a rather different bearing upon medical thought. It was
    • a conception our whole medical science is suffering. For what, indeed,
    • the terrestrial sphere. We must search for tractive forces which bring
    • I want to emphasise that in referring to cosmic forces, far greater
    • bearing on morbid phenomena. Please imagine such a diagrammatic
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • all the organic activities centering round nutrition, digestion,
    • upper sphere and in some sense infects it, appearing in its own
    • however, I am referring to the specific nature of tuberculosis. And it
    • treatment for any one suffering from emaciation. For this emaciation
    • organic activity taking place during sleep, which should really take
    • place during working hours, during full physico-spiritual awakeness.
    • But it does not do so, and is obliged to find expression during sleep.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • We shall try today to advance somewhat nearer to the answering of this
    • inquiring into the causes within the organism. In this connection, it
    • stronger, and also physically larger. We must bring together facts
    • first is not the immediately neighboring, but one lying far removed.
    • at present considering. In my opinion, even a superficial observation
    • generally do so by referring to their external skeleton, whereas the
    • bring back into our organism what has thus been removed. If we replace
    • During the age of materialism, people accustomed themselves to think
    • mineral kingdom, a changing over of substance occurring at some
    • formative forces on the ascending line. Then if we bring to the living
    • the formation of blood is a process bearing very strong potentialities
    • greatly lacking in internal formative force. During the whole span of
    • nature works, bringing the metal and its forces which are external to
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • mentioned yesterday by Dr. E., is of great importance. After curing one
    • precisely what we here attempt to provide, bringing a certain
    • suffering accordingly. So when we observe the birds with their
    • counteracted? Only by shattering it; by, as it were, driving a
    • springs, which have a remedial effect, in order to observe a
    • A comparative study should bring this interrelationship into sharp
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • later life, and so forth. As we shall see during the next lectures,
    • its shell. The oyster is encased in a covering of carbonate of lime,
    • especially conducive to bringing the astral body and the ego into
    • Let us suppose that you are consulted by a person suffering from some
    • calculated to bring about a balance between the activities for which
    • earthward to form the root and that which springs upward to send forth
    • fashion, by wandering on the Earth's surface to contemplate one plant
    • herbal plant springs up out of the earth. This means that we must
    • Bearing this in mind, together with the varied forms of plants; you
    • Nevertheless, in considering what is derived from or connected with
    • For when serotherapy was first introduced, Behring proceeded in a
    • mere fringe of the problem and with the results that were expected to
    • today what will be outlined in detail during the following lectures:
    • leaf formation; but in a reversed sense, bearing within him the
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • of man that are polar to one another. This has an important bearing
    • in an individual human life, and in the function of respiration during
    • inclination, but springs from the comprehension of certain quite
    • he formed there differing from that due to the action of Mars under
    • medicine of today, and only occasionally referring to the light thrown
    • to isolate the fire-bearing, light-bearing parts, then to try to
    • light-bearing substances in nature, in order to get extra-terrestrial
    • bring startling results in individual cases, and arouse illusory
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • to be fitted into the human being. During the period of childhood,
    • strain on the astral body, in the task of bringing about an
    • and without referring this tendency to an extra-human and
    • hydrocephaly we often observe during childhood. We all have the
    • struggle during childhood between hydrocephaly and another factor that
    • later with the therapeutic aspect.) Ignoring this time factor, we may
    • during childhood. This means, one should try to ensure the most normal
    • urgently necessary to beware of interfering with the process of
    • years. This etheric body is expelled again during certain processes,
    • comparing the curve in critical, and in less serious cases. How
    • Now, if you bring together all that was said yesterday as to human
    • the organic sphere, during the rest of his life.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • second place. In considering the flora, suppose the earth's surface to
    • what manifests in blossom-bearing and fruit, and what flows into them
    • compare the ramifications of the nerve of taste into neighbouring
    • what our organism brings to meet the outer world and what the outer
    • world brings to meet our organism. We must look at the inner process
    • Let us remember now that the process we are considering divides itself
    • analysis, a scattering, of all that is gathered together in the heart
    • been laid down, and they will be the basis for answering the many
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • within; and thus bring man into relationship with what happens at a
    • of persons whose profession implies a good deal of motoring or at
    • movement with rest, during the digestive process itself and so forth.
    • by bringing him into an atmosphere richer in oxygen, so that his
    • This bifurcation brings us to the consideration of an organic system
    • curing; this is the kidney system, with its remarkable ramifications
    • Indeed we may say that in considering the region from the heart
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • “negative conditions of the soul,” appearing as fainting fits,
    • In considering the application of herbal remedies — and in fact all
    • following the process occurring in the plant through its resemblance
    • has been a kinship during the periods of man's formation, in his
    • for satisfaction in considering the work already available in this
    • by vegetable remedies, as well as by administering substances which
    • bring therapeutics and pathology together; therapeutics and pathology
    • found efficacious in restoring paralysed and defective formative
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • these substances are subjected, in the course of preparing the
    • hidden inside it to its environment. If a substance during its
    • point in this subdivisional process, acquiring another character; it
    • Let us return now to carbo vegetabilis. Anyone considering the obvious
    • may be combated by administering the same substance at a higher degree
    • comprehend animality itself by considering it as something held
    • reactions of administering vegetable carbon, are in opposition, on the
    • it springs up, there it is generated, there it grows as plants grow in
    • spring to life and operate on the earth, as light is born in and
    • hesitation today in referring to earth, water, air and fire — if the
    • external “chemism” pouring earthwards concurrently with light itself.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • — to speak figuratively — preparing ready for use in the world of
    • earth's surface and bringing peculiar forms of disease in their wake.
    • into the core of man. Then you will no longer find it strange to bring
    • should and can then be counteracted by means of administering either
    • substance — for during the first years of life, man is mainly a link
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • hosts, begin to put forth their leaves in spring. Thus the mistletoe
    • of the seasons, blossoming towards the spring and then bearing its
    • fruit, but during an unusual time, in winter. By so doing, it
    • also bearing in mind the particular tree on which the mistletoe grew;
    • sharing its “bohemianism” of living parasitically. One can expect
    • Examine and test winter flowering plants with reference to their contrariety,
    • outside and one from within. Before considering this difference, we
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • point of acquiring and assimilating a certain degree of clairvoyance
    • comparatively little capacity for governing the etheric body. During
    • night during sleep, the human organism seeks to tear down this
    • mankind. In referring to the existence of the etheric body and its
    • framework into the organism, differing somewhat from that already
    • whole process of hearing. This latter principle I will color violet in
    • from it shimmering away from it. If the ego does this and at the same
    • develop especially during sleep, is one that inclines to tumorous
    • subject further, but for the moment we are considering merely the
    • The study of these facts will bring before you the whole polar
    • etheric, the process of hearing in the air. This is a considerable
    • the observation of the etheric body. To learn to observe hearing is
    • deaf from birth or have lost their sense of hearing; deeper
    • external extends physiology to neglect the facts, thereby engendering
    • necessary to attract to this place something springing from the astral
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • of kinship and sharing of planetary experience; but has removed its
    • from the moment of devouring the spider, the blackbird in its inner
    • External reason and external intelligence sharing in this working of
    • stirring the feeling life — their organic counter-processes; but
    • mineral and plant-bearing earth to produce ethereal oils; or oils in
    • bring the ego into contact with the process of oil formation. This
    • will probably be best effected by preparing minutely dispersed oil in
    • the flowering plant world and which forms a circle around the earth
    • the foliage, especially the unfolding foliage of spring, while the
    • pouring into the wood and bark should be united with the human skin
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • This brings us to the consideration of a remedial method which has
    • Gentle massage of the regions round the spleen, brings something into
    • not raise the objection that it is useless to bring a blind person
    • kind of primary phenomena was much in use during the ages when the
    • where a man has received such mistaken treatment during childhood or
    • during the years of youth. We form and build up our bodies in youth,
    • would call them — are built up, which are not meant for use during
    • till the later age are called into activity during childhood, then the
    • employed. Careful interrogatories will bring to light certain things
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • body's activity from the physical organisation, e.g., during
    • child's being awkward and helpless. In such cases we must bring
    • strengthen our organs, but to hypertrophise them and bring about their
    • and we need to know just how the spirit works there. If I bring the
    • one will only be able to see clearly in this direction by answering
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • as the physical plant springs from the soil becomes the cause of
    • tailoring or shoemaking, but with little knowledge of the craftsmanship
    • You need only keep in mind that during childhood the whole interaction
    • the two, must differ widely from that of later life; e.g., during
    • against the extra-telluric influences pouring into the human organism.
    • patient suffering from this particular alveolar inflammation was very
    • well, and during growth the plastic activity must be exercised. Hence
    • seized upon by the physical forces, degenerate during the
    • retrogressive phase. During childhood, there must of necessity be a
    • later stage, by the working of warmth. One might say that during the
    • During childhood, the human being is
    • skin colouring — that is to say, on the etheric activity behind the
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • spring from the character of its law. But the very nature of this law
    • influence which springs from the earth-forces in heredity, by means of
    • electrolysis, bring it to the cathode, and touch the antimonial
    • observing and registering the effects of such constellations upon man
    • You are able to follow up its inner structure, without considering the
    • soul to regulate his rhythmic processes, then coffee can bring about a
    • in some degree an antidote, restoring the rhythms between the working
    • danger of death during that brief transition of awakening — but we
    • the Homunculus, who appeared during the various metamorphoses of
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • benefits which a sound employment of this handicraft can bring to
    • And all that seeks the wrong outlet may be combated by administering
    • organic sphere of mankind into the upper, are enhanced during sleep.
    • During a too long spell of sleep, the internal barrier to which
    • to the astral body, and the ego no longer shares in the sufferings of
    • To regard the subject in this light would bring us further than the
    • professional literature of homeopathy brings to light something else
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • suffering from some illness or abnormality, can also be discerned in
    • when we are referring to the nerves-and-senses system. This is more
    • What do I mean by that? It brings together all the activities of the
    • comparing these two outstanding examples, is happening continuously.
    • individuality conquers during this period the forces of heredity, and
    • during these years the wonderful unfolding of the forces of the
    • around him. That this does not happen is due to the fact that, during
    • during this period that such defects come particularly into
    • otherwise he cannot enter into this organism in the right way during
    • a process be precluded from acquiring any knowledge of the outer
    • same (upon the model provided) during the second life-period is
    • age in life, he had a son. By perpetually ignoring the will he, the
    • lacking in the very function he had himself failed to bring down. You
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • what he had written during his lifetime.
    • have seen how during the first seven years the body presents a model,
    • themselves at all during this period, is because the individuality
    • we shall never succeed in discovering in him anything from which
    • into the jug; but if he could start wondering how the milk manages to
    • whence do they come — for the life we are considering, between
    • during the life between birth and death. No; the whole store of
    • bringing with him his karma — is able to receive into himself
    • there we should be entering the field of esoteric instruction.
    • may one set about acquiring this kind of understanding? By developing
    • someone is suffering from severe mental disease. How is that regarded
    • a fanatical spirit, not knowing how to judge the scope and bearing of
    • us suppose then that you have this person who is said to be suffering
    • during that incarnation remained completely outside the field of
    • entering into it with a great capacity of love, it can come about
    • using occult means for practical ends; won't that be steering too
    • capable also of immoral application. And that brings us once again to
    • question of bringing in new impulses from the spiritual world —
    • To be able to think it, is most important. If we bring it
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • especially of those cases that have important bearing on our work
    • are to be able to think intelligently about those who are suffering
    • organisation, entering in, proceed to lay hold of the physical and
    • is overcome. There is no question here of the ego entering into
    • so during the whole of waking life. All that we include under the
    • something etheric; the vibrating that goes on in the etheric brings
    • forces, the earthly-cosmic active forces. Entering into himself, he
    • the body, it is built in from without during embryonic development.
    • gains consciousness. In the case we are considering, he stops short,
    • like. Especially during the period between change of teeth and
    • element of water. In such a case it will be good to bring the
    • across a sunbeaten market square without tottering. A person has not
    • considering mainly the things that in early childhood lead the ego
    • influence, who, for example, readily become violent during their
    • sulphur or belladonna — thus entering here upon a systematic
    • This brings us at the
    • we bring with us also our will nature, that is distributed over the
    • several organs; we bring it with us from our former earthly life. And
    • ourselves take it in hand. We invariably bring into the world a
    • descend to earth to become physical human beings, bringing with us
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • far can we expect to bring about an improvement? Any degree of
    • improvement that we are able to bring about is so much gain for the
    • were considering the epileptic disorder — the study, that is,
    • which, occurring in childhood, lead to epileptic and related
    • fast the astral body and ego organisation — bring them back, as
    • looking at such things they are, of course, bound to bring this
    • said to be suffering from hysteria. He has difficulty in making
    • ego organisation). The child who from the first brings his astral
    • such a case as we are considering, you do actually see what is
    • phenomenon in a child, which brings the complex of symptoms to
    • to bring something home to the child, to call up ideas in him, then
    • children. Such a fact can help to bring it home to you that we do
    • period during which the backward review after death takes place, when
    • teacher, on his part, is able to bring to the child in his own
    • then? Having first tried to bring him to do as much as he with his
    • point, try to bring the work into a quicker tempo. This will
    • artificially promoted and is different from the previous one, brings
    • must do the thing over and over again, preparing your whole teaching
    • Waldorf School — period lessons where, during the main teaching
    • describing, where you are continually changing the teaching, altering
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • Differing Inter-relation of the four principles of man described for
    • disappear. We bring it about that the child has impressions, but to
    • their cause in some other sphere. Even if recurring ideas show
    • that do not come back to him, we should bring before him repeatedly,
    • that brings us to that knowledge.
    • child a certain sentence, for example, and bring it before him,
    • Think how boring it is
    • bring relief.
    • right thing for abnormal children, if we bring them together in
    • say every three or four weeks, but you must continue bringing them to
    • we bring in a strong impulse from above, we rouse the
    • then bring it to him in a gentle whisper, murmuring it softly in his
    • Forget the watch! — Forget the watch!” Whispering to the
    • on, these children will turn into crazy men and women, suffering from
    • is prepared from fruit, we should be nurturing and fostering his
    • also to bring fragrance and aroma into their food; they should have
    • considering irregularities which can occur in the human being when
    • involves the use of his legs, that he hesitates to bring his legs
    • that by learning to bring the limbs into proper control, we can do
    • you have to do is to bring mobility into his metabolism-and-limbs
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • old when he came. During the time of pregnancy the mother felt quite
    • old was a very poor eater. During all this time he had really no
    • shields on his hands. The wearing of the shields was continued for
    • of this kind which on the one hand brings him into mechanical
    • period of life; it brings the most forces with it from the embryonic
    • time, and during that time had in it the most highly developed
    • bring the limb system fully into itself; consequently, external
    • birth or during pregnancy, a mechanical injury in which we can see
    • During
    • had to bring his soul-and-spirit nature into a body whose forces are
    • abnormality. The choice of his parents has clearly had its bearing on
    • inpouring of the astral body and I organisation into the physical
    • bony systems. And in the boy we are considering, lack of interest has
    • few impressions as possible; and we must try to bring these few
    • come forth out of their body, who fail to bring the soul into the
    • be done in this way in the direction of rendering the organism more
    • tight in him. By bringing life into him however, constantly
    • engaging the boy again and again, untiringly, in conversation. A
    • strength during that period, being at the end of it more powerful
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • Case history of boy of six. Acting by the mother during pregnancy had
    • the boy we were considering yesterday. For in this boy we can really
    • for instance, he thought he was a lion and went about roaring like a
    • period of life, from birth to change of teeth, the period during
    • it lacks the ability to bring about much deviation from the first
    • fact that the mother was acting on the stage during the first four
    • body during the embryonic period. We have then to do with a case of
    • during pregnancy. Think how she was continually in movement on the
    • me remind you that what ought to happen during the first years of
    • you will bring order into the activity of the brain. If you want to
    • adjust the latter and bring it also into good harmony, you will have
    • Eurythmy, which bring it about that he “discovers” his
    • the mother is said to have lived unwisely during pregnancy; it seems
    • child fell suddenly ill, with high fever, and had convulsions during
    • they grew much less frequent, occurring on an average once in three
    • been reached when the outside coverings — the walls — of
    • certain organs began to repel the astral organisation. During the
    • semi-consciously, strains every effort to bring this about, and this
    • live wisely and carefully during the time of pregnancy, but drank a
    • when alcohol is taken during pregnancy.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • brought in.) Bring the little one over here; that will be best —
    • shall be able definitely to bring the head more nearly into harmony
    • particularly well during the pregnancy. In this time she did a great
    • later. Development is said to have been entirely normal during the
    • seems to have missed sharing in the life and development of the last
    • feeling in your soul during pregnancy?” I even worded the
    • suffering from a diseased heart. Now, you know what a strong
    • happen that an incapacity on the part of the father to bring the
    • such a case is typical of a great number of children suffering from
    • retain instead during that epoch the orientation of the forces that
    • long time can elapse during which it seems as though the boy has
    • theirs are simply disappearing. So then we would be confronted with
    • to bring in the other child. We will speak about methods of treatment
    • still wet herself during the day, but never any more at night. Here,
    • bring her now and then to relate these, they will be found to reveal
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • meaning of “good” — by bringing it about that the
    • degree necessary in the case of such a child as we are considering.
    • new thing he has learned. This delight at acquiring something in the
    • tendency — a hankering after fine clothes. Symptoms of this
    • course, during the period between the seventh and fourteenth years, a
    • engaged in preparing microscopic slides; he will look round in all
    • directions for objects to bring under the microscope, and in this
    • finding its way especially into the imagery he uses in his lecturing;
    • use them. Suppose some daring and rather mischievous student of his,
    • forgotten when we are considering cases that are not abnormal. The
    • must we do in order to bring the child nearer to normality?
    • observation. To begin with, we noticed that during the time of the
    • we have to do is to bring order into the processes whereby what comes
    • strengthening the ego in the region of the will. By administering a
    • individuality and bring it to activity. We have had some measure of
    • set in during the night of 11th-12th June, that brought a kind of
    • of bringing into the organism the principle of disintegration. We
    • concentrated. If therefore you bring lead into the human body, you
    • are bringing into it cosmic destruction, cosmic disintegration. Think
    • 25,920.] And now you bring disintegrating forces straight into
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • clairvoyance. Danger of vanity in discovering new faculties. Youth
    • that took place during my visit. You saw how the boy came up to us
    • there”: but if the situation requires that he should bring the
    • things which will bring this about. An excellent plan will be to give
    • head. In the case of the boy we are considering, it is too late for
    • enjoyment of discovering that he can write with his feet. It is quite
    • the mercy of his own impulses and emotions; we must try to bring it
    • “He can neither read nor write. During the past year we have
    • known before, all manner of impulses that spring from vanity begin to
    • influence of Ahriman vanity begins to spring up in the soul. I have
    • seriously to bring to life within them a certain truth. Let me
    • bring to life within you these two ideas, which are then no longer
    • tip of the ear, the paring of a finger-nail, a single human hair —
    • as happened, you remember, in the case we are considering. And here I
    • fever. This occult fever, then, made its appearance. During the
    • perhaps be good if we try to prevent its influence from entering too
    • Let us take first, in considering these two children, the stream of
    • the child and enquiring into the history of the case, he explained
    • whole way in which he met the children, entering with loving and
    • fright to which the mother had been subjected during
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • Girl of ten suffering from loss of memory. Adenoids due to excess of
    • was a little girl of ten years old, who was suffering from loss of
    • remains in bed. But when, as in the child we are considering, this
    • order to bring it about that the higher organisation — I and
    • etheric. With S, the aim is to bring the astral body into powerful
    • will need however to watch whether the impressions you bring to him
    • that his I and astral body are incapable of bringing his organs into
    • are considering, hypophysis must not however be used just in the way
    • is only bringing him to us.”) That is better, it is a relief to
    • it will be very good if you can bring such a child even physically
    • a certain dim hankering after ideals, but at the same time a
    • considering. We are here treading new ground, and it will be best if
    • physical body, etheric body, sentient body, which last we then bring
    • earth lives and has the task of bringing under control this whole
    • principle of freedom, under one individual ordering.
    • brings its influences to bear especially on the spirit self. And
    • children we are considering, the latter is the constellation that we
    • Venus and Uranus and Mars near together, the three of them covering
    • considering that the girls are sisters. That we find in the elder
    • of propagation — independent, that is, of the Moon. He brings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 12
    Matching lines:
    • we have really been endeavouring to do in our talks together here is
    • active during the embryonic time, but still retain their astral
    • metabolic system with the flowering part, and coming to the help of
    • during that time, an idea was current which survives now only in
    • in the world, must bring what he is doing into co-ordination with
    • Curative Eurythmy must have gone some way towards mastering the
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • it is good ever and again to bring before our inner eye, out of
    • brings forth the plants, the animals and the physical being of man out
    • consider only the plant covering of the Earth — completely
    • of the Earth in spring, and which withdraw again into the Earth in
    • idea if we notice the plant-growth during the course of the year. We
    • intend today to bring this annual breathing process of the Earth
    • down-streaming moonlight, was observed during the night hours in the
    • which can bring about this transition from a lunar to a solar
    • “The event that brings this about,” so they said to
    • the spring equinox, the end of March. Then we shall have to picture
    • soul-forces are pouring out into the cosmos. Whereas since December,
    • after the full moon following the spring equinox. And anyone who is
    • which the Christ now brings to human souls from the Earth,
    • beginning of spring. Thus far everything is spatial, but we depart
    • from space when we refer to the Sunday after the spring full
    • If we carry further our view of the Earth's breathing process during
    • Earth, which has filled herself with springing and sprouting plants,
    • springing and sprouting plants, in the gleaming, unfolding colors of
    • rather than with the Earth. What appears in world space springing and
    • impermeable by cosmic influences and therefore, during the summer
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • as Christmas is to the winter solstice, Easter to the spring equinox,
    • I should like to try to bring closer to you the Easter thought
    • also grasped in lively connection with the world appearing
    • only in its abstractness, if we cannot bring it into connection with
    • bosom of the Earth there rests all that the Earth unfolded during
    • up to the cosmos and was yielded up to its forces during the
    • thus he learned to know what the Earth becomes during midwinter, when
    • oncoming of spring, when the plant world starts to grow, something
    • Ahrimanic powers bring about. At a time when man was still endowed
    • the Ahrimanic powers which broke over mankind in this way during the
    • up in the wintertime. With the growing and sprouting in the spring, a
    • nature and what lives in the spirit. We bring together what is
    • body, thereby bringing into the earthly sphere forces in themselves
    • of these Ahrimanic forces in the spring. The divine spiritual beings
    • exposed. During the winter and spring seasons, He could win for man
    • come; namely, the circumstance that man during his life on Earth
    • received that power which brings to maturity what in the spring was
    • brings withering and the inclination to seek again the inner part of
    • thought after a half-year, so must the Easter thought bring forth the
    • withering.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • to focus the whole attention during the year on a festival-time.
    • First of all, we must understand clearly that during a certain epoch,
    • during the Middle Ages, the people who oriented the spiritual life
    • ordering of the festivals. They set the tone for the celebration of
    • from the inspiring effect of the festivals was expressed in the rest
    • inspiring element and all that comes to expression in human life. When
    • consciousness and again work inspiringly.
    • time of the bursting and sprouting life of spring. At this time the
    • soul in those regions in which it is spring. These beings float and
    • spring just around Easter time in the final stage of the individual
    • life which was theirs during the winter. We see them merging into the
    • yellow, with green). I might say that during the wintertime these
    • individuality, flying and floating about as individual beings. During
    • This sleep is deepest during St. John's time, when they are completely
    • winter; how the plant leaves get their autumn coloring; how all Nature
    • It is true that spring is fair, and it is a fine capacity of the human
    • soul to perceive the beauty of the spring, the growing, sprouting,
    • and take on their fall coloring, when the animals creep away — to
    • springing and sprouting life, but how the sensible becomes yellow in
    • leaves, the withering foliage, the drying and shriveling of the plant
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • the year has with various aspects of human life, and during the Easter
    • took place during the year formed a very significant part of their
    • the phenomena connected with the cycle of the year, with the differing
    • aspects of Nature in spring and in autumn. I have pointed to this just
    • spring far more than is the case today. Again, they felt the shedding
    • through during the course of the year; felt the whole human
    • fluttering and beetles humming. They felt their own human weaving in a
    • into dreams from outside. In order to bring this about, the
    • way of music and song during those intense and widespread folk
    • had the single goal of bringing about a soul mood in which there
    • during which they do not sing;
    • there in the plant, of what lives in the plant. They had in the spring
    • up out of the Earth in the spring, wells and wafts through the air?
    • they needed this for life during the course of the year, just as they
    • science — all that during the summer had been in the forming and
    • in music and dance. During that time these ancient people, who in a
    • not performed during the summer. It is difficult to describe in modern
    • answering questions that were put in a veiled form so that people had
    • direction and another, so that the ice-forms appearing in the water
    • intellectualism, he can certainly not come again to this sharing in
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • about such matters during the past Christmas season, in the Goetheanum
    • the bosom of the divine-spiritual; but they thought that during the
    • yesterday as belonging to the celebration of these festivals during
    • luminous Nature as it was during the daytime remained also into the
    • “During the day the air is filled with the warmth-element, with
    • present Nature-knowledge in its existing form to man during the
    • summer. The purpose of summer is to bring man into relation with the
    • which men were to occupy themselves above all with acquiring
    • modern words — man said to himself: “During the height of
    • experienced something of the earthly during the autumnal equinox. But
    • cloud, forces opposed to the moral world order were ensnaring him. He
    • Already during autumn he had felt something stirring within him that
    • during autumn the intellect is consolidated. The human being
    • the ancient Mystery wisdom had been required of him during the time of
    • spring, the spring equinox (see diagram).
    • have Enlightenment, Cognition, Temperance, so for the spring
    • himself entrapped by Earth's darkness. Just as during the height of
    • during the winter, his soul-being made itself inwardly free.
    • Through this there existed during the depths of winter, I might say a
    • counter-image to what was present during the height of summer. At
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture I: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • As you know, the world bordering upon that known to our ordinary
    • spirit-and-soul we are outside the physical and etheric bodies during
    • sleep, but our consciousness is dimmed during the experience, and we
    • during the Fourth Post-Atlantean or Greco-Roman epoch, Lucifer's
    • in an ether-body requiring more space than is provided within the
    • Sphinx. The Sphinx is the being who brings doubts, who torments the soul with
    • by the Sphinx. It was paramountly during the Greco-Latin epoch of
    • to a deeply-rooted experience of men as they were during the Fourth
    • suffering awaiting the human being of our modern time is rather that
    • Let us be quite candid about the trend of evolution. During the course
    • powerfully of all during childhood. If adults whose task it is to
    • no longer believes that direct intercourse with Nature brings him near
    • thrust it into the abyss, when, in other words, he was able to bring
    • child because it was said that this would bring misfortune to his
    • And moreover he does so, by surrendering himself to a life that is not
  • Title: Lecture II: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • bring them together — to this fact we owe our Ego-nature as human
    • similar in form, Lucifer and Ahriman spring back from one another, and
    • cosmic impulses of thought and feeling and will, remembering always
    • before and behind, Luciferic and Ahrimanic forces are bearing in upon
    • — to spring up.” We could answer: “Yes, you describe these
    • the earth. Down there you are creeping about and discovering processes
    • and Ahrimanic worlds and those other hierarchies who bring Lucifer and
  • Title: Lecture III: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • is. One person brings me a five-year-old child and says: There is a man for
    • bringing such a thing into consciousness. If we think of the etheric
    • When, on the other hand, Ahriman brings his influence to bear on our
    • unaccustomed feeling. We experience at the same time an overpowering
    • Someone comes to us — it is really a Nature spirit, appearing perhaps
    • bring to us. And then we come back into the physical body — that is
    • remains fast asleep in him, and this it is which brings it about that
    • hold the scales and each of which at certain times brings extra weight
    • But if we bring ourselves — if we bring all our power of self-love
    • — as an offering and offer it up to duty, bringing thus to duty the
    • great spiritual Powers, above all of those spiritual Powers who bring
    • of the spiritual forces that bring about balance, so does our moral
  • Title: Lecture I: Nutrition and Health
    Matching lines:
    • question during the last weeks?
    • Now this brings us to something very remarkable. Think how you
    • could say you're made of glittering diamonds. The black carbon, that
    • plant keeps back the carbon, releases the oxygen and brings everything
    • breathing but also for food. And that brings us to another remarkable
    • bring the foods to a condition in which my body can more easily digest
    • much, for they've been cooked by the sun itself during the whole
    • They had a man suffering from malnutrition and they wanted to build
  • Title: Lecture II: Nutrition and Health
    Matching lines:
    • Therefore you see, gentlemen, we must take care to bring healthy plain
    • how do we make the soil alive? By manuring it properly. Yes, proper
    • manuring is what will give us really good plant protein.
    • people return to proper manuring.
    • our time, just to bring the newspapers out! All that thinking, it is
    • bothering me now, and it gives me permanently the predisposition to a
    • say. He said, “I weigh the meat they bring me, to eat the right amount
    • are logical, they're boring. They must be entertaining. In society
    • Tea scatters thoughts; it lets one jump into them. Coffee brings one
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture One: The Homeless Souls
    Matching lines:
    • follows its natural course of education and schooling. And during
    • beyond all the usual offerings of a materialistic age. This gave
    • world, a world differing from their normal environment. What went on
    • were unable to find their bearings was particularly evident towards
    • themselves, something which could be described as an uncovering of a
    • particularly during this time all kinds of people came to the town to
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Two: The Unveiling of Spiritual Truths
    Matching lines:
    • made to a leading individual — let us call him X. During the
    • world-shattering philosophy whose aim was to provide a complete
    • delivering my lecture cycle on anthroposophy.
    • There were many people who knew how to string a sentence together and
    • certain sense, taking into account differing national
    • reassured themselves by saying that the event was an infringement of
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Three: The Opposition to Spiritual Revelations
    Matching lines:
    • concern themselves with, say, electrical engineering, about the
    • whole field of electrical engineering. When Ohm
    • its way, there would be no electrical engineering today.
    • responsible for administering, say, our cultural life. And the
    • men, ignoring exceptions which, of course, exist both in men and
    • There was a period at the turn of the century in Berlin during
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Four: Spiritual Truths and the Physical World
    Matching lines:
    • In considering Blavatsky, it is important that her attitude was
    • large sweep the differing impulses and development of the many
    • On that basis she was able to bring to the surface and clarify
    • this chasm, preferring instead to submit to the most dreadful
    • environment still existed. Today, people are appearing in whose souls
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Five: The Decline of the Theosophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • course was to give real answers by ignoring
    • rejuvenation of the old wisdom, because it did not spring from direct
    • also veered in their position; during the war there was a tendency to
    • nationalist posturing — lies in the lack of courage among
    • within the Theosophical Society with the aim of engineering the birth
    • and concise debate by bringing into the open everything which was
    • movement lasted until 1914. During that time nothing in particular
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Six: The Emergence of the Anthroposophic Movement
    Matching lines:
    • During this time it would have been an illusion not to recognize
    • the former to defend itself against modern scientific thinking during
    • movement later as scientists, and observed anthroposophy during its
    • place in a very specific way during the first period of the
    • cannot be proved scientifically! During that conversation in the tram
    • someone who talks pure nonsense acquiring the role of a scientific
    • most important cosmic truths, had to be made public during the first
    • write. The demands of my lecturing activity and of the spiritual
    • Also during this time those events occurred which led to the
    • on the right. A covering letter from Bhagavan Das said that he wanted
    • not wearing the garments, but that is what he was!
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Seven: The Consolidation of the Anthroposophic Movement
    Matching lines:
    • occurred during the third phase of the movement.
    • adhering essentially to the principle that progress should be made in
    • represents the shattering event which demonstrated that this period
    • During the war it was cultivated in what I might describe as
    • be strongly emphasized that during the war, when countries were
    • tearing each other apart, members of sixteen or seventeen nations
    • during this period, and thus also through the minds of
    • anthroposophists, had a splintering effect on the Anthroposophical
    • Now at a certain point of the third phase during the war, I wrote
    • It was already evident during the war that a number of scientists
    • The third, although we are nearing its end, is the present and
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Eight: Responsibility to Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • rot = red; gelb = yellow; hell = light colouring
    • nature (yellow). Then there was the human being (light colouring).
    • they feel in their hearts that the roses are withering away, they are
    • as the laws of nature were turned into withering roses, so moral
    • of something withering away was inescapable. Goethe raised these
    • rot = red; gelb = yellow; hell = light colouring
    • life in their considerations, to incorporate what is springing up and
    • representatives of contemporary life who were endeavouring to bring
    • alongside him, and it is they who actually bring about results; for
    • we should once again make ringing declarations, set up programmes,
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • it is time that the impulses we are acquiring from spiritual
    • body into the physical body and etheric body they bring with
    • We bring all
    • this disharmonious squeezing and tearing back into our
    • train have done to your ego and astral body, and bring that
    • fact bring back with you the wildest confusion, the most
    • can stand any amount of hammering and knocking and are still
    • right through the hammering and knocking of the ahrimanic
    • our daytime sleep as much as our nighttime sleep. During the
    • during nighttime sleep. During the day our life of will is
    • Thus during
    • modern technology. During the night it is more our life of
    • stress, during the day it is more our life of feeling and
    • into the position of opening up the possibility of mastering
    • the forces of nature, and mastering them in an unprecedented
    • technology arose as a result of man acquiring knowledge of
    • first instance by smashing and wearing down the
    • is, in fact, what is constantly happening during the first
    • person at the first stages of initiation, bringing back with
    • bringing back into his own organism the results, as it were,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • in the case of religious buildings. We shall see during the
    • bring to the fore another characteristic of the etheric body
    • number of phenomena that occur during the course of a man's
    • of the human being to stand upright. On entering the world at
    • bring about something which we do not separate from ourselves
    • bring them down one step lower, using nothing of the astral
    • body, is not entering a spatial element: the etheric body is
    • that I am referring to something of which we know only the
    • spiritual soul. And remembering that when we divide the human
    • — a road leading to the goal of hearing the spiritual
    • which sleep, while during the day it is more the willing and
    • during daytime consciousness. This brings about the
    • consciousness. But if we succeed in bringing into ordinary
    • into a region which sleeps during the day. But when we
    • guidance of art, we can bring a certain measure of life into
    • reasons for which have only appeared by degrees during the
    • the universe radiates from this process of bringing to life.
    • aesthetics that have come to the fore during the last century
    • human being in discovering the origin of the arts. Those who
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • also asleep during the day. At night it is more the life of
    • concepts that is asleep; but during the day, in a part of our
    • that during sleep he is not nearly so unbelieving as when
    • were imprinted on his physical body during the ancient Saturn
    • during the ancient Saturn period. Obviously he has to use
    • stem from what was implanted in us during the ancient Saturn
    • joy, things that affect or impress us, whatever fate brings
    • consciously aware during life on earth he appears to be but
    • have acquired during any lifetime. It may feel an unlimited
    • wandering through the beings of the cosmos, becoming akin to
    • all the disruptive, devouring, engulfing forces they
    • which this feeling emerges into sharing the experience of the
    • observe how we are entering upon a consideration of the
    • the physical human form created during the Saturn and Sun
    • all this. But today, when we seek to bring spiritual
    • description of the path of initiation will spring
    • bothering me with your perpetual jingles about men's
    • and so powerful that we cannot bring enough realisation to
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • During these
    • capable of sharing in the experience of the earth, man could
    • meet the spirit of the earth during the point of time when it
    • macrocosm during the thirteen shortest days. And the nordic
    • Åsteson, the earth son, who during the time in which we are
    • Yet I could hear their roaring.
    • The suffering I saw there —
    • Wearing a cloak of lead;
    • Wearing apparel of fire;
    • Bringing holy calm,
    • the physical plane. This legend brings us tidings of ancient
    • can to bring knowledge like that into the culture of the
    • arrive at the feeling that during the materialistic age they
    • souls during the years we have been working with spiritual
    • sheltering protection when we say, ‘The beings of the
    • live within it, bringing grace, in the same way as you live
    • own accord is not possible during earthly life between birth
    • indeed bring you to the Gate of Death.
    • January, can be a suitable time not only for remembering the
    • facts of spiritual knowledge, but also for remembering the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • remembering devotion, and I would like to follow that with a
    • is a symbol for the sequence in which we are remembering
    • right thing in bringing these reminders to you in the
    • bring about in us, then to follow this with thinking about
    • maintaining of inner soul energy, should bring about in
    • our feelings and is not merely rational, is bound to bring a
    • scattering red.
    • instead of feeling divine wrath bearing down upon us, we
    • similar way. During the period that is now drawing to a
    • experience to be had on entering the spiritual world through
    • high-pitched tones ring out wanting to comfort us in our
    • fresh colouring; at one time they become as bright and
    • matter over again during the night. The following day came.
    • only heard the clever advocate during the lawsuit and seen
    • extinguished for a moment. During short breaks in
    • restoring his impulse to go forward into the next
    • brings to us windows through which the spiritual world enters
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge. On the contrary it ought to bring us nearer and
    • bring certain impulses to life in us that a person of today
    • and sobering effect on him, like the character of Wagner in
    • nature one after the other. And they imagine how boring life
    • wondering about anything, or having any feelings of an
    • acquire, when we bring spiritual science to life within us
    • their superior ruler, who eternally brings about the balance
    • our experience of architecture brings about a reconciliation,
    • to bring the elements of support, weighing down and the
    • to bring architectural forms into musical flux, and the
    • look at the teacher. During the first seven years of the
    • and which is preparing itself to make something of you in the
    • sculpturing its form out of times long past.’ The
    • bring transformation into the furthest reaches of life.
    • they ought to bring the gentlemen along too, to the lecture
    • after I had been lecturing on Goethe's Faust, some of the men
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • their human level, as it were. We know that during the
    • Beginnings, the Archai reached their human level, during the
    • Sun period the Archangels, during the Moon period the Angels
    • and during the Earth period, mankind.
    • and that the ego was only added to these during the Earth
    • during the Saturn, Sun and Moon periods — you can look
    • therefore an obvious question is whether human beings, during
    • their Earth existence, are possibly involved in preparing the
    • beings who will reach their human level during the Jupiter
    • behaviour in general during the course of Earth evolution
    • ‘What could be worse than behaving in such a way during
    • attack man during the embryonic period and share his
    • during man's embryonic period.
    • bring us into contact with deep secrets of human existence.
    • This is often the cause of people acquiring certain
    • all the more before he is born or during his earliest years.
    • brings one one's destiny. But it is true that with our own
    • ego we bring ourselves our destiny, and we get the impulses
    • to our earlier incarnations, so that we can bring ourselves
    • science can bring to them.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • as a nerve cord is composed of rings which fit into one
    • another, rings with a definite shape and processes
    • these rings expanding so that the hole the marrow passes
    • through — for the rings fit into one another —
    • arises out of this ring form is nothing else but the bone
    • varying elasticity of the material would bring all sorts of
    • mirroring in an abstract way at the moment. A very great deal
    • towards the ahrimanic principle. If we bring them closer
    • of interpretation, but with entering into things and joining
    • incentive for really acquiring imagination, inspiration and
    • start with something we all know, namely, that during waking
    • during the past few days that, awake as he is between waking
    • out completely in a dream. This is why all the pondering
    • know about the will during the daytime is actually only the
    • unconscious of your thoughts while you are asleep. So during
    • inner enjoyment of our own blood and nerve activity during
    • experiences the other side of life during sleep. His thought
    • conditions prevail during sleep. Man is outside his physical
    • what sleep consists of, acquiring a longing for his physical
    • happen that this longing grows so strong during sleep, that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the last he was able to give before his illness put a stop to his lecturing
    • reason the human being could already live as soul during the first,
    • originally. During the Sun condition, when only man and animal were
    • developed during the Sun condition. However, at that time they were
    • existed during the Sun condition, we must say that they consisted
    • only of air; they were hovering air-clouds. When we look at a bird
    • embryo. One must look at these things rightly. During the embryonic
    • air. During the embryonic condition the human being needs to have
    • during this earlier condition; man was not yet bony, having, at most,
    • there during the cosmic Sun condition! The whole Sun was a cosmic
    • he was a physical being only in air. During this Moon condition we
    • birth. What was the nature of this conception during the ancient Moon
    • become on the earth. During this time (Sun condition) the bird was
    • air floating along. Then during this time (Moon condition) it became
    • not simply incorporate into himself what only arose as mineral during
    • the mineral come too close to it during its germinal state. If the
    • for this is that the bird originated only during the second condition
    • of the earth. If it had been there during the first condition, it
    • Man was already present during the first condition of
    • quite young, during the embryonic stage in the womb, he must be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the last he was able to give before his illness put a stop to his lecturing
    • dissolved in the water. During this Old Moon stage, therefore, one
    • during the earth period itself. Thus we have as an original condition
    • earth, let me say, a young one, an offspring, was formed and went out
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • the last he was able to give before his illness put a stop to his lecturing
    • arable land if we would use the right manuring methods and so on. But
    • hammering everywhere, makes various statements and then one finds in
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • the last he was able to give before his illness put a stop to his lecturing
    • soft cartilage — like a net — as covering for the head,
    • delicate. But there he was: a man-like hovering cloud. This form is
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • the last he was able to give before his illness put a stop to his lecturing
    • today, the land was appearing a little above the sea. Thus we
    • those spheres, bringing about a complete change. In the case of Japan
    • to be wondered at, for the Chinese descended from a culture during
    • from the shore had to take a boat and bring the revolving ship to a
    • painted him simply by entering into him with their thinking —
    • Please continue to bring your questions. There may be
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • the last he was able to give before his illness put a stop to his lecturing
    • someone thought of a question during the last weeks?
    • Now this brings us to something very remarkable.
    • you're made of glittering diamonds. The black carbon, that graphite
    • brings everything to life again. And the plant could do nothing with
    • only for his breathing but also for food. And that brings us to
    • doing. I bring the foods to a condition in which my body can more
    • itself during the whole summer! There an inner ripening has already
    • They had a man suffering from malnutrition and they
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • the last he was able to give before his illness put a stop to his lecturing
    • Therefore you see, gentlemen, we must take care to bring
    • degree alive. And how do we make the soil alive? By manuring it
    • properly. Yes, proper manuring is what will give us really good plant
    • become greater and greater unless people return to proper manuring.
    • world in our time, just to bring the newspapers out! All that
    • The hay fever isn't bothering me now, and it gives me permanently the
    • they bring me, to eat the right amount — the salad too.”
    • When diplomats are logical, they're boring. They must be
    • Coffee brings one thought next to another. If you must leap from one
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • the last he was able to give before his illness put a stop to his lecturing
    • way. During our recent trip to Holland we bought an illustrated
    • it, bringing it up, an ape, an orangutan. There it was, holding the
    • used for clothes. Human beings were late in acquiring the intellect
    • but far away, over there in Asia — well, hearing the outcome
    • image of Loki sitting quietly in a corner staring stupidly; Loki
    • chunk of wood and some bits of string and fool about with them in
    • carefully shaped in a particular way, when the string is put through
    • no wish to do what would please many people, that is, to bring
    • course of returning to the spirit and bringing their intellect with
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • the last he was able to give before his illness put a stop to his lecturing
    • them. They reflect in their own coloring what comes to them from the
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • the last he was able to give before his illness put a stop to his lecturing
    • in the spring if the sun's power did not return. Again, when the sun
    • that it acquires its power in the spring and loses it in the autumn.
    • acquiring knowledge; nevertheless it is possible to know these
    • influence upon the plants every day, and also during the course of a
    • from its daily effects. The daily effects of the sun do not bring
    • in the heavens, let us say in the spring, on the twenty-first of
    • point at which the sun rose in spring was still in the same
    • a long time it rose in spring in the constellation of the Ram. Still
    • that the point at which the sun rises in spring is changing all the
    • period of 25,915 years, the point at which the sun rises in spring
    • fertility then dies away, and they must bring in new strawberry
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • the last he was able to give before his illness put a stop to his lecturing
    • If you take two revolutions of Mars — requiring four years and
    • current of this kind comes in such a way that it brings warmth with
    • spring, summer, autumn, winter — there is a certain regularity
    • in the universe. We can indicate in our calendar that spring will
    • from the other. Likewise, the seasons of spring, summer, autumn and
    • for 24 hours ... then the next newspaper comes and brings a new
    • than water fetched from the spring. So they put pails out to collect
    • like when Venus is standing in front of the sun. This event brings
    • the influences are at work not only during the few days when Venus is
    • governed during some week or day, one would have to ask many
    • to the winter, and some that are more difficult to the spring and autumn,
    • animals sense, we also sense; it is only that we don't bring it up to
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • the last he was able to give before his illness put a stop to his lecturing
    • brings us no nearer to an understanding.
    • the stars are not up there during the day, it is just that we don't
    • and the messenger brings the telegram! “You see”, he
    • substance during those days in the geological laboratory, we produced
    • today, you learn that he was a pioneering genius through his
    • during his lifetime — in fact, quite the contrary. He became so
    • Then people said that his mind was wandering and put him in an
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • the last he was able to give before his illness put a stop to his lecturing
    • Yet in Offenburg there is a memorial statue of Drake. During the war
    • his work and in the evening he is fatigued. During the day he has
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • the last he was able to give before his illness put a stop to his lecturing
    • like to add a few words to what we were considering last time, and
    • among the human beings who lived during those primeval earth
    • No being would have offspring if the moon did not send to earth the
    • will be other opportunities for considering many aspects of the
    • during life, in a piecemeal process. Man excretes not only through
    • tearing-down of the body? That is an important question. If you have
    • something in your body that brings about too much upbuilding —
    • piecemeal destruction. If no tearing-down process took place in the
    • had during the first years of life came from our parents; we could
    • realize that the force which brings about the renewal is a soul force
    • soul that brings about the breathing in us. And with our very last
    • of March, the day of the beginning of Spring, the sun rises at the
    • at which it will rise at the beginning of Spring.
    • During sleep our spirit and soul have gone off to the spiritual world
  • Title: On the Development of Human Culture: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • that is Indo-China — the land was appearing a little above the
    • extended their domination over these spheres, bringing about a
    • savouring more of the family. In the family, when a son or a daughter
    • the Chinese descended from a culture during which seeing was
    • instructors watching from the shore had to take a boat and bring the
    • of fetching water, of bringing more and always more water. Now the
    • paint. The Chinese, looking at a man, painted him simply by entering
  • Title: On the Development of Human Culture: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • it shows the trend of man's thinking. During our recent travels in
    • clothes. Human beings were late in acquiring intellect which was
    • can really think that if you take a piece of wood, a few strings and
    • wood is fashioned in a particular way, when the strings are put
    • like, that is, to bring back primitive
    • bringing their intellect with them on their return to the spirit,
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • centred in love; they bring, so to speak, the love-life of the
    • they have been able to bring what lives in the flowers into the hive;
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the period of time during which the Sun, approximately speaking,
    • comes from the earth; the drones acquire it in the few days during
    • significant is the length of time during which a creature develops.
    • gathers all it needs for food, for storing, and for further elaboration
    • of the Sun, and brings Sun-light with her own body into the hive; now
    • the workers cannot endure the new Queen who brings in a new
    • bring home what they gather from the plants, and work it up in their own
    • man is actually always dying from the wearing out of his nerves.
    • suffering from rickets when they are nine to ten months of age, and continue
    • mechanised, will become mechanical. It is not possible to bring about
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • swarm and bring it back into the hive, then naturally, the
    • happen that the cat suddenly springs down without opening its eyes,
    • sense of hearing, and by means of this very sensitive hearing the cat
    • statement, because sight and hearing are those senses which play so
    • absolute certainty? This is not at all the case; hearing is not at
    • not the hearing of the cat that is in question here. But what is very
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • to children found to be suffering from some form or other of
    • was still so in my youth. At such a gathering of bee-keepers one
    • bring forth hexagonal forms — man has need of it.
    • wonder at this, but one must bring the facts before one as they appear;
    • then one begins to understand that things really are so, and can bring
    • spring equinox is now in this Sign of the Fishes. The Sun remains in
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • during the last few years. They were carried out on large farms as
    • bring it into connection with what had occurred in his childhood, is
    • take a free course, or whether one brings artificial methods into the
    • scattering of the seed, can he very much affected by the passage of the
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • plant cannot bring about any improvement at all in the blood-sap of
    • to know that during the times of betrothal and pregnancy, honey can
    • could not procure this protective covering from the different trees
    • grower always starts this process in the spring; he first lets the
    • spring. Now these late eggs which are deposited on the tree that is
    • this by-path, it is compelled during the stages of its growth, to carry
    • But man can bring it about that from one fig-tree to another a kind of
    • bring out into the open what remains still within Nature in the
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • we have first the fertilisation of the Queen during the nuptial flight.
    • so far as they mature during differing periods of time. What lies at
    • somewhat of an earthly creature. But the drone which develops during
    • dull. The drones who try to bring an earthly element into the Sun
    • brings the blood into movement, and in accordance with the
    • entering the body goes immediately into the blood. You are, let us
    • ego-organisation, he cannot bring it back again. One has to shake
    • put them back, then again bring them forward and so on, and this
    • artificial breathing really always means that one is trying to bring
    • suppose someone is suffering from rheumatism, or perhaps gout, or other
    • ego-organisation is too weak and cannot bring the blood into the
    • which case not very much will remain for curing the rheumatism. In
    • bark of neighbouring trees, or some similar substance; these it
    • been deposited in these cells, they are covered over, but during the
    • and then again a kind of covering with
    • the flowers, from flowering plants, and what is of a similar nature
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • pantry, following the most complicated ways, and bring back all they
    • begin to cultivate. As soon as the wind brings other seeds, they bite off
    • considering this, we will approach the question from another side.
    • ill; but the wasp grubs can still go on devouring it. It is most
    • covering, and this living covering of plants was fertilised from all
    • body. Whatever you eat during your life time is always transformed
    • rushes to a neighbouring stream, flings itself into the water, and
    • bringing to the flowers the formic acid they need, and at the
    • and ants are not mere robbers, for in the same moment they bring life to the
    • hand over in the formic acid directly to what is mouldering and dead;
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • which, fluttering about, approaches the plants and what is to be
    • being. The material it makes use of, it must itself bring into the
    • transforms what it brings into the hive. The bee works from out of
    • it starts boring in quite a new direction. It makes a little ring-like
    • bee makes a covering over it, in the centre of which there is a hole.
    • considering these insects, the bees, wasps and ants, we were at the
    • bring about by means of its own resources. When you introduce formic
    • not the oxalic acid first been there. The little creatures hovering
    • life, there is oxalic acid, an etheric body. The etheric body brings
    • formic acid in himself if he wishes to bring forth something of the nature
    • quicken it again in spring. This happens because what waits as seed
    • way into a spiritual world, it is we who must bring them into a new
    • branch or bush, clustering together quietly as though they wish to
    • If we now bring
    • people today bring into their houses a branch of a fir-tree for a
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • The Art of Lecturing
    • not be a matter of a formal course in lecturing, but rather,
    • himself the task of delivering a lecture for Anthroposophy is
    • through a lecture one sets out upon the task of bringing
    • lecturing. (We intend to speak more precisely about these
    • gathering, or even one other person, this willing that we
    • in us as proper impulse for lecturing, if the lecture is to
    • horror one can have towards lecturing today. It is the type
    • of lecturing for which one should have the greatest
    • upon which lecturing depends, — that an especially
    • lecturing. Hence it becomes of significance, of perhaps
    • understand how the art of lecturing can, in all truth and
    • printed copy, requiring somewhat more than an hour. Through
    • But what then is really present during reading so that we are
    • the astral body, but brings the ether body to pulsation, and
    • then this ether body also brings the physical body to swing
    • take place as activity during reading, must also be developed
    • in a position to bring up feeling as feeling content, even in
    • way, will enable the listener to bring forth the needed shade
    • lecturing most surely does not come from his heart, that it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • The Art of Lecturing
    • said yesterday, with the practice of lecturing, but only for
    • During the time
    • thus: bring forth a flower; then no seed, but again a flower,
    • lecturing which is truly taking on new forms.
    • speaking — I have done it very frequently. In referring
    • lecturing, while we know that we have in a certain context to
    • try to bring still closer together what is for us the content
    • of lecturing.
    • bring still closer together what is for us the content of Anthroposophy
    • practice of lecturing.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • The Art of Lecturing
    • speaker it will be a question at first of entering in the
    • with. There is a twofold entering into the material, in so
    • to spring, as it were, from a comprehensive thought, which
    • of the lecture, endeavoring to let the experiences flow here
    • general be the rough draft in preparing. Thus one has during
    • should really combat through the whole manner of our bearing.
    • accomplished by means of lecturing may never be abandoned,
    • gathering so that they can at least understand the
    • used to hearing for decades. Even physically — not
    • working class, Franz Mehring,
    • believe, fifty times during this lecture at the academy.
    • proper social-democratic writer, as was Franz Mehring, ascribed the
    • by the party-scholar Mehring, one of
    • instruction in lecturing — proved in a trial-speech that the
    • — I am now referring to the
    • actively and consciously wants to bring about a transformation of
    • of lecturing correctly, but due to the diversity of life today it is
    • attention, for, indeed, this religious element appearing on the first
    • to bring to the lecture the thinking which lies behind it,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • The Art of Lecturing
    • consideration when preparing for such a lecture — that modern
    • part referring to the state, is especially difficult to deal with
    • concepts on how to turn a boot into a good head covering. In a
    • that spring, in April 1919, directly after the German revolution,
    • there today. A whole world lies between today and that spring of 1919
    • during the dreadful catastrophe of recent times (the First World War)
    • already noticeable during the war, if one wanted to take notice of
    • lecturing easier too. The barrier that otherwise stands between
    • readily understand how much depends on the mood in lecturing. It is
    • direction. I want to bring this out now before I shall talk tomorrow
    • fellow-men by lecturing.
    • certainly adjust to the wind in steering his course — unless,
    • If a person only wants to bring out in a debate what he has known
    • instructive illustration of the above. During my last trip to
    • brought out what he had to say not afterwards, during the debate, but
    • unsuitable times, during discussions and from the rostrums, that it
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • The Art of Lecturing
    • You will have understood from that, how:preparing oneself for the
    • through the way of delivering the matters that everything one
    • lecturing, that calls forth the impression in listeners that
    • When lecturing
    • speak out of economic experience. Actually, when lecturing on
    • how today's abstract market brings things together, whose
    • bring along as notes are a number of correctly formulated
    • preparation for lecturing.
    • exercises that cannot but result in bringing a mood into the
    • should only learn breathing during speech — in speaking
    • expectation, and the fifth line is the conclusion and brings
    • attempt to, well, let me say, bring the mood of the situation
    • three by heart, and try to say them so fluently that during
    • good. When stuttering, one can also say it in the way
    • loud only; one can yell in whispering, too, if one actually
    • development. Then one must bring the concrete substance into
    • cornering (Ecken) and similar speech-mannerisms.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • The Art of Lecturing
    • only should different means of artistically structuring the
    • for something, brings in a question in such a way that he
    • during his listening in a breathing-in, breathing-out,
    • lecturer brings up a question the listener's exhalation can,
    • inhalation on hearing a question. This is not contradicted by
    • a situation when the listener may be breathing out on hearing
    • indirectly, so that a sentence which falls during an
    • rightly perceived, rightly taken in, during the subsequent
    • with hearing a content in question form. However, because of
    • that it removes the understanding from the organ of hearing.
    • Pope, who waited for the command from above before ordering
    • by Bismarck about politicians steering by the wind,
    • completely subjective coloring. The German Parliament had for
    • know what a great difference exists between hearing, say, the
    • accompanying phenomenon than is the case with the hearing of
    • is also necessary to bring Anthroposophy to the world.
    • those interested in Anthroposophy but caring little for the
    • confined to the formalities of the art of lecturing, but the
    • are the ones who are to bring this light and openness into
  • Title: The Development of Thought from the 4th to the 19th Century - 1
    Matching lines:
    • offspring of the kind of thought that had become habitual in the domain
    • of keeping faith with science and, on the other, of discovering a form
    • and of human life in general which might bring him satisfaction. But
    • in individual minds. Over the whole of the thought-life and its offspring,
    • these lines of discovering a practicable form of the social organism.
    • authority of the Church, putting humanity in the place of God, declaring
    • may thus be achieved. Implicit in every thinker during the first half
    • truth of an idea, deeds of benefit to human life will spring from a
    • during the first half of the nineteenth century. Herbert Spencer is
    • bring about a desirable state of affairs. Such thinkers say to themselves:
    • of thinking came to the fore in the modern age, during the first half
    • a matter of discovering historical connections this is far more important
    • voices of the nineteenth century were the offspring of a tendency that
    • from that which he will naturally bring to bear upon literature of the
    • Maistre to bring to life again in the modern age, concepts that had
    • he tried to bring home the difference between the concepts of sin and
    • the laws at work during the period of embryonic development, from the
    • understand the processes at work during the embryonic period of the life
    • of the fifteenth century. De Maistre wanted to bring this concept of
    • bring about an even more radical separation of religion and scientific
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Development of Thought from the 4th to the 19th Century - 2
    Matching lines:
    • migrations began. During the period of the migrations it was their
    • believe that it has any sense to baptize children and thereby to bring
    • come from an individual human impulse. Hence he works to bring about
    • but at this time more markedly so, we see life centering itself in the
    • living world-conception, although it is quite abstract, brings its
    • become so strong that what was stirring among the common people could
    • aware “With your thought you are conquering natural law, you are
    • conquering the external world, but thought itself is making no
    • upon something which it wants to bring forth of super-earthly nature.
    • but by making it capable of discovering the new in the depths of existence.
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • need ideas which, when realized, can create social conditions offering
    • the ideas upon which one might found a social economy offering man a
    • which states in essence: just as one brings to expression the relationships
    • that humanity is still tied to its mother's apron strings, that
    • On the one hand we confront a world of natural phenomena requiring that
    • of lecture-halls still laboring in the shadow of this ignorabimus.
    • something extraordinary transpiring within man. We must look into our
    • us. We observe all this and notice that when we attempt to bring the
    • that we cannot bring into sharp contours, that continually fades in
    • comprehend what is actually occurring within the soul. While one loses
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • that Eduard von Hartmann had been quite right in claiming that during
    • today or, even better, anyone who had participated in one during the
    • and Barren cliques do not result. These offspring of Hegelian philosophy,
    • behind it atoms and the like I cannot bring my lucid thinking to a halt
    • nonetheless emphasize our instinctive conviction that measuring or counting
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • by halting at this frontier and ordering the phenomena according to
    • at the fullest clarity regarding these matters one must bring all one's
    • by experimentation. In this case, we bring something into that which
    • as it applies to human life as well. We must begin by acquiring the
    • us during these first years. And if we look within, look into our own
    • in a certain way how we can bring ourselves into harmony with the forces
    • in our environment. We perceive this process of bringing ourselves into
    • loom that wove you during the first years of growth as a child here
    • us during childhood. For what works within us during our childhood is
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • him, he heard in the distance a musical motif. Hearing this musical
    • springs of knowledge. And thus Goethe, who was by disposition more attuned
    • sought to bring certainty and rigor into the investigation of the spirit,
    • during the first seven years. At the change of teeth this etheric body
    • life shall depend entirely on our nurturing a mode of cognition such
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • “mathematicizes” within us during the first seven years up
    • fall asleep, entering not into unconsciousness or nebulous dreams but
    • upon entering this realm. And it is just this ego that is the ordering
    • faculty. It is the ego that is capable of bringing the same kind of
    • order into this world as we are able to bring to our physical environment.
    • and the German, Dühring. While cataloguing Nietzsche's library in the
    • made in the margins of Dühring's works, from which he acquired
    • works. Nietzsche strives to bring his ego into this realm, but it tears
    • this realm, a realm into which I have sought in a modest way to bring
    • what later became the content of his most inspiring words. No wonder,
    • other form of the debility appearing in certain highly cultivated
    • sofa after dinner, staring into space. He recognized nobody around him
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • in Inspiration with full self-consciousness. If one brings the ego into
    • other than what is active within the physical body during the first
    • without entering into this life of Imaginations, modern psychology shall
    • not progress. In this way, and in this way only, by entering into
    • requiring psychiatric treatment, the more acute observer can see something
    • life of the soul discarnately but also to bring this experience of the
    • subjective, brings the sensation of space down into the physical body
    • And how is it that we avoid bringing the ego down into the physical
    • of the bodily senses. Only by acquiring the selfless power of love,
    • Inspiration, developed by gradually discovering within matter a spiritual
    • you here. The other faculty is developed by discovering within oneself
    • bring to a dose what I have had to say to you in these lectures with one
    • definition of “commodity”! Human beings strove to bring
    • the social organism. Only true Imagination can bring real comprehension
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • with the requisite faculties during our life between birth and death.
    • These three things bring us into a proper relationship with other human
    • hearing, of that which contemporary physiology dreams to be the
    • of the sense of hearing. just as we have a sense of hearing, so also
    • an inference by analogy but rather a direct perception that brings us
    • might somehow become lost in this wandering out of the body. In later
    • — have had recourse when seeking cures for patients suffering from
    • — the precautionary measure was taken of ensuring dependence on
    • with the spirit of Goetheanism to bring together that which leads to
    • of Golgotha were drawn during the first Christian centuries entirely
    • beyond the knowledge provided during the past three or four centuries
    • body. We leave it outside, but not in idleness, not forgetting or surrendering
    • content remains, so to speak, hovering above. We exclude thinking inasmuch
    • is acquired, and not by means of the blathering mysticism that nebulous
    • from West to East, are we bringing to fulfillment what is actually living
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • and so on. If we thus bring our activity of perception into a state
    • is encountering within oneself the spiritual element that actuates the
    • birth until the change of teeth a soul-spiritual entity is at work structuring
    • work together with the will during man's first seven years. We are guided
    • that worked formatively upon man principally during the fast seven years
    • else, however, is evolving simultaneously during this emancipation of
    • nebulous, blathering mystic who takes up mysticism in order to satisfy
    • as conditions of equilibrium, movement, and life. Now we can bring these
    • The fusion of Imagination and Inspiration brings us in turn to Intuition.
    • altering it in the most varied ways. For him this is the next highest
    • by the West. What does the Eastern student of yoga attain by surrendering
    • in the life between birth and death, but, entering into us through the
    • we experience thinking and perception. By bringing mobility into the
    • one had Schelling's unfulfilled promise to bring forth nature out of the
    • to bring about an anthroposophically oriented spiritual science for
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • same subject, considering from different aspects the use of
    • substance, we must picture that the substance appearing in
    • bearing within us the polar opposites of these processes. We
    • administering the appropriate substance and thereby inducing
    • have to say the following: Considering the ego as a real
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • only creates one for itself during a lifetime. Hence its
    • — cannot be investigated by comparing it to a plaster
    • study a person suffering from the opposite condition. We only
    • referring to organic over-nourishment, because a person does
    • being bears these death-bringing forces continually within
    • when the death-bringing forces are weakened, are, in a sense,
    • perceive death entering the human being concretely when his
    • two sides, we must look at the front too: only by considering
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • emphasized by Dr. Scheidegger in his lecture given during the
    • during sleep. In this you can see the significant role of the
    • that during sleep the astral is active in the human being,
    • The astral body thus makes use of an activity during sleep
    • outside the human being during sleep.
    • occurring in the upper human being. It is possible to be
    • confused about a symptom occurring spatially in the upper
    • the experience that unfolds during sleep. They then cease to
    • “artificially produced phenomena,” I am referring
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • in patients suffering from anemia you may hear rushing sounds
    • human organism. In the latter, one must try to bring in the
    • individual — that is a person clearly suffering from
    • the organism during puberty discharge themselves more
    • inwardly during the time between birth and the change of
    • the second dentition to the time of acquiring speech.
    • inner aspects of the human being. During sleep the ego takes
    • that brings about this fundamental transformation of outer
    • substances? What brings this about? In truth, this is brought
    • entering into the substance. If you introduce food substance
    • such a way that forces received by way of his head during
    • time indicated. Of course, I am referring to the instruments
    • established during life between the substances taken in and
    • importance especially during the first or ascending half of
    • now saying is essentially bringing to completion what was
    • symptoms appear, as can happen with most children during the
    • imprint is active during childhood. In order to do this, the
    • with warmth during childhood. It has something to do with the
    • make use of symptoms so that from them there springs forth a
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • and which we then need to bring into more common use. But it
    • that it avoids playing its part in bringing forth the
    • precisely, if only for the sake of discovering remedies. I
    • in the astralizing process. The capacity for acquiring speech
    • something that in a certain way brings to expression this
    • requires phosphorus to bring about equilibrium between
    • static what is dynamic within the human being, it brings
    • is occurring in the physical body and the ego. They resist,
    • During this review the etheric body is held within the astral
    • etheric bodies, which takes place during this review after
    • have a basis for understanding our remedies and answering
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • a one-sided way without considering the human organism as a
    • following way. If we are considering the head organism,
    • the spirit from outside, acquiring it for themselves by means
    • through encountering in its activity the sympathies and
    • only during the period of growth, then becomes stable and
    • undergoes a kind of disintegration during the second half of
    • for sensing or registering the activity in the tissue fluid.
    • for registering the degree of heat or cold, so your heart is
    • nothing more than an apparatus for registering what takes
    • the whole human organism by bringing about salt depositions.
    • suffering from a foot disease, but actually this may be a
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • “What is the human organism suffering from when these
    • finer forces of the leaf and can obtain these by preparing an
    • available through preparing the leaf in an infusion. Here
    • everything we can to bring this about. Therefore, although we
    • original form; it is the reaction that sets in, requiring no
    • impression but transferring this interaction inward into the
    • patients suffering from weaknesses in the head region —
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • entities encountering each other, as was the case with plants
    • now to the attempt of preparing a remedy from lead and honey.
    • could say that one brings about a cure for what the
    • incompletely on entering life, but one weakens him regarding
    • what he ought to do organically for himself during life. The
    • we find what the earth brings into being. In developing
    • balance is disturbed, however, the metal that can bring
    • inner process, which brings about this pendular movement,
    • important to bring together what I said in the last course
    • with what a more inner study now teaches us. If you bring
    • time. If you pay attention to my method of answering
    • that women during menstruation have a kind of withering
    • manifests during menstruation. Then you have an
    • polarity does not have an essential effect during the
    • I am requiring you to exert yourselves to see things in their
    • bring these studies to a close with these lectures but will
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • considering them as working towards the center and forming
    • also bring about irregularities of the metabolism, may well
    • attention to what he is hearing and to be strongly aware of
    • is hearing outwardly. In this way one drives away all those
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • during the happenings of that transitional period from a
    • and had had no opportunity of hearing anything about the
    • shattering event which had taken place there: he could have
    • documents brings one far less close to the truth one can get
    • Yes, Homer's age was able to bring forth such works, through
    • during the Homeric age, much as we ourselves hope and long
    • suggests that the very snoring of the heroes, of the Gods and
    • he pondering in his heart how he should do honour to
    • men he writes about; and suddenly, in pondering on what is
    • Dream, saying that it is a woeful business, this lingering
    • act in accordance with what the reason brings to pass, with
    • Agamemnon is only just entering the new era and behaves in a
    • the strength and courage to bring home an understanding that
    • of our Building, to experience through a shattering event the
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • springing from the human soul, indicated here at [
    • Figure 3a ] in the second design the aspiring
    • receives from above the impulses that can spring from the
    • every details accords with what spiritual science brings down
    • — brings the earlier culture [ Figure
    • everybody wants to pass judgment on everything ignoring, of
    • bearing in mind that this transformation consists in the
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • In considering
    • significant that when during Germany's period of distress
    • of disappearing — the inhabitants of northern Hungary
    • surrendering their German element to the general nature of
    • against Germans, in order to bring about inner clarification.
    • bringing it about that in place of the present chaos, harmony
    • during the war. I tried to give an objective picture of the
    • other during these last weeks had not been said — in
    • East of Europe is expressed. With its tapering slenderness
    • from another angle by considering, for example, the
    • is only preparing, its true being. We feel the whole cleft in
    • give expression to the mystical suffering of the East; they
    • problems be answered, but the sufferings of culture will also
    • thoughts of men, bringing real clarity into them, permeating
    • means it — that I have suffered and am still suffering
    • through enough shattering experiences beginning with the
    • experiences for the first time is one of the most shattering
    • bring out this point by asking two questions: “Are
    • activities will bring blessing everywhere, no matter to which
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • In entering
    • to bring hearts and souls into movement when, in
    • I gave on “Occult Reading and Hearing” I spoke of
    • will; it springs from nothing else than the impulses of the
    • those lectures? The limitations of what springs from the
    • In referring to
    • above, the covering, the roofing in. The motifs may thus be
    • always do this; when he is speaking he more often brings the
    • differ from the blustering racket overhead.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • his lines than Nature is able to bring to expression in
    • bring to expression the inmost essence of her creations.
    • of the face, for example, to bring the inner, vital processes
    • paints, let us say, a cloud, and in the cloud brings the
    • Occult Hearing”. I said there that even in the waking
    • bring the secrets and the very soul of the universe to
    • way that what we paint is not merely a covering of surfaces,
    • incapable of discovering the spiritual world through
    • be a covering of the surface, but call forth the thought:
    • developed to further stages; during the Moon-evolution
    • and Hearing” when I said: The lobes of the brain must
    • capacity to bring the elements of speech into
    • referring to anything like Esperanto, for that is an
    • have ideals which are more enduring than the earth and the
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture I: The Acanthus Leaf
    Matching lines:
    • five lectures by Rudolf Steiner, given at Dornach, Switzerland during
    • bring home these thoughts to you, I should like to start
    • to-day by considering a well-known motif in art — that
    • own student days in Vienna were passed during the time when
    • spheres of life during the second half of the 19th century
    • men that they perceived how the movement, bearing and
    • within themselves what they must bring to expression in their
    • brings man into connection with the great sphere of the
    • the truly dynamic-architectonic principle of weight-bearing.
    • it is as if Atlas is bearing the world, but the form is still
    • downward, as it were, so that the character of weight bearing
    • becomes complete. And now think of this weight bearing in the
    • into itself — the Ego bent round, in this case bearing
    • of the Corinthian column with the volute bearing the abacus
    • — and the urge arose to bring the palmette into the
    • the bearing of a load; what was mere painting in the Doric
    • from out of the very well-springs of human evolution, one
    • strange piece of karma that during the time when I was deeply
    • — an intuition that had arisen during the General
    • herself, hovering in her etheric body. Here indeed is a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture II: The House of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • five lectures by Rudolf Steiner, given at Dornach, Switzerland during
    • is hovering before us. And more particularly should this be
    • Entering the
    • the soul and spirit will hover around us, whispering of the
    • to fulfil the tasks which arise every day. It brings home to
    • us a feeling that can ring in such sacred tones in the soul:
    • Shall it not rather be our dearest wish to bring all men into
    • age man is more and more compelled to bring about order,
    • given into their charge, when the Ego is still slumbering in
    • the weight-bearing Gothic pillars we are no longer concerned
    • wall itself is living and can bring forth the figures.
    • brings forth its creatures from its own being. Our own art of
    • living thing even as the earth brings forth her plants. This
    • with the spiritual world when it sleeps during the night and
    • which was built for the community desiring to be united with
    • thus spring up in the world. Let us realise the living nature
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture III: The New Conception of Architecture
    Matching lines:
    • five lectures by Rudolf Steiner, given at Dornach, Switzerland during
    • During the time
    • that is bearing you to the East. The very essence and meaning
    • becoming can bring forth both Maria and Thomasius but only as
    • sides and we come up against these forces that are pouring in
    • the Earth, but during the ancient Moon period it had a
    • acquiring them. In those times man worked in himself against
    • compressed itself into the hard skull covering. To-day this
    • new pairs of pillars to that first strong pair formed during
    • makes our etheric skull-covering more secure. Man passes
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture IV: True Aesthetic Laws of Form
    Matching lines:
    • five lectures by Rudolf Steiner, given at Dornach, Switzerland during
    • to imagine ourselves entering the building from the West, in
    • strings?’ A man who wanted to use only A strings on a
    • bringing disorder in their train. I will draw the Sun, Moon
    • is.’ The reason why he feels this as warmth pouring
    • that its colouring is the same as that of its environment.
    • light, hence they adjust their outer covering primarily in
    • consciousness. When man's colouring is influenced, as in the
    • thus giving ourselves the colouring of the outer world, we
    • the different civilisations until, during the Graeco-Latin
    • Beings are hovering up and down between the sun and
    • of the approach of an enemy, an alien being bearing down upon
    • spiritual world and at the same time brings down all that
    • established in our own fifth epoch and during the transition
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture V: The Creative World of Colour
    Matching lines:
    • five lectures by Rudolf Steiner, given at Dornach, Switzerland during
    • bring before the soul many things that impress us when we
    • meeting rooms and we are already tired of hearing about the
    • justified in chattering about these psychic matters no matter
    • during earthly evolution, he has risen out of this flowing
    • into certain parts of his skin. During the ancient moon
    • into his own colouring; it penetrated into the being of man
    • areas of his body. During the earth period, this living
    • etheric body, astral body — these were developed during
    • during the earth period. Man must find the ways and means to
    • the whole universe. In colouring a form we should feel:
    • bring many interesting things to light in regard to the
    • artist of the Madonna. Only when we succeed in bringing into
    • people may bring forward. We realise also that all the
    • and at the same time to bring the soul to a realisation of
    • This earnest mood of soul will bring in its train the sure
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • On The Art of Lecturing
    • THE ART OF LECTURING
    • not be a matter of a formal course in lecturing, but rather,
    • himself the task of delivering a lecture for Anthroposophy is
    • through a lecture one sets out upon the task of bringing
    • lecturing. (We intend to speak more precisely about these
    • gathering, or even one other person, this willing that we
    • in us as proper impulse for lecturing, if the lecture is to
    • horror one can have towards lecturing today. It is the type
    • of lecturing for which one should have the greatest
    • upon which lecturing depends, — that an especially
    • lecturing. Hence it becomes of significance, of perhaps
    • understand how the art of lecturing can, in all truth and
    • printed copy, requiring somewhat more than an hour. Through
    • But what then is really present during reading so that we are
    • the astral body, but brings the ether body to pulsation, and
    • then this ether body also brings the physical body to swing
    • take place as activity during reading, must also be developed
    • in a position to bring up feeling as feeling content, even in
    • way, will enable the listener to bring forth the needed shade
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • On The Art of Lecturing
    • THE ART OF LECTURING
    • said yesterday, with the practice of lecturing, but only for
    • During the time
    • thus: bring forth a flower; then no seed, but again a flower,
    • lecturing which is truly taking on new forms.
    • speaking — I have done it very frequently. In referring
    • lecturing, while we know that we have in a certain context to
    • try to bring still closer together what is for us the content
    • of lecturing.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • On The Art of Lecturing
    • THE ART OF LECTURING
    • speaker it will be a question at first of entering in the
    • with. There is a twofold entering into the material, in so
    • to spring, as it were, from a comprehensive thought, which
    • of the lecture, endeavoring to let the experiences flow here
    • general be the rough draft in preparing. Thus one has during
    • should really combat through the whole manner of our bearing.
    • accomplished by means of lecturing may never be abandoned,
    • gathering so that they can at least understand the
    • used to hearing for decades. Even physically — not
    • to bring to the lecture the thinking which lies behind it,
    • fashion as preparation for lecturing. Through such
    • preparation — preparing the organization of the
    • brings along as thinking he should not weave into his own
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • On The Art of Lecturing
    • THE ART OF LECTURING
    • stomachs. Learn lecturing by listening: watch how others do it,
    • things makes lecturing easier too. Whereas there is otherwise
    • you can see how much depends on the mood in lecturing,
    • — how much more important — preparing the
    • to do with the art of lecturing. — Note by
    • difference between hearing and reading — he should hear
    • achieved would be negative. It leads to lecturing becoming
    • not be speaking about lecturing in the sense of the task of
    • of lecturing.
    • topic, and what one actually brings up. This can be done if
    • steering his course, — unless, possibly, he wants to
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • On The Art of Lecturing
    • THE ART OF LECTURING
    • You will have understood from that, how preparing oneself for
    • through the way of delivering the matters that everything one
    • lecturing, that calls forth the impression in listeners that
    • When lecturing
    • speak out of economic experience. Actually, when lecturing on
    • how today's abstract market brings things together, whose
    • bring along as notes are a number of correctly formulated
    • preparation for lecturing.
    • exercises that cannot but result in bringing a mood into the
    • should only learn breathing during speech — in speaking
    • expectation, and the fifth line is the conclusion and brings
    • attempt to, well, let me say, bring the mood of the situation
    • three by heart, and try to say them so fluently that during
    • good. When stuttering, one can also say it in the way
    • loud only; one can yell in whispering, too, if one actually
    • development. Then one must bring the concrete substance into
    • cornering (Ecken) and similar speech-mannerisms.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • On The Art of Lecturing
    • THE ART OF LECTURING
    • only should different means of artistically structuring the
    • for something, brings in a question in such a way that he
    • during his listening in a breathing-in, breathing-out,
    • lecturer brings up a question the listener's exhalation can,
    • inhalation on hearing a question. This is not contradicted by
    • a situation when the listener may be breathing out on hearing
    • indirectly, so that a sentence which falls during an
    • rightly perceived, rightly taken in, during the subsequent
    • with hearing a content in question form. However, because of
    • that it removes the understanding from the organ of hearing.
    • Pope, who waited for the command from above before ordering
    • by Bismarck about politicians steering by the wind,
    • completely subjective coloring. The German Parliament had for
    • know what a great difference exists between hearing, say, the
    • accompanying phenomenon than is the case with the hearing of
    • is also necessary to bring Anthroposophy to the world.
    • those interested in Anthroposophy but caring little for the
    • confined to the formalities of the art of lecturing, but the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 1: Introduction to the Eurythmy Performance
    Matching lines:
    • since we are gathering once more for an anthroposophical
    • the case that every artistic activity which was to bring
    • Considering the descending scale stretching from the
    • own, hearing it and letting it reveal itself. And when he is
    • experience capable of entering into the consciousness of our
    • understanding of eurythmy is closely linked with discovering
    • Anthroposophical Movement. What you have to do is bring into
    • It had been preceded during the
    • been particularly lively during the conference of delegates
    • carry on in this way. It is necessary now to bring about a
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 2: The Opening of the Christmas Foundation Conference, by Rudolf Steiner
    Matching lines:
    • friend Albert Steffen as the first speaker during our
    • of this our gathering.
    • have given us a wonderful prelude to our gathering here. We
    • over all our gatherings and meetings like a radiant star, and
    • gathering, engendered by the words you have spoken to us on
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 3: Rudolf Steiner's Opening Lecture and Reading of the Statutes
    Matching lines:
    • which had become so very dear to us during the preceding ten
    • Steiner has been busy over the last few weeks preparing
    • over much of what we have been building up during the last
    • Foundation Conference if we can bring to life in our hearts
    • for our gathering resembles nothing more than a shack erected
    • our soul not as devouring flames but as creative flames. For
    • warmth which can be capable of bringing to life countless
    • endure. The most important deed to be accomplished during the
    • believe that during those four or five years — a time
    • every one of you: the event we call the World War. During
    • bring it unscathed through all the difficulties and obstacles
    • want to tell you that if this gathering runs its course in
    • the right way, if this gathering really reaches an awareness
    • spiritual life. Anthroposophy shall bring into life all that
    • bring into life the teaching of maya and of the light of
    • truth? Let us bring it into life above all during this our
    • Christmas Conference. Let us during this our Christmas
    • during a conference in Stuttgart
    • of spiritual world-weaving during the last third of the
    • bring about a situation in which the matters with which we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 4: The Laying of the Foundation Stone
    Matching lines:
    • possible to bring from the spiritual worlds while the
    • decade have I myself been able to bring it to full maturity
    • world of space, that then — not in a suffering, passive
    • system of his head and pouring warmth of heart into this
    • understanding of our soul we can bring face to face the
    • bring strength to that warmth of soul and that light of soul
    • hearts, in our thoughts and in our will let us bring to life
    • Let there ring out from the heights
    • How it rings forth from Archai, Archangeloi,
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 5: The Foundation Meeting, 25 December, 11.15 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • which has arrived: ‘Please convey to the gathering our
    • brought forward during the further course of our gatherings.
    • few more moments, dear friends. First of all, even during
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 6: Meeting of the Vorstand and the General Secretaries
    Matching lines:
    • entirely impossible to bring these efforts to a satisfactory
    • great an infringement of the freedom of the individual
    • group coming into being in France and registering with the
    • Should we make efforts to bring it about that individuals who
    • been asked to bring to this meeting the need expressed there
    • method of transferring these groups will gradually come
    • encouragement could not be given from Dornach to bring about
    • to bring about an understanding of this matter.
    • consider elections in a gathering as large as ours today to
    • little mutual recognition. So in this gathering such a
    • Cesaro brings up a question regarding the number of votes
    • situation degenerated into anarchy and chaos. No one entering
    • external source or from us. But if we want to bring what can
    • we have enough breathing space during this Conference.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 7: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 26 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • may see what can encourage us during this Conference not to
    • During this
    • suggest that we give it a certain definite direction. During
    • not mean that we shall have to discuss it a great deal during
    • from our gatherings in the future anything which smacks in
    • having given these indications, which I shall bring to
    • inner rhythm what it is during these few days that the
    • spiritual world is bringing to us to raise our hearts, to
    • most intensive way. Just as I bring greetings from our
    • our good wishes for the prospering of the work in Porto
    • Dr. Steiner: This brings the reports to a
    • applicable to any gathering. Today we have run out of time,
    • hold this gathering together. You cannot tell, just by coming
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 8: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 27 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • majority. This is what was particularly bothering the Swiss
    • certain nurturing of the life of the soul without saying in
    • other human beings. Human beings are not declaring their
    • DR UNGER: My dear friends! Considering the
    • appearing here in full. Such a thing would provide the
    • here and now during this present Christmas Conference. I
    • recognition in the same way as these, they will bring about
    • by this foundation gathering.’ This could of
    • gathering’. This will do. Who else would like to
    • must bring it about that judgments can be justified, not in
    • simply want to bring about this difference in the same way
    • DR STEINER: What you want to bring out
    • present gathering. But now if Paragraph 3 calls the Vorstand,
    • foundation gathering’ but ‘formed’.
    • as these, they will bring about the same progress in all
    • bring back to recognition, a word in the German language
    • rendering for ‘gleich’ and makes the
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 9: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 28 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • spiritually in the work of bringing about the building of the
    • this gathering as she is suffering from a long illness which
    • which are now appearing in Das Goetheanum — just at the
    • really understand the theory of knowledge. I am referring to
    • preparing. I believe, though, that in my own little book on
    • these papers into the form given to the cycles bearing this
    • as cycles published bearing this note. The
    • possible during this Conference — will be presenting
    • the Vorstand shall bring to the attention of the members or
    • next gathering today will be for the eurythmy performance at
    • A. The difference has no bearing on the
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 10: Rudolf Steiner's Contribution During The Meeting of the Swiss School Association
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner's Contribution During The Meeting of the
    • Rudolf Steiner's Contribution During
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 11: Meeting of the Vorstand of the General Anthroposophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • Society. Wishes concerning this were expressed during the
    • Geering-Christ explains his point of view.
    • and Herr Geering has put it very clearly. If the matter is
    • contributory factors, which Herr Geering suggested in one way
    • will hold. This question of bringing order into the
    • however, I believe that the view expressed by Herr Geering is
    • ask you to seize on a formulation which will bring about a
    • HERR GEERING-CHRIST: Could we now proceed
    • Hugentobler, Herr Geering and Herr Schweigler. Would those
    • could do with a preliminary airing prior to the general
    • discussion with all the members? Somebody might wish to bring
    • are referring to the membership fee for the
    • during this conference. With regard to the membership of the
    • possible to bring about an agreement with the Ceneral
    • We could have started the discussion by considering the
    • regards acquiring new members.
    • always handled during the time when we were still the German
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 12: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 29 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • Let there ring out from the heights
    • Let there ring out from the heights
    • Let there ring out from the heights
    • for if you do this you waste time — but to bring to
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 13: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 30 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • dear friends, let us bring together what can speak in man in
    • speaks about the work in England and brings the apologies of
    • gathering for that extremely significant inauguration of a
    • further question: How shall we be able to bring this impulse
    • influence of this Conference will lead to a flaring up of the
    • the various countries bring forward these problems from
    • remain a motley mixture; this will bring us the individuality
    • referring particularly to Professor de Jong.
    • DR STEINER (referring to Herr Stibbe's
    • bringing it down to all kinds of spiritualist phenomena, as
    • I am referring only to practising doctors. After 1 January
    • me bring up for discussion some points on how this idea of
    • bring forward very briefly tomorrow and the next day about
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 14: Meeting of practising doctors, 31 December 1923 at 8.30 in the morning
    Matching lines:
    • appearing for decades against any kind of
    • then have a bearing not only on the life of knowledge but
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 15: The Idea of the Future Building in Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • For is it not so that, in considering all the possibilities,
    • am not considering a new cupola. I am endeavouring to create
    • We shall endeavour here to bring a Goetheanum into being in
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 16: Open Discussion of Swiss Delegates
    Matching lines:
    • Perhaps we can achieve both ends, dear friends: bringing
    • called wandering meetings. Having meetings from time to time
    • necessary and with whom we could hold the wandering meetings.
    • possible in the plenary gathering to speak in depth about all
    • Herr Geering
    • been chosen sometime during the next two or three weeks. Then
    • like to ask whether there is anything else you wish to bring
    • HERR GEERING-CHRIST: That is a misunderstanding on the
    • HERR GEERING-CHRIST: Will nothing be made public?
    • bound to bring these things out into the world in, shall I
    • Vorstand, which I have been so very instrumental in bringing
    • so good as to turn to the Vorstand during this Conference and
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 17: The Envy of the Gods - The Envy of Human Beings
    Matching lines:
    • human beings who bring us offerings and who understand us in
    • their act of offering. For indeed those who knew about such
    • we descend into the Mysteries we find there the offerings of
    • human beings, and in the human being who makes his offering
    • entering those often quite unassuming dwellings inhabited by
    • spiritual mood has entirely drained away during the course of
    • during these days, that statue which called to him in words
    • devouring flames. The red blaze shot skywards. Dark blueish,
    • gathering if we all vow to carry on in spirit through this
    • permitted to build that Goetheanum if today in remembering it
    • suffering into the impulse for doing deeds, then shall we
    • was willed in the Goetheanum, by bearing this will onwards
    • on not only into the new year. In strength of deed, bearing
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 18: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 1 January, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • what is to inspire us and bring us strength during this
    • Let there ring out from the heights
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 19: The Rebuilding of the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • want to bring it about that this downward pressure is caught
    • window surrounds. I also want to bring it about that inwardly
    • the space within. But at the same time I want to bring it
    • the next thing appearing after the roof to be a kind of small
    • becoming bearers of the whole. They will then bring the forms
    • been discussed here during this Conference, that an
    • the payment of 12 Schillings per member, always remembering
    • bring up this point at the end of today's agenda, but it has
    • pictures at best bring something super-sensible into the realm
    • here at 4.30 for a social gathering. The thought of meeting
    • for such a gathering on this very day can be particularly
    • we shall assemble here for our social gathering. At 8.30 my
    • conversation to be said to everyone during the Social
    • Gathering, so this time, too, it will be possible to speak to
    • the members during the Social Gathering if anyone wishes to
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 20: On the Right Entry into the Spiritual World: The Responsibility Incumbent on Us
    Matching lines:
    • newspaper referring to one of the lectures in Berlin. This
    • the evening lectures during this Christmas Conference I have
    • spiritual world with their ego and astral body. Wandering
    • many and various ways during the course of human evolution.
    • to the physical world. Entering rightly into the spiritual
    • world must bring with it the possibility of returning to the
    • all the thousands of years during which human beings have
    • in one way or another, do you find, when wandering in the
    • them but one cannot bring them out again. And when you watch
    • be incapable of bringing any strength of ideas with them into
    • civilization to endure for a while. During their waking
    • face up to this in our soul in all earnestness during this
    • You may pass, for you are bringing with you into the
    • super-sensible world even during the time of your life on
    • in sleep, by the thundering voice of the Guardian of the
    • mankind quite soon. Equally it is my purpose to bring about
    • gathering. For the scene which I have described to you and
    • exhortation, resounds: In hearing the voice from the land of
    • which you are capable of hearing because of the inclination
    • saw the tongues of flame devouring our old Goetheanum. Today
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • just had the great misfortune of losing. My purpose in referring to
    • Society. Whatever anthroposophy brings forth must be built on a solid
    • dwindled somewhat during the three successive phases of
    • connection with the Goetheanum and is well-suited to restoring the
    • feelings that members of the Society could be harboring against any
    • What modern science dubs animism, picturing the ancients relying on
    • and colors assumed by spiritual elements. They could bring their
    • beautiful, but I can bring only a weak reflection of it to expression
    • activity. They believed that they were hearing thoughts whispered to
    • Nothing could be left in the awkward, stammering form typical of
    • intended to bring to expression through human beings as an adequate
    • medium events transpiring in the spiritual world. But this was not
    • element was pouring itself into sense perceptible forms beautifully
    • is confronted with the necessity of bringing forth new forms of the
    • spring welled up or a mountain thrust its cloud-crowned peak into the
    • nature. One gets a preview of the future, when man will bring to new
    • harboring seed forces, as bearing in its womb something that can come
    • Nowadays we regard plants as something that nature has to bring to
    • That gives the new religious ideal its modern coloring.
    • experiencing with it. Nature brings forth forms, but these could just
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • tiring to all concerned, was to try to create a situation in which
    • ensuring the Society's continuance in the immediate future.
    • which is one of the enterprises I was referring to, to convince you
    • has been the incurring by leading individuals — or at least by
    • preparing themselves for life at an educational institution. We need
    • he found them so terribly boring, and went instead to the pretzel
    • philistine characteristics and entering, as it always had, into what
    • sources will have to be drawn upon for its furthering.
    • searching during the first two decades of the twentieth century. Then
    • form it had assumed during its two decades — a form I need not
    • encountering in these young people was simply the keenest and most
    • radical fringe of an omnipresent element. This fact stood out only
    • bureaucratic spirit to spring up in the Society.
    • undertakings was the “Union for the Threefold Membering of the
    • the provisional steering committee, which was made up for various
    • were to be given a hearing in the persons of their delegates.
    • was being said was bringing the underlying realities of the situation
    • distinguish two types of feeling, two differing viewpoints, two sets
    • characteristics, demonstrated during the four days of the conference,
    • were wondering how life in this or that branch of the Society would
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • developed and made itself clearly felt during the discussions of
    • began — something has been stirring in contemporary souls, no
    • ago when a group of younger people came to me wanting to bring about
    • was of first concern to bring the Christ impulse to life in a way
    • must bring communities into being, that it must build religious
    • bring about the dissolution of the soul elements of the social order
    • point of nurturing a community building element.
    • entertaining common memories. Every word has a special coloring, a
    • words and actions bring to our experience on the physical plane a
    • the world view that prevailed during the period of intellectual soul
    • bring it to recognize its need for something further. This something
    • individuals are presently entering the Society, seeking anthroposophy
    • Modern human beings entering life today have stored up far too much
    • by other human beings, and the feeling impulse that can bring this
    • wakes up in the encounter with the soul of the other during the time
    • spiritual science brings us from super-sensible realms.
    • spiritual world. The cultus brings the super-sensible down into the
    • is to serve man as a real means of entering the spiritual world, it
    • has in reading that gives things the right coloring. That attitude
    • not referring to the meeting I reported on yesterday, which was held
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • physical world where he finds himself during his waking life.
    • coverings. The reality — and there is indeed reality in dreams
    • discovering their meaning studies not the pictures but the dramatic
    • concerns during that period. But when he wakes, he returns to a world
    • organism. A person suffering from it can shut himself off from
    • nature of anthroposophy is such as to bring this about in fullest
    • karma there. No matter what scene a dream may be picturing, one's
    • experiences at hand of colors pouring into one's eyes, of tones
    • pouring into one's ears, waking one out of the self-begotten pictures
    • little wisdom, one even takes pleasure in hearing people say
    • different at differing world levels. The stupidities of a person who
    • than one does to the physical will bring things of the spiritual
    • proper fostering of its life. For that life is not a matter of
    • answering us himself.” But others can deal with their
    • those interested in hearing them. Until 1918 the Society was just
    • to work at the task of restoring the Society to its true function.
    • and start bringing anthroposophy to the world's attention so that
  • Title: Hegel, Schopenhauer, Thought, Will
    Matching lines:
    • is my intention now to bring several viewpoints to you
    • European-German thought development, during the first half of
    • considering Schiller's aesthetic letters on the one hand and
    • striving for equilibrium — managed to bring about an
    • pouring into the essence of this earth life. The will element
    • Naturally we should never, in considering reality, schematize
    • will element, which rings right out through death and into the
    • Orient, it brings to expression Schopenhauer's relationship
    • resulting in Schopenhauer's scolding bringing him so far as to
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • occurring in our anthroposophical life, I want to call
    • enrapturing point in the life between death and a new
    • because the human being is still unaccustomed, during the
    • consciousness. And what we have to do during the first days
    • consciousness. We have to find our bearings and orientation
    • we succeed in so finding our bearings that, as it were, out
    • find its bearings, the will, which as you know and can
    • bearings in the supersensible world, when the first sally
    • from our sphere of observation during physical life, for
    • withdrawn from us during life between birth and death. We
    • those stirrings of will which lead us to our actions, to
    • merely for the purpose of covering with a veil what must be
    • you to act so, because it brings you certain pleasure
    • while a man is chattering with his cup of coffee before him
    • on the table, he is bringing his whole inner organism into
    • different examples. From the example of chattering we have
    • exist in life. And this brings the conflicts. How can the
    • (the narrator) is engaged and is to be married during the
    • the thoughts that were there during his friendship with the
    • for a time. During this period the narrator of the story
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • used during the further course of his life. The using of
    • these forces denotes a continual wearing out of the etheric
    • during earthly life in regard to death emanate from this
    • in the direction of the love and the reverence we bring to
    • matters as I tried to bring before you yesterday, derived
    • Clairvoyant vision of the death spectrum therefore brings
    • suffering through which humanity has passed — I do
    • not mean the individual suffering which springs from
    • egotism but the general suffering undergone by mankind as a
    • whole. Because of this general suffering it will be
    • described with poignant concreteness and self-surrendering
    • her twenties. Her mother brings her to Montreux and in her
    • to bring one word through her lips would have been able
    • hands and slowly hovering backwards, drew her with him,
    • the mountains, in the springs, but also in much that
    • spiritual world and is like a wellspring in this death
    • birth will give you a conception of what happens during
    • is not an act of external perception but an inner sharing
    • said, the human being has to find his bearings and
    • during the sad occasions caused by the recent loss of dear
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • been considering the Problem of Death.
    • were not formed as one forms words when one wants to bring
    • rightly in the spiritual world or for bringing anything at
    • falteringly to coin the words which were sought for there,
    • lifting itself out of the material coverings. That gives us
    • to rise into it, he must, as it were, bring something into
    • between birth and death. There are such men, men who bring
    • bring the conversation back to himself, but it was
    • pure wellspring of soul-existence and then try to place the
    • in whole hosts they flee from this pure spring of the
    • better said, for their karma to bring them into these
    • Especially during the
    • the object of declaring that our adherents accept
    • investigator to be told what he has to bring from the
    • springing from what we have here, something that could
  • Title: The Bridge between Morality and Nature
    Matching lines:
    • pointed out how, during the last hundred years, every world
    • mistaken observation, which prevents people from discovering an
    • towards answering this question: which kind of connection
    • being, will bring one no further. This scheme for humanity's
    • spiritual being of mankind in the course of time, during which
    • appearances are deceptive. It is namely so, that during the
    • becoming heavy, its weight overpowering when we wake in the
    • is not about considering the soul-spiritual on the one side and
    • love, by pouring itself into the physical bodily nature. How
    • love as a moral virtue during our life between birth and death.
    • us as soul-spiritual during our lives between birth and death,
    • During the world's development something happened to humanity,
    • times, during the post Atlantean time, which was higher still
    • decadence in the East. It couldn't bring about an order of
    • considering mankind, is something quite foreign to easterners.
    • further and further from their flowering it has come about that
  • Title: Spiritual Science, History, Reincarnation, Culture, Examples
    Matching lines:
    • to the next, one gradually arrives at considering things, I
    • considering how a person has more of this, or less of that,
    • before it and so on. We become accustomed to considering
    • considering the characteristics of the central European people
    • can the world view of those who in the course of time during
    • the earth, and who, during an entire row of generations,
    • relation to the earth's evolution, who, during the course of
    • During recent years I have made indications regarding these
    • to those peoples who were in America during the time Europeans
    • Great Spirit. This was already becoming decadent during the
    • European population had participated in during the course of
    • upbringing spent in their environment — because even outer
    • will now refer to people who lived during the time of migration
    • like those living in Europe during the first century — and were
    • actually the Indian souls during the time of conquest. What the
    • bodies now occupied by souls who had lived during the first
    • souls who lived just before and also during the time of the
    • essentially oriental souls during the time which I have just
    • towards only considering the merely anthropological, only
    • we are used to considering things today, they cannot be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Opponents to Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • aphorisms I want to bring things to your attention today. We
    • circles, but it is assumed that one brings together everything
    • experiences of this during the last weeks when certain
    • refrained from being expressed in gatherings, finds a way to
    • During conversations it also came out that Max Dessoir soon
    • We can't do this if today, during these earnest times of
    • happen to him while in the middle of lecturing and immersed
    • towers” during revolutions and riots; something can be
    • objective style, which is necessary in bringing to expression
    • way. One must see out of which sewers such Dadaism springs
    • hill — during a time when malice is basically attributed
    • really earnest words! Before this journey I simply had to bring
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 1: The Experience of Major and Minor
    Matching lines:
    • arms. But this gesture will not ring true if you have never tried to
    • the world, and I want to feel that I too am here.’ The bringing of one
    • preparing your way. I run along my arms when I make the movement for
    • being’ (for in spite of the fact that I go out, I am entering
    • am entering into my spiritual being in o or in oo,
    • Thus in uttering the sound ah you actually sense something
    • feel how speech brings us into a relationship with the outer world,
    • bring about therapeutic results.
    • could seriously bring home to ourselves is that we tend to push (schieben)
    • and the movement, with what you add with the left arm bringing about
    • bring that which you have in front out of the minor into the major;
    • and the minor moods and the transition between them, we are really entering
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 2: Experience and Gesture; the Intervals
    Matching lines:
    • activity in the larynx and its neighbouring organs. Feeling is at work
    • in the organs connected with hearing, speech and singing when he sings
    • he would never be able to cease uttering this sound; he would have to
    • entering into movement, while following in the direction of this gesture.
    • dreadful to see a eurythmist sitting down tired during a rehearsal,
    • a singer does. With a singer it depends upon his entering right into
    • which have to be considered before entering more deeply into the gestures
    • 1. It has a bourgeois ring in German. Translator's
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 3: Melodic Movement; the Ensouling of the Three Dimensions through Pitch, Rhythm and Beat
    Matching lines:
    • to bring movement into the gesture.
    • possible for you to imagine that by your going out, the seventh brings
    • produced in the first place in order to be heard, whereas eurythmy brings
    • effect, helping to bring the condition back to normal.
    • And now, bearing in mind
    • you have just played (single notes in an ascending progression) to bring
    • something similar to the gestures we have been discussing during these
    • the impossibility of bearing time within ourselves; we live, during
    • to arrange them in the right way. As you know, it all depends on mastering
    • you in the most eminent sense to bring the human personality, the human
    • able to bring out that which cannot be heard, the more you use the audible
    • delight not in the position, but in the bringing about of the positions,
    • is the bringing-into-movement of the right-left: right leg, left leg,
    • to the scale. The movements of eurythmy bring this about of themselves.
    • These movements rendering the formations of the musical sounds, also
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 4: The Progression of Musical Phrases; Swinging Over; the Bar Line
    Matching lines:
    • spirit lies, which you are endeavouring to express. The spirit also
    • even listen into the words, discovering in the words what lies behind
    • brings the human being into movement. And here already it is quite easy
    • and Gipfel is not quite finished, but left hovering in the
    • and musically, when the movements for the vowels are left hovering,
    • But this also brings the
    • exercises in lecturing and essay-writing. This student arrived one day,
    • soughing winds, bubbling springs, ‘a brook in March’, [30] and so on.
    • times did bring about many cures. But because the musical element comes
  • Title: Eurthmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 5: Choral Eurythmy
    Matching lines:
    • During this course of lectures on tone eurythmy, I have often found
    • pouring everything that is audible into visibility: Now, after all,
    • do not love it, preferring to remain in the audible realm,
    • it a great deal of eurythmy. You actually see Melos pouring
    • near especially to atonal music. Thus, by transferring to a chorus,
    • into the grouping, you bring a challenge, and you can no longer remain
    • ‘What we do is the outcome of an intrinsic necessity.’ This is no infringement
    • which rings true when sung to this peculiar progression of notes, namely,
    • can love the Greek civilization for its way of entering into the sculptural,
    • It was a short-lived civilization, bringing about its own dissolution.
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 6: The Sustained Note; the Rest; Discords
    Matching lines:
    • It consists in comparing a sequence of vowels, such as: Lieb ist
    • you can have a longer rest during which the bar line occurs — then you
    • the person remaining standing moves a shorter curve, during which time
    • you feel things in this way will you be able to bring out the actual
    • actually there in order to calm the discords, to bring the discord to
    • in the rest, (Pause: ‘rest’, ‘pause’), even bringing more and more into
    • fact that, in order to bring out certain effects in a poem, it is absolutely
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 7: Musical Physiology; the Point of Departure; Intervals; Cadences
    Matching lines:
    • Try the following: Bring your arms and hands into movement before you
    • do not exactly climb but make use of their fore-paws when tearing their
    • is, of course, impossible to work out the actual exercises during these
    • in the musical element that which brings about a close for musical feeling
    • this in eurythmy? In the fashioning of your movement you have to bring
    • is made of transferring the inner impulse of feeling from collar-bone
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 8: Pitch (ethos and pathos), Note Values, Dynamics, Changes of Tempo
    Matching lines:
    • pass on some things which will bring our studies of tone eurythmy to
    • must I employ to bring this or that to expression?’
    • we saw that in its more physical, bodily aspect, movement springs from
    • which tends towards the intellect is also felt. Pitch, in all its differing
    • Note values bring the human being into a certain connection with the
    • the way we have learned. This may be accompanied by bringing out note
    • either a sequence or an answering phrase, the repetitive sequence or
    • latter type stronger in a four-bar phrase, let's say, and bring out
    • terrible amount there is to do!’ But bring imagination to your aid and
    • have a musical phrase which you cannot bring to a conclusion. I am not
    • the first hearing, and everything becomes hurried and mixed up.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 1: Probability and Chance
    Matching lines:
    • be to regress to the state of a child gradually discovering what some
    • Faust in the last analysis? If we think as the materialists do, picturing
    • nonexistent. One cannot assume that a haphazard scattering of type could
    • Goethe's Faust could have originated from a mere scattering
    • unspeakably foolish. I could never even bring myself to believe
    • I have no wish to extend my calculations to figuring out the degree
    • had been set before a typecase to bring forth his Faust. But neither
    • they have figured out, and simple-minded because they don t have a glimmering
    • What is the point of bringing up such matters?
    • Why, to call attention to how difficult it is to get at truth by stringing
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 2: Consciousness in Sleeping and Waking States
    Matching lines:
    • the wear and tear of work and of our other activities during waking
    • are really secreted during day-waking consciousness and destroyed again
    • in a particular age. That will provide the right basis for bringing
    • states. Certain life-questions can be answered simply by considering
    • It is quite natural, in considering the problem
    • studied during ordinary waking consciousness. Even what a person comes
    • be interesting him. A person who has no interest in hearing a lecture
    • man during the ancient sun period. It is the same consciousness we share
    • outside it. Since we have left our bodies during sleep, we actually
    • light and darkness, bringing about the cycle of daytime and nighttime.
    • But this brings up the big questions we will be concerning ourselves
    • only by inquiring into the kind of consciousness involved. It is, for
    • beings are really outside their bodies during sleep. So they see the
    • we become conscious during sleep. We have all had the experience of
    • The wearing of clothes originated as a means
    • of consciousness. But while sleeping and waking bring about sharply
    • is a nuance of consciousness bordering on sleep. But if somebody beats
    • certain other subjects. These are two distinctly differing nuances of
    • bring abstract concepts closer to the layman's understanding, making
    • first, namely, to serve as a preliminary text requiring further
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 3: Necessity and Chance in Historical Events
    Matching lines:
    • need to bring the right light to bear on the concepts chance, necessity,
    • concrete images we have been considering.
    • of this kind occurring in the relatively great expanse of nature and
    • recognizes! Now he takes a positive stand, declaring his refusal to
    • Goethe's Faust: this can be quite shattering if we take it
    • the past hour. Just imagine transferring into the mind of Faust the
    • epoch and how the various facts occurring during these cultural periods
    • over matter, and harmony then exists between the mastering idea and
    • himself into the world of ideas and then rediscovering in the world
    • “Deducing” was the term used to denote a rediscovering in the
    • of discovering any element of necessity. But now let's imagine just
    • night consciousness. I am referring to distinct memories of past experiences.
    • Consider the fact that sleeping consciousness doesn't involve remembering
    • two sharply different states of consciousness, but three of them. Remembering
    • The important thing about remembering is more than just being aware
    • of something; we recapitulate awareness of it. Remembering makes sense
    • the very peak of perfection, our remembering is actually only just beginning
    • the remembering process?” Another question must be answered first,
    • is if you are not satisfied with a meager picturing of it; in most cases
    • bringing people slightly into motion and enlivening the dreadfully lazy
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 4: Necessity as Past Subjectivity
    Matching lines:
    • One can't help thinking of this on hearing
    • a curiously uncertain way of gesturing and glancing. These are very
    • that they open up a reliable route to answering questions that Mauthner
    • in addition to sleeping and waking. Remembering is still in its infancy;
    • of earlier experiences. This recognition will bring these experiences
    • with those beings who reigned during the sun period. And we can picture
    • were active during the period of that sun existence as similar to us
    • during that period that are retained in present-day physical aspects
    • gods were free to make this or that decision during the Saturn period,
    • once having made it, they were no longer free during the moon evolution
    • past inhering in situations as necessity than we can change what happened
    • is the recurring past, and what has taken place cannot be dismissed.
    • the nature of necessity in us is of the past and is merely bringing
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 5: Necessity and Past, Chance and Present
    Matching lines:
    • striving for clarity about just such concepts as we have been considering
    • strengthening our minds and thinking by taking in and thoroughly mastering
    • occasion to discuss, he inserted a passage referring to this avoidance
    • affects the present, appearing in reflection in it. But let us recall
    • human perception during ordinary waking consciousness. Human beings
    • reflected by our hearing organism. Our entire perceptive organism is
    • with others without bringing about reflection in the cosmic process,
    • strings, and no reflection were to come about in you as described because
    • in death may we bring in the concept of necessity, realizing that necessity
    • On an occasion of great suffering, Goethe
    • immortal individual engaged in a continuous bringing forth of what is
    • necessary.” That is, bringing forth something, and when it has
    • Goethe wrote this sentence while experiencing great suffering, suffering
    • that the rational world, the human race, brings forth what is necessary,
    • was in the throes of great suffering. A great deal of life is packed
    • to spiritual truths, instead of bringing their accustomed habits to
    • and conscientiousness, tracking down their wanderings and transformations.
    • and exerts itself to remember when remembering is required is a
    • to you how, in this respect too, furthering what we are developing in
    • continuously bringing necessity about and thus establishing dominion
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 6: Imaginative Cognition Leaves Insights of Natural Science Behind
    Matching lines:
    • comparison. I said that upon entering that world the thoughts we were
    • forms, referring however to those thought-forms based on mental images
    • blossoming, the blossoms wilting, fruits appearing, and so on. Goethe
    • under favorable conditions encountering the elemental world of the gnomes,
    • a sharing in everything on earth that is inwardly alive and streams
    • life. It is a sharing with the earth reminiscent too of the ancient
    • of time registering barometric readings in various localities. And he
    • has spread out over that nature as an outer covering. Hidden beneath
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 7: The Physical Body Binds Us to the Physical World
    Matching lines:
    • bring this about through the fact that they bear within themselves certain
    • during our life on the physical plane. But we come to know what the
    • body, from the second condition that soon follows it, and brings about
    • and can gather from it that the various factors preparing us for rebirth,
    • for a new incarnation in a physical body, must be brought together during
    • having had an incarnation during which we laid the foundation for certain
    • between death and rebirth of bringing to development the potentialities
    • There is a riddle I want to bring up here
    • etheric body to the world as a whole brings us closer to this riddle.
    • during an incarnation in such a way that when we have come to its close,
    • preparing to organize the physical body of his next incarnation was
    • brings forth all the fruits of the life we have lived through up to
    • during the few days during which we have the tableau before us.
    • the etheric body during the days it has spent there. The astral body
    • a great deal during their physical earth lives, for their physical bodies
    • Now the soul-differentiations we bring with
    • on the possibility of pouring into the physical body what an individual
    • You see how spiritual science can bring about
    • and maturing of human soul-capacities.
    • us. And as we develop a feeling for community from our suffering,
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 8: Death, Physical Body and Etheric Body
    Matching lines:
    • Let's be quite exact in picturing our ego
    • the desire to return to the physical body, so the longing we have during
    • maintaining awareness of our physical body during the time between death
    • This remembering of our physical body is
    • the means whereby we are enabled to know ourselves as egos during the
    • able to derive for themselves from that person during his lifetime?
    • that part of itself that was a person's body during his lifetime.
    • of everything that has happened to him and that has, during his life
    • during his lifetime. The heavens have bound man's etheric body into
    • brings about a moral deepening of our souls, while at the same time
    • from our consciousness, picturing ourselves in a world occupied by souls,
    • feelings. I have often described the situation as an entering into our
    • only souls exist. Or, every soul here is harboring something like an
    • from it. Otherwise we would have had to keep on picturing the breaking
    • of the vase every minute of our waking life during the past five days.
    • by beings during the ancient sun and moon periods. Now they have objective
    • as we carry memory-images for the period of time since we began remembering.
    • back during the time after death, we encounter the moment of dying,
    • with such an impression, first brings those who die young together with
    • bring us is an essential ingredient of our creative work on mankind's
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • what will concern us during the next few days. Education is
    • change, a renewal. And yet, when hearing the various ideas on
    • education spring from?
    • theories during this conference, I want to approach our theme
    • early school days. I am referring to the memoirs of
    • this were so, because what affects children during lessons
    • bring to their pupils.
    • child brings certain needs to education. He points out in a
    • Considering the myriad impulses for educational reform, one
    • one has had the misfortune of suffering from a bad one? On the
    • springs from the deepest needs of our present culture.
    • and methods regarding this problem. I am referring to them here
    • the famous professor of esthetics, was lecturing in Munich.
    • When considering the question of aptitude for writing and
    • about what happens in children during these three periods.
    • child, working toward liberation during the change of teeth,
    • becoming freed and reappearing in a different guise as the
    • imagines: three lines at right angles to one another hovering
    • constructions, but only during the age when they are still
    • hands in prayer during childhood, cannot spread them in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • nature of the growing human being, bearing in mind the later
    • during a lifetime. Children are different beings depending on
    • in the care of the class teacher — or during the stage
    • in entirely different ways during each of the first three
    • during the first three years than he does during his three
    • is acquired for the whole of life during the time when children
    • quality of mirroring, or reflecting, outer nature and its
    • larynx with its neighboring organs, since these are used for
    • the animal's larynx and its neighboring organs. If, for
    • be shaped only by the larynx and its neighboring organs, but
    • organization. This is how the differing organizations of the
    • so we see how during the early period of childhood the human
    • essence by comparing it with animal development. If an animal
    • human being during the first three years of life is given over
    • find our relationship during these three years to statics and
    • many things. But the most fundamental factor during the first
    • unless this imbalance has been put right during the subsequent
    • previously, I was referring to the opposite, namely to a lack
    • stammering. If one finds a tendency toward stammering in
    • let us consider the entire human organism and see how during
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • between what is internal and what is external. When considering
    • must always bear in mind that, pre-eminently during the first
    • happening there, so human beings during the first period of
    • only in deeply religious devotion or during participation in a
    • religious ritual. This soul attitude is strongest during the
    • horse's mouth during his demonstrations. This ensured an
    • destiny during earthly life.
    • see, what has been working physically during the first period
    • experience of religious devotion. During this time of childhood
    • as a natural religious reverence during the years leading to
    • attitude of their parents is very low during the years spent in
    • pictorial. Pictures work on the senses. Altogether, during the
    • bring to the child through language.
    • children. People whose voices have a ring of tenderness, as if
    • through a voluntary surrender to authority during
    • Just as during the first period of life children imitate all of
    • the surrounding activities, so also during the second period of
    • language in their presence during the second period of
    • Everything we bring must speak to them, and if this does not
    • and thinking. Likewise, activities occurring around the child,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • considerations during this conference. I have also told you
    • impulses already implanted during the first seven years. They
    • stirring within their pupils; for there is more here than meets
    • the eye in these life-stirrings when children enter school.
    • them to recognize what is inwardly stirring and moving in these
    • entailed in bringing up and educating children from birth until
    • bordering on the level of animal life.
    • methods, and this just during the early years of childhood up
    • during those middle years from seven to fourteen.
    • Particularly during the nineteenth century, programs for
    • Children bring formative forces with them, forces eager to flow
    • work together with what the child wants inwardly during and
    • most damaging effects, just during the age of seven to nine,
    • communicate likes and dislikes. When hearing a dog's
    • description, you will not achieve anything during the eighth to
    • for what is living and for what is truly real. If you bring
    • qualities. Imagine contemporary philosophers pondering the
    • bring something to children that is not a whole, they
    • folded together like a closed fan. This is how one can bring
    • prepared for during an earlier stage. And thus the question
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • uncritical veneration. Of course I am not referring to any kind
    • the ninth year, and especially during the seventh to ninth
    • During the initial period of life — that is, from birth
    • after this event, with the result that, between entering school
    • teacher tries to explain the subjects during the first school
    • What children really want during this stage is for everything
    • — is more important than acquiring knowledge step by
    • during the change of teeth. I have compared this with a
    • spectators. During this time teachers have to work with their
    • This sharing in the world's creativity is just the thing our
    • but laugh. This is very understandable. But considering the
    • of teeth. During these early years the etheric body and all the
    • nature of the etheric has a quality all its own. During the
    • comprehend, but will gradually ripen during the coming years of
    • bring to their classes only what lies within their pupils'
    • everything a teacher brings has to be inwardly mobile and
    • established in the child's organism. This is why, during the
    • During this same time — roughly between the ninth and
    • dynamic impression; until a particular time during the Middle
    • to this new situation in the classroom, one has to bring about
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • personally bring the social environment and its ethical
    • here briefly during the last few days. As always, much depends
    • on how one's material is brought to the students during
    • however, gratitude will develop very spontaneously during this
    • toward us, especially during the first period of life. This
    • experience gratitude, for example, when entering a beautiful
    • whole human being during the first period of life, will
    • love, reaching the physical level, is given only during the
    • gratitude during the first period of the child's life, is the
    • would like to return to what I said during one of the last few
    • is how it is when, during various stages of childhood, we bring
    • the right thing to children at the right time. If, during the
    • develops from the child's tender life-stirrings during the time
    • a kind of Moloch who devours his own offspring, inasmuch as, if
    • for whatever is taught during the early days at school. If we
    • sleeping-dreaming. (Here I am referring to the child's
    • during the ages from eleven and a half, or eleven and
    • the outbreath is what produces this acidity. I am referring to
    • the other hand, an in-breathing of soul brings an inherent
    • right touch during this particular age. If teachers could feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • educational aims without considering whether or not one might
    • be worked out. In it I made the following points: During the
    • to fulfill the necessary requirements for entering
    • period of development, as already described during a previous
    • retrospect, one could say that during the first three grades
    • the real difficulties begin during the following years, for out
    • Nevertheless, entering school at about six is still the result
    • arbitrarily establishing the age for entering school at the
    • with this compromise during the first three years. Admittedly,
    • another school during this time because of circumstance, one is
    • of the science of genetics.] a botanist who lived during the
    • stringent. Because of a shortage of teachers at the time, even
    • bring to maturity later on, one must nevertheless be ready to
    • to leave during the third grade, a student who has not yet
    • the good and hate the evil, then during the time of sexual
    • religiousness during the time before the change of teeth, which
    • provision in our curricula and schedules for preparing pupils
    • already becoming very difficult indeed to bring pupils to the
    • thoroughly another time. But what happened was that, during
    • on the other hand, is the offspring of true knowledge of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture VIII:
    Matching lines:
    • superficially outline during the last few days regarding
    • into each other during the child's early years until the change
    • referring to the psychopathic outburst of a psychopath, but to
    • organism, from the head downward, is so active during these
    • illness that occur during these years are due to outer
    • be part of whatever we do with our classes, particularly during
    • adherents do not realize that every soul and spiritual stirring
    • of this course was to bring the fundamental and comprehensive thought
    • been lost gradually during the nineteenth and twentieth
    • During the years after the Waldorf school founding, shorter
    • Mercury Press, Spring Valley, NY, 1990;
    • expressed during the meetings that is important, but that a
    • sharing such questions of common interest greatly contributed
    • the infinite number of herring eggs, distributed all over the
    • seas, with the number of herrings actually born, and you could
    • know of the powerful spiritual effects the dead herring eggs
    • have on the growing herrings. A certain number of eggs have to
    • religious or Christian. For instance, the main theme during a
    • impulses, which can be implanted only during childhood, are for
    • hardening. What one has absorbed through one's upbringing and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Introduction to a Eurythmy Performance
    Matching lines:
    • During the course of life, a human being progresses from the
    • is involved with a kind of gesturing. This form of gesturing,
    • then soul and spirit are pouring into the individual's entire
    • approach is in the speaker's ability to bring out various
    • being poets want to give to the world what they bring down into
    • expression through the medium of eurythmy. Hearing the
    • must not confuse it with the neighboring arts of mime and
    • referring to the actual art of mime, but only to the odd
    • overpowering to the eurythmist or the onlooker. Through the
    • differentiate eurythmy from its neighboring arts. Seeing it on
    • be tolerant. During its earlier stages only one side of
    • of eurythmy will be improved in many ways during the coming
    • occupied at the University of Berlin. He has been lecturing on
    • unnecessary that he continue lecturing about it, and so he
    • the other hand, particular qualities are created by altering
    • permits a multiplicity of possibilities for bringing out an
    • During various discussions the question was raised about the
    • wider circles of anthroposophists in the world. During the
    • fourteen and older.] For whatever springs from the impulses of
    • institutions are certain to spring up from sheer necessity. And
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Colour and the Human Races: Lecture I: The Nature of Color
    Matching lines:
    • a difference if one brings a blind man into a bright room with
    • darkening the room, covering the window with black paper, and
    • hand our whole body works to bring oxygen into the eye so that
    • the red and the yellow and so on; they do not bring the two
    • But the painter must bring them together:
    • The public does not bring painting and the
    • call up all the oxygen in me and renew myself, bring about
    • If I therefore bring a pale person into a
    • in the open air. During their sleep they were not exposed to
    • body, for during sleep he experiences the whole heavens. It
  • Title: Colour and the Human Races: Lecture II: Color and the Human Races
    Matching lines:
    • But now besides this European coloring we
    • bordering on Europe: Asia, England, Ireland; here Japan, China;
    • no more and one brings it into the light, then it appears
    • burn it then it yields it, but if we only bring it into the air
    • They could not make out how to bring the proper forward motion
    • peculiarity of acquiring somewhat longer arms. The arms and
    • not exactly a quality to bring one
  • Title: Development of the child up to puberty
    Matching lines:
    • at a true observation of what works in an important way during
    • power gradually works into the bodily aspect during the first
    • during the first seven years of life.
    • As a result of this the child often in fact brings a particular
    • freed during the change of teeth, sharply outlined concepts now
    • that it's during this period of the child's life when there is
    • the soul during dentition, are growing forces. Of course a
    • and see to growth, while a part of this is freed during
    • brings physicality into an inner movement which is related to
    • processes. The first meaningful process appearing as a result
    • actually breathe in what brings on puberty, which also gives us
    • astral and ether bodies direct their chief attack during the
    • what happens through Inspiration during the breathing process
    • body from the physical body during sleep. The child namely
    • bodies even during asleep. From this time the I lights up as an
    • we are during sleep
    • particularly during this age in which we receive such
    • we are asleep in our will even during the day, what becomes
    • logic brings you closer to deriving it. This is something which
    • fruitfully bring clarification into the psychological areas and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Prehistory: Lecture I: The Threefoldness of Space and the Unity of Time
    Matching lines:
    • contrast in the world of which I have spoken during recent weeks. My
  • Title: Cosmic Prehistory: Lecture II: Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • that the materialistic age can bring to man cannot be taken with him
    • what took place during this sleep. There are forces and powers which
    • During the passage through the Saturn, Sun, Moon periods, Beings of
    • and spirit — rectilinearly; the Luciferic brings us always into
    • him by the ear and whispering all the fine reasons the self-believed
  • Title: Cosmic Prehistory: Lecture III: Romanism and Freemasonry
    Matching lines:
    • If we bring to mind what
    • will bring, it about that when the Earth has reached the goal of its
    • the spirit and its ordering, in which man too is placed, with what is
    • in the spirit-ordering. For true reality cannot be found in the abstract
    • to study the spirit-orderings themselves. Moreover what has taken place
    • springing up everywhere. That is the great anxiety for civilisation
    • social order, find on the path of reality, not by simply comparing the
    • was in fact a gathering together of what I had stated in various forms
    • organism. Yet during the illness it serves as a protection for the
    • put up with him really only on account of the protecting of the wall-ring.
    • impress people in spite of misleading and alluring them, because they
    • but that's done with; one must not bring that about of oneself. To work
    • Just as the traditional element and false idealism in the head brings
    • does materialism bring about the development of the spiritual in the
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 2: The Entrance of Christianity into the Course of Earth Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • legend from the performances given here, that of Olaf Åsteson.
    • a human being experiences immediately in his environment during his
    • Think of all this entering
    • Someone in that era pondering on the course of our earth evolution would
    • then, through the Christ pouring Himself into humanity, evolution moves
    • remotest degree with anything appearing in spatial images, not even
    • grandparents, etc., ignoring the fact that the soul comes from spiritual
    • is in relation to the newborn Impulse that is now entering world evolution
    • speaking during these days.
    • recent years, surely cannot help wondering whether some sort of light
    • of the great suffering of humanity at the present time, who have no
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 3: Brotherliness and Freedom ...
    Matching lines:
    • of view: one is concerned with the differences occurring in mankind
    • through the gate of death. That is to say: while at birth he brings
    • declines during the course of physical life, it is just during his physical
    • only during his very earliest years was experienced in ancient times
    • social life which only ceased when during the Greco-Latin epoch this
    • fifties. Then during the ancient Persian epoch mankind grew younger:
    • back to the end of a man's forties. During the Egypto-Chaldean epoch
    • it came between the thirty-fifth and the forty-second year. During the
    • of Golgotha can be regarded as something intensely alive during the
    • which is taken up so little today — unless he brings to life within
    • to develop the impulse for freedom to full strength during the remainder
    • knowledge as a new Christmas thought. Mankind must know that we bring
    • from God the Father, and is given to us to bring to earth. Then brotherliness
    • imagine the condition of the souls living in civilized Europe during
    • the Christian era, for human beings to bring very much with them from
    • the Greek thinking was the result of pondering over imaginations that
    • Today we are at the beginning of it. During the fourth post-Atlantean
    • into this life. Now the human being confronts this world bringing nothing
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 4: Contrasting Principles of Ancient and Modern Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • again — eight of them were usually specified. During his initiation
    • Anyone who tries to find spirits, wanting to bring them into space as
    • the sense world through what it brings, because what it brings, what
    • better.) This was connected with the possibility of considering the
    • only in an elementary way—brings us to a true perception of repeated
    • consciousness, he will acquire during the Vulcan evolution.
    • bringing understanding to the Mystery of Golgotha.
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 5: The Change in the Human Soul Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • times, which is what we have been chiefly considering. People's way of
    • the evolution of mankind, even during historical times. Such an inner
    • to which I am now referring, directed toward our immediate future, is
    • in his will as he is of events during sleep; but just as he knows that
    • he has slept, in spite of knowing nothing about himself during sleep,
    • in our consciousness that springs from some reality of our own body,
    • in one of the contrasting phenomena we were considering. You can observe
    • perception. During this entire evolution of human consciousness the
    • not give him imaginations; he must bring the imaginations to them. And
    • to bring them to objectivity for yourself.
    • bringing inspirations and intuitions. These are really received from
    • for one unless one brings a language to them. They keep the imaginations
    • himself can bring to it. What I have indicated as one kind of social
    • forms, traditional symbols, traditional dogmas. Something must bring
    • perpetuated in the old way; they would bring nothing but aridity and
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 6: Transformation of the Human Being in the Course of Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • reflection, for example, in the development of the Christ concept during
    • have indicated to you that people are endeavoring today, wherever possible,
    • that people were no longer able to bring to life within themselves anything
    • been speaking during these days, especially yesterday.
    • to bring them to a certain state of soul.
    • we are still concerned with the expiring Greco-Latin period. Then the
    • fading-out during the twelfth, thirteenth and fourteenth centuries of
    • at the beginning of today's lecture. What is occurring now subconsciously
    • at rest, all that is enduring. Brunetto Latini's concern was to describe
    • more about this presently — to bring to effective expression this
    • significant effect of inspiring Dante, Latini's pupil, for the Divina
    • this world. Thus, before entering into the sense-region one should endeavor
    • — then by means of the skull you are really inquiring into the
    • perhaps it may be done by referring again to Brunetto Latini. Latini
    • his being. Something comes over him of which we may say that it brings
    • it as it is undergoing the process of transformation during short periods.
    • the middle and during the last third of the nineteenth century there
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 7: Experiences of the Old Year and Outlook over the New Year (part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • life and also our soul during the course of the year. We may well cast
    • wish to bring you this evening may perhaps be looked upon as an insertion,
    • upon our experiences during its passing, we meet with many difficulties.
    • for the development of our etheric body. Comparing ourselves with the
    • year on this New Year's Eve unaware that in our experience during the
    • at the most ten or twelve; for during that much time you would have
    • the whole soul-mood, and coloring all our subjective life. It is something
    • other worlds are preparing their Saturn period, still others their Sun
    • the world—this brings about the other adjustment: the reducing,
    • receive what can only be suitably received during old age. Youth uses
    • fulfilled. — Life has a sobering effect upon us.
    • What can the future bring? What can possibly evolve out of all that
    • referring not only to the dried-up, self-satisfied materialists, but
    • spiritual reality which alone can bring healing for all that is now
    • to bring before our souls the message Walther Rathenau
    • and solemn suffering, in the sadness of separation, in the heat of lament,
    • also had the courage to say these things during the war.
    • North Sea. And a despairing horde, a spirit alien to European ways,
    • celebrated during the last four years but also as it was celebrated
    • again during these years? — years in which we have always been
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 8: Experiences of the Old Year and Outlook over the New Year (part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual life that is pouring into the common life of all mankind.
    • indeed pouring into their life. So there is a significant situation:
    • on the one hand, the wave is actually pouring itself into life and is
    • impact of this spiritual wave. Nor can they prevent it from entering
    • by the war. This catastrophe that is occurring in mankind takes different
    • is the time when spiritual beings wishing to bring humanity the consciousness
    • his soul. For that way of thinking is not suited to bring up into consciousness
    • such persons can bring calamity upon mankind. It is most important that
    • ways to form thoughts. One is the dismembering, differentiating way
    • influence of thinking that is dismembering, thinking that is differentiating.
    • that are tearing man asunder. It must be clearly distinguished from
    • of thinking. In contrast to the dismembering kind, it is a shape-forming
    • none of the dismembering character that you find in all modern science.
    • at what is coming. This particular moment offers us, indeed, a shattering
    • logical consequence lies, for instance, in thinking that is dismembering,
    • to bring sharp intellectual shrewdness down into the realm where intelligence
    • has been carried on in Russia during the last two decades to bring about
    • is entering the world.
    • normally brings into action in individual human beings, for his subjective
    • to bring to pass in at least a few souls after the New Year's Eve retrospect
  • Title: Community Life: Address 1: The Goesch-Sprengel Situation - Part 1
    Matching lines:
    • to bring it to the attention of each individual member of the
    • as gravely endangering our movement. The relationships you create between
    • confidence in the person delivering the blow is not shaken, it also
    • among the critics spring in part from the justified feeling that even
    • nowadays are capable of recognizing your errors as such, remembering
    • now necessary process of restructuring life in our spiritual movement.
    • they will have to bring about a complete separation between the teacher
    • way I am, you would be hearing the same kind of stupid esoteric views
    • Shortly thereafter that person returned, bringing Mrs. Goesch and the
    • made for lecturing on esoteric teachings. I have also often pointed
    • have been appearing, and I leave it up to each one of you to judge whether
    • symptom of something flaring up here, there, and everywhere. I will
  • Title: Community Life: Address 2: The Goesch-Sprengel Situation - Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • only after but during the reading of Mr. Goesch's letter, that we are
    • upbringing and so on) they have no particular interest in getting rid
    • let the matter at hand speak for itself. And that brings me to the issue
    • letter to make each year twice as long. Barring that, I have to be permitted
    • the movement who are not only unsparing in their criticism — their
    • criticism would actually be a good thing — but unsparing with
    • general and myself in particular, there have been ever-recurring insinuations
    • many diatribes that have appeared, slandering us and myself in particular.
    • not such a terribly important event, considering our years of working
    • for a consultation. There was something very sad that I had to say during
    • Considering the claims of
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 1: Requirements of Our Life together in the Anthroposophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • to do this by means of a society whose members are preparing, through
    • must try to bring about real connections between members. It goes a
    • above that, he was wearing leggings and some kind of cape-like garment
    • of the elemental world during the week when they were eating salt and
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 2: The Anthroposophical Society as a Living Being
    Matching lines:
    • the Society as a place for fostering what is expressed in these three
    • our own. We must preclude the possibility of first hearing about some
    • really have to consider in detail the lectures given during the time
    • That will not bring about any fundamental change or any fundamental
    • I know compels me to consider bringing spiritual science to human beings
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 3: Swedenborg: An Example of Difficulties in Entering the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • Swedenborg: An Example of Difficulties in Entering the Spiritual World
    • in Entering Spiritual Worlds
    • to be extremely conscientious when we talk about entering the spiritual
    • made Swedenborg realize that hearing words and seeing gestures is not
    • are more than a few people who imagine that being at a gathering of
    • stick your hand right through them. Because we bring our habits of perception
    • freed himself from this illusion, at least not during the incarnation
    • be pandering to people's unwillingness to exert themselves, and asking
    • task during the stage of planetary existence we call the Sun stage,
    • mortals. With this in mind, we might imagine that the gods' referring
    • to trees may have something to do with this divine language. Considering
    • Thus, the Elohim were referring to something inherent in human
    • from also acquiring knowledge through the ether body. That has been
    • if you recall that the gods in question evolved during the Sun period
    • For a moment, just reflect on the fact that during the ancient Saturn
    • period, everything was at the mineral level, while during the ancient
    • during the Sun period, it is natural for them not to speak of things
    • that could only be experienced later, during the Moon and Earth stages
    • of evolution, but about what evolved in the universe during the Sun
    • what confronts you and bringing it into connection with everything life
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 4: Methods and Rational of Freudian Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • CONSIDERING the
    • of its very nature and the influence it allowed me to exert, to bringing
    • example, something can make an impression on a person during childhood
    • Through questioning during psychoanalysis, these subconscious proliferating
    • During the early years of
    • on the person in question during his or her childhood.
    • Considering the obsessions
    • have been if Miss Sprengel, as a person suffering from this fear, had
    • of Moritz Benedikt (who spent his life trying to bring morality into
    • suffering from sexual deviance, in most cases the appropriate response
    • and what they bring with them when they come to us.
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 5: Sexuality and Modern Clairvoyance, Freudian Psychoanalysis and Swedenborg as a Seer
    Matching lines:
    • or upbringing. We are only free of subjectivity when we have really
    • at all. But why was Swedenborg barred from entering the world of higher
    • them with his sense of sight or hear them with his sense of hearing
    • this that human beings during their evolution on earth are provided
    • with a force that expresses itself as sexuality during earthly life,
    • to participate in gatherings in which spiritual scientific matters were
    • gatherings. This measure prevented the men from mixing the two spheres
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 6: The Concept of Love as it Relates to Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • with the theme we have been considering for the past few days and begin
    • doing so even during Roman, Greek, and Egyptian time — in fact,
    • transform by fostering a spiritual-scientific philosophy of life.
    • philosophical concepts during the past few hundred years, as is revoltingly
    • that Mauthner brings up the particular way in which a woman friend of
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 7: The Philosophy of Psychoanalysis as Illuminated by an Anthroposophical Understanding of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • aware of the principle of first discovering the right perspective became
    • effort of keeping an eye on the people entering until all members are
    • evolution began during the ancient Saturn period and that it continued
    • during the Sun period, when etheric development set in, and so on. But
    • human being would have looked like during the Saturn stage. Nothing
    • bears the slightest resemblance to human physical existence during the
    • was like during that evolutionary period. So if we want to understand
    • existence during the Saturn stage
    • of structures corresponding to physical human nature during the Saturn
    • physical existence during the Sun period, which represents a progression
    • as the level required for comprehending human physical nature during
    • human nature as it evolved during the Moon period, a still less elevated
    • we come to our physical nature during the Earth stage of evolution.
    • of cognition is the natural one for human beings during life on Earth,
    • beings have descended during the course of their physical evolution
    • of any spiritual science. Thus, when considering our physical body,
    • place during growth and development, that a growing human being allows
  • Title: Migrations ...: Lecture 1: The Social Homunculus
    Matching lines:
    • During these lectures
    • conditions, so that the working class itself may bring about a change
    • class should bring about, in the present struggle, a new non-capitalistic
    • that a right comprehension, a right understanding of life can bring about
    • contradiction which has found its place in modern life! During the past
    • the greatest influence of all: The course of development during the
    • I have come across again and again during the last months — I
    • During the present time
    • during the last phase of human development, thus producing a diseased
    • During unsound times,
    • think soundly rejoice over this. During the time which led to our present
    • social catastrophe, during the time in which the social cancerous growth,
    • an ethical, spiritual kind, should be called in for this. When considering
  • Title: Migrations ...: Lecture 2: What Form Can the Requirements of Social Life Take
    Matching lines:
    • During the time of
    • demolishment: during the 16th and 17th century, we discern a transitional
    • their daring and initiative it depended whether the economic life prospered
    • the time of modern engineering. In the western countries we therefore
    • the modern engineering age, it becomes permeated by the proletarian
    • catastrophe has become a crisis during the last months, is evident through
    • men have a firm belief in the ideas which have been developed during
    • at Erfurt, during the Congress of the Social Democratic Party). The old
    • from judgments which were based more upon instinct and feeling. During
    • it is no longer a question of man acquiring or conquering something;
    • produces something, brings it on to the market, and another individual
    • which are very useful in certain fields, cannot bring us forward one
    • which existed in various countries, for example, in Germany, during
    • Think how far they are from considering and applying a truth such as
    • how difficult it would be to think out all that occurs within you during
    • writers, without wondering at their surprising store of knowledge. Socialistic
    • from any one standpoint, would bring about the worst possible results
    • organisms brings in order its functions. This is the only point which
    • life itself will convince them that the confused ideas which arose during
    • their true being, by considering that which confusedly comes out of
  • Title: Migrations ...: Lecture 3: Emancipation of the Economic Process
    Matching lines:
    • order during the past centuries of human development. Those. who now
    • that which has developed through capitalism during the past centuries.
    • as follows: In certain spheres, modern technical engineering has led over
    • be healed if modern men lose this habit of surrendering to one-sided
    • of humanity during the past three or four centuries, if we study above
    • During the past three
    • change took place during the past three to four centuries. For, what
    • only developed during the past three to four centuries.
    • we cannot say that man is still connected with what he brings forth.
    • in this direction, during the past two or three decades, is immense.
    • And they continue in this direction, they go on ignoring this, but in
    • whatever during the past decades.
    • linked together during the life between birth and death, at the impulses
  • Title: Migrations ...: Lecture 4: Three Conditions Which Determine Man's Position
    Matching lines:
    • of the causality which can be found in Nature, and it aims to bring
    • during the past centuries. The characteristic trait of the bourgeoisie
    • to bring light and order into these things.
    • development during the past centuries, these spiritual ideas were
    • of everything in the world by considering it in relation to man.
    • being; from a mere devouring of things, etc. to that true appreciation
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • otherwise it would obviously be presumptuous. But what springs from
    • so in the social organism the membering into systems must be such that
    • German Empire happened at a time when these necessities were first appearing
    • wish to know of the real demands of life, preferring to fashion everything
    • While I was lecturing in
    • appearing in this form is no new one to me. At the time when this catastrophic
    • choice either of having recourse to reason and of bringing about something
    • in accordance with their task, interpret and bring to realisation the
    • but of all Europe can be simply a fall into poverty, suffering and alienation.
    • was a necessary form to be sought during the catastrophe of the war,
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • today on acquiring this understanding. I have said that men today in
    • that a simple reassortment of social levels can bring about real change;
    • towards the threefold order. When this threefold membering of the social
    • be realised during the coming decades throughout the civilised world.
    • membering of the spiritual life, the economic life and the political
    • be spoken of as referring to some special condition of life. But we
    • have any clear idea of what ground-rent is? But without considering
    • is necessary to bring all organising thought into the direction that
    • to do with the bringing-up of children, education, or anything else
    • during life in the spiritual world in the time lived through between
    • of the spiritual; what it brings with it is very nearly akin to the
    • a first brief indication of how the threefold membering of the nature
    • of others even when we think them wrong. If we can bring a deep understanding
    • for the opinions of other souls even when considering them mistaken,
    • bring to bear the driving force to place ourselves actively into the
    • ordering of economy has particularly destined the proletariat only to
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • tire of bringing before our souls ever and again the most important
    • attitude of soul, The characteristics of the evolution during our fifth
    • this social membering that has arisen under capitalism; he only shows
    • attitude during the so-called world war, are given the name Social-Chauvinists,
    • in such a way that it must bring about your undoing. Then the proletariat
    • I have just been picturing it, you will see the form of the thought.
    • ripe for their downfall. This proletarian class will bring to its highest
    • will bring to perfection this State founded by the bourgeoisie as an
    • right direction, that consists in its bringing about its own end.
    • away with class rule and bring the State to full maturity; then the
    • factory with public book-keeping. To bring that about, to control it
    • acquiring capital. He finds no difference between himself and those
    • evolution of the social ordering has been brought about. These people
    • The proletariat will step in and bring to its end what, out of their
    • remains of the middle-class ordering of the world. According to this
    • from this either, for conditions bring it about that even those who
    • a caste of servers. This will never bring equality, for it only means
    • of the ordering of human society Lenin will simply answer: we have promised
    • ordering considered as the ideal, and when an end will have been made
    • and naturally become intensified. Thus it will prevail during the first
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • considering I have shown how in the course of man's evolution something
    • materialism which has arisen during the last four centuries. This materialism
    • feel aesthetically, on what they bring to expression through their moral
    • with so little power of picturing things that only abstractions remain,
    • in the depths of men's souls slumbering, unconscious impulses are striving
    • Pondering on the world of the senses with ideas alone we do not got
    • economic ordering in Palestine. From that we shall see why Jesus made
    • has arisen during the last four centuries, above all, on increasingly
    • enjoyment, as something man is specially justified in procuring for
    • bring surplus value and manual work into agreement. This will happen
    • life. What is appearing flows from much deeper sources than is generally
    • final consequence. And instead of the real, true socialism, slumbering
    • and with such urgency. In no other way will it be possible to bring
    • life of rights, than it bring to expression what here in the physical
    • for — at least, think they are caring for themselves. It is middle-class
    • in the life of the State to let the State do the caring, and when, to
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • is stirring and coming to life. Whereas the modern proletarian surrenders
    • their souls. It is as if in the human soul there were a certain hankering
    • beings in mutual cooperation should bring about the necessary shaping
    • individual by himself could as little bring about such a structure as
    • with the only impulses essential for a sound socialistic ordering of
    • this can lead to nothing but a shattering, a disturbance, of the social
    • different happens. In the present social organism the worker brings
    • into being as a result of its threefold ordering.
    • ordering of the economic life.
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • way of thinking during recent centuries. For it is this customary thinking
    • man stands regarding it as reality, and he lacks the forces to bring
    • and antipathy bring about a certain connection between the souls in
    • upper classes to an increasing degree during the last four centuries.
    • it is possible, with its up-bringing and education, to speak of the
    • bourgeoisie. It is an impossibility. By trying to do so one brings about
    • up to now have formed the upper classes were destined during man's former
    • and having done everything calculated to make dark rings under their
    • eyes, wandered about in pensive mood declaring their preference for
    • — naturally I am not here referring to the people — the
    • now to bring to the simplest, most primitive hearts and minds what is
    • this frontier even as easily as during the war? Beyond it the mark has
    • gold or not, but a matter of the existence of a substitute medium bearing
    • it represents outstanding debt. What serves as the real covering is
    • or anything else, if only there is something real behind this as a covering.
    • must go back to the primal thought. Those administering the State today
    • genuine. From symptoms already appearing in the social organism we can
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • spring and early summer of 1914 by European statesmen, and find much the
    • A few weeks later began the world-conflagration now merely entering
    • of the European statesmen in the spring and summer of 1914. These men
    • accustomed to talk. In truth, during the last four-and-half years they
    • again and again, my dear friends, that during the last four centuries
    • that is a living being without hunger. But at half-past-twelve on entering
    • threefold ordering. For only in the threefold social organism, as in
    • The Catholic Church is sharing in this dead thinking that cannot grip
    • Just as in the Spring and
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, is as necessary between the different nations for enduring
    • both in the great concerns of the world and also in the ordering of
    • were the sum of all ideas contained in things. The ideas not appearing
    • God or ideas only hovering in the air like a spider's web — but
    • as ideas which brings about the further evolution of mankind on the
    • can conceive nothing more inwardly daring than what holds good in the
    • Now there must be found what will bring agreement, and this can be done
    • spirits have behaved during the second half of the nineteenth century
    • unconsciously bring this resolution to fruition makes itself felt as
  • Title: The Karma of the Individual and the Collective Life of Our Time, Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • the special questions which we are considering, and gradually
    • believe that the water-wagtails or similar birds bring
    • about the Spring, because Spring follows their arrival. Only
    • no wiser than to believe that the Spring is brought by the
    • were quartered in his parents' house during the occupation of
    • authors believe that they are entering thoroughly into the
    • Erasmus not Erasmus if, for example, during their pre-natal
    • development of spiritual life during the last decades before
    • in Goethe, we also find appearing in Herder. We can,
    • Again we see how his sojourn in Rome brings him into a
    • finds that he possesses a spiritual life-force which he brings
    • than what the biographers mostly bring to the surface. The
    • already been preparing for a long time before. Anyone
    • there, which brings him forward in his career as Goethe, he
    • body: — he does not bring them through the physical body
    • towards him comes Goethe, not in the clothing he is wearing,
    • premeditating it, he is wearing the suit in which he foresaw
    • springs forth as it were out of the whole spirit
    • the world and its development, rings out to us from
    • We might bring forward a very great deal to show into what deep
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Cyclic Movement of Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • man are outside the physical and etheric body during sleep. In
    • organisation. During sleep—when the Ego and astral body
    • remaining organism during sleep. In a certain sense we may
    • brought about during the old Moon epoch. But it has gone on
    • Bearing this in mind, we shall readily conceive that there is a
    • loosened during our day-waking life. They are still there, but
    • Thus we may say: during our sleep the most intimate
    • inside the spinal system during sleep, man with respect to his
    • said to be unfolded during our sleep? Well, you must bear in
    • mind how man has come to be. It was only during the present
    • in its life, cannot yet bring to consciousness what it
    • experiences in the sympathetic nervous system during
    • sleep, while it can well bring to consciousness what it
    • What the Ego can bring to consciousness depends on the
    • (the offspring of the dog) would now be with the
    • hearing it will know him. If therefore some injury is now done
    • but even the solution, which the learned folk are rediscovering
    • life which springs from the great achievements of modern time.
    • special Karma, the human beings whom he came near during his
    • are in the head during his day-waking life and outside of it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Insertion of Early Human Destiny into Extraterrestial Relationships
    Matching lines:
    • freedom, will have to bring with him more than he brought with
    • Christmas festival: ‘During the Christmas Season, our Earth as
    • how the Earth is awake during the winter season. One of the
    • so during the present time (the 5th post-Atlantean) which, as
    • during which the Ego is growing and developing. These
    • during the Earth epoch. Moreover, as I showed you, these
    • have become the impress of their several occupations during the
    • adolescent children and declaring them fit for this or
    • Now, during earthly time, the.se beings are still of an
    • pouring derision on ‘these modern movements,’ and putting
    • during the fourth post-Atlantean epoch is this: Man has been
    • fill his soul with that which brings him near to every other
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • evolution on earth and which had to bring holy, true and
    • during certain periods of time, so there are eternal laws which
    • that is connected with human instruction was occurring between
    • entering into relations with human beings. The eternal laws
    • to men and from men to the gods during certain constellations
    • human intelligence and divine intelligence, and during which
    • had received during sacred times to the other times in which
    • out of earthly substances and forces during the sacred times.
    • during the rest of the year in such a way that it had a
    • done by the gods in the services which had taken place during
    • During these times when cosmic language was more important than
    • investigated by occult science. During this time the gods
    • During the time of the half new mysteries human language and
    • This is why words were intoned during the third period of acts
    • religious cults which arose during this third period. For the
    • consecration of man must bring about in you and what should
    • the right way during this fourth stage.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • pointed out that there was a very ancient mystery period during
    • could say that the path was completely reversed during the
    • cosmos does. The gods descended during such blank or holy times
    • occurred in the substances during such times in order to carry
    • experiences which priests had during the transubstantiations. A
    • the gospel reading and the offering are a preparation for them.
    • death, and this has been the case during the whole time that
    • transubstantiations during sacrificial rites which consecrate
    • breathing feels that air is entering his respiratory organs, so
    • upon the Inner force which he applied during the sacrificial
    • connected with the earthly element, and during the less ancient
    • consecration of man which brings the divine, spiritual life
    • how did one understand apocalyptic things during the third
    • conscious. Apocalyptic things were perceived during the third
    • symphony you heard during the day. This is the way it was for
    • spirituality in human, cultic words during the act of
    • experienced apocalyptic things during the third mystery
    • are human, God-fearing, priest's egos in the priest-renewal who
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • environment during the time of the separation.
    • the human being, and during sleep the astral body and
    • sense perception during sleep, because the ego-organization is
    • not receptive for impressions from the environment during that
    • what I described to you, during the third mystery epoch when
    • elaboration of the transubstantiation in itself during
    • numbers. Sounds have lost their identity through the numbering
    • human body after manifold transformations during Sun, Moon and
    • become differentiated. During Sun existence man lives in a
    • thing which man acquired during old Saturn evolution was a
    • his own existence, for he was just entering into this
    • be later on in time. Don't say that this brings the god down to
    • during the third mystery epoch. They still understood this
    • and it uses terms which remind us of the long period during
    • we find that he holds back the inspiring words behind the
    • secret to an angel, and he brings it down to men as an
    • Jesus Christ before him, disappearing selflessly, if you see
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • about in the mysteries and during the early years of
    • Apocalypse at the place I'm referring to.
    • referring to something supersensible when they said
    • special tasks to really bring this theophanic element or this
    • referring to the following. The one who was inspired to write
    • During the relatively short time we were there, sunshine and
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • now take what we're trying to bring into our spiritual view of
    • death really entered into humanity during the fourth Post
    • today are not wearing the clothes of the new consciousness yet,
    • but they are still wearing the consciousness of the fourth post
    • it. I have met quite a few talented people like this during my
    • This is something which will arise evermore during the fifth
    • Atlantean epoch; during this fifth post Atlantean age man is
    • People will see all of this in a certain way during the sixth
    • we find that a very important transformation which is occurring
    • during our age is pointed to in this way.
    • our building one or two hours a week during their working time,
    • and we have the course of the year which brings about the
    • seasons during which the sun goes up towards the zenith and
    • brings in the stars and planets and their activities. After
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • that displacements in the number 7 are gradually appearing. We
    • is increasingly occurring outside the secret of numbers with
    • certain phenomena as if they were occurring in accordance with
    • covering for the godhead, and not like individual human beings.
    • mysteries. During, the ancient Indian cultural age men felt
    • They separated themselves from it considerably during the
    • distance. Death was felt to such an extent during the
    • Christianity during this age, countless deeds of love, namely
    • life during this reign of Anael.
    • understood during this age. Instead of a real Jupiter reign,
    • eliminated the trichotomy, took place during this period.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • intellectual and mind soul developed during this epoch and it
    • ego-entry into man's soul at the time when it was occurring
    • looks at the additional 333 years during which Christianity has
    • this human being brings characteristics and capacities with him
    • can also take in another impulse during his physical existence
    • which enable man to control himself during the life which is
    • brings up the spirit into the physical corporeality which he
    • substances. The same laws hold sway in them. We can bring two
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • a gathering of beings in each of them. Evolving human beings
    • earth as a world body with a gathering of Vulcan men in it if
    • planets we will find such gatherings of beings everywhere. We
    • Europe. It was clear to him that everything which brings men in
    • become somewhat externalized during the Latin period where one
    • — had been able to carry out its intentions. During the
    • a time during which all preparations were being made in the
    • Golgotha during the time of Alexander and was then relieved by
    • 20th century during Michael's reign. If one looks at what was
    • priests signified during the ages when true spirituality was on
    • discussions about transubstantiation which began during the
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • during sleep, and only retains a general feeling about this on
    • during sleep would only be perceived in the way that the
    • aura during sleep, it means that all those who had taken in
    • body to the content of the Apocalypse during their sleeping
    • sentiments one can bring about such a condition of sleep that
    • not built from the earth here through the gathering together of
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • meaningless at first. Why does He come, the one who is to bring
    • people today which is preparing in the right way for the
    • lies behind priestly dignity in order to bring out what is in
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • Apocalypticer wants to translate men during the next earthly
    • endangering their soul development. We shouldn't forget how
    • great suffering and terrible things which accompany this
    • not a question of tearing out emotions or of tearing out
    • etheric body. Depending on whether the initiate who brings this
    • no longer be continued; it is falling during earth evolution he
    • overpowers the ego and astral body of the medium during
    • Satan will make some first successful attempts to bring
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • permitted to live amongst us two years ago in order to bring
    • during the Atlantean epoch occurred while the earth had forms
    • earth solidified from a relatively fluidic condition during the
    • Atlantean epoch. The human race was quite different during the
    • were working harder in the bordering ocean, where what was
    • twilight or the glimmering cloud formations at twilight stood
    • dawn of the Michael age will bring perception into this
    • during the Atlantean epoch (of course this is more in outer,
    • Imagination during the course of this century. Much
    • things during the fourth post Atlantean age. And they will also
    • Saturn evolution occurred again during earth evolution, albeit
    • in a condensed form. During the repetition of ancient Sun
    • still connected with the earth during the repetition of Saturn
    • evolution. During the third, Lemurian period of earth evolution
    • souls during the Atlantean period. These are earthly events
    • worked into his soul and spirit, so that during this ancient
    • to look something like a woman, who is to bring man control
    • under her feet, where the ego-bearing woman in the picture on
    • These cosmic, meteorological things that took place during the
    • from the heavens during the Atlantean epoch, who appeared in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • beings who are already appearing in our time who have no egos,
    • during the trumpets epoch he is referring directly to human
    • planets, to which almost all human beings went during a certain
    • really horrible the way he talks about all kinds of suffering
    • during the Crusades epoch.
    • arise during the time of the Crusades and what is connected
    • during the time of the Crusades who direct almost all of their
    • During the time of the Crusades we suddenly see people
    • appearing who travelled from east to west. Some of them are
    • his notes and comments in the margins, without bothering to
    • thought that this was strange, whereas during Jakob Boehme's
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • will try to answer your prepared questions during the course of
    • renderings of what is in the Apocalypse are very felicitous.
    • thoughts that man has during his lifetime are really like
    • we're really bringing the ingredients of the spiritland down to
    • exists as feeling during the waking state, and as pictorial
    • and feelings is that one is the content of the soul during the
    • waking state and the other is its content during sleep. What we
    • occurring in the evolution of mankind as a whole, which appears
    • the place in the Apocalypse to which I'm referring gave me
    • through the threshold, place is occurring.
    • entering ever more into men's consciousness and into the
    • previously only be brought from outside, and bring it into
    • can be seen in threefold man. A reed, or really a measuring
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • the earth or to its final one through daring and usually
    • one brings repeated earth lives into one's real experience one
    • were during one's past incarnation on earth. One notices this
    • bewildering. One gets the inner feeling that what one sees in
    • Some things harden during the course of one's life as I
    • dissipates moisture into warmth and the withering winter that
    • things into ice and snow. Fall and spring is a condition that
    • during the 40's of the 19th century and at the development of
    • sponge. And the divine love that is springing up in pure light
    • pictures, he speaks of the pouring out of the vials of wrath in
    • the necessary fulfillment of the preceding, namely, the pouring
    • for years to come. Other world elements that are gathering in
    • outpouring of divine wrath, which is a metamorphosis of divine
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • thing that the Apocalypticer is referring to when he speaks
    • people continued to do during the whole Middle Ages. Whenever
    • But when he speaks about beasts he's also referring to
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • way of entering into a relation with the spiritual world. This
    • experience. However, he doesn't notice this at first. During
    • comes out of the universe; he looks upon it as a flickering up
    • enduring, living revelation of flashing lightning. However, an
    • into harmonies and melodies during the course of long periods
    • organic way anymore. The error first arose during the Jews'
    • is that earth regions can reflect something that angels bring
    • angel appearances bring us into a region where we see that
    • physical outer symbolism died down during the time when
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • what was still sought in the stars during the Middle Ages, when
    • from the beings who bring about his personal evolution, and it
    • himself to attach himself to the being who led him during the
    • is trying to bring men into its evolution in this way. The way
    • to do this is to bring people together in the kind of
    • That is why what is occurring in eastern Europe today, for
    • bring it into another planetary evolution. That kind of
    • finding of one's inner religious bearings— which occurs
    • were to succeed in bringing about what he wants to do within a
    • power was preparing itself for such a mission. Like many other
    • the last few centuries, so that one doesn't want to bring in
    • transubstantiation during an act of consecration of man.
    • real will it become possible to bring everything that is
    • things during transubstantiation he can find the completely
    • he then brings it about that the spiritual appears out of the
    • so I didn't want to give you a theoretical exposition during
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 10: Disputa and The School of Athens of Raphael
    Matching lines:
    • into the unending horizon of space. In the middle we see hovering on
    • man Raphael, to Rome. He was to serve them, to bring to expression through
    • into the fifth the whole imaginative, spiritual picturing of the fourth,
    • picturing, everything expression and sign of a supersensible world,
    • the fifth, and brings to life what now is to sound into that fifth post-Atlantian
    • able to bring through his own thinking, through his ego standing on
    • Julius II would have called into the world with thundering words; had
    • picturing the souls of the dead: David, Abraham, Paul, Peter, and the
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 11: Fourth and Fifth Post-Atlantean Epochs, Medieval Art in the Middle, West, and South of Europe
    Matching lines:
    • in all parts of life, which bring forth forces that come to expression
    • time being. For in Europe, there was to be preparing the materialistic
    • all directed to matters occurring within time, to what plays within
    • And even when considering
    • did not exist to bring that to expression in image form, which sounds
    • occurring, that was then what was striven for above all.
    • picturing of biblical tales, of the biblical history. Only in the three
    • the strength, of what I would call “pictorial picturing”.
    • be understood, without considering again and again that it was the time
    • of such miniature-paintings to bring to you, from which you can see
    • picturing everything spiritual. And yet, when you look at each figure
    • wonder then, that just in Cologne we are met with the possibility to bring
    • to indicate. Here you can see how there is the attempt to bring into the
    • desire to bring to complete expression the forming through the individual
    • could be telling, as something which is occurring. You see the drive to
    • presentation? Can't we see here the entering of the personality? And
    • above all, don't we see here already the longing to bring to expression
    • feels his life because the light brings him joy, because the light brings
    • is the entering of what is individual, personal. This is what we observe
    • gently, something totally new is entering as the element of the fifth
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 12: Greek and Early Christian Art, Symbolic Signs, the Mystery of Gold
    Matching lines:
    • Today, I shall bring some
    • least to bring it to people wherever possible.
    • process in the evolution of Europe, during the course of the last two
    • — is the picturing, the describing, of what the human being can
    • the picturing of the human being, the ideal human being, carries the
    • which the sense-world can produce, which the sense-world can bring forth
    • of the beautiful human figure there intrude constantly, during the fourth
    • form to that which the physical world brings forth, the beautiful human,
    • to bring forth more inward impulses, though they were atavistic. Therefore
    • which came to such a flowering in the arts, completely in the style and
    • picturing everything growing, blooming, flourishing. To the Greek, beauty
    • Greek placed preferably whatever is flourishing, growing, furthering
    • give, i.e. death, opposite to what is flourishing, growing, furthering
    • picturing youth, life, healthy growth, place themselves next to the
    • towards the infinite by means of mastering death, striving to the infinite,
    • piece of art, of almost the same time, carved out of wood, the picturing
    • brings in the Old and New Testaments were especially favoured for use
    • artistically, in order to bring together this mystery of death, also
    • there, where it shows its reality, on the sarcophagus, to bring it together
    • which brings together this life and the beyond.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 13: The Changes in the Conception of Christ During a Certain Period of Time
    Matching lines:
    • The Changes in the Conception of Christ During a Certain Period of Time
    • During a Certain Period of Time
    • some animal figure. The artists confined themselves to this during the
    • the powers of the Universe co-operate in order to bring forth the crown
    • that was driven out of the human body during the evolution of the earth
    • by the entering into man of the Individual Soul. Here you have that
    • to help itself to break through by endeavouring to seize on the form
    • must not forget that the real content of Rome, if we are considering the
    • Apollo-type, is to be ascribed to the fact that during these centuries
    • representation of Christ Jesus Himself) that brings nothing new, but
    • form, is aspiring to reach the surface. So that would be the second
    • the body, imparts a strain of soul suffering. (And that is our chief
    • interest to-day.) There we see the human already entering in, which
    • see a new element entering into the old traditions — an idealization
    • of that which the Greeks could only bring to expression unrealized
    • to spring from the Roman mind as its own particular creation.
    • in the best sense, lives in it. Gradually something is entering into
    • you will find how Giotto is at pains to bring soul to expression in
    • is individual and of the soul. We find it entering in everywhere. And
    • into Jerusalem, which I have again selected with the intention of bringing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • mineral processes occurring within us. Please understand me
    • to our own age, and in particular one could see it again during
    • Christ to Jehovah during the War; but this religious element
  • Title: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • by bringing forward something linking the various things we
    • have considered, something which at the same time brings
    • outside and proceed inwardly. What do we bring to meet those
    • perceptions? We bring to meet them our thinking, our forces for
    • forming ideas. You need merely bring this process to your
    • works from below upwards, and during ordinary consciousness man
    • much less bring to a corresponding picture in their
    • necessity of the cosmic ordering. He can then see to a certain
    • ordering of time.
    • case one is entering into a sphere which in a far more intense
    • can only flourish when one can bring together not only what one
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 1, Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • beings living at the time of the mystery of Golgotha and during the
    • picture of what actually took place during these first four
    • [Julian, the Apostate (332–363), Roman Emperor (361–363). Steiner is referringNote 1]
    • truth concerning European life during those times when so
    • during the time from the fourth and fifth centuries after Christ
    • theology which developed precisely during the darkest times of the
    • [Steiner is here referringNote 4]
    • processes. This “hovering” in spiritual processes
    • But during the whole process it seems as if we were being helped by
    • These ordering and creative beings
    • the pupil of an initiate. Then, after acquiring ideas and concepts
    • disappearing for the earthly. With the forces given them by the
    • truly living. They saw hovering above them entire populations of
    • Ages. The dead remained with the living. During the first period
    • one must extract the concepts — no longer bring the concepts
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 1, Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • bring the subject to a certain culmination in later lectures.
    • only there in its intrinsic, primal form. Considering the mineral
    • a plant develops its roots very sparingly; some of the forces of the
    • becomes bulbous and the leaves grow sparingly. The basic idea is the
    • have to bring something else into your concepts. If you want to
    • must bring life into the concept. That infusion of life is what makes
    • bring in Inspiration, and only through Inspiration can we penetrate
    • is really not the physical but a physically appearing Inspiration.
    • The human will is what brings the human being together with the
    • we speak of animal forms in the purely spiritual world. During the
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 1, Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • the south during those early days of growth for Western culture we
    • a certain wavering in peoples' minds: Could it be possible after all
    • in France at the court of Charles the Bald during the ninth century.
    • that time to find their bearings. For Christian dogmas contained
    • higher level. But then he must also bring the necessity implicit in
    • plant existence. And if you look at all the figures appearing
    • Schiller brings forward at the end of the letters on the aesthetic
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 1, Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • Considering this, we must say that before
    • considered. During the mystery of Golgotha there were human beings
    • entering into Jesus of Nazareth, Christ nullified, through his entrance,
    • but with a special shimmering radiance.
    • being who prevents the human body from suffering damage caused by the
    • ever really bring understanding. What must be rescued within humanity
    • bring to you today, which will provide us with the basis for further
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • said that during the course of these years there has been
    • meaning, because just at this gathering such inner soul
    • initial gathering can serve to make the difficulties you have,
    • valid, so we can try during the next days to bring about some
    • example a gathering happening of representatives of the Roman
    • experience, stirring in the objective spiritual streams at the
    • allow these to flow into our discussions during the next few
    • truth. Errors soon come to nothing but by encountering the
    • It doesn't help me to bring an
    • bring the nervous system into it. Naturally the act of worship
    • Consecration lies essentially in the sacrifice/offering. In the
    • spiritual world. This brings an awareness which allows us to
    • between the offering and communion, then the right way to
    • During sleep the soul-spiritual part of the human being, the
    • full of Ahrimanic build-up which we need to destroy during our
    • experienced during sleep.
    • While the human being has sunk down (during sleep) to a level
    • see the embryo head as developed to a high degree. During
    • yourself out of the animalistic, during the Mass. Then you free
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • far too little consideration has been given to exploring just
    • religiosity while not bothering with what drove science. It is
    • Following this, the actual offering takes place, in three
    • the third and fourth century — times during which there
    • celebrated in the old language, without it possibly bringing
    • Es dringen in mich im Wasserleben
    • have. Now, it comes down to strictly adhering to the difference
    • an encounter, already during his youth, with a venerated
    • A participant: How does one bring people to the
    • example the concept of the etheric body is easy to bring across
    • us trying to bring things together than to find differences,
    • because in reality you bring yourself together with it.
    • during the lecture on 30 December 1922 that there were many
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • verse let it ring out, to which we can't merely say: ‘We don't
    • becomes something like a cosmic sleep for us during our earth
    • such meditative penetration, through the conquering of this
    • obvious, as a level hovering high above and think one can only
    • earth, as I have indicated, so that its absorption during this
    • does the sun's warmth come out of the world expanse during
    • during winter?’ At the end of winter it is this warmth which
    • increasingly entering into such meditations we come to a kind
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • need to bring humanity up to this point while a kind of
    • bring to you what you are used to recognise out of the Logos
    • but I bring it in a new way. I bring it to you through what the
    • messenger I bring this treasure from the Father God to you, to
    • ourselves. This fact brings us back to the original meaning of
    • is to reveal, to announce, to-bring-to-recognition, and thus it
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture I:
    Matching lines:
    • During these three days, I would like to
    • branded Origen (185-~254) as a heretic. The whole colouring of
    • during these three days again.
    • understand them. One has to look for the special colouring that
    • is only something to Augustine that brings
    • because it had to be carried away into the sun during the big
    • considering the sense-perceptible as something spiritual, the
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture II:
    Matching lines:
    • they cannot bring it, however, to an exact version.
    • wants nothing but to string together thoughts, then the biased
    • development during the first Christian centuries in such a way
    • leaders during the first Christian centuries, then it lived on
    • have that individual feeling which prevailed then during the
    • mirroring if it has worked enough on the bodily. They had
    • have taken up from the world. We look back remembering. There
    • being, but that that which during life combines also with the
    • world, which his universal has attracted so that he brings it
    • Scholasticism is a question: how does one bring Christology
    • his death in 1274, Thomas Aquinas could bring himself to this
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture III:
    Matching lines:
    • There we see a strange fact, too: during the seventies, at a
    • it on A and B, on both contents of experience. We bring the
    • because we ourselves produce it. We bring truth only into the
    • bring it into the things. Kant destroyed any objectivity, any
    • world of ideas. Because I live, I bring together two currents
    • entering into the world. However, I would never find the bridge
    • referring to Kant in such a way that one said to himself, how
    • During these days, I have also pointed to
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture I: Homeless Souls
    Matching lines:
    • by referring to the people to whom this self-recollection
    • who owns the neighbouring property. — Well, of course it
    • that during the time when they are making ready to come down to
    • principal interest is: How are we maturing in the spirit-world?
    • who has gone through life with a certain conscientness during
    • the Nibelung Ring, of the Flying Dutchman even, how they start
    • during all the time that I was impelled by my fate to make
    • colouring in life, but who were all homeless souls of this
    • After this, during the time that immediately followed, I was
    • observing such souls on the search. For during my Weimar time
    • discovering what kind of a point he wanted. All one could ever
    • instance, hearing a lecture by a member of this same group,
    • told off in a string, one after the other, with, at bottom,
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture II: The Theosophical Society: A Common Body with a Conscious Self. Blavatsky Phenomenon
    Matching lines:
    • seeking, by many and various roads, to bring to development in
    • facts. The first thing needed is to bring certain facts in the
    • something of its colouring upon the people. And if not in the
    • the year 1918, during my stay in Vienna — received an
    • will find a string of concepts, developed one out of the other.
    • hoard of ancient, awe-inspiring knowledge. Often the words
    • again. — You must consider, that during the fifth
    • evolution to-day takes place during the first part of his life
    • been an infringement, strictly speaking, of our rights.’
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture III: Critical Judgment and Colour of the Times
    Matching lines:
    • outside the ring of official science, put on paper for the
    • in the book of a woman, Blavatsky, — in a book bearing
    • themselves, form dregs in the man, and thereby bring him into a
    • then, what has thus collected during a man's life should be
    • bring up a very great many things out of the under depths of
    • physical world; that one can bring up out of him what he went
    • un-rolled, when Man brings up from within him all that lies hid
    • peculiar experiment of administering this old knowledge (which
    • whether one is in a position to bring about an actual living
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture IV: Blavatsky's Orientation: Spiritual, but Anti-Christian
    Matching lines:
    • When considering a phenomenon such as Blavatsky, especially
    • when considering it from the aspect that will be clear to you
    • With this, however, comes the further capacity for discovering
    • More and more during the course of the centuries has this
    • painted frescoes, bringing home to them the life of the
    • Certainty, ... that then, ... then, it will not do to bring
    • have tried to bring the two into connection, have ended by
    • Jesus. And so it keeps its ground during these latter
    • in their educated society gatherings, then, well then, one is
    • Well, very often such society gatherings form into two groups.
    • we ask, what is it that brings men together in societies of the
    • during the first years in Berlin, I had to lecture at erst in a
    • no sort of flooring, so that one continually had to look out
    • in during their pre-earthly existence in the spiritual world.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture V: Anti-Christianity. - The Healing of the Gulf.
    Matching lines:
    • the various impulses entering into it; and then to show how the
    • is disappearing, — disappearing in the sense in which in
    • individuals, to bring these traditions again to life; but a
    • during the further course of human history in the West, to keep
    • sort of lingering feeling for what is traditionally told about
    • asking? What are the questions stirring in their inmost depths?
    • answering was that, whilst Ancient Wisdom ranked at that
    • must make a distinction, when considering the subject in the
    • old wisdom, yet did bring wisdom into the world, and
    • of reversing steam: later, during the Great War, this opposite
    • people in the present age, which is wandering astray in
    • originally began, as I said, with my delivering a lecture,
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture VI: The Two First Periods of the Anthroposophic Movement
    Matching lines:
    • have briefly indicated what were the directing forces during
    • the actual documents, will see, that during that time, bit by
    • during these years, in all matters of outward activity, one of
    • Now, during this period, one certainly — if one indulged
    • during the first period especially, the fact that the
    • precisely during the first period of the anthroposophic
    • books to bring in all sorts of references to the science of the
    • day, — things which had no bearing whatever upon
    • Sphinx. He, too, was altogether ‘out’ to bring a natural
    • on during the first period especially, when Anthroposophy was
    • — Indeed, during this conversation in the tram, it was
    • of the anthroposophic movement, are endeavouring to combat the
    • bring ridiculous things into the society. — Then,
    • Catholics. He wasn't wearing archbishop's robes; but he was
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture VII: The Third Stage: The Present Day. - Life-Conditions of the Anthroposophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • During the past few days I have been trying more to go into the
    • saying during these days was with the purpose of calling
    • say, in a private circle during the war-time, it then was able
    • that during the world-war, whilst the different nations were
    • tearing each other in pieces, there were here members of some
    • strongly in people's feelings, particularly during this third
    • Now, at a certain moment in the third period, during the Great
    • during the Wartime’; but I never yet met, I really never yet
    • the theme of discussion on one occasion during the course
    • of its adherents has grown past numbering. This, then, is the
    • the theme of discussion on one occasion during the course
    • of its adherents has grown past numbering. This, then, is the
    • Already during the war, one might see some scientist or man of
    • himself the first foundations in Already during the war, one
    • simply to illustrate them! — during the course of the
    • to-day is to bring a little real practicality into what is
    • of life, in figuring before the outer world as an eminently
    • These things mean acquiring a certain delicacy of
    • to-morrow; and we will see if we can then bring these lectures
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture VIII: Conclusions: The Anthroposophical Society and its Future Conduct.
    Matching lines:
    • To-day we must bring our observations to a sort of conclusion;
    • will have seen from the course of our observations during this
    • easy as it would have been to gain a hearing for a spiritual
    • whole of modern natural science down to this day is suffering.
    • impulses went fluttering about the civilized world as moral
    • of them?’ — Here, too, people felt this same withering
    • can't bring the two together; and make out a contradiction
    • capacity for entering into real life, for observing what is
    • springing and sprouting up around them, and has more in it than
    • tea-parties or other social gatherings of the kind, where
    • lines of a life that brings with it the calls of the outer
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 1
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • it has been in danger of being deprived of during the past
    • of the spirit, about whom we will hear more and more during the
    • as warning from the Spirit-Messenger before daring to fathom
    • in the fields of sense — which we must live during our
    • divine-spirituality that bubbles from the spring
    • these spirits. And conjuring them away doesn't mean that they
    • bares its teeth in a warped face. And this baring of teeth is
    • we approach spirit-knowledge accompanied by them, ignoring the
    • That is what I wish to bring before your souls, my dear
    • darkness. About all that, my dear friends, next Friday during
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 2
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • Rings forth the ancient power of his creator-word:
    • must be quite clear, my dear friends, that bravery in acquiring
    • for acquiring knowledge is what dominates. Especially in our
    • must find the courage and the fire to bring activity to our
    • esotericism pouring into the entire anthroposophical worldview
    • beautiful during the Christmas Conference and in my thoughts
    • morning till retiring at night according to the guidance given
    • soul's being. By entering into an earthly existence we have
    • died in thinking during this time on earth. The death of
    • thinking had gradually been preparing itself since the year 333
    • bodies from us during our earthly existence and therewith take
    • united by the always recurring word “evil”, then,
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 3
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • realizes in reality by entering the spiritual world, that the
    • human soul when entering the spiritual world, because it is
    • as shattering events, illness and the like. He shouldn't
    • difficulties upon entering the spiritual world, because your
    • heads during earth life and are now cosmic thoughts, because of
    • Upon entering the spiritual world we must have become
    • is not a question of merely acquiring intellectual information,
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 4
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • remembering. That does not mean that tomorrow you should
    • the esoteric, our very understanding of it brings about a
    • are capable of hearing beyond the words. And it is good for our
    • This brings the second mantric verse to our consciousness:
    • wisdom. The gods bring their wisdom to our hearts, into our
    • us alone on earth, but want to bring us into their spheres.
    • to show that the intentions indicated during the Christmas
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 5
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • and willing go different ways upon entering the spiritual
    • that upon entering the spiritual world a growing together with
    • brings him near to the Guardian of the Threshold, he becomes
    • their origination and passing away during the embryonic and
    • spirit entering us when inhaling, our own being streaming out
    • can illuminate the earth and bring it happiness, so you no
    • because there are certain spiritual beings on neighboring
    • Threshold, one is aware of entering a battle between warm and
    • capturing his whole being, as though tearing him apart in great
    • Enwrap the Self in suffering.
    • stick our heads in the sand during this short earth-life and
    • however, for we are now entering a new age when man can only
    • death during which the etheric body is dissolving in the cosmic
    • lectures. But the admonishing spirits keep appearing during
    • Enwrap your Self in suffering.
    • Bearing this in mind, I have often counseled those who have
    • might warm your coldness, lessen your warmth,” for during
    • into the experience of being in the free spirit-land, preparing
    • spoken to him during the three stations of life after death.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 6
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • During these meetings, we are considering the truths which can
    • ordering, the formation of the world is effected by it, we
    • Therefore, man should be aware during his earthly life that he
    • of the suffering which is caused by today's thinking if he does
    • of stone by engendering vitalizing fire in the soul.
    • right time. During the Jupiter evolution today's humanity will
    • raise man to a stunted immature angel too early, during the
    • enclosed in our skin - we become aware of sharing in Cosmic
    • shouldn't even dare to think of entering into this element
    • exhortation referring to the upper, ether region in the above
    • intention to give theories during these Class Lessons, my dear
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 7
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • anthroposophical movement which was renewed here during the
    • done to bring it to the members' attention. It is saying much
    • will spread its power over the neighboring regions. Then - they
    • all reality can be realized during the encounter with the
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 8
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • (Vorstand) which was formed during the Christmas Conference and
    • emphasized during the Christmas Conference. Of course, there
    • This challenge; “O man, know thyself!” rings forth
    • can therefore let this cosmic word, which rings out to
    • Does it ring through waves of time
    • in the warming sun, what springs up from the depths of the
    • world around him - an open, free sense. For during the time
    • between birth and death, during his earthly existence, he is
    • the force to bring us closer and closer to spiritual vision. It
    • earthly corpse-thinking. From it spring forth - but dead - the
    • spiritual cell of the human head is the lingering sound of the
    • should therefore try to better understand and bring closer the
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 9
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • Does it ring through waves of time
    • more able to make a beginning at entering into the spiritual
    • then during the third stage we can immerse ourselves in what
    • for this nurturing, you can love these nurturers, but you
    • measuring of the mere physical extends to the moral:
    • “wandering” or “moving” stars: the
    • feeling moves in the wandering stars [planets]; my willing
    • strong inner determination, with our own forces, we must bring
    • there is where your thinking lies. But I will bring the starry
    • wandering stars] my own feeling wanders. But I will attempt to
    • when I accompany the earth's movement in thought, but can bring
    • Bring to thinking life
    • Bring to force of feeling
    • Bring to the Powers of will
    • Bring
    • Bring to force of feeling
    • Bring to the Powers of will
    • Does it ring through waves of time
    • Bring to thinking life
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmogony/Freedom/Altruism: Lecture I: Social Impulses for the Healing of Modern Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • want during the next few evenings to talk to you about various
    • must bring about its overthrow. All the distressing phenomena
    • taken place in our own times merely, or during the last three
    • merely beings that had gone astray and were wandering about
    • bringing about the downfall of our civilisation.
    • Another, the second element that is bringing about its
    • strings, like puppets at a show; or else we have the fatalism
    • That is the second thing. Of the forces that are bringing about
    • bring new religious impulses into life, — for that our
    • warranted the existence of human suffering. There was at bottom
    • bring our civilisation into the ascendant, which Asia
    • in order really to bring forth a new age. It is very important
    • cosmogony. But there the possibility of bringing this cosmogony
    • endeavouring through these means to arrive at a science of the
    • of other circumstances entering in as well. I do not say that
    • fringe of people who adhere to the catchwords of a cause. It is
    • curious way. Anglo-American civilisation is conquering the
    • world, But, in conquering the world, it will need to absorb
    • during the war, and how the successes of that side proceeded
    • Müller tried another way of bringing Asiatic
  • Title: Cosmogony/Freedom/Altruism: Lecture II: A Different Way of Thinking is Needed to Rescue European Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • which could only spring from the lap of the East, never from
    • religious impulse pouring in; here, in a westward stream, the
    • economic impulse, pouring out. — Inflow of the religious
    • on externally in space. It must be done by bringing about
    • mainsprings of industrial and economic life. It was a scheme
  • Title: Cosmogony/Freedom/Altruism: Lecture III: Fundamental Impulses in History
    Matching lines:
    • What I have said during these evenings has been directed to
    • was a hungering for the estates of the Church, a craving to
    • during this period, when the transition was finally effected
    • spirituality. The best way to begin is by considering ethical
    • concepts, and bringing them back to the moral imagination, to
    • during the Reformation period was to tear himself violently
    • and during the first half of the 15th century, there was a man
    • acquire the habit of considering life not in its more
    • superficial aspect, but of considering it according to the
    • considering people from their spiritual aspect, that it becomes
    • possible with clear consciousness to bring order into the
    • economic conditions alone. Anyone to-day who dreams of bringing
    • glimmering notion that Evolution is first an ascent and then a
    • path, and try to wring from it forces for a regeneration,
    • good bit of work, but which still keeps on pouring out a
    • the on-rushing ruin it is possible to save and bring forth the
    • ruin we must rescue and bring forth a new spirituality, a
    • forms as people can understand, we must bring this to their
  • Title: Impulses of Utility: Lecture I: Western and Eastern Culture, H. P. Blavatsky
    Matching lines:
    • in a spiritual way; inspiring, impelling, initiating all of
    • gives a peculiar colouring to those ideas which at that time
    • meaning of suffering in the world?” Never so much
    • spring from quite different impulses than have the social
    • colouring from what lies in these same impulses and tendencies.
    • bring together all the myths which refer to the sum total of
    • disturbed them especially that the 19th century should bring
    • Now I am not bringing forward these
    • Darwinism itself in its materialistic colouring. But Darwinism,
    • in man the social and mercantile principles of utility during
    • on to bring forward many, many things which would simply be an
    • Species” appearing in the West through the struggle for
    • inserts itself, which tries, not only to bring out a certain
    • appearing, of the withdrawal of the Individuality who
    • used Blavatsky as a means of bringing revelations into the
    • spiritual Science should be to bring Utilitarianism into the
  • Title: Impulses of Utility: Lecture II: Utilitarianism and Sacramentalism
    Matching lines:
    • civilisation, even into their philosophy, one must bring about
    • himself be deceived; there has been a pretty play of conjuring
    • nationalistic principles, all this has the aim of acquiring
    • necessary for the ordering of society. Why does not the
    • considering. It is necessary that European people should [pay
    • attention] to this Chinaman, who is really considering human
    • The man of the second pole strives for the conquering of that
  • Title: Social Life: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • ourselves, beings who, during the Moon, Sun and Saturn epochs
    • extremely important; for if we bring together all that has been
    • into a purely natural condition. That which springs up in our
    • just think. We bring something over into the present from our
    • pre-existence in the Spiritual world; we bring that over as a
    • is advocating. One must bring enlightenment to the people.
    • must go further, we must now ask ourselves: How can we bring
    • give the force which can bring light to those instincts.
  • Title: Social Life: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • be interesting to bring before our souls an extraordinary
    • those days during which in consequence of resolutions passed on
    • have transpired during this epoch, must of necessity come into
    • bring man on materially, you will find nothing either in
    • who regarded external things as trivial, considering that one
    • see, during this epoch I was greatly interested in those
    • “The Portal of Initiation.” I just wanted to bring
    • that which Anthroposophy should bring to expression; just
    • are only tiny samples of attacks, appearing at present under
    • one brings them into connection. For instance, here is another
    • become the Minister for Culture in Wurttemberg during the
    • really able to bring a Spiritual impulse into the present
    • “The starry influence of 1921 will bring on Dr. Rudolf
    • psychic upheavals, or shatterings! will lead to a deepening of
    • appreciated Spiritually, thy will bring about severe material
    • magnificence, and bring it to an untimely end.” Now my
    • here, which people want to see occurring on the top of
    • from no good side, for in their way of appearing they show
  • Title: Social Life: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • incarnations. These successive incarnations bring him to a far
    • him times of a more Spiritual existence, and during such times
    • sharing all the time allotted them for their evolution; they
    • sharing that evolution. So when they reveal themselves to-day,
    • Luciferic powers would like to bring it to pass that at a
    • would be able to bring the entire Earth into ONE body as it
    • and this brings it about that the Earth, as it were, carries
    • Lucifer desires to bring about), but will follow the opposite
    • ordering the one through the other.
    • to allow their bodies to ossify and harden by pouring too much
    • appearing, only in another aspect, in the terrible social
    • understand man aright when we know how to bring him into
  • Title: The Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • incarnations. These successive incarnations bring him to a
    • during such times he is himself more withdrawn from the Earth
    • sharing all the time allotted them for their evolution; they
    • sharing that evolution. So when they reveal themselves
    • Luciferic powers would like to bring it to pass that at a
    • would be able to bring the entire Earth into ONE body as it
    • themselves with the Earth, and this brings it about that the
    • soul, (which Lucifer desires to bring about), but will follow
    • and ordering the one through the other.
    • to ossify and harden by pouring too much intellect and
    • appearing, only in another aspect, in the terrible social
    • bring him into Spiritual relation with the Universe. Then we
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture I: Concerning the World Situation
    Matching lines:
    • occurring during different periods of life, the formation of the human
    • conspiring with France to destroy her? On the one side stand
    • against aspiring younger members. Because everywhere people
    • this or that position; what matters is that we bring about an
    • a party and discovering that everyone is indulging in
    • gentlemen, what bearing has this sum to reality? When would you
    • the influence of the planets on man; I am interested in hearing
    • Steiner: What I have to say now will have a bearing
    • conditions of death are maturing. The man in question somehow
    • of what was occurring within him and what was going to happen,
    • like, they would have fewer illnesses during their school
    • look at the illnesses that children die from during the
    • medication. Children also get thrush, blisters that spring up
    • during the early ages and then decline after the child
    • illnesses that human beings contract during puberty are
    • processes occur during the successive stages of life. We must
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture II: Illnesses Occurring in the Different Periods of Life
    Matching lines:
    • occurring during different periods of life, the formation of the human
    • Illnesses Occurring in the Different
    • delivering a speech, expressed his own inner condition by
    • during their school years. The illnesses that do befall them
    • to be closed in the province of Thüringen because of an
    • provides all the nourishment and air. Hence, during the first
    • only around the age of seven. During these first seven years it
    • most cases it does this quite well. During these tender years,
    • as an inheritance, but the forces that, during the first seven
    • parents and forebears but also brings into the world a
    • just the right time, during the sixth and seventh years, they
    • old. During the first months of pregnancy the whole
    • said that the human being is most healthy during the school
    • produce the second teeth survive. During that period, the child
    • head accomplishes within the organism is most pronounced during
    • during the first seven years. This tremendous strain causes all
    • the second teeth the child can bring order into its breathing,
    • to this task. Then, during the school years, the child is at
    • the most during the first seven years, what conclusion may we
    • human being during the first seven years have been given to the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture III: The Formation of the Human Ear
    Matching lines:
    • occurring during different periods of life, the formation of the human
    • Steiner. Gentlemen, I think we should first bring to a
    • lecture. These four creatures, including man, spring from an
    • said before that during the first few months only the head of
    • the unborn child is developed. (Referring to a drawing.) The
    • grows during those months in the mother's womb, it becomes
    • organized. I would like to make this evident by considering one
    • protruding hair-like fringes.
    • except as a means of remembering them. Likewise, what one
    • accomplished by bringing remedial forces into the digestive
    • brings a healing element into the lower nature of man. Luke,
    • human being should be depicted in it. In rendering this
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture IV: The Thyroid Gland and Hormones
    Matching lines:
    • occurring during different periods of life, the formation of the human
    • results have been obtained by administering thyroid fluid in
    • you understand, of course, that administering thyroid by way of
    • that administering sleeping pills to younger persons actually
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture V: The Eye; Colour of the Hair
    Matching lines:
    • occurring during different periods of life, the formation of the human
    • everywhere. It does not go into this (probably referring
    • mirroring device, when light enters, it is reflected. Thus, in
    • look up to the glittering stars at night. It is indeed
    • not encountering the actual person in this picture and,
    • language of the ear the larynx, with its function of uttering
    • act of speaking is separated from hearing, but with the eye it
    • (referring to his eye). When I look at you, you appear within,
    • said that here is the choroid (referring to his sketch of the
    • take the body into consideration but can bring forth
    • the eyes and hair, the colouring of which is closely
    • light. This rendering is based on an ancient wisdom in which it
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture VI: The Nose, Smell, and Taste
    Matching lines:
    • occurring during different periods of life, the formation of the human
    • and hearing.
    • screwed together the wrong way. I am not referring to those
    • cringe in the royal presence? Of course, theirs is not a
    • pondering something? I am sure you have seen it. He reaches up
    • situated on one end, and they bring about the form on the
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture VII: Spiritual-Scientific Foundations for a True Physiology
    Matching lines:
    • occurring during different periods of life, the formation of the human
    • Gentlemen, this time let us finish answering a question raised
    • gentlemen, in us older fellows things are such that only during
    • cannot do so results in our pouring it into us and tasting it.
    • truth is that even during the great migrations in spring and
    • the north. When spring arrives here in our lands, it starts to
    • fragrances of spring flow southward to them, they fly
    • during exhalation eighteen times a minute and is born during
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture VIII: Concerning the Soul Life in the Breathing Process
    Matching lines:
    • occurring during different periods of life, the formation of the human
    • to discuss. I would like to consider them today. Maybe during
    • decide what should be brought up during the next lecture hour.
    • bring about a disease like the flu; they only appear whenever
    • human egg during the course of the monthly period, it comes
    • draw our attention to the herrings in the ocean. They lay
    • because he isn't a herring — at least not always [Play on
    • words. In German, “Hering” is a very skinny
    • person.] — but all these herring eggs that are not
    • herrings and all the other fishes, all the other animals and
    • dioxide. That is really what happens. During his lifetime man
    • child that is still maturing in the mother's womb has come into
    • really the case that our soul moves along with the air during
    • element, the whole human activity during life, can be derived
    • from it in order to stay well. The curing of illness consists
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture IX: Why do We Become Sick?
    Matching lines:
    • occurring during different periods of life, the formation of the human
    • writes that his medication brings only a little relief to
    • patient even during the external appearance of the illness,
    • example, and then these are inhaled and bring about the disease
    • in another. It is like someone injuring a man by hitting
    • consists not only in hearing but also in speaking faintly. We
    • illnesses something is actually injuring us. The impure fluid,
    • external surface. As a result, when spring approaches and
    • makes its appearance in spring, especially to pollen, those
    • suffering from constipation, and the patient should first be
    • properly and that everything the remedy brings about is
    • bring about some form of mental illness. In some circumstances,
    • great part from the wrong kind of feeding during the earliest
  • Title: East and West, and the Roman Church: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • appeared, entitled “Three Worlds,” bearing the author's name Hei
    • centering round three significant impulses of culture or
    • ideas spring from an ancient civilisation of the Earth and are
    • in our lectures) in the last three to four centuries, during which
    • world-ordering in political and also in the economic life.
    • referring to respect for parents of to fulfillment of one's duties,
    • hearing reports from the vice-regents, examiners and censors and
    • for interests which spring from an admiration of railways,
    • they do not want to listen when the words ring across to us from
    • probably go on manufacturing, striking, colonising, militarising,
    • feels it, one must say it — springs fundamentally from the
    • bring not this doctrine, receive him not into your house, neither
    • a spiritual doctrine. In that case it simply springs from the
    • will take again the conquering path of Francis Xavier and his
    • masterly fashion and springs from people who well know the trend of
  • Title: East and West, and the Roman Church: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • entering the sphere of the Spirit which man can find beyond the
    • Thomas Aquinas, can of itself bring forth ideas for that social
    • ordering of mankind. It is a thought structure that is
    • echo of those ancient doctrines inasmuch as it brings together what
    • away from the Spirit. Man must bring from within that which is
    • has to offer — the Anthroposophy that can really spring forth
    • spiritual world which can spring up out of that self-consciousness.
    • earth can attain its goal. Never can Catholicism bring human beings
    • himself the force to bring the Spirit out of himself, a
    • Spiritual Science ideas are given which spring from the very Spirit
    • people are so confused in their judgments. In order to bring it
    • as to know what really brings man forward. We must be quite clear
  • Title: Fundamental Impulses in the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • spring out of it, the chief part was played by a joyful kind of
    • of man later on, when the word resounded, appearing in its most
    • those appearing in the later civilisation of by what surrounded
    • impulse. It is indeed so, that during the last centuries,
    • reveals. In bringing forward such a question he wants to find
    • earth. It can be seen in everything appearing to-day as
    • founded the old Oriental world-conception during my time,
    • case everything springs out of fear which is related with
    • course, this may sound drastic, but I am trying to bring it
    • would be looked upon as a fool were he to bring forward such
    • instinct, and entering social impulses.
    • the connections of life during more recent times. The world
    • appearing as such a destructive centre, is to be found within
    • up the Ego — and that on entering this world completely,
    • outpouring into the whole world.
    • in the last century for acquiring knowledge on nature outside,
  • Title: Social Life: (single lecture)
    Matching lines:
    • lecture, I should now like to bring forward various details
    • train. In recent times, one sees these attacks appearing
    • bring to humanity.
    • being received into the Mysteries during their earth-life
    • present during the celebration of the Mysteries, and with the
    • he approached those Divine Spiritual Beings, during his life
    • must realise that we no longer have the task of pouring into
    • around that which the child brings with him into this world
    • not to bring it to the child. We are quite clear as to this:
    • we ourselves are able to bring to its consciousness what each
    • child brings to the Earth with its birth here. My dear friends,
    • we would impoverish this Earth, if we only sought to bring to
    • and which it brings with it to the
    • wish to bring as Anthroposophy to these human children in order
    • to make them uniform, but that which brings to life that living
    • reason we have absolutely no interest in bringing
    • us at all to bring any dogmas to the children, for we know that
    • each child brings his own message when he appears on the Earth
    • to get it free and bring it to life, the living spirit itself
    • every single Science we want to bring out the individual nature
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture I: Fever Versus Shock; Pregnancy
    Matching lines:
    • effects of outer events during pregnancy.
    • exerted on the child during pregnancy except indirectly by way
    • during pregnancy, the so-called uterus, the womb, in other
    • the mother's abdominal activity. Except during pregnancy, such
    • life, was bored stiff during the first months of pregnancy,
    • connected with the fact that during the first weeks of
    • development and the mother's mood of soul during the early
    • and during the embryonic life of the human being, and therefore
    • during pregnancy, they can be observed particularly well.
    • Consider the significantly increased abdominal activity during
    • a little crazy during the first stage of pregnancy. They become
    • had bad thoughts during the night, they did not blame the bad,
    • Considering this viewpoint, it is most interesting, though I
    • let us say, and has the misfortune of discovering a person who
    • hearing is strongly connected with the hindbrain as well as
    • during pregnancy becomes the source of the activity taking
    • did during the first months of pregnancy. The later months are
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture II: The Brain and Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • manner so as to prevent a real spark of fire from bringing the
    • During the days when the tragedy took place, a report reached
    • do the work. The first beetle doesn't bring more helpers than
    • it needs, nor does it bring fewer. It arrives with just the
    • that maggots requiring meat will hatch from their eggs.
    • tactics employed by humans during war, the intelligence ruling
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture III: The Effects of Alcohol on Man
    Matching lines:
    • activity of the body during the night, he walks around the next
    • What does this continued drinking signify? During the night,
    • been drinking for a long time begin suffering from delirium
    • actually arise in their offspring. People do not wish to
    • must do a lot if they are to affect their offspring strongly.
    • wash his splattered hands might touch his face during working
    • harming the offspring, all the descendants are thus harmed. If
    • picturing how to wallow in so much food.
    • feels good inside, because it brings about a feeling of sensual
    • of mice that is experienced by an alcoholic suffering from
    • bring human beings to refrain from alcohol on their own. This
    • does not infringe on human freedom, but understanding causes a
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture IV: The Power of Intelligence as the Effect of the Sun; Beaver Lodges and Wasps Nests
    Matching lines:
    • spring arrives, a beaver looks for a spot near a lake or river,
    • There the beaver families live until spring, when they once
    • again move to their solitary dwellings. During the winter, the
    • comes, they seek out their solitary burrows, but during the
    • little during the day, extraordinarily little, but they work
    • brooding over something one has observed as a means of figuring
    • shape in the right way so that they end up with a covering, a
    • pouch-like covering that is somewhat thick. It is in this that
    • and are enveloped by a paper covering. They are like the floors
    • pouch-like outer covering, however, is not made of paper but of
    • network and then puttied up. That is what the outer covering
    • one year's wasps survive until the following spring, but it
    • and they hibernate there. In spring, these females emerge from
    • all these eggs in spring. These wasps that are hatched in
    • spring, growing very quickly and not yet having cells, proceed
    • wasps that hatch from eggs laid in spring have a specific
    • the question. So, the first thing the wasp does in spring is to
    • because they have expended so much energy during their mating
    • shelter. They make it through to spring, lay eggs, and the
    • whole cycle starts anew. So, in spring and summer only sexless
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture V: The Effect of Nicotine; Vegetarian and Meat Diets; On Taking Absinthe; Twin Births
    Matching lines:
    • You must be clear that everything occurring in the human
    • that brings in money. They sit through their office hours, are
    • required to bring this increasingly thick blood into motion. It
    • before. During a period of approximately seven to eight years,
    • butchering and killing poultry, for example, is intended to
    • hangover during sleep, and he is therefore prevented from
    • rapidly during sleep. A person who shaves knows that when he
    • place within it. The number of offspring derived from this egg
    • has an influence on the offspring. They are created by the
    • is what I mean: let us assume that fertilization occurs during
    • bearing children. She need only have a certain antipathy toward
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture VI: Diphtheria and Influenza; Crossed Eyes
    Matching lines:
    • Imagine, if conception occurs during the period when such a
    • established whether or not this tendency to bring forth mute
    • the flu are quite inexact. When I see people suffering from
    • regarding diphtheria. First, if you look at a child suffering
    • in those suffering from influenza also appears in diphtheria
    • one must try above all to bring about a proper activity of the
    • offspring. Take a mother or father whose skin is too sluggish
    • to sketch), which is incapacitated during flu, much cranial
    • recuperated to tell what went through her mind during the time
    • so since she was constantly delirious. Indeed, during her
    • person is. In dealing with a patient suffering from diphtheria,
    • that the patient constantly smells it during the bath. The
    • without stammering, and he didn't stammer when he was full of
    • enthusiasm about something. The stammering is not the point,
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture VII: The Relationship Between the Breathing and the Circulation of the Blood; Jaundice; Smallpox; Rabies
    Matching lines:
    • bring into order internally what man acquires through breathing
    • inoculation, because an activity occurring in the wrong place
    • must sleep, that we require a time during which the head does
    • sustaining a little damage and then restoring itself through
    • sleep, then again being damaged, again restoring itself, and so
    • human evolution is studied in detail, one discovers that during
    • acquiring his head and exhaled hydrocyanic acid, he swam around
    • formed. Man was fashioned during a comet-like formation of the
    • be found in nature: spring, summer, fall, winter. One:
    • spring; two: summer; three: fall; four: winter. Here we
    • In spring, it begins to become dependent, it is most dependent
    • interesting rhythm in the universe. One: spring; two: summer;
    • two three — spring, summer, fall; then four: the water
    • The first three pulse beats are inwardly a little like spring,
    • spring, summer, fall, and winter from the outer spring, summer,
    • dependent on spring, summer, fall, and winter; there are fewer
    • spring, summer, fall, and winter.
    • pulse beat in spring, one in summer, one in fall, and would
    • have an example of this in exploring your question today. We
    • and, as a nitrogen stimulus, brings about what oxygen could
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture VIII: The Effect of Absinthe; Hemophilia;The Ice Age; The Declining Oriental and the Rising European Cultures; On Bees
    Matching lines:
    • can easily bleed to death during an operation, making such an
    • occurring. This cannot be done, of course, as long as today's
    • having healthy offspring. Here we have a strange phenomenon.
    • produce offspring who would become people of inwardly firm and
    • the way into Germany, covering everything with ice.
    • is, if we are to bring about the right kind of human evolution,
    • experience the soul element only as an inner coloring, an inner
    • Lecturing in the native language came about only slowly, but
    • wise men of old, who knew of these matters in a way differing
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture IX: The Relationship of the Planets to the Metals and their Healing Effects
    Matching lines:
    • patients suffering from cholera, typhoid, dysentery, or such
    • winter, then come spring and summer that coax the plants from
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • those effects which happened in and about the human form during life
    • and good: the causes of effects occurring in the plant kingdom of the
    • has little influence upon the plant as it springs from the soil or
    • occur during the creature's life. If it no more than crawls along in
    • what is thus unexplainable, by referring it to “heredity,”
    • astral body, all that he underwent during his life. Thus, with his
    • continue pressing up to a certain point; then it springs back again.
    • Thither my ether-body goes. Thence comes the greening, springing,
    • will bring near to you the question: Might it not also be so for the
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • shall bring before our souls the several domains of life into which
    • sometimes forgotten. For if the art of engineering had not forgotten
    • grow, works in us human beings too, bringing about the original and
    • causing the plants to spring and sprout from the earth, and in us
    • too, bringing about our growth — the finer composition of our
    • carry in us the same forces which bring about plant-growth. Not to
    • ourselves for this during our former life on earth. With the
    • earthly life, and bring with us from the pre-earthly, depend upon the
    • every human individual brings with him from the spiritual world.
    • world which brings forth the springing, sprouting world of plants,
    • and which endows us with our inner quality whereby we bring
    • bring with us from the spiritual world into the physical.
    • occur in our acquiring these sympathies and antipathies. Such
    • impulses which bring about the peopling of the earth with human
    • to solve the riddle consciously: to bring about in our fiftieth year
    • bring about such things? For the things that take place in this
    • either stupidly or cleverly. In any case what you bring to pass is
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • entering into these arguments. I only wish to point out the
    • the consciousness of man during his earthly life was quite different
    • conjuring thoughts out of itself. According to this, the thoughts
    • it will not remain so; Initiation Science, needless to say, brings
    • continue, entering more into the details of karma.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • I wish to bring before you certain broader aspects concerning the
    • during his earthly life. This astral body contains all the results of
    • that a man brings over from his former lives on earth —
    • the sympathy or antipathy of the beings whom he learns to know during
    • during his former life, or lives on earth; and this good relationship
    • inner experiences during the deed that helped him, are coming back to
    • You come to life in the mirroring of your deeds, in the souls with
    • whom you were during your earthly life.
    • pouring out from him accompanies the actions which help his
    • birth, this outpouring love of the one life on earth is transmuted,
    • former life. This joy flows back again into your soul during your
    • have always emphasised in my books: it is the deeds that spring from
    • earth. They too undergo that mirroring in other souls of which I
    • seen, a free and open heart, bringing the world near to us, giving us
    • will reply: we experience so much of suffering and pain; is it all
    • suffering that comes to us from outside, it is no longer so; we
    • notice the suffering quickly enough.
    • of an hour and a half — sometimes it lasts longer. In pouring
    • karmic connections) of what we experience as suffering that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • however, is the outcome of what he himself brings with him from the
    • the forces he brings with him from the spiritual world. Thus he
    • (which, as you know, we do with our own forces, and bring it with us
    • the neighbouring body that is moving. This fact emerged very clearly
    • bring to unfoldment in the human being what he has brought with him
    • his own inner forces of soul-and-spirit — the forces he brings
    • bring with him, for the up-building of his physical body, strength
    • “staring fixedly” at the period of youth. You have an
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • being as he lives on earth. During these lectures we have been
    • from the black void in this case (referring to the diagram), so
    • likewise our Ego is inherent in that which is sleeping in us during
    • like dreams. There the ideas are flickering up, because beneath this
    • being has fashioned and done during his life on earth. They are
    • to our own inner karma, we ourselves bring it into our inner
    • organism. We bring it with us on to the earth as our faculties and
    • in their domain as the consequences of our deeds during the time
    • to trickle down; the rain is falling. What hitherto was hovering
    • common in a former earthly life. Am I transplanted during my earthly
    • in consequence of my former life on earth, during the time when I was
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • today I want to lay the foundations for acquiring an understanding of
    • I shall bring forward examples I have myself investigated and where
    • matter how remote the examples may be, for in referring to karma it
    • lectures, but today I will bring into relief certain characteristic
    • at the book for many years, bringing it to its end with unfaltering
    • Schubert, the composer. As I said, it is a daring venture to give
    • Franz” and the like. But during his lifetime it had been a very
    • engaged in administering finance, dealing with figures all the time.
    • expressed his enthusiasm to his friend Spaun during and after the
    • Sitting with others at a neighbouring table was a University
    • muttering had gone on for a time without being commented on by the
    • hasn't an idea of how to sing, let alone bring off runs or trills!
    • third personality of whom I want to speak is Eugen Dühring,
    • Dühring was a man of extraordinary gifts. In his youth he
    • earliest work of Dühring.
    • Dühring and he spoke with great perspicacity when he said that
    • universal time. Dühring expounded this theme with great clarity.
    • is something psychological behind this. Dühring's one aim
    • Dühring
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • alone brings reality to light and reveals the true, inner connections
    • from epochs in the remote past to more recent times, entering again
    • Europe, were endeavouring to establish themselves in Sicily, and had
    • who had to face the fighting. The individuality we are considering
    • rebirth, during which there is naturally intimate fellowship with the
    • very strange, for the idea often prevails that the ordering of the
    • arrange ourselves. But the ordering of the world is by no means so
    • evolution. And it is in truth an experience of shattering grandeur,
    • culture, who died during those centuries and came up into the
    • is shattering in its significance to see how Vischer never really
    • prolific composer. New works of his were constantly appearing.
    • During
    • burst forth — but only in unusual circumstances — during
    • third personality of whom I spoke yesterday was Eugen Dühring.
    • can always return to these subjects again. Eugen Dühring was of
    • Dühring's History of Mechanics as long as the lion
    • experienced every shade of feeling in regard to Dühring and his
    • back along the right path. And in the case of Dühring it was a
    • constructed Dühring's whole conception of the world
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • Dühring, I pointed out how a bodily peculiarity of one
    • arm. In the surge of the wind and in the flickering of the light in
    • looked up to the heavens and heard the thunder roaring and rumbling
    • who lived in their very limbs and in their whole bearing and action.
    • those pouring down from Middle Europe, it was not the outer course of
    • terrific explosion, scattering the whole earth in fragments through
    • I was able to bring the affliction of the knee into its right
    • guided to his earlier incarnation, during which at a certain moment
    • acquiring, however, a tremendous admiration for the latter. The
    • during the Crusades had suffered injury and embarrassment in an
    • during his life. It was in Naumburg, in the nineties of last century,
    • his mid-day meal and is now lying at rest, pondering, half dreamily
    • pondering on what his soul worked out in the morning. Spiritually
    • Nietzsche was hovering above the head. There he was. And down below
    • thrown upon them. Here one could not start from a suffering limb or
    • the thought of music springing from Greek tragedy which had itself
    • individuality hovering above the body of Nietzsche, you will be
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • are here considering. From now onwards no more is to be heard of the
    • bring it into the world in face of great hindrances and obstructions.
    • spiritual individuality in the 9th century, bearing in mind what he
    • world and appearing again, not perhaps with the same splendour, but
    • so we see Haroun al Raschid appearing again in the history of
    • in Western Europe. And he appears again in the 19th century, bringing
    • time, appearing in an entirely different form.
    • Baghdad, we find Mamun ruling there in the 9th century. During
    • bearing culture that has been fructified by the religion and the
    • are growing away from its hide-bound form and entering into that mode
    • get this striking impression. — During the life between death
    • a shattering way the present links itself with the past. A bond is
    • will bring it to pass as the one and only salvation.” And then
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • preparatory study of Garibaldi, and to begin with I will bring to
    • play truant. While the teacher was trying in his own way to bring
    • still quite young he set about preparing himself for his father's
    • destiny that it was not, considering that his whole enthusiasm was
    • of impulses for freedom were stirring among the peoples of Europe,
    • and Garibaldi could not bring himself to stay away any longer in
    • what intense energy he worked there, mustering volunteers under the
    • see him doing everything in his power to bring it about that the
    • however, the army appeared, with its generals wearing their
    • During
    • Falk, and much else that springs from Freemasonry. What Lessing
    • earth-lives to seem so absurd, considering that it was present in
    • there is, properly speaking, no possibility of ignoring it.
    • really bringing forward inner grounds for the idea, grounds of
    • During a certain period of her life she was a Byron enthusiast. Then
    • Heinrich Schmidt first became known in Vienna during the eighties,
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • comes over from other times bearing a soul filled with great and
    • ago — had to express itself during the 19th century in
    • things that a man brings to manifestation on the physical plane, with
    • expression in the only way possible during that century. You will
    • that alone Garibaldi was able to bring to fulfilment. He could not go
    • treatise on the Education of the Human Race, bringing in the idea of
    • order, by some means or other, to capture the Palladium and bring it
    • staggering to see how the same individuality comes to the same
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • on to questions which concern us more intimately and will bring home
    • that time — it was during the reign of Charlemagne — was
    • within him all that he acquired and experienced during his life as an
    • — chose it during his life between death and a new birth. And
    • bringing with him his profoundly significant impulses for the
    • will be able to discern in the writing and answering of these letters
    • worked together over in the East during the 8th and 9th centuries.
    • during his absence another personality, somewhat less of an
    • beings, those things in history that bring weal or woe, happiness or
    • hardly make a speech without uttering a kind of panegyric, as it were
    • the Irish initiation, for the purpose of bringing Christianity to
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • During the War, of
    • be any question of entering into discussion with our opponents on
    • real earnest that there can be no question of entering into
    • appear in Conrad Ferdinand Meyer, bordering very nearly on dementia.
    • He is remembering something, though not quite exactly. He changes it
    • Meyer something that brings us into confusion as we try to
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • during these few days to say something rather especially for the
    • stem, and ignoring flower and fruit. This kind of study can never
    • particular time of the year, lives out its life during a period when
    • when we are considering this aspect of the life of
    • the karmic fulfilment of the experiences and the sufferings of
    • that his most beautiful works were produced during periods when the
    • immediately find our bearings. We are led, first, to the 6th
    • during an earthly life, the picture changes in such a way that
    • prevailing all over Central Europe during the Thirty Years' War
    • one earthly life only. In considering man, we must realise how the
    • with a genuinely epigrammatic ring. We may also remember how he, a
    • Society’, and its aim is to bring into the whole Society a
    • be the means of revitalising it, of bringing it to new life just as
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • whole of man's nature, enabling him to find his bearings in
    • shattering experience when in the search for karmic connections one
    • Asia Minor in the early Christian centuries. It is a shattering
    • and experienced by the Initiate to whom I am now referring, whose
    • shattering impression upon him.
    • submerged by the savagery and brutality prevailing during the Thirty
    • 19th century. All that had become even more inward during the
    • that had such a shattering effect upon an Initiate — albeit an
    • Initiate in Mysteries already decadent. This shattering experience in
    • experiences that come upon one in this domain are shattering
    • very different way, all that fell from Plato's lips, bringing
    • Plato in this heavenward flight, in this soaring above the earth, and
    • lingering in his world of vision but living again in his heart and
    • two differing configurations of destiny. Of two members of the
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • wonder towards the surrounding world can spring both from
    • power and authority, brought no consequences. Anyone hearing of
    • unimportant form of existence. During this incarnation a certain
    • moment and which had a shattering effect throughout the region
    • when this shattering event had just occurred, I was on my way to
    • at the time. But the shattering effect was all the greater in view of
    • This brings us to
    • terrible suffering on account of some injury, or other cause. No
    • perception in general — hearing, feeling, and so forth. Certain
    • men beheld the equipose between downbearing weight and upbearing
    • life in olden times: this capturing of the outward
    • inward-turned gaze is bounded and held firm by picturing his
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • for ill. And it is these connections which bring it about that we
    • compensation during the next earthly life, you yourself cause by
    • during the time I lived within him between death and a new birth. At
    • relations into which it brings us are of the most varied shades;
    • directed strangely, considering that he is still in doubt whether his
    • colouring of his life; it is all present as a nucleus in the feeling
    • really perceive the peculiar colouring — not of course the
    • conventional reflection of his upbringing and experience. But so long
    • feeling that he is hovering in the air. Gradually it comes about that
    • means of his arms and hands, and see him hovering, as it were, not so
    • nothing of karma. I must do away with all this. I must bring it about
    • several previous incarnations. I must first bring it about that the
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • will be able even to have an inkling of understanding of them during
    • therefore, demand a real waiting, a time for ripening. We must bring
    • objectively real: the ring of the voice, the way in which the words
    • productive in some way during the reading, if we merely let the
    • beings were now bringing you this experience. And you actually
    • can say: the physical body elaborates the picture during the next
    • body elaborates the picture during the next day.
    • body elaborates the picture during the next night.
    • incredibly daring sprinter, who might resolve to make a display of a
    • these things, they appear somewhat overpowering. This is not to be
    • first the thing appears as if some being were really bearing the
    • that the picture is fettering me.’ Then this event of the
    • still quite present. The fettering ceases, and I say to myself:
    • event, but bring a number of. events of the day into picture-form in
    • the antagonistic writings spring out of the earth like mushrooms
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • considering individual karmic connections, I have already drawn
    • she was wearing, they do not know! It is really incredible, but it is
    • was lecturing, stared at one point — the upper part of the
    • limbs mobile, to bring his limbs into activity. The whole body was
    • so — the earth-forces are very much favoured during the
    • interest in anything during the previous earthly life. You see, the
    • intensely in life during a previous earthly life, who interested
    • a man lives during one earthly life, and his physical constitution in
    • man behaves in such actions as are connected with the fostering or
    • non-fostering of his physical existence, we can say that here is
    • man that he is bearing in his being and nature his past earthly life.
    • clearly observed. The head of man is best studied by considering it
    • enter into a kind of musical mood during the
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • are always there between the days. During the nights a very great
    • nothing about it. What happens to him while he is unconscious during
    • journey, this vision of what has happened during the nights, is lived
    • being during sleep; but after death he experiences it with
    • a kind of photographic negative. If you caused suffering to some
    • person during your earthly life, you experienced this infliction of
    • suffering as it proceeded from yourself. You experienced what
    • during earthly life, but you slip as it were into the other person
    • for a third of the time of the earthly life. During this period the
    • experiences that may come to a human being during this period after
    • Action, Suffering. He called them the ‘Categories’. They
    • Suffering — these men know as little to what these Categories
    • considering it to be a piece of childishness on the part of Raymond
    • Teachers whom we know as the Moon Beings, has been lost. But during
    • during this period.
    • wood with them. But the man to whom I am now referring revealed
    • certain interest in the way he was bringing his thoughts, his
    • during the earthly life.
    • question during the backward journey after death. And many things in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • during this period work upon him and also upon one who is able to
    • from outside during earthly life, then that Being of the Hierarchy of
    • period which I have already described to you, our study brings us to
    • Everything is spiritual. And within this Spirit-realm we can bring to
    • have an effect only upon what a man brings of himself into this
    • approaches the realm of the Sun. Before entering this realm of
    • World Order commits us into the care of the sublime Sun Beings during
    • bring into the realm of Sun-existence. The rest remains behind and
    • — If during my life on earth I have given someone a box on the
    • last life on earth. And when I return to the earth I bring with me
    • enter this realm, I can only bring back, quickened and spiritualised
    • influence of the Sun-existence during life on earth. Similarly, if we
    • During earthly
    • elaborating in him what is connected with the good. During earthly
    • influence of the moon and during the period between death and a new
    • with it makes its appearance in the human being during his earthly
    • and desiring to enter earthly life again, we should stand at this
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • In considering how
    • the Second Hierarchy works by itself during the period from the 21st
    • threefold membering of the human being is a reality; so too is the
    • other threefold membering of which I am speaking
    • concerned with the shaping of karma during physical life on
    • Archangeloi and Archai who bring us from the spiritual world into the
    • our life of soul. From pre-earthly existence we bring with us into
    • able to work powerfully upon the body. During this period, only the
    • and the evil he brings with him. For the time being he must leave
    • years). During the period from the 21st year to the 28th year, karmic
    • beings living in our time and sharing in its culture, we should find
    • their incarnation during the first seven or eight centuries after the
    • grew stronger and stronger during the first Christian centuries. The
    • incarnation during the first Christian centuries, were not strong
    • realm; and the seed which was planted in him during an earlier life,
    • support from outside because they cannot find what brings them into
    • Archangeloi and Archai say to us in our subconsciousness during the
    • of the Angeloi there rings forth: This is what Saturn, Jupiter and
    • whose call resounds in our subconsciousness during the first three
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • during the different periods of his life. — I should like to
    • (during which period they co-operate with the Second Hierarchy), in
    • exercised directly by the Hierarchies during the various periods of
    • phase and if we can find our bearings in the sphere of Inspiration,
    • appearing.
    • death during the backward journey which lasts for a third of the time
    • bearing upon spiritual vision itself. There are realities for the
    • have heard that a man's karma is prepared during the period
    • virtue of their earlier earthly lives bring into the spiritual world
    • evidence of this during their next life on earth. Let me give you an
    • decline. The personality to whom I am referring had pursued such
    • sphere of Mars during the second half of his life between death and
    • as Voltaire. I am therefore able to bring him forward as an example
    • enough during the World War.
    • attacks with almost foolhardy daring, at others evincing actual
    • of the Jupiter region can bring about in human beings during their
    • to-day. But the other personality to whom I am referring imbibed with
    • to imagine yourselves in this position ... I am not referring to any
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • if he brings his destiny into confusion by subjective decisions, then
    • that brings with it hard and heavy tests for human nature. If a man
    • to some other person with whom life does not bring him into specially
    • it to yourselves, entering into it with the right feeling and
    • of acquiring knowledge; feelings about the world are quickened within
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • karma given during the last few weeks and months.
    • aware only of what has happened during the days — unless we
    • an account of what has happened during the days, during the hours of
    • that I experienced in relation to Goethe during the seven years I was
    • after-effects of what we have experienced during the day still
    • else that happens to us during sleep. As sleep continues, however, a
    • afternoon nap? Or indeed when we have a brief forty winks during a
    • during that half minute.
    • dear friends, that for this short nap even during a lecture, the same
    • that even during the briefest sleep we rush with tremendous,
    • but if somebody falls asleep during a lecture, then the lecturer or
    • falls asleep during a lecture everything lacks clarity because it
    • But these ‘sections’ of the cosmos are always entering
    • the Angeloi is appearing, at another, a Being from the Hierarchy of
    • the following formula. — During our earthly existence we
    • particular portion of the world is revealed to us during our life on
    • bring the appropriate section of the cosmos before our soul. In what
    • means whereby to bring to man the primary form of his karma. Why are
    • reservoir upon which the gods may draw in order to bring to our
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • to repeat that in the elaboration of karma during the life stretching
    • connected by karma. In the elaboration of karma during this life
    • the higher Hierarchies who elaborate karma by the side of man during
    • natural influences during floods or suchlike
    • accepts the distress they bring as a stroke of destiny. The
    • We even find that during this life between death and a new birth when
    • Hierarchies who are also active during the life we lead between birth
    • of my life during the night-time awakens within me. I know what I
    • a blue, glimmering light arise from the evening twilight and
    • when we know we have actually beheld it during the night. What
    • hovering there in the firmament, now approaching man, now drawing
    • another Hierarchy approaches man, now hovering towards him and now
    • etheric body. All that man has thought during his waking life from
    • morning till evening begins to move and ring on waves of sound. If
    • been thinking during the hours of their waking life, this will give
    • fruits of thy thoughts and ideas during the day. The Beings of the
    • Angels during our hours of sleep. It is so indeed: during our waking
    • hours we create work for the Angels during the time of sleep. And now
    • and hovering above them I perceived the Angels, Archangels and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • out of karma during physical life on earth. To-day I should like to
    • destruction; these views are the offspring of human passions and
    • bearing upon our present age, let us consider occurrences in
    • human soul and another during the life between death and rebirth; we
    • ordering of the world. But although this necessity becomes evident to
    • in the Moon; and there we encounter them during the first phase of
    • unerring script of soul-and-spirit.
    • their realm bearing with them an earthly element, bearing this
    • civilisation, brings about oblivion of karma. But because of this
    • worlds. Well-being that springs from calamities befalling man along
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I: Introduction to these Studies on Karma
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • rather strange idea, that the thoughts spring forth within
    • They imagined that they held the thoughts during the time
    • to the outpouring of a conception such as was held by the
    • colouring, into the cosmic ether, into the impulses of the
    • when man dies the thoughts he received during his earthly
    • after all, is smouldering still at the very foundations of
    • become unconscious, during earthly life, of what is there
    • intellectualistic colouring; but they felt this all as a
    • to spiritual hearing, spiritual listening. Only then shall
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture II: Forces of Karmic Preparation in the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • conscious, during the first few days, of all the
    • the ordinary consciousness during his earthly life, sees
    • then the whole web of karmic relationships springs forth
    • during the man's earthly life. But immediately something
    • consciously during our earthly life are dead
    • panorama of our life — the living thoughts spring
    • and receive what is springing forth from the ‘other
    • during the time when man ascends on his way upward, after
    • possible of these ghosts of the past century and bring them
    • can bring something forward out of the past.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture III: The Spiritual Foundations of Anthroposophical Endeavour
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • upon him during life, — of all that happens to him in
    • During this time
    • are to make here during the near future. To begin with let
    • This must bring
    • though they were steering straight towards it without any
    • Spiritual Soul is destined to bring.
    • may say so, leaving the head on one side and entering
    • gatherings of souls in the spiritual world, — souls
    • were to seek again in an altered form during their next
    • refer had undergone very much during that time; and all
    • number of souls in common, during the first half of the
    • which was frequently the case during the centuries to which
    • in this light, during his life between death and new birth.
    • superficial, external, nay even cringing.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture IV: The Soul's Condition of Those Who Seek for Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • Then, during a certain time — during the Lemurian and
    • gathering above the earth, which I described here the other
    • descend to earthly life again, to bring them, in
    • entering not through windows or doors but through wide-open
    • who were preparing to descend into earthly existence at the
    • though they remembered a resolve that they had made during
    • flickering from the one into the other. For in such cases
    • of the human being which we must bring into all earthly
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture V: Spiritual Conditions of Evolution Leading up to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • incarnations during the first centuries of the founding of
    • considering this incarnation we found that we must
    • distinct perception: “I am entering a twofold entity:
    • yourselves, all of you, during that time —
    • the world of plants, for instance, he saw the flowering
    • colours, were spread over the flowering meadow. What we see
    • springing forth in clouds of mist, descending into the soil
    • seen hovering over the things and processes of Nature, the
    • lived every night during my sleep,-herein I am experiencing
    • hovering in ever-changing spirit-shapes over all plant and
    • bring forth the good and the evil in the human soul.
    • colouring to these souls as they stood before the mighty
    • etheric body. Christianity was now preparing to speak about
    • more living in the souls who had been stigmatised during
    • still behold hovering over the world of plants, gleaming
    • was written out of the spiritual sounds whose whispering
    • care so very much in those times for the mere hearing of
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VI: The School of Chartres
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • bring before our souls these three spiritual conditions,
    • springing forth like an aura and fertilised in turn out of
    • the mountains, the river-springs. Of this Goddess who
    • wandering stars hold sway in the heavens, and thou shalt
    • which leads from the planets, from the wandering stars, to
    • With an inspiring
    • preparing for a new earthly life just at that time. For
    • they were preparing to descend in the very near future into
    • necessary, to bring about the subsequent turning-point: the
    • those on the other hand who were preparing to carry
    • bring about a new Spirituality that was to flow into the
    • preparing to descend into the physical world of sense, who
    • were preparing to cultivate Aristotelianism in the
    • worlds during the 13th and on into the early 14th
    • entering into the karma of the Anthroposophical Movement a
    • large number of disciples of Chartres. Entering into this
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VII: The New Age of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • entering upon an age when man must once again be touched
    • important impulses in the process of humanity during that
    • During that time
    • and ancestors. During that time those qualities became
    • Michael, were no longer upon the earth during the time of
    • and awe-inspiring event, above all for those who belonged
    • — to live in thoughts that spring forth from within
    • bring one thought into connection with another, and so
    • incisive event to see the Intelligence pouring down, as it
    • — beginning to bring forth their own power of
    • pouring in. No wonder that the main interest of those
    • Schoolmen, were bringing forth, we see the earthly stamp
    • many aeons, pouring it into earthly existence in living
    • that began during the age of Gabriel, making it earthly,
    • souls were taking part in an awe-inspiring event that could
    • epochs of time, one witnesses an awe-inspiring departure
    • And one might say: What Michael taught to his own during
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VIII: Ahriman's Fight Against the Michael Principle. The Message of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • during which we live, in an ethereal or other higher form
    • really happened, and to bring these matters to full
    • doctrine of Sin during the whole of human evolution, I
    • definite shade or colouring had gradually been evolved.
    • sight, — overpowering, magnificent. And every time a
    • Rosicrucianism, was nurturing the early beginnings of the
    • reading, but in the Book of Nature. The blundering,
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture IX: Entry of the Michael Forces. Decisive Character of the Michael Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • it is Michael who brings the karma of men nearest of all to
    • entering deeply and incisively into their lives.
    • century, — it was a shattering experience to see
    • through Anthroposophy, are thereby preparing their whole
    • Spiritual is preparing to become a race-creating force. The
    • took its course during the Kali Yuga. They have gone on
    • souls, if I may call them so, bring forth their forces,
    • forth with difficulty, — when as I say they do bring
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture X: The Michaelites: Their Karmic Impulse Towards the Spiritual Life  The Working of Ahriman into the Once Cosmic and Now Personal Intelligence
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • freedom. We need not therefore fear that by entering into
    • education and upbringing, a man can only come sincerely to
    • advice. But when we bring our children on as we do in the
    • impulses, which bring the single anthroposophists to
    • foundations of the soul. Now what is it that can bring us
    • Cosmic Intelligence was ever and again tearing his soul
    • our soul deeply, and it can indeed be a shattering
    • shattering, a deeply moving act, my dear friends. And to
    • brilliant and overpowering spirit of an Ahrimanic
    • thing alone can bring the realities of intellectualism
    • takes possession of the human being, overpowering the human
    • personality and overpowering him, is able to work upon
    • possible lowering or diminution of consciousness, it may
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture XI: Evolution of the Michael Principle Throughout the Ages. The Split in the Cosmic Intelligence
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • bring to a kind of conclusion what I have said. Thus in
    • important thing about him during his life is the fact that
    • during his earthly life, to permeate his soul with true
    • reality a gathering of Spiritual Beings. When we look up to
    • external aspect. In reality we have to do with a gathering
    • overwhelming, shattering experience). In the Ecumenical
    • Cosmic Intelligence, face to face with such overpowering
    • bringing the power which is to bring order again into the
    • the Anthroposophical Society? It is that they are to bring
    • entering here or there into relationships that do not
    • are bringing down to them in the present age of
    • the 9th or 10th century. This again is the shattering
    • environment no less than physical human beings. During this
    • centuries. And now the requirement is to bring these cosmic
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • during the last four to five centuries, they are adapted only to receive
    • brings me to speak of what I shall have to say to you in the coming
    • investigator brings to light requires only the healthy human intellect,
    • other states of consciousness, first of all simply by comparing those
    • and then, suddenly, as he is merely staring at what otherwise he would
    • understood only by one who is able to bring spiritual insight to bear
    • spiritual radiance, a glimmering, glistening iridescence extending far
    • would have gazed into these glimmering, sparkling, iridescent auras of
    • every tree or rock, every spring or mountain, or at the stars, in such a
    • destiny, notwithstanding all freedom, is spun during our life of sleep,
    • During the
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • I may say that in the twenty-three to twenty-four years during which we
    • sight, when considering the life of a man on earth with all the contents
    • strange requirements that have been made of me from time to time during
    • conclusion during the last few weeks. Only now has it reached a stage
    • literary and medical career. Everything that took place during this
    • of embalming mummies and procuring the substances for this purpose,
    • thus came into the position of rediscovering in the Tyrol what was then
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • whereas the forces bringing forth the waves are really penetrating
    • that in considering the successive earthly lives of individual human
    • individualities, and Haroun al Raschid did many things during that life
    • individualities, following them as it were in their spirit-wanderings
    • Alexander, his life, his campaigns into Asia, and everywhere he brings
    • During our
    • recent stay in England during the Summer Course
    • look out into the sea and watch the glittering sunshine reflected in the
    • these elemental spirits were messengers to them, bringing to them the
    • quite differently than in other regions, glittering back from between
    • council, if I may call it so. For looking at their further wanderings in
    • to which I have now often referred in the hearing of some though not of
    • Spain during a certain time, returned to Florence, the city of his
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • especially when we bring the earthly life of men, as we have been doing
    • of the threefold man heretical. Considering the power of such edicts in
    • time preparing the Michael stream for the 20th century, the Michael
    • you how Haroun al Raschid appeared again, bringing with him into Europe
    • of Christian development, but which brings a foreign element, foreign to
    • when it was a matter of considering the spiritual life, they turned
    • Chartres belonged to Monastic Orders. We see them wearing the garment of
    • strange phase of development. During the whole of this period, when the
    • they were preparing for the Michael stream in the super-sensible world,
    • earthly scene the inspiring ray from the Aristotelian soul above,
    • bringing the Platonically coloured teachings into the right channels. It
    • more in the spiritual world, were the inspiring genii. They had already
    • the real events has come to me in many remarkable ways during my life.
    • Anthroposophy itself. But life and karma brings them into these outer
    • the end of the year, than the ordinary text-books during the year. I
    • birth, partaking in that super-sensible gathering, in that spiritual
    • appearing again on earth have to make use, in the first place, of the
    • taken place in the super-sensible during the last few centuries. In
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • West, I have received a welcome gift during the last few days: a gift of
    • Chartres preserves as it were the portraits of the inspiring genii of
    • to die. But her desire to die did not spring from a sentimental or
    • Thus you see, life brings to one in many
    • supplement what I then said by referring to the evening twilight mood of
    • the courage to bring into our present life that feeling of the ancient
    • account the higher members of man's nature when considering disease and
    • straight the ways of Christianity and to bring Christianity into its
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • during the incarnation as Herzeleide; but it was none the less pressing
    • contemporaries with his astronomic opinions, differing as they did from
    • centuries, and they were looking towards it again during the enactment
    • germinating seeds, though very sparingly, within the great texture of
    • we see entering into him conceptions, albeit fanciful, which
    • springing up in Schelling's soul. He writes a philosophic dialogue
    • sphere of world-conceptions; something must enter his soul, inspiring
    • during the first half of the 19th century, in Schelling's case it is
    • At that time I myself was entering a phase
    • physical means. And this had reached its highest point during my Weimar
    • inspiring figure was Julian the Apostate — Herzeleide —
    • again I found that the inspiring spirit was the same who had lived in
    • the present time are preparing their souls to shorten as far as possible
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • he underwent during his life on earth. If he offended another man
    • to withdraw; but, hoping to bring about a renewed contest, he summons
    • the magician Klingsor from the land of Hungary. He did, in effect, bring
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • During the past weeks we have been seeking
    • recoiled from bringing to you detailed facts out of the spiritual life,
    • To-day I will bring forward a few more
    • To begin with, however, I shall bring
    • We are referring to the most ancient time of
    • but is drawn strongly in both directions. I am referring to
    • been to bring forward the arguments for both sides. He brought forward
    • spiritual substance of Christianity during that age. Indeed he was
    • any concrete answer during that earthly life. No answer was forthcoming.
    • modern form. Nevertheless during her life this nun, the seeress, came
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • will after all form a totality, a single whole, which I will bring to a
    • every human being does after all bring with him from his former lives on
    • earth. I mean what he brings with him in the sense that with the
    • you how such difficulties were already prepared in many cases during
    • beautiful, who is surrounded by his ministering spirits, the
    • opposing power, bearing into the world-evolution of mankind all that is
    • received during my instruction as against the mighty tableau of
    • death. Indeed there springs forth in her a kind of longing that in her
    • us, we must be able to recognise the outpouring of certain instructive
    • incarnation, could actually speak of his intercourse with the inspiring
    • and a man during the early Christian centuries, who on the first
    • looked for supports and points of contact in order to bring some inner
    • wants to do something to bring to appearance outwardly the full inner
    • the power of the sun and stars he wants to bring down and find on earth
    • the guiding lines of the administration of the State. He wants to bring
    • to bring into his mentality all that roused his opposition and rebellion
    • very thing that was most bitter for him during his imprisonment now
    • in his dissertation he brings forth all that is fermenting in him,
    • During this journey he writes a wonderful little book,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • easily bring into his present incarnation such spiritual contents as are
    • deeply and perseveringly into the ideas of Anthroposophy — it is
    • likely be a kind of stammering; but it will be visible in such a man how
    • the greatest difficulty in entering a new incarnation. When he had
    • it was a fairly long time — he found real difficulty in entering
    • again with a Christian colouring.
    • must now bring with him into the world — it was difficult for him
    • with a feminine character and colouring it could not have received
    • to come forth in him. But on the other hand there could spring forth in
    • wring their hands! One of the most eminent among them at that time was
    • gathering in Weimar where I was present, the following thing happened.
    • conducted practice classes in lecturing and essay writing, I once gave a
    • stirring within me.
    • How shall we bring spirituality into the life of the present time.
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of the Activity of Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • entering our thoughts, our mental pictures, and then come
    • only with its fringe into one's organism,
    • When one can really bring the larynx inwardly into a
    • I said a few days ago: During the last
    • springing from the realm of art, from the realm of art
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture II: The Physical World and the Moral-Spiritual Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • trace of moral impulses entering into the sun's warmth and
    • During his waking hours man lives entirely in the
    • during sleep, the activity of his astral
    • returns to it on waking, that during the time
    • is woven during sleep between birth and death in a fine
    • experiences and weaves during all the periods of
    • his life passed during sleep between birth and
    • has woven during his sleep, man now enters that
    • and density from offering resistance to the
    • disappearing. But here we can become aware of
    • spiritual experience which brings us into the presence of the
    • reality-bearing force of the creative will-power
    • bearing the soul-forces proper, and lastly to the
    • how during the time between falling asleep and awakening, the
    • astral world; but, as has also been explained, during
    • of the present, is not yet capable of bringing its
    • continues also during waking hours in the sphere of the will,
    • during the time between, falling asleep
    • sleep. But during this sleep is woven that essence which, when
    • human will, remaining dormant even during waking hours, weaves
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture III: Man's Faculty of Cognition in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • recognise on entering this world of flowing images that these
    • do not have colours adhering to
    • On entering that world to which in a sense our astral body
    • of the spiritual world. He must bring
    • capable, when not forming part of water, of entering into quite
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • European German nature so as to bring to effectiveness the
    • special way when he attempts to bring human beings into
    • chauvenistic nationalistic spirit entering into these
    • understood by our present time. We shall attempt to bring
    • times gone by. He could do nothing else than bring this
    • Damier” which attempted to bring the world moving
    • Cups”; “Soul Wandering”; “The Dance
    • experience this nonsensical unclear staggering and wabbling,
    • one gets the sort of staggering which today is regarded as
    • Karamazov there is an overpowering by the “I”; in
    • Aloysha Karamazov there is an overpowering by the astral
    • body; in Ivan Karamazov there is an overpowering by the
    • overpowering by the physical body. A light of understanding
    • spiritual connections, and wants to bring before us the sin
    • Then he gets the inquisition to give him a hearing. The great
    • want to bring salvation to people, you have to bring them a
    • spiritual; you see Christ appearing externally in the
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture II: Deeper Secrets of Man's Soul-Spiritual Nature
    Matching lines:
    • fetch them out of the memory again during the physical
    • Was this activity through which man forms thoughts during his
    • preserve these memories, during this time we occupy ourselves
    • ether consists of that which we during our life between birth
    • during our physical life has lived in in us now has become a
    • on the other side actual processes are occurring which he
    • times as fast as he experienced during physical life between
    • birth and death, in so far as during that period he perceives
    • that which we have experienced in us during our physical life
    • into that world in which he lived unconsciously during the
    • they bring another human being into existence. And if the
    • has been apportioned to you during your earth existence. You
    • the cosmic ether with that which we express during our earth
    • knowledge, but above all it should be capable of bringing
    • development. Lucifer, during the Moon evolution, could not be
    • only possible to bring into existence that which is added to
    • to bring into existence that which inserts itself in the
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture III: A Fragment from the Jewish Haggada, Blavatsky
    Matching lines:
    • and willing can bring together through the Instrument of the
    • development of the physical body. During this 5th
    • time of the flowering of the 4th period. I am now telling you
    • going to bring everything into disorder. And they said: The
    • developmental forces occurring. And here we have H. P.
    • influencing in any way; she brings a quite new knowledge out
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture IV: Secrets of Freemasonry
    Matching lines:
    • occult streams which bring themselves to expression in
    • quite special coloring in West Europe, particularly in the
    • particular being who was left behind during the Moon
    • Evolution. We already had our physical body during the Moon
    • left and right and this would bring to expression reverence
    • grip and word, because they could not bring to themselves
    • through the fact that they bring their body into a certain
    • through that you bring something into their unconscious which
    • must bring it to the intellect and this actually is the
    • preparing them to become complete sleepers in their intellect
    • results from a mistake springing from complete ignorance in a
    • preparing themselves very gradually right now are so prepared
    • cause of the machine no longer running. How can I bring this
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture V: Comenius and the Temple of PanSophia
    Matching lines:
    • upon these elementals, they work differently in spring,
    • spring in order to form the plant covering for the earth. The
    • world of form can sprout forth in the spring. And as summer
    • pouring, with an up and down streaming of spiritual beings of
    • able to effect the forms which sprout out of the Earth during
    • then you bring out of yourself that which was revealed to you
    • established itself in your souls. Bring it up.” Thus
    • really bring out of ourselves.
    • act as a covering for that which exists within our souls.
    • was possible to bring up out of the soul that which in
    • indicated that during the whole time from the year 747 B.C.
    • bring a fact to your attention. The present historian speaks
    • 4th to the 5th period he felt how the spirit was disappearing
    • that there was a sudden spring from the 14th to the 15th
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture VI: Death and Resurrection
    Matching lines:
    • brotherhoods which bring to expression in their total content
    • occurring; that the festivities of Maundy Thursday pass over
    • moon after the beginning of Spring which falls on the 21st of
    • knows that our earth is not only different in spring and in
    • Autumn, that in spring the vegetation shoots up and in autumn
    • March. The first full moon after the beginning of Spring
    • in the week after the streaming down of the spring full moon.
    • the moonlight after the Spring Equinox than, shall we say,
    • but through the organic fettering of the human being man's
    • age of materialism brings with it short thoughts, thoughts
    • bring that understanding which is necessary if a culture your
    • scientific standpoint. Naturally he could only bring a
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture VII: Man's Four Members
    Matching lines:
    • spring out, separate out into many different divisions
    • question: How would these portions which spring out of us
    • physical configuration during our earth existence from the
    • his form only during the earth period. The animals have
    • human being not only during our waking period, but also that
    • unfolded outside in the whole universe during sleep, that is
    • try to reduce them down to analogies referring more to the
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture VIII: Thomas More and His Utopia
    Matching lines:
    • who must bring forward everything which would support this
    • long. There is the Advocate who brings forward evidence
    • pleasant feeling united with the eating of the food. During
    • exercises he was transplanted during his sleep state into the
    • bring them directly into his consciousness. He could
    • spiritual world, but he could not bring them over
    • actually is occurring in the souls of human beings. Thus you
    • occurring in those souls who take part in the particular
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture IX: Celtic Symbols and Cult, Jesuit State in Paraguay
    Matching lines:
    • done upon man during this Greco-Latin period was something
    • Copernican astronomy or Darwinism instead of preparing the
    • body and brings the thinking into a certain direction. This
    • actions were regulated according to the ringing of church
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • development of Central Europe during the last centuries could
    • bring up and it is the fear of these difficult concepts and
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture XI: Fragments from the Jewish Haggada
    Matching lines:
    • for him that they bring him to that place where he is
    • guarantee for him that they bring him to the place where he
    • gates of the city because they fell down during their flight.
    • order that man could have an opportunity during the Earth
    • have a feeling of their immortality even during their life,
    • to bring our attention to the fact that they knew of their
    • teaching of Zarathustra. And let us try to bring the
    • of the contradictions which occurs in human beings during the
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture XII: Luciferic Dangers from the East
    Matching lines:
    • who in a normal way exercised their activity during the Moon
    • but about all this because I want to bring a very significant
    • fostering egotism. Hence, such books make an egotistical
    • bring to your attention is Hammerling's seer vision, how he
    • human ordering. However, we know that all of human ordering
    • told you that the science of the spirit brings together three
    • Child and how he brings through this Solomon Jesus Child that
    • bring a book to your attention entitled
    • great culture bringer of our age who is solving the great
    • intellectual pride which places itself against acquiring a
  • Title: Memory and Habit: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • that memory begins to function at a certain point of time during our
    • earthly life and that experiences occurring before this point of time
    • tasks of earthly life is to unfold the faculty of memory. During our
    • clairvoyance possessed by man during the Old Moon period, he
    • actually obtained during the period of the old dreamlike
    • something else which we have to acquire during earthly existence.
    • habits were ours during the Old Moon period of existence.
    • repetition of actions. Through instructions given during our
    • upbringing, actions steadily repeated become habitual. We are first
    • habits in the right way during earthly existence is necessary to the
    • habits during the Old Moon period of evolution? At that time,
    • physical existence through birth, we come from a world in which, during
    • similar to those obtaining during the Old Moon period. In the
    • spiritual world, before entering through birth into earthly
    • enduring traces of imaginative, dreamlike experiences. Habits arise
    • substance that which we have engraved within our being during earthly
    • are acquired during earthly life. Let us first consider memory. Memory
    • to memorise. At a certain age in our upbringing we are told to learn
    • by heart. There is a difference between acquiring the natural faculty
    • was done without any participation on his part during the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Memory and Habit: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • during that period of dreamy, imaginative vision, man had no need of
    • imaginations. During the Earth period proper this mode of experience
    • whereas during the Earth period everything a man thinks (as well as
    • for the whole of the normal life of soul during the Earth period, that is
    • humanity is to reach its earthly goal, springs, however, from sources
    • rebirth. It must be acquired during earthly life and from this
    • without actual vision of the spiritual worlds, but to bring it down
    • find our bearings in the spiritual world. Memory is something which,
    • During the Græco-Latin epoch of civilisation, such a statement
    • and preparing the period of world-history in which all that we
    • Hierarchies. During the Old Moon period and on into the early
    • period and during the early part of the Earth period. We left this
    • choir of Being a stream of life is pouring once again into human
  • Title: Memory and Habit: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • body (other than the head) is preparing to become head
    • what to-day is the larynx (including the neighbouring organs of
    • expressed in the knee is preparing (when spread over the whole body)
    • spread over the whole body) is preparing to become the organ for the
    • through her beauty proceed to bring about the temptation — this
    • her beauty bring about the temptation. That the objective world
    • ladies say when they want to bring two young people together, of all
    • to bring off the match under the influence of what is
    • the effects of what is said; Lucifer's aim is to bring about
    • During the Atlantean epoch and even afterwards — at any rate up
    • necessity of ensuring that an idea shall absolutely accord with
    • world. The capacity to find our true bearings in the spiritual world
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture One: Greetings to the Builders Working on the Goetheanum. Otto Weininger, a Decadent Genius. Distorted Pictures of Imaginative Knowledge.
    Matching lines:
    • the fine progress our building has made during the time we could not
    • the more these life-obscuring clouds arise. It is about human nature,
    • did feel like this during the last few decades. To be distinguished
    • coming to the surface during the last few decades.
    • covering just about the whole range of human life. Mind you, what is
    • something that should only have occurred during the time between death
    • should. The next incarnation is the rightful bringer of death in the
    • this incarnation, as Weininger's did, it brings a caricature of death,
    • into the present one, bringing about the caricature of death, suicide.
    • of what is living and stirring within us will grow and will make us
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Two: Two Spheres of Existence in Nature and in Man: the Realm of Regularity and the Realm of Irregularity. The Ancient Hebrews' Jubilee year as the Expression of Formative Powers of the Soul. The Christ Incarnation.
    Matching lines:
    • Today I would like to begin by considering a simple fact of which
    • spring, develop through the summer, then fade away and disappear in
    • spiritual-scientific movement should be preparing the manifestations
    • Jubilee Period lasted 50 x 354 3/8 days; during this period one
    • this and which we are ignoring today.) In each of the three cases the
    • or 50. Thereby the soul was enabled to experience the ordering of the
    • human institution was preparing human souls for thinking the great
    • understood — one cannot bring it within the scope of reason
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Three: The Duality of Human Nature -- The Heavenly and the Earthly Aspects of Man. Uranus and Gaia. Influences of One Incarnation on the Next: Metamorphoses of the Body.
    Matching lines:
    • have seen how everything that comes to life in a human soul during
    • is a shimmering vision that hovers in front of them in the way the
    • during the stage when they were approaching their most recent life in
    • incompatible, one referring to what is absolutely valuable and the
    • head, the whole of the essential process, takes place during the time
    • paradox that it is very important to understand. For, during the
    • briefly, people look upon a human being during the first seven years
    • That is why the materialists of today look upon manifestations during
    • during its first seven years, and not a sexual being at all. To use a
    • or female during the first seven years. This is because there is no
    • during the first seven years and what one calls masculine and feminine
    • During the first seven years, what appears to be masculine is not
    • individuals, their organisation is more terrestrial, Gaian. During the
    • during the first seven years? You must take what I am going to
    • see, during the first seven years the head is constantly being worked
    • of course, but during this period these are relatively weak in
    • head grows and continues to develop during the first seven years, this
    • the head; during the first seven years, the body imprints itself into
    • to human development, the essential thing during the first seven years
    • developed sense for it can observe during the first seven years. Just
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Four: Human Organism, Results of Prenatal Formative Powers. Dual Nature of Man. Powers behind the Existence of the Body as Expressed Pictorally by the Body and as Expressed in a Draughtsmanlike Fashion by the Head.
    Matching lines:
    • the head is formed in the mother's body during the time of pregnancy;
    • it is mad to say that it is really formed during the long period
    • during the time between death and a new conception. Think of it as a
    • of the head — bring it about. And these begin to work on matter
    • during the time in the mother's body; the matter takes on form in
    • Picturing things in this way will help you to fashion the concepts you
    • need for understanding how the human head is shaped during the period
    • This brings us to a subject that a contemporary mind finds
    • Now the difference we are considering here is not so great as the
    • of the body is formed by the forces in whose midst we live during the
    • the forces in whose midst we live during the period between death and
    • have been particularly significant since time immemorial. During
    • will brings us into a relationship with morality. Everything to do
    • the head. And then, afterwards, we bring this back from our inner
    • simple reason that our materialistic science has long been suffering
    • strings by which the weights are attached are not identical with the
    • it never brings about any inner processes there in the way it does in
    • during sleep, during the time the astral body and  I 
    • aesthetic sphere works directly on the astral body. There it brings
    • responsibility towards the truth than one has after discovering that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Five: How a Person Grows into the Three Spiritual Realms of Wisdom, Beauty and Goodness. How These Shine Down into the Spiritual Part of Man.
    Matching lines:
    • this next in-pouring (yellow). Thus we now have wisdom as virtue in
    • pictured higher (green), so that it is hovering around the head. In
    • Now we want to use the same schema for picturing the man who is
    • drawing, it is internal. The green that here (drawing 2) is hovering
    • something aesthetically, all that is hovering around our heads.
    • that are hovering around us. It is possible to picture how perception
    • hovering circle of elves. He represents the human being who stands
    • Earth, we see that the seeds, so to speak, of what will develop during
    • up during especially privileged moments. This is manifested in the
    • Which shuddered on my stammering lips
    • Which shuddered on my stammering lips
    • the senses, conquering them and illuminating that which dies in
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Six: The Transformation of the Physical Body into the Head of the Next Incarnation. The Cosmic Significance of Human Knowledge.
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual-scientific world view has the task of preparing the
    • transformed into the forces of the head during our passage through the
    • up in our bodies during our previous incarnation really are present
    • discovering something essential about the nature of a grain of wheat
    • often resemble people investigating a grain of wheat by considering
    • bring about a new wheat plant? Our involvement with knowledge and our
    • These powers we develop during the period between birth and death are
    • organism into a head during the passage from death to a new birth. The
    • is how things are during our present phase of development. We connect
    • It is similar when we go about acquiring knowledge of external nature
    • I said that acquiring much external knowledge has only become possible
    • immediate things. During the Greco-Roman epoch it became possible for
    • ago. But at the same time there arose the possibility of discovering
    • will be concerned with beauty and morality so that we can then bring
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Seven: The Connection between the Human Being and the Cosmos. The Twelve Regions of the Senses and the Seven Life Processes.
    Matching lines:
    • and the microcosm, we are referring to the whole universe and to the
    • seed-like phases of the senses during the Saturn period are not to be
    • difficult to imagine what the senses were like during ancient Saturn
    • they were during the ancient Moon period. Even that far back in time
    • would like to throw some light on what the senses were like during the
    • senses during Old Moon were not the basis for the kind of
    • sense of hearing, sense of taste, sense of smell, and sense of
    • — that is something else. I am referring to movements such as the
    • When we turn to the sense of hearing, the relation to the external
    • surface; but when I make an object resonate, the sounds bring me into
    • the sense of hearing to perceiving meaning through the sense of the
    • sense, we are referring to the ability of one person to be aware of
    • today is just beginning to bring its thoughts about the senses into
    • perception of tone is different from hearing, hearing is not the same
    • particular region of a human being. Hearing is bound up with the
    • organs of hearing, at least principally so, but it needs more besides
    • — hearing involves much more of the organism than just the ear,
    • which is what is normally thought of as the region of hearing. And
    • we need food to nourish us as long as we are considering the life
    • During Old Moon, the human senses were not as they are today. As I
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Eight: How Twelvefoldness, Sevenfoldness, Fourfoldness, and Threefoldness are Mirrored. Pathological Experiences of the Soul. Thinking Backward as a Preparation for Spiritual Experience.
    Matching lines:
    • hearing, for example, will know that hearing involves much more of the
    • between the spheres of growth and hearing — just as we speak in
    • even though it involves more besides — the sense of hearing
    • another. During the Earth era the outer surface of man has become
    • During the Moon phase, the present-day human senses contained a life
    • about how the relationships between people change during the time
    • other hand, we do need the transformed sense of hearing, but in a form
    • hearing gives us access to the harmony of the spheres. That it is
    • sense of hearing is dependent on the air that it is particularly
    • Now, the sense of hearing is the borderline sense; in its
    • the sun sets in the region ruled by the sense of hearing. That sense
    • is located on the horizon of the spiritual world. The sense of hearing
    • in the sense of hearing and then proceeds through the spiritualised
    • there we live and weave, spiritually preparing our organism for the
    • has actually worked his way into this realm. I am referring to Carl
    • review things backwards. A backwards review involves picturing events
    • proceed in our normal world. Among other things, this picturing
    • of entering a world that is the wrong way round when compared with the
    • hearing. Over the course of time, the sense of hearing has undergone
    • transformation of hearing — which is already a relatively
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Nine: Enlivening the Sense Processes and Ensouling the Life Processes. Aesthetic Enjoyment and Aesthetic Creativity. Logic and the Sense for Reality.
    Matching lines:
    • explain to a large audience of today. I was referring to some of these
    • contrast to the planets, which appear, circling, wandering, changing
    • organs during Old Moon. There they functioned more as vital organs,
    • earlier time — in this case, during the Old Moon period. We have
    • engendering the kind of feelings, activities and acts that were
    • should not do — permeating his body and bringing it into action.
    • something living in that hearing. Something lives in the eyes or in
    • gathering all the life processes together so that they function as
    • you will discover the very things you have just been hearing, only
    • the realm of material through the living, is already stirring in these
    • the realm of art. To bring about a way of seeing the world that
    • — this is how events are supposed to develop. During the course
    • it, bringing spiritual science to mankind in a form that is
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Ten: Loss of the Ability to Orient Oneself in Reality and the Helplessness of Modern Scientific Driteria in a Materialistic Age.
    Matching lines:
    • concise way of referring to a special group of sensations. It gives us
    • in the dark, seeking for the director-in-charge. But this faltering
    • rise for the first two thirds of the month, but not during the last
    • third, this judgement would not bring him forward in life; he would
    • by appearing as if it agreed with the fictions we have made about it.
    • during the same period, the 1870s, when Pierce was writing his
    • discovering what lies behind it. He cannot help us to look at the
    • It is a curious attempt in that what it brings to light is the
    • wholly incapable of capturing anything truly spiritual, he speaks
    • on for a while, I said to the gathering: Nietzsche often arrived at an
    • found in another philosopher, Duhring, who said that the original
    • Nietzsche had read Duhring. So I suggested that the simplest thing
    • take down the books by Duhring, and look at the passages where the
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Eleven: Memory and Habit as Metamorphoses of Former Spiritual Experiences that were Subject to Luciferic and Ahrimanic Influences.
    Matching lines:
    • earthly life. During that long period of our development when we were
    • physical body. It is only during the Earth period of evolution that
    • there were other things that took the place of memory. During the Moon
    • During the Earth period, if the  I  is to unfold
    • place of habits during Old Moon? During that period, every time we
    • hierarchies and by entering into a condition in which repeatedly[,] acts
    • originate in us. And so, acquiring the capacity to form habits is also
    • Even during the Earth period, the state we leave behind when we enter
    • and return to the state to which we were accustomed during Old Moon;
    • engraved in us during our life on Earth. And this is what does happen
    • habits during our life on Earth. For a start, let us look at memory.
    • Considering it as we just have done, memory seems to be a natural gift
    • go about saying that today I was thundering on about memorising,
    • Oh, one must protect oneself from Lucifer; let us cease requiring our
    • things memorised during the fourth post-Atlantean epoch? What happened
    • affairs was repeated during the fourth post-Atlantean epoch. Then what
    • of memory. What came to him automatically during the time of Atlantis,
    • and again during the fourth post-Atlantean epoch, must now be made his
    • You must be aware of this as we describe these things. During the
    • actively for his memory; during the Greco-Roman epoch memory came of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Twelve: How Thoughts are Engraved into the Substance of the Cosmos and the Consequences Following from This. Metamorphosis of Memory and Habit.
    Matching lines:
    • soul which mankind possessed on Old Moon. As I said, during this
    • to look back on it; during the time between death and a new birth it
    • Moon. During the Moon period, thoughts had been thought beforehand by
    • This is completely valid for the normal soul life during its
    • often emphasised the fact that it cannot be developed during the time
    • developed here during a life on Earth can only be developed here, and
    • substance of the ether!’ The most recent time during which it
    • would have been possible to speak in this way would have been during
    • responsibility is disappearing. But the important thing is that we pay
    • have the effect of bringing mankind more and more into decadence. This
    • us in the time between death and a new birth unless we bring with us
    • higher hierarchies, into a new relationship. During Old Moon and also
    • during the first part of the Earth period, we were unconsciously, or
    • able to fulfil certain tasks by entering into a particular
    • should never cease to look at it anew, considering it from yet other
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Thirteen: Allocation of the Whole Human Form to the Cosmos. Technical Discoveries and the Human Physical Organization. Collisions between Thinking that Accords with Reality and Thinking that is in Opposition to Reality.
    Matching lines:
    • given to the Ram, the throat to the Bull, and so on. And now, bearing
    • has become especially evident during recent phases of human
    • which mankind has introduced them into its evolution. Considering the
    • beauty brings about the Temptation. In order for the counterpart of
    • herself beautiful and could bring about the Temptation. In order for
    • towering individuality, someone who had accomplished things that would
    • speak of it, referring to the consciousness of normal waking life.
    • aunties say when they are trying to be matchmakers and bring two
    • say is right, only with the influence it has on bringing about the
    • influence a person and bring him to believe that some human being or
    • other is the reincarnation of a particular, towering individuality.
    • only became conscious during the course of time. Lucifer played an
    • essential role in bringing this unconscious sphere more and more into
    • bring about a human consciousness that is not right for its time; at
    • in order to find pleasant methods for bringing about visionary
    • without any attempt being made to bring them into agreement with the
    • stream has allied itself with ahrimanic streams. One brings about a
    • form of consciousness that is wrong, the other brings about falsehood
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Fourteen: Metamorphoses of the Twelve Sense Zones through Luciferic and Ahrimanic Influences.
    Matching lines:
    • other hand, will be produced during the time after our present life is
    • incarnation. In part it will be produced during the time between death
    • from forces of the physical world during the time between our
    • indicate, I want to turn yet again to what we have been considering
    • during the past few weeks. I want to direct your attention to the
    • The sense of hearing, or tone: This sense cannot be misunderstood.
    • distinguishes the sense of hearing, the sense of warmth — which
    • sense of hearing or the eye to the sense of sight — it makes no
    • independently of seeing or hearing the person; it does not depend on
    • our drawing any conclusions, any more than seeing or hearing depend on
    • aware of the stirrings of life within us, is our organ for perceiving
    • ability to bring our bodies into movement is provided by the physical
    • for hearing includes more than physiology usually includes, it is
    • our soul bring the part of our movement organism that is concentrated
    • show that one wants to repress one's hearing. This shows that there is
    • for hearing the words of others, for understanding other men's words
    • because, during the Atlantean period, the ahrimanic powers set about
    • altering the organism of movement that had originally been given to
    • silent expression in the gestures and bearing of other men, and,
    • referring to, one is forced to say something quite paradoxical. As
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Fifteen: The Twelve Senses. The Reorganization of the Seven Life Processes by Luciferic and Ahrimanic Powers. Francis Bacon Inaugurates Materialism and the Science of Idols.
    Matching lines:
    • bringing a person into relation with the outer world, are subject to
    • the power of Jehovah is active in our breathing. For, during the
    • during the course of our life between birth and death, we use our
    • The process of getting fat has to be explained here by referring to
    • belong in this category. We harden our organism during the course of
    • luciferic influence manifests itself immediately and powerfully during
    • knowledge that is capable of bringing such things to light must be
    • have been considering this week — if one wants to have real
    • instead of entering into them. Through spiritual science we must once
    • consciousness, not as it was grasped during the period of these
    • effortlessly knock materialism out of the ring. It ceases to be
    • significance during the sixth post-Atlantean epoch. That is how things
    • essential opposition during the whole of the fifth post-Atlantean
    • all they contain about spiritual matters, all the words referring to
    • to the idea or applying its mechanics to neighbouring spheres of the
    • this ground must be recaptured by a newly-appearing spiritual science,
    • proceeding now in the full light of consciousness. During the fourth
  • Title: Wrong and Right Use: Lecture 1: Secret Brotherhoods-1, -or- Wrong and Right Use of Esoteric Knowledge-1, -or- Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World-Part 1
    Matching lines:
    • will remember our considering various views and statements
    • The essential point was to bring out clearly the
    • they search for it outside consciousness; but they cannot bring
    • but have an enduring relationship with human beings and can lay
    • able to bring about everything possible by this means.
    • You must then take care to bring what I am going to say to-day,
    • movement to the fact that this century should bring human
    • sense that during this century — and even during the
    • through so many gatherings and books and societies the idea
    • less in the service of those who have an interest in declaring
    • of saying: “During this life between birth and death, the
    • spiritual ideas during this life, or were prevented from
    • absorbing them, are to be found wandering about the earth,
    • and are indeed much more intimate than they were during
    • during the second half of the nineteenth century. Then it
    • degrees, and that only by degrees can I bring together the
    • widely during the twentieth century, for another being (of whom
    • falsifying the appearance of Christ during the twentieth
    • fact furthering aims and purposes quite different from those
    • bring this about.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wrong and Right Use: Lecture 2: Secret Brotherhoods-2, -or- Wrong and Right Use of Esoteric Knowledge-2, -or- Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World-Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • have been considering the emergence of a search for knowledge
    • the following way. They saw that Spiritualism could bring to
    • point, and we must bring it before us, even though it is
    • to bring its separate elements into harmony. He does this from
    • not spring from a single ground, but from diverse spiritual
    • directly we cross the threshold and bring the true facts to
    • indeed brings out, would not occur if our conceptual life did
    • to bring together into a unity activities which in the
    • overcome by human endeavour during this epoch, so that men can
    • opposing evil during our own epoch that a certain darkening of
    • surrendering to all sorts of errors and observations that
    • belong to the darkness of evil. During this epoch man has to
    • Golgotha during the fourth post-Atlantean epoch, but only in
    • epoch will bring an even more important development: men will
    • trivial phrase, lecturing on them — is the most important
    • During the fourth post-Atlantean epoch it was still necessary
    • the “double,” he may bring about all sorts of
    • facts correctly; particularly during these last three sad years
    • by dint of fully restoring their energies during the
  • Title: Wrong and Right Use: Lecture 3: Secret Brotherhoods-3, -or- Wrong and Right Use of Esoteric Knowledge-3, -or- Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World-Part 3, -or- German Philosophy: Kant, Schelling, Hegel, Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • to arouse in you any magnificent ideas, but so as to bring
    • should have to take it as the obscure stammering of a learned
    • just read this to you and I can't bring myself to repeat it
    • things: they are important and real. What I want to bring home
    • consciousness depends on destructive forces. During public
    • That is one problem: the bringing together of human beings with
    • birth and upbringing. I have told you how congresses on this
    • During the last centuries three ideas have gradually emerged in
    • was also to lead to an experience of immortality: to bring a
    • engendering the egg. The biologist to-day believes that the
    • enough to bring forward some new titbit. Then they will find
    • materialistic colouring; if the abstract ideas of God, virtue
    • morning and are interrupted during the day, so that the cosmic
    • It will be necessary for them only to pluck up their faltering
    • are only if we are in a position to bring the ideas of
    • you bring together all that I have been saying, you will see
    • “the movement which aims at discovering and revealing the
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 1: On the Functions of the Nervous System
    Matching lines:
    • have noticed that even during the public lectures which I
    • theological wisdom and all kinds of religious things during
    • spirit, in support of what the Spirits of Darkness bring into
    • interruption the impulse springs over the gap, as it were
    • of consciousness which we possess during sleep. When we lift
    • draws them out of his own body; they existed as such during
    • instance, brings forward an idea that is supposed to be
    • who brings forward such a conception must make sure that it
    • is a one-sided thought; in fact, he brings forward all kinds
    • bring it about, b also cannot, nor can c;
    • political life and this has been prepared during the last
    • instance, certain events during the eighties of the
    • took it and used it in a connection differing from that in
    • — since he can only bring forward ideas and nothing
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 2: Concerning the World of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • already remarked, we shall consider certain matters during
    • when such important occurrences are interfering in human life
    • indicated, it will be our aim during these lectures to reply
    • through the senses during our life, everything that is
    • with the animal world that we begin to bring our human nature
    • done by the dead — would not bring about, would not
    • occurring which is similar to the feeling life. If we knock
    • the work of the dead is the furthering of the animal kingdom.
    • animal existence, during the life between birth and
    • discovering something radiating from him, more and more
    • most staggering knowledge, that in reality everything which
    • during the course of the year. But what do we do in reality
    • accordance with the conditions that have been spun out during
    • with whom we have formed connections during our life between
    • original connections with other human beings during
    • form of a link with other souls, during our last or earlier
    • during any of his lives between birth and death. But here,
    • souls where no relationship has been established during
    • and that during his long life between death and a new birth,
    • that during the first
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 3: Our Life with the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • During the
    • surrounds us during our sense life, so a realm surrounds the
    • realize, during life, that as soon as we touch a stone, or
    • had to bring in connection with the animal kingdom) in such a
    • during our gradual growth) — as the departed one
    • from ourselves in order to bring them to consciousness. And
    • that must take place during his next incarnation. The tasks
    • considering historical events as the result of immediately
    • day for a long time. But one day during his walk, on reaching
    • hearing them he becomes thoughtful, steps aside and thinks
    • him had he not stepped aside after hearing the voice. This is
    • thing with another, without considering the complete whole.
    • is particularly important. During the last weeks we have
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 4: The Rhythmical Relationship of Man with the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • hearing, the impressions of the twelve senses, such as we
    • out again when we fall asleep. We do this during our whole
    • draw in and the elements around. During our life we live in
    • the same rhythm in which we live during our day through our
    • rhythm in which it is embedded, also during the existence
    • conquered in the next incarnation, during his passage through
    • I said that, during man' s existence between death and a new
    • one aspect, preparing the way for certain
    • earth what used to be law during the Moon-period of the
    • this Maya, or the world immediately around us, cannot bring
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 5: The Members of Man's Being and the Periods of His Life
    Matching lines:
    • waking life; during our usual waking consciousness, our
    • pointed this out specially during these considerations) in
    • that during our development as human beings between birth and
    • experienced before entering into his incarnation on earth;
    • Anthroposophy, will have to bring more depth and more life
    • used this picture during these considerations): but when the
    • historical events must spring out of direct intuition. But in
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 6: New Spiritual Impulses in History
    Matching lines:
    • opposite. Just as we have seen natural causes that bring
    • spiritual world from entering into us.
    • that they produce dead results instead of bringing about a
    • considering the other members) and lives more slowly, so that
    • aspect it is a collapse. The right time to bring about what
    • might have taken place instead was during the decades 1870,
    • of considering the Gospels as historical documents and of
    • personal vanity or conceit, but only because I wish to bring
    • in other words, if he ruminates what Goethe said during his
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 7: The Inadequacy of Natural Science for the Knowledge of the Life of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • given during this week there lies much which can lead us to
    • bringing together the relevant truths from the spiritual
    • we can only rightly grasp what we call concepts when we bring
    • of disintegration in the human organism; they bring this
    • have already pointed out the role of the Angels during the
    • one, when he is able to do so, must always bring to
    • we perceive the outer world of which we know nothing during
    • consciousness of a single moment by drawing different rings
    • consciousness during the space of a moment. You know that a
    • has come to us from outside. Instead of remembering for
    • that today I am referring you, from another point of view, to
    • had worked upon him, as he could know it only by measuring it
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture I: The Birth of the Consciousness Soul
    Matching lines:
    • usually fail to recognize that, during this period, the whole
    • Greco-Latin epoch. I am referring to the form which
    • Empire of the German nation its battering ram. We will
    • emperor could have entertained the idea of transferring the
    • natural phenomena. I am referring to the continuous
    • Turks; on the other side the Europeans. When considering the
    • neighbouring territory and harass the inhabitants; behind
    • What emerged from what I described as the ‘battering
    • must realize that, during this continuous confrontation, a
    • the impulse of Christianity which in every man must spring
    • over into the events of history, but which springs from man's
    • soul. We see everywhere new creative impulses entering into
    • present epoch brings to birth nothing new; at best we can
    • impulses which are operative here no longer spring from the
    • seek to assert themselves. Every normal impulse entering into
    • chatter, but one cannot pretend that it has any bearing on
    • preferring peace at any price. It could also be said of him
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture II: Symptomatology of Recent Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • the vast majority of people during the first centuries of the
    • dreamlike state. But the movement to which I am now referring
    • other hand we see the efforts on the part of widely differing
    • according to one's taste. I am referring to that outlook
    • their moorings, if I may use the nautical expression, and
    • smouldering beneath the surface. In the course of recent
    • an ideological superstructure covering his methods of
    • communists and social democrats who believe in sharing, in
    • realized, namely, by eliminating surplus value and bringing
    • ‘sharing of goods’,
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture III: Characteristics of Historical Symptoms in Recent Times
    Matching lines:
    • bring about a different configuration of mankind throughout
    • knowledge in the form of technics; that is to say, he brings
    • in the forces of death. Let us not forget that we bring
    • springs did modern Italy derive that dynamic energy which
    • bring only death and destruction. And this had to be, since
    • remarks which led Soret to believe that Goethe was referring
    • referring to the revolution; that is not particularly
    • human soul during sleep. In earlier epochs the gods instilled
    • sleep and death. We can only think scientifically during our
    • create today, forces that bring death in all domains, will
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture IV: The Historical Significance of the Scientific Mode of Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • become aware of this. In considering these two impulses in
    • consider an essential fact which has an important bearing
    • affairs — I am referring to the Russian Revolution in
    • special circumstances. But this has an important bearing on
    • which spring from spiritual experience. Nothing else
    • which is most difficult to bring to men's understanding today
    • epoch intervened in the life of mankind began by obscuring
    • concern of each man for his neighbour can bring salvation to
    • is destined to die? Why bring a man into the world when we
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture V: The Supersensible Element in the Study of History
    Matching lines:
    • the Mystery of Evil during the present epoch, immediately
    • bringing death to man? It would be a mistake to imagine that
    • their sole purpose is to bring death to man; that is only a
    • is a connection between the wearing down of the track and the
    • that the forces in the universe which bring death to man
    • as a secondary effect bring death to man is to implant in
    • upon him will be such that he brings to full expression in
    • adopted when enquiring into the Mystery of Death, i.e. into
    • the forces which are active in the universe and bring death
    • of death exist simply to bring death to man; their function
    • will bring a totally different understanding between men. In
    • always feel extremely sad when friends of our movement bring
    • spring from a desire to lay down definite principles. It is
    • without feeling that my words spring from a spiritual source
    • truths which are drawn from the well-spring of the
    • bring before mankind the necessary truths when the
    • that they insist upon ordering the world in a way that does
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture VI: Brief Reflections on the Publication of the New Edition of 'The Philosophy of Freedom'
    Matching lines:
    • possible nonetheless to detect amongst this gathering of
    • apron strings of sense perception alone will never be able to
    • has a ring of immediate truth today. If freedom were
    • understood by a few contemporaries. I am referring to the
    • to observe how things developed — I am not referring to
    • during the
    • It was during the time when I was still in Weimar. He always
    • derived did not by any means spring from a desire to ridicule
    • original anecdote. It did not spring from any malicious
    • into everything. I am referring of course not only to the fat
    • momentous questions which were stirring the consciousness of
    • followed during the winter and this led to my association
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture VII: Incidental Reflections on the Occasion of the New Edition of 'Goethes Weltanschauung'
    Matching lines:
    • In the course of our enquiries during the
    • symptoms of an inner process of evolution occurring in the
    • bourgeoisie had been asleep during these critical years and
    • were totally unrelated to the real forces which are preparing
    • the educational system of neighbouring states. But looking
    • but was quite unfitted to bring us up as devout and pious
    • he could not string together a complete sentence. In natural
    • people who never found a hearing were aware to some extent
    • I should have liked to bring to men's attention in my Goethe
    • words of profound truth, namely, that Wilsonism will bring
    • am not referring to a particular individual or particular
    • nations I am referring to a particular state or nation)
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture VIII: Religious Impulses of the Fifth Post-Atlantean Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • explained to him: had God entrusted the ordering of the world
    • beginning of the fifteenth century the first stirrings of the
    • upon the rest of the world. The first religious stirrings had
    • so that, by following me in suffering, he may also follow me
    • greater service and praise, to imitate Thee in enduring all
    • smoke, a figure inspiring terror and fear.’
    • Consider how he summons innumerable demons, scattering them
    • humiliation, springs humility.’
    • ultimately to bring the exercitant to choose himself as
    • then as he lay on a sick bed recovering from his wounds was
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture IX: The Relation Between the Deeper European Impulses and Those of the Present Day
    Matching lines:
    • the Celtic civilization, but with a Teutonic flavouring.
    • belonging to widely differing religions instinctively admit
    • People of the Church and takes on the particular colouring of
    • people invent theories to explain these stirrings in the
    • smouldering, one may say, not in the souls of men, but in
    • conception ‘Christ is Spirit’ touches the deepest springs of
    • smouldering beneath the surface, it collides with that which
    • must be accompanied by a real flowering of the religious life
    • mankind by acquiring knowledge of the impulses which can be
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 1: The Transforming of Instinctive into Conscious Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • impulses bring forth, that there is one apparently
    • Trotsky uses here will make an overwhelming, shattering
    • Economy towards and during the 16th century. Men direct their
    • interesting to bring before our souls some at least of the
    • increase the country's prosperity?” By bringing about
    • bring about a social structure such as to develop, in the
    • question which Malthus brings to light, and the view which he
    • who can only bring the labor of his hands on to the market,
    • will be reduced, and this in turn will bring about an
    • gradually evolved during the age of the Spiritual Soul. The
    • the many varied ideas with a view to bringing about some kind
    • took part in bringing the coat into existence, is there in
    • put the question thus: “How can we bring about a just
    • Franz Mehring for example, write in this fashion even about
    • bring about a structure of society. To a comfortable
    • Roscher, it simply does not occur to bring his thought into
    • helplessness has done much to bring about the present
    • wavering ideas at work in a realm of life that is of such
    • beings in the course of time, during the Age of the Spiritual
    • entering into the age which must necessarily bring forth a
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 2: The Logic of Thought and the Logic of Reality
    Matching lines:
    • like to bring before you a few important considerations
    • researcher brings forward be proved in accordance with the
    • measuring — let us say — 30 centimeters each way.
    • measuring 30 centimeters each way, is raised up a meter and a
    • life. I only wish to bring it home to you that other
    • these; they are not really willing to bring to consciousness
    • Russian East, preparing for the Sixth Post-Atlantean Age (the
    • of that we may be sure. When once what is preparing today as
    • my dear friends, will among other things bring to man's
    • above all, but cannot recognize, laboring as he does under
    • symptoms for realities might now bring forward against me. An
    • Assemblies to bring about a new social order. For in the
    • the impression of answering to the realities. Still it is not
    • there came into the evolution of mankind an epoch during
    • his own Being during this age of the Spiritual Soul, and thus
    • this assumption. Such nonsense was talked during the last
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 3: The Metamorphosis of Intelligence
    Matching lines:
    • today we will bring out certain other details), — let
    • bring forth, elaborate, the concepts out of his own
    • referring to the single individuality as such, I mean that in
    • bring forward are again and again misunderstood.
    • — though he need not bring it to his consciousness at
    • bring out again and again — this Russian intelligence
    • entering into them in a merely chaotic way which can never
    • attention to a three-fold membering of social life, which has
    • with one another through their representatives, ordering
    • Anthroposophical membering of man. After all, these three
    • frightfully hard for him to find his bearings, for he is
    • the mid-European man experiences above all a wavering, a
    • tottering uncertainty and doubt.
    • kindled into flame, it does not need to bring forth so
    • shattering a Reformation as took place in Middle Europe. In
    • argument and bickering and doubt, much useless talk. All this
    • Considering the
    • let itself go. And it seeks to bring its thoughts into such a
    • which I am referring? Are they being driven by social
    • from human labor. For this threefold ordering will entail,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 4: The New Revelation of the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • here during the last few weeks we have considered from most
    • to reckon with what is now entering into the evolution of
    • Bearing in mind
    • thought and vision it seeks to take hold of what is entering
    • opponents of the Spirits of Personality who bring with them
    • Spiritual Science wishes to bring new help to human work and
    • bring with it certain inner conflicts into the souls of men.
    • of ushering in an altogether new age by twice seven points (I
    • they are unwilling to bring it into their own inner life. All
    • ancient doctrines, but seeks to bring among men what is
    • bringing a new gift towards it, for the healing of mankind.
    • exemplify this or that, or to bring out the agreement between
    • penetrating enough to bring to consciousness even in the
    • in course of time the most varied shades and colorings of
    • Science speaks during our time. Only within the scientific
    • these impulses which can bring healing into the catastrophes
    • the antiquated things with that which is endeavoring, out of
    • the fundamental demands of earthly evolution, to bring forth
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 5: Understand One-Another
    Matching lines:
    • prospering of earthly evolution and of that peace of which
    • During that time all that humanity had known in former ages
    • with perfect agreement on this fact. During that time, they
    • What, after all, did men produce out of themselves during
    • say humanity has had no Wisdom at all during the last two
    • flowers spring from the presence of this gulf and from the
    • had to bring the Spiritual Soul, once and for all)
    • and phenomena entering into our life today — especially
    • from what happened during the last four or five years as a
    • this chaos without an undertone of pain and suffering. I mean
    • them rebel however much against the call that now springs
    • in order to bring about at all what we now feel as the
    • future, namely that human love which springs from the
    • will spring, during this age of the Spiritual Soul. Then will
    • judgments which have been passed during the last four years
    • bring about a healing of these matters). Those, however,
    • whose judgments merely spring from their respective
    • all those things to which we do not bring ourselves up
    • Middle Countries and in the East during the last few
  • Title: Mysteries of Light: Lecture I: The Dualism in the Life of the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • progressed during the difficult war years. Up to the present time it
    • its gatherings, what would have happened? Well, according to the
    • during the last three or four centuries. These views in what they
    • soul-contrasts to be found even in the outermost fringes of our
    • often appearing to our contemporaries as madness — but just as
    • notion of what is said today in the gatherings of the proletarians, for
    • not even capable of entering into our knowledge of nature or our
    • account of the intention which I wished to bring to your notice
    • be understood — that it be understood how the springs of human
    • midst of demands; but they are all individual demands springing from
    • bring forth, even when they join some kind of spiritual movement. We
  • Title: Mysteries of Light: Lecture II: The Development of Architecture
    Matching lines:
    • in a certain sense, a deciphering of the inner meaning existing in
    • the Gothic cathedral. Anyone who has the feeling upon entering
    • every-thing is aspiring, everything points to the fact that
    • expressed in every single form the gathering-place where the people
    • well-spring of his own individuality. For this reason it is
    • about that which is actually bearing mankind toward the future.
    • begin with these things, referring first to the mysteries of illness,
  • Title: Mysteries of Light: Lecture III: Historical Occurrences of the Last Century
    Matching lines:
    • of initiation, that is, the science which brings over its
    • incorporated in the evolution of humanity during that time: namely,
    • are able to bring suitable and capable souls to meet those spiritual
    • impulses which have been entering our physical world since the last
    • brought over from the well-spring of spiritual life by those who have
    • occurring after the first, the third following the second, the fourth
    • suffering; so that the first entrance into the spiritual world is not
    • won without the vanquishing of pain and suffering. People fail to
    • when one sets about acquiring the science of initiation through
    • indolent, everyday thinking suffices for entering into reality. We
    • during our life between birth and death. That is a truth of modern
    • excluded from sharing the things by means of which the external
    • cease; and “entering upon external dominion” means taking
  • Title: Mysteries of Light: Lecture IV: The Old Mysteries of Light, Space, and Earth
    Matching lines:
    • and it is really necessary to bring forth a strong soul courage in
    • this three-membering of the social organism in an independent
    • spoke of his Daemon as inspiring his truths, which were of
    • study it closely) three types differing sharply from one another.
    • that towering above it was the Aryan whose artistic representation
    • the gods in the Mysteries bringing the spirit to man, and on the
    • presented only by trying to bring to as many people as possible a
    • the subjugated Indians to seek the wellsprings for their modern
    • nothing but these little blossoms springing from the economic life.
    • world-dominion — if the effort is not made to bring about its
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • scientific colouring of the Necessity concept. The view of those more
    • sculpture or in painting — we appear to be picturing what comes
    • Everything wherein man brings his feeling to expression, whether it be
    • such a distance; but I shall bring their position and distance above
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • considering anything substantial but the forces, the formative
    • Limb man in the last incarnation, have, during the period between the
    • an annual which develops from seed to root and stem and during the
    • the leaves and the flowers, in which latter, during the fruit stage,
    • above the Earth; and here it has been during the whole summer,
    • is beyond the earthly element, we must then bring it down again, under
    • we must bring it down again to Earth.
    • depends upon bringing the seed down again to a deeper level — we
    • stage, we must bring it back again to its original place, where it is
    • you have the difference of level. We must again and again bring the
    • this. He brings with him his head as a transformed product of the last
    • incarnation. During this earthly life — through the forces of it
    • organism produces in you during the process of making itself
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • the Copernican cosmogony arose during the epoch after the middle of
    • of this tendency and bring to our thought about the Universe concepts
    • child during the first three months of his earthly existence, we find
    • child during the second year after its conception, and we find that
    • completion even then, but at least it begins its activity during this
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • breathing is not so conscious as our hearing and seeing, it is more
    • something else I have to bring before you. Take the 18 respirations
    • times in the macrocosmic year as the 18 human respirations during the
    • times. The nights passed during these periods are the most important
    • very world into which we pass during our sleep, when the Ego and the
    • Spring Equinoctial point); namely, that the stars go faster. The
    • Spring Equinox moves further and further away, the fixed star has
    • made at a time when we had lost all idea of bringing the material and
    • anthropomorphic explanation of them, picturing God as a being with
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • proved when we realise that during waking hours the astral body
    • It brings order and organisation into the correlations of space. This
    • imagine these sections of space with our Earth obscuring some of them.
    • some extent to bring into a kind of relationship that which is working
    • different to what they would be, were I hovering freely in Space and
    • By considering the matter in this way, we are gradually brought to the
    • earthly conditions. During childhood, all that is within the skin is
    • super-physical during the whole of our life. (These processes are
    • realisation of the fact, that while you go about in the world, bearing
    • but what they do with the oxygen brings them into relation with the
    • the angle, and in this way discovering the positions. What is actually
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • if we follow man during the time between death and a new birth. For
    • during this period his experiences consist in part — but of
    • plants in Spring and their decay in Autumn, etc.
    • them. All that takes place during this time to effect the
    • the same manner as he did during the long evolutionary period, when he
    • our eyes. This brings us to the truth: Had not the forces residing
    • bring together the first and fourth of these forces.
    • Earth on her axis. It was really only during the fifties of the last
    • the Earth rotates round its axis and thereby brings about an apparent
    • such a manner that as we follow the human life during the periods of
    • during the first months after birth, the building-up process proceeds
    • conditions of the year's activity — Spring, Summer, Autumn and
    • matters in any other way than by comparing details with each other.
    • relationships in Man during the actual building process of the organs,
    • Sun during the year. We cannot do this, if we understand the inner man
    • parallel, to point in the direction of different fixed stars during
    • boring her way, as it were, into cosmic space.
    • the movement of the point of sunrise at the Spring-equinox through the
    • a period, that is, of 25,920 years. During this period the human race
    • day and night (i.e. we need not sleep at night, nor wake during the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • physically from other lower forms. It then shows how, during the
    • kidneys is an activity of secretion. In comparing this organ with a
    • off and turning it inside out; upon wearing the glove again, the
    • You will now see that metamorphosis also brings about a repetition in
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • I would like to bring forward again, in a rather different form, a few
    • in their substance — during the period between death and a new
    • find conditions in this respect during the interval between death and
    • on the other hand we have during this period a direct perception of
    • Now you will perhaps say that this world which we view during the time
    • desire of modern science to bring microscopy far enough to enable the
    • eye, whereas during the time between death and re-birth the evolution
    • fact that human nerves have become similar — during the course of
    • will bring in its train very different convictions and tendencies of
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • had certain glimpses into the Universe during the foregoing lectures
    • during the General Meeting, also to have a self-contained picture. I
    • in a certain inner connection; whereas during sleep, we have on the
    • things is absent in the physiology of today, even during a discussion
    • bring to your notice a fact which has played an important part in all
    • becomes our hearing organisation when we are reborn. The whole of the
    • appearing again in the hearing organisation. So too with the other
    • physical world explains itself and brings the spiritual world into
    • child propounds to us, as it gradually brings forth that which has
    • faith gains, as it were, a moral colouring. Here purely theoretical
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • head, however, we virtually bring with us in its organisation at
    • head during the early epochs of his Earth-life.
    • which during the first seven years of life enable the forces which
    • brings to their conclusion, man does not bring to a conclusion in his
    • that a certain rhythm which we bring with us at birth and which
    • what he brings into physical existence at birth. Man will not
    • slowed down by seven times during the earthly period.
    • happen’ during the last years of the war. Always the opposite
    • children during the day. Out of all we bring to the child, much of it
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Eleven
    Matching lines:
    • which can be gained by following Saturn in cosmic space and comparing
    • the rapidity of his progress with that of the Earth, brings us to the
    • by comparing what takes place in the far distances of cosmic space
    • waking time runs from your awaking to your falling asleep. During that
    • sprout in spring until the autumn, when they die down. The
    • plant-nature springs up and puts forth leaf in man, so to say, from
    • case, for during sleep we resemble the blossoming, sprouting
    • the plant-covering of the Earth is an outcome of cosmic working —
    • This progression corresponds in man to the fact that during sleep what
    • consciousness, is elaborated; during sleep we work upon it. It is
    • principally during sleep that we work on what we have absorbed through
    • our life, our training and education. During sleep Mercury and Venus
    • which brings man to take his head in earnest once more! From one point
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Twelve
    Matching lines:
    • without entering into a study of the whole being of Man. I have
    • the ground of modern material science and at the same time adhering to
    • their characteristics, bearing in mind the descriptions given in
    • course that nothing in history shows that during this time an
    • the Event of Golgotha, remembering all we know concerning the
    • Science must endeavour to bring natural scientific study and
    • point every Spring, moving round the whole ecliptic, round the whole
    • Zodiac in 25,920 years. These reciprocal movements bring it about that
    • Bearing this in mind we may say: Here too is something remarkable.
    • appearing in our ordinary life, two streams which come together and
    • be no necessity to bring about anything in Christendom which may
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Thirteen
    Matching lines:
    • accord with reality or not; we are concerned rather to bring a certain
    • being of soul and spirit by not considering him as a reality in his
    • This brings us to something which must be observed still more closely.
    • activity to bring about the activity of the whole organism? There is
    • no sense whatever in that. It is a question of bearing in mind the
    • Referring to historical records, one generally finds that the ordinary
    • present character, adhering only to the materialistic, Copernican view
    • against what we are bringing before the world today. I was obliged to
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Fourteen
    Matching lines:
    • science is absolutely the off-spring of the nineteenth century; and it
    • ‘the travelers in the carriage will arrive at Ohringen.’
    • in Ohringen, and return to Heilbronn?’ ‘Well,’ replied
    • Heilbronn and Ohringen.’ ‘No’, said Mayer, ‘that
    • people traveled backwards and forwards between Heilbronn and Ohringen
    • journeying by coach from Heilbronn to Ohringen, for what they had to
    • the people who were traveling from Heilbronn to Ohringen had chosen
    • travelers had not supposed they had something to do in Ohringen. Thus
    • travelers had something to do in Ohringen at a definite hour. Suppose
    • scientific connection to bring in any kind of moral category. There
    • Spring, remaining behind a little in relation to the stars, we come to
    • his scholars that it is Jehovah who brings it about that the sun
    • could not do so before acquiring a certain amount of experience.
    • If we consider a lunar eclipse occurring in a certain year, then there
    • stars bring about in us materially, its destruction; thus, the
    • the former in such a way that a difference in velocity results bearing
    • distinguish these two streams from one another. This brings upon it
    • — unless we can bring this ancient knowledge to life in a present
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Fifteen
    Matching lines:
    • demand did Christianity bring when it first came into the world? In
    • empty husks of words can never have the power to bring light to the
    • Education is a preservative from degeneration, it brings healing. The
    • eyes are co-ordinated with the Sun when I am busy on Earth during the
    • with their abstract knowledge do not bring what they explain as Light
    • breathing, when we bring oxygen into the blood-course, is planetary.
    • when it comes to considering everything outside the physical as a
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Sixteen
    Matching lines:
    • imagery. Let us suppose we have some fluid substance; we bring it to
    • human head, brings it about that all substance falls away like a
    • Descartes was still floundering, and instead of saying: ‘I think,
    • bring into the picture-existence that could crystallise out in man
    • after all the materiality had filtered away — to bring into it
    • stirring heat lying between these, which has, at least for
    • of editions. Have those who bring humanity forward any idea in their
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • successive incarnations, and that these bring him into a more
    • powers would like to bring about a condition where no aged
    • powers would gradually bring the earth planet to the point of
    • fact, that can also bring about something of a terrible nature.
    • prosaically, to bring everything into a routine scheme,
    • how to bring him into a spiritual connection with the universe.
    • again acquiring the super-sensible in addition to his
    • Now, still something of a complete paradox: Bring before your
    • Luciferising of the world. Bring this before your soul as a
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • differing periods of human evolution; for we must know how in a
    • Luciferic tendency or the Ahrimanic, but we must bring it once
    • hovering authoritatively over the social order.
    • This is something that makes a shattering impression on a man
    • writing and delivering of the cheque. What would it have meant
    • knowledge during recent centuries.
    • and bring before your mind the description given
    • existed as the first rudiments of humanity during the Saturn
    • is entering on the Spengler-prophesied downfall. As a matter of
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Building is to bring to expression this very mystery of the
    • within human beings during this Earth-existence? You see, as
    • evolved during the Saturn, Sun, Moon evolution to the stage
    • is they who bring flexibility, mobile reasoning, into the human
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • exclusively in warmth processes, during the Saturn evolution
    • again during the World War when every nation spoke of how
    • of Christ to Jehovah during the War. But science has turned
    • cosmic ether referring to originating, to all that concerns man
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • cultivated as something universal, hovering over
    • science they should bring their individuality as a sacrifice,
    • are withering away beside a science which is so unindividual.
    • for one could bring forward many things along these lines, an
    • What man brings about, therefore, by using his intellect he can
    • thing, so that one's mind catches fire and brings new life into
    • much an event as when the water of a spring flows under the
    • hovering over mankind as the intellectual faculty, so do
    • to bring forward the planet wisely in its evolution. The
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • clairvoyant person brings something out of the spiritual
    • bringing it along from the spiritual world. He has no
    • nothing at all present in him. He does not bring any such
    • thing out of the spiritual world. Neither does he bring this
    • instead by some means brings something into his
    • twentieth century in a gathering of the Giordano Bruno
    • observer of the mid-nineteenth century, and considering the
    • recollection. We can bring up in images from the depths of
    • some manner and you bring it up again out of your own being.
    • to you, the pictures appearing in dreams. You will easily be
    • that brings about growth in the human being from childhood
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Even a conception of life such as this was necessary during a
    • considering these three systems in the human being, we have,
    • attained during the time between birth and death. During this
    • colors, as long as we open our organs of hearing to sounds
    • pictures by memory. We may say that during our life between
    • and remembering it again something is taking place
    • counteraction against the death-bearing forces of the human
    • world brings it about that despite the splendid achievements
    • suffice to bring before the soul this relationship between
    • transmit them to the various organs in order to bring about,
    • regression begins, the process of decay, and what brings this
    • together) indicates moving in the direction of gathering, of
    • world during the epoch of instinctive knowledge, have become
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Prior to Aristotle, process of acquiring speech was still comprehended;
    • connected with the studies undertaken during this week
    • realized through the process of acquiring speech how the
    • processes of acquiring speech, they also grasped something of
    • of speech, something that in turn was lost during the
    • compelling, magnificent aspects, the outpouring from all
    • contrary, Aristotelianism was forgotten, only entering again
    • during which the Logos concept had been active in its full
    • clear view for discovering such paths to truth!
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • comprehensible only if we go back even further in considering
    • something attempting during those first Christian centuries
    • areas. Though cloaked in a certain Christian coloring, this
    • ancient element was still more or less present during the
    • bring it about that a physical body is fitted into this
    • like to describe the view of these sages of old by referring
    • philosophers in Greece who worked on bringing the ancient
    • to bring the ancient etheric astronomy into harmony with
    • entering from higher worlds through the planetary sphere into
    • occupied themselves with bringing the old etheric astronomy
    • could bring back with them powerful spiritual stimuli from
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • through which people had tried to bring to expression the
    • being, was meant to bring under his control in the course of
    • worlds present during the ancient Persian and Indian
    • downpouring of super-sensible, spiritual powers into the world
    • securing the ego. From the robust force dwelling in the
    • was transplanted from the Orient in forms differing from
    • entering Europe by way of Spain, turned in filtered form into
    • referring solely to the external aspects prevailed, where
    • by the highest wisdom and the most daring feeling. Such ideas
    • penetrating this earth, conjuring forth from it the
    • from out of the cosmos, in turn springs forth from the earth
    • its forces by necessity had to bring into European
    • civilization. Momentous, stirring words were uttered, though
    • his cry, “Away from Rome!” ring out, his voice
    • hovered, held by angels during the age of Arabism and the
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • During the
    • karma developing in the recurring incarnations on earth, the
    • that try only to bring about a human, physical order but that
    • During all
    • the paths. Then people will bring something into this
    • existence to give to them what could bring progress to their
    • forces of upward striving progress. The forces fostering the
    • bring this up one more time, particularly in connection with
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • during last third of nineteenth century. Image of man, meaning of earth
    • in the last third of the nineteenth century. I am referring
    • during that period. He is the one who sensed the forces of
    • unworldly youth. Already during his early teens, Nietzsche
    • endeavoring to create as tragedy out of the spirit of music
    • to be created he saw something that by ignoring Socratism was
    • something of the human being who at least brings into the
    • south repeatedly during his vacations in order to forget, in
    • and fly with flutt'ring wings to town;
    • the lines, “The ravens shriek and fly with flutt'ring
    • appearing in visions before his soul in
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • as condition of balance between being fettered to earth and soaring
    • then consider what measuring and measures represent and
    • childlike, they were incapable of measuring, counting, and
    • clear to ourselves how these concepts of measuring, counting,
    • Measuring
    • that in measuring we proceed from an arbitrary measure and we
    • retained in measuring is lost to us.
    • fingers to count, comparing to them the amount of objects
    • when we do sums, we express in the etheric body what brings
    • connected with numbers during the first and even the second
    • refer to such an arbitrary unit of measure. In measuring,
    • however, is a very abstract conception. Picturing it
    • measure expands for me, entering into the picture.
    • in which case we are not thinking of measuring something. For
    • We are not measuring anything here, we make no comparison,
    • measuring the stomach with what enters it, and so on. We
    • evolution in regard to measuring, we find that in the fourth
    • itself into abstract measuring. This was actually not the
    • only in regard to the earth, was something absolute during
    • experience of weight, number, and measure developed during
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • During the day, it was muted by what a person perceived
    • they had only dimly experienced during the day.
    • referring you to the inner soul-bodily manner of experiencing
    • of the isolated human body. It has to be dull during sleep
    • and therefore brings nothing along when it awakens. The
    • People were most spiritual during the mid-nineteenth century.
    • into the night. Then, during the night, you no longer remain
    • is each time — of inwardly acquiring what you have
    • people are intent on acquiring a certain state of sleepiness
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • century of bringing reality into shadowy thinking by way of the
    • our intention to bring about an understanding of what plays
    • During those
    • a second flowering among the Greeks. The ancient Greeks
    • thinking occurred. We can almost say: During that age, human
    • thinking could also be something tiring. Human beings could
    • was created in Jesuitism that from a certain aspect, brings
    • bring life into this thinking. But they accomplish this by
    • people and profiteering at their expense, stricter emphasis
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • and the materialistic world view occurred during this time.
    • have to bring it up once again, I have to call to mind
    • mind what it is that I am seeking to bring up from the depths
    • the human being brings with him at birth from his
    • countryside and how the patriarchal attitude takes a daring
    • (see drawing). Then it makes a daring jump and we suddenly find
    • to occur specifically among the Anglo-American people during
    • public and social realm during the course of the nineteenth
    • Abstract reasoning had struggled up to a certain level during
    • to bring. There is hardly anything as interesting as the
    • during the first half of the nineteenth century is
    • a Franconian, or Thuringian. Just as this song referred only to
    • Wuerttembergian, hence in the neighboring province.
    • stirrings in the 1840's in the middle of the nineteenth
    • socialism that truly brings about social living — has
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual course of development. Today, we shall bring
    • body during the whole preceding age; from the eighth century
    • still be detected in the offering of the Mass and all that is
    • create a connection to Romanism. He tried to bring about the
    • bring to bear as the Ormuzd initiation in the new form for
    • who in a sense is an offspring, an outward, exoteric
    • offspring, of this other, ahrimanic initiation. He is
    • Offering and the ritual of the Sacrifice. He had somewhat of
    • the art of social experimentation during the first half of
    • people could not make up their minds to bring this
    • referring to the July revolution. That was of no interest at
    • rebels and brings about its own polarity, so to speak, in the
    • bring about a balance, it wishes to make the spirit itself
    • is earthly. Once again, the intention is t bring to bear what
    • during the general ecumenical council, the view of the spirit
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • insofar as man's ego was destined to be developed during the
    • offspring of the sun's life. When the sun rose in the
    • post-Atlantean period. I have outlined this here during the
    • the sun in springtime, that can still experience the
    • By bringing
    • true, however, that we must bring these sun forces into
    • offspring of the world of the stars, above all, of sun and
    • and also develops first during embryonic life. Already in the
    • the human head, brings about a correct relationship of the
    • that depending on whether a person was born during one or
    • and health depend on how we develop in our astral body during
    • revolution of Mars also has a bearing on this. A human being
    • Mercury's chief task is to bring the astral body's activity
    • person receives the direct Jupiter influence during the
    • opposite side of the earth, the latter thus hindering
    • dear friends, the point is that we must bring it about in our
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • during the latter's reunification with moon and lunar life. Humanity
    • from outer points of view, we shall bring these cosmic events
    • This insight has enabled us to bring these cosmic events
    • a mineral nature appeared only during earth evolution. Hence,
    • being only during the earth age. During the ancient Saturn,
    • therefore a matter of human soul beings entering the
    • coming to earth and on entering here into relationships with
    • so Vulcan beings are now actually entering this earth
    • beyond the earth are bringing messages down into this earthly
    • the beings who are appearing from the cosmos on earth,
    • there will spring forth a horrible brood of beings. In
    • spirits, wishing to ally themselves with human beings, bring
    • that is to bring to man the feeling of freedom, the
    • However, by again acquiring an understanding of the artistic
    • the plants, something we had occasion to point out during our
    • occurred during the Atlantean age.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual reality, already abstract concepts. Mirroring
    • took place in Western civilization during the fourth century
    • focus on it time and again. I am referring to the
    • metamorphoses of human development, markedly differing from
    • point in human soul life occurred also during the nineteenth
    • referring to God, we should not even speak of being, of
    • considering the ninth century and also taking into account
    • Considering
    • physical body. It is normally not recognized that during this
    • which certainly was the form of thinking employed during the
    • theology. Thus, we have to say: During the time of the third
    • theology, he was really referring to an ancient theology that
    • (referring to outline above),
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • sacrifices to offering of bread and wine. The end of the world as decline
    • considering the position of a personality such as John Scotus
    • idea Scotus Erigena brings up as an ancient legacy, as a kind
    • Communion was truly comprehended during the first Christian
    • world and the entering into the resting Godhead. The first
    • Father God let spring forth from Himself so that the earth
    • civilized Europe during these centuries, something developed
    • simply thinks: I am figuring something out concerning the
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • identical with the living, sculpturing system of fluids; the four kinds
    • Egyptians held opinions still differing significantly from
    • by considering what we call “body” in an intimate
    • their consciousness during life between birth and death was
    • store by keeping it pure. During the golden age of Egyptian
    • activity was principally directed at the task of bringing the
    • They imagined it molding the fluid body, bringing about the
    • came spring, and the Greeks found that the blood made itself
    • number of diseases of the mucous fluids. In spring, the blood
    • how, in spring, the skin is colored by the blood's
    • its center. In the rosy flush of spring and the yellowish
    • through dialectics, and through rhetoric. Therefore, during
    • during the sixth century Aristotle's work was translated
    • have described this in the public lectures here during the
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • which he may, however, bring about himself. This is connected
    • the human being. In a similar way we must bring what we have
    • spoken about this, but I would like to bring it up again in
    • human being. We also know that the spring equinox moves
    • point at which the sun rises in spring moves forward in the
    • bearing the spirit within us, then, we must relate ourselves
    • encountering a human being from a more childlike stage of
    • watches in spring the sprouting, greening plant world
    • gradually and variously coloring itself, if one sees this
    • plant world bearing fruit in summer and observes the leaves
    • withering in autumn, if one follows this course of the year
    • visible in the plant world during the course of the year.
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • way, stirring them up.
    • exhausted the whole realm of space. By entering the realm of
    • the human being only when he becomes conscious during sleep.
    • the seventy-two elements. What brings this dead body into
    • during an immersion into that world in which one lives
    • In hearing
    • process that takes place in the mother's body during
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • consider how it appears when we observe someone during a
    • sharp, critical thoughts. He lives in a hovering, weaving
    • element in which man lives when he is suffering from
    • being is nearing birth or conception, we live into the true
    • you do not bring them into your everyday consciousness, but
    • natural science believe that during sleep man rebuilds his
    • during our waking life — even when we do not go beyond
    • from the physical body, and that we bring to consciousness
    • during ordinary life, but that if it is brought to
    • basis of such objections, but we will bring them to mind once
    • its mirroring surface turned back to your former existence.
    • In yourselves, in your bodily nature, you have a mirroring
    • it brings hallucinations into consciousness. If the spirit
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • independent members; I am referring at first to the formative
    • memory during life. Thus, after we have perceived and worked
    • of remembering very abstract thoughts, let us say, then the
    • have an inner secretion, and such forces as enter during life
    • forces are transmuted in such a way that during life between
    • chapter in a higher physiology to study in persons suffering
    • then they are causative, they work in a forming way. During
    • force only during the transition from one life into another.
    • pressed out during the present incarnation, however, they
    • The kidney organs, the organs of excretion, bring forth in
    • are pressed out during the present incarnation, they display
    • brings to expression the movement of the blood caused by
    • metabolism is by no means the mere simmering and seething of
    • time a moral coloring, a moral nuance. And this moral nuance
    • outpouring of a mere sensual delight in the inner world is
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • as they are for you during sleep every night: consciousness
    • except during the sleeping state — to have continuity
    • necessary to develop soul forces that actually, during the
    • real experience, because the vision brings you into
    • are here on earth, therefore, in order to bring to fruition
    • During this
    • the metabolic-limb system, man also sleeps during the day. He
    • will in entering this incarnation. It is actually mediated by
    • having approached Imagination during the passage through life
    • “Considering how we human beings are today, and
    • end. This can be done simply by bringing atoms into the world
    • we do not merely work with abstract concepts but rather bring
    • through the portal of death, we will already be bringing
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • action and social life to spring from it, the main thing was
    • infer this from all you have been hearing for many years
    • which I am referring is frequently quoted. In its full weight
    • the mouth uttering these secrets lays the burden of sin upon
    • societies, for otherwise the mouth uttering them is sinful,
    • and the ear hearing them is likewise sinful.”
    • in gatherings where everything else went on in a completely
    • destructive forces appearing today — in Eastern Europe,
    • man will be able to find his bearings regarding what actually
    • of the memory-mirror, brings about the continuation of
    • bring it to consciousness, it is much worse than if man takes
    • sounds radical, so I prefer to try to bring the facts before
    • regions bordering the North Sea and the Atlantic Ocean, is
    • culture. We need a trust that will be able to bring into
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • struggle between what man on earth is already bringing to
    • for ordinary consciousness and does not arrive at gathering
    • that were fought during the first Christian centuries in
    • order to bring to human consciousness the distinction between
    • hear in conversation with our fellow men, hearing and
    • at the same time hearing. Hearing and speaking are once more
    • with your sense of hearing, you know that this being of
    • bring it to expression clearly — at least as clearly as
    • one realizes that the Father God works in matter, bringing it
    • life springs up.
    • continuous process: it is continuously splintering and
    • scattering itself abroad. There, where the moon is situated,
    • peaceful. It is continuously gathering matter together and
    • scattering it.
    • unfolding, springing and welling up with renewed life.
    • in the cosmos: the moon nature directed toward splintering
    • and scattering, and the quickening, life-giving radiance of
    • these experiences one comes to behold, in what is splintering
    • During the
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • ego. If we now bring the soul experience not into cognition
    • thought without picturing the role played in this train of
    • during waking life the physical, etheric,astral bodies, and
    • the I and astral body, we can bring to mind pictorially the
    • directly, during the actual penetration of the etheric body,
    • would in a way blind him. All that he would bring to his
    • self in our remembering. We owe it solely to the intervals of
    • learns to recognize how every time one actually brings one's
    • straight to sleep, however; he does not bring the activity of
    • brings our whole organism together. Pre-existent thought
    • something that springs from feeling as that which otherwise
    • learns to know oneself insofar as one has made oneself during
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • deeds as our impulses of will and feeling is lived out during
    • to look at something of the human environment. Let us bring
    • the organization and how what works in these pictures brings
    • pictures that we form during waking consciousness, stream
    • during sleep, however, indeed altogether extinguished for
    • the dull dream consciousness exists during the warm time, in
    • and sleeps in winter. The reverse is true. In the stirring
    • vegetative activity that develops during the summer, during
    • of the world, we would not bring with us into this life the
    • permeates us in “exspiring” with the soul
    • we Meet with this will-desiring-to-become-world, which then
    • inspiring, and that outwardly is an
    • real Intuition, the self-surrendering beings. We, too, out of
    • through inspiring turned outward. In going from earthly life
    • is a surrendering to the world.
    • — though not by splintering it into atoms — on
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • briefly what we have been studying during recent days in
    • exactly is this web of living thoughts? It is what we bring
    • works on the human being during his whole life between birth
    • coming in through birth he brings what at first is in his web
    • this objective thought organization works upon us during our
    • embryonic life and during our whole life from birth to death,
    • entirely of a will nature. During the life between birth and
    • bring this mood to consciousness. Let us try to bring to
    • up to his death — that is, when one brings into the
    • thought. What the future brings to the human being, he still
    • lives in man, which, when he brings it to consciousness, can
    • becomes future karma. All this brings us in the direction of
    • brings us completely into the stream of the human past. Hence
    • during our waking life. We do not see down below into the
    • is incorporated into us, and during life we again unite this
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness were completely separated from moral coloring,
    • bringing man back into physical life. This archangelic being
    • is particularly involved in building up the forces that bring
    • moral coloring — thereby expanding himself, as it were,
    • we cannot really observe except in what during life man
    • membering of the human limbs; we do not behold all that is
    • in the same way, as during our life here in an earthly
    • laws, as natural laws correspond to us here on earth during
    • — Saturn, Jupiter, and so on. In entering the realm of
    • world that is living in our consciousness during our return
    • loosened on our entering the planetary realm, and this first
    • is certainly something that should lead us to bring about
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • Bearing with him what comes from these two directions, the
    • of the etheric body were added during the Sun evolution,
    • those of the astral body during the Moon evolution, and that
    • the Earth evolution is actually the time during which the I
    • through the portal of death, bearing his I through it, he
    • what belongs to the earthly evolution, and it is during the
    • develops a plant-like consciousness. During this time he
    • covering of the earth, all the vegetable existence, we are
    • were, and has its-outer expression in the plant covering, in
    • even further, considering his relationships to women. These
    • consciousness during the third part of his life between death
    • During this
    • Something is imparted to the human being that he brings down
    • brings with him out of the cosmos something that then
    • What he brings from the cosmos bears the same relationship to
    • say that the human being brings with him from the cosmos the
    • also say that the karma he brings with him from his former
    • force that he brings along with him from the influence of the
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • While bearing in mind this spiritual evolution, we had to
    • human stage during the evolution of the ancient Moon, how the
    • archangeloi went through their human stage during the ancient
    • Sun evolution, and how the archai underwent this stage during
    • through today, during his earthly existence. To view the
    • short, we can say that when we are considering the soul life
    • Only during the human physical, earthly life is this physical
    • man's etheric body today. During life between birth and death
    • assuring us that in the physical body there lies the seed of
    • disappearing in the world, that what man has been bearing in
    • Into such a realm the human being will enter during the
    • human stage during the ancient Moon evolution. If I therefore
    • wish to characterize what will develop during the future
    • coloring, by the color of his skin, so in the future his
    • are preparing Luciferic forms, always dreaming away in the
    • age to bring to clarity, if our age does not wish to grope
    • been considering the spiritual in man, the soul element in
    • work is to bring about what is weaving and living in our
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • you that if we seriously wish to bring the spiritual nature
    • By bringing the deeds and relationships of these beings to
    • consciousness, the human being at the same time brings his
    • must now be understood — if one wishes to bring them in
    • beings, we received into our being only during this earthly
    • this inner stirring that they say: this is unhealthy. Then
    • I-culture, which man received first during earthly existence,
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • what the human being feels occurring within himself as
    • from without, as it were, while during earthly life they were
    • during earthly life could say, “My soul experiences are
    • rose; then, when after death he experiences this wandering
    • through spiritual science. Only by acquiring these insights
    • always something adhering to warmth, however, which in terms
    • of human experience can be expressed only by referring to the
    • surrendering to a continuous deception. I'd like to point to
    • attempt to give it some substance by considering it “a
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • explained to you yesterday — by disappearing with death
    • and reappearing in another form; that is, it is no longer
    • able to bring them into clear mental images, at least into
    • his own being and without entering into something free
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture I: Supersensible Influences in Old Persian, Egyptian, and Greek Time
    Matching lines:
    • the mineral crystals. I am not here referring to the crystals but to
    • place chiefly during the night, during sleep. But because in those
    • entered into human beings during certain periods of the
    • man during the night and during the clairvoyant periods of his waking
    • would often reply to the Initiate: During the hours of
    • find a dwelling-place only during the hours of night.
    • have regarded it as unlawful thus to influence men on earth during the
    • made answer: During the hours of the day-consciousness we have no
    • method was found for bringing about what had once happened in the
    • within humanity during the hours of day and would otherwise have been
    • that if we wish to understand historical development during the
    • the mummies, inspired by the spiritual Moon-Beings for whom, during the
    • life of the cosmos, those Beings who tell us: “During the third,
    • wellspring of plastic art, of the Greek art of tragedy and of
    • of balance between inbreathing and out-breathing. The strings of
    • who liked best to hover, to dance, as it were, on the strings of the
    • mirrored in the tuning of the strings of Apollo's lyre.
    • which instead of pondering deeply about the origin of, let us say, the
    • kind of whirring ... as when one listens to the whirring of a swarm
    • the same time as hearing.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture II: The Education of Man through Modern Intellectualism, -or- Chartres and the Mysteries of the Templars
    Matching lines:
    • the impression of a kind of listening, of hearing that is also
    • touching, of touching that is also hearing. Homer listens to those
    • speak of the lyre of Apollo, we can picture its strings being according
    • that hearing of rhythm in the Graeco-Roman epoch of which I have spoken
    • in the realm of intellectualism. The great task of our age is to bring
    • intellectualism, but he must spiritualise his thinking, he must bring
    • But during the Egyptian period men gradually lost this old clairvoyance
    • greatest imaginable importance during the Third Post-Atlantean period
    • acquiring individual freedom in ever-greater measure. But a great and
    • get accustomed to hearing them spoken of as if they were men). Let me
    • Initiates were obliged to wrestle with the problem of how to bring down
    • chaos prevails in the out-breathing of men during the hours of sleep at
    • thought is permissible. Such an attitude would bring about many changes
    • collapses. During the World War, how often did we not read, in the
    • priest, desiring to dedicate your whole life to the service of the
    • differing from those adopted by the priests of Egypt to overcome the
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture III: The Revelation of the Spiritual World in Old Indian Culture, -or- Old Egypt
    Matching lines:
    • in the last two lectures. The Egyptians set out to bring into the
    • name to an animal, he was conscious of hearing inwardly: This is the
    • lingering with their mummies that the Initiates of Egypt, in their
    • world, had completely passed away. Indications were already appearing
    • was a matter of acquiring by other means something that was no longer
    • civilisation, the Moon-Spirits found themselves homeless during the
    • find paths and are able to live. During the day it is still possible
    • During the hours of night, however, when a man is not thinking, no
    • am referring were able to impart more, because certain needs prevailed
    • when he was speaking of Goethe. Again and again when he was lecturing
    • before birth, human beings can bring spirituality into the world of the
    • present. They bring, not intellectualism, but spirituality, which a man
    • there is anyone present at the ceremonies with a gift for hearing from
    • also necessary in the course of historical evolution that during a
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture IV: The Egyptian Mysteries, Indian Yoga and Egyptian Mummy Cult
    Matching lines:
    • participate in many a scene in the Mysteries during a certain epoch of
    • universe, remembering that what exists out yonder in a state of
    • am now referring, the Initiate of Egypt spoke to his pupils of those
    • result, the brain brings about something in the astral body and Ego.
    • head brings about in the organism. Such was the art connected with the
    • dying process in the head. But what the head does during this dying
    • forces — are sent on into the future, during the period
    • indications of that which during the life of man on earth is
    • During life, the breath is drawn back into the head and then streams
    • this impulse and brings about out-breathing, that this
    • of the etheric body, which is almost always there, notably during
    • preserved forms, which, during life, are hidden from observation but of
    • when men have discovered how to bring into all their deeds the power
    • act that is purely technical or mechanical, however, does bring
    • are there, with all that they bring about on the earth; animals and the
    • Initiate will be able to bring the teaching given to his pupils to a
    • brings understanding of the human being. Contemplation of how the
    • can bring understanding of the cosmos. Understanding of the cosmos will
    • is what he is preparing for the future.
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture V: Modern Abstract Thinking and Living Thinking of Future Times, -or- The Idea of Metamorphosis and the Repeated Lives on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • BEEN HEARING in recent lectures how fundamental impulses in the
    • during childhood, becomes to a certain degree accomplished in it during
    • corpse, bringing knowledge only of what is accessible to man between
    • earth, it has absorbed the gentle sun of spring, then the full summer
    • exposure to the sun, which would bring the beautiful colours, because
    • the sun is absent during its brief period of development. In the
    • indeed they actually pass away during life! The head — I am
    • soul — they are able, out of the Spirit, to bring a new and
    • to death if new life did not quicken him during the night.
    • brings the salt into movement, making it cosmic, universal — this
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture VI: Spiritual InFluence in History, -or- Pope Nicholas I
    Matching lines:
    • of profound significance in the whole life of the West during the
    • life during the time of the Crusades. We hear, too, of Orders like that
    • in the West, gathering together under the leadership of Godfrey of
    • Bernard of Clairvaux and others. There is an awe-inspiring grandeur
    • call this the first stream. Springing from the Arabian regions of Asia,
    • tendered in faltering words, for what the old Initiates could have
    • Aristotle, endeavouring to understand the Event of Golgotha with the
    • same living content shimmering through the teachings that arose
    • life of the super-sensible worlds, in bringing home to him that his soul
    • assuredly the most awe-inspiring question before Nicholas I, for he
    • still faintly glimmering in this stream could no longer find its way
    • colouring and had adopted the forms of Roman Rhetoric — in other
    • that the Europeans of the West were incapable of bearing the great
    • Latinised forms of thought, the knowledge bearing upon the etheric
    • like. But to live in and through the etheric body during his existence
    • portrayal of the life of soul as it was in Europe during the ninth
    • — although for long centuries bearing faint traces of the
    • three terrible powers, soul-torturing powers, before a man like Pope
    • The spirit inspiring the
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture I: The Spirit-Seed of Man's Physical Organism
    Matching lines:
    • of the year are brought to light in these inspiring lectures, showing
    • during the very important period stretching between death and a
    • essentially higher kind of consciousness than he has during his
    • during sleep unconsciously but between death and a new birth in
    • future physical body on Earth is to spring into existence.
    • bearing within it the forces which then build up the physical
    • is during this period that we gather together from the cosmic
    • Basle to buy your butter there, and bring it home with you.
    • intention of acquiring orientation — it may be that you
    • to earthly gravity, to walk, or to bring the organs of speech
    • circumstances, may also bring the human breathing-rhythm into
    • taking back fragments of the Earth by interfering with the laws
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture II: Moral Qualities and the Life After Death. Windows of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • of the year are brought to light in these inspiring lectures, showing
    • also related during sleep? — We know indeed that in the
    • darkness during sleep.
    • etheric body works during sleep. Anyone, however, who is
    • (during sleep) outside the physical and etheric bodies, namely,
    • what takes place during sleep, I indicated it to you in a more
    • the Earth in spring. We see the plants becoming richer and
    • plant-world in spring and its fading towards autumn is
    • coloring of the plants can be produced only under the influence
    • that while all the budding, the blossoming and withering of the
    • coloring of the plant-world on our Earth.
    • the spring, the Sun regains its power, then the
    • spring until autumn in any given region of the Earth,
    • also present in a certain way during the time of winter. Only
    • during winter the dreams are, as it were, dull and brooding,
    • of summer-sleep they could say: During the summer the Earth is
    • saying: The Upper Gods come down during the summer and hover
    • around the Earth; during the winter the Lower Gods ascend out
    • connection man stands, even during his earthly existence, with
    • during his sleep is always woven around by a sharply contoured
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture III: Man's Relation to the World of the Stars
    Matching lines:
    • of the year are brought to light in these inspiring lectures, showing
    • forces is actually established. During waking life he perceives
    • through his senses; during sleep he does not. Moreover he eats
    • during waking life and breathing during sleep. To begin with we
    • outer world during the waking state through his senses and
    • us then start from the fact that during his waking state man
    • is also the case that during the waking state, man's Ego and
    • astral being does not continue during sleep. During sleep the
    • in his physical and etheric bodies during sleep.
    • himself are worked upon during his sleep by the cosmic forces
    • fettered to the Earth through the fact that during the waking
    • astral body and Ego. During sleep this albumen is worked upon
    • inner processes taking place in man during sleep would have not
    • take their course during waking life.
    • the physical and etheric bodies during sleep and are not
    • is a shattering experience connected with initiation that
    • Natural Science today is everywhere touching the fringe of
    • during their sleep by bad dreams or the like. This only happens
    • acquires during earthly existence but is exposed during sleep
    • bringing a complete etheric body stage by stage into a man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture IV: Rhythms of Earthly and Spiritual Life. Love, Memory, the Moral Life
    Matching lines:
    • of the year are brought to light in these inspiring lectures, showing
    • Thus we may say that there are times during the life between
    • — for living together during the appropriate period after
    • being something that brings pictures of these experiences into
    • said, he does indeed have experiences during sleep, some of
    • astral body, so strongly and intensely as to be able to bring
    • and my astral body during sleep into the physical and etheric
    • although what is said is meant very seriously. During sleep man
    • during life between death and a new birth we experience so
    • Beings of the Hierarchies, freeing oneself, entering into union
    • acquiring the faculty of sight in the supersensible world after
    • spiritual world, if he were too easy-going to bring into the
    • What constitutes the great suffering for one who has insight
    • of humanity depends upon man acquiring supersensible
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture V: Human Faculties and Their Connections with Elemental Beings
    Matching lines:
    • of the year are brought to light in these inspiring lectures, showing
    • to confront the world and work in it during earthly life are
    • his will-nature, in so far as he is meant to bring the
    • Good. We must bring up from the depths of our being the impulse
    • manifest in the world through art, and also bring the Good to
    • beings are to be found lingering, for example, in libraries
    • referring have chiefly to do with the world of ‘beautiful
    • when we listen to beautiful speech without endeavoring to
    • — for what I have said refers only to discovering the
    • that it is really not so very easy to bring about at will. Just
    • were a factor in bringing about the destruction of the Old
    • Moon, so that the Earth could arise. And even now, during
    • was there in profusion during the Old Moon-existence — on
    • the ‘dung’ of Old Moon ugliness, our world of beauty springs
    • and beautiful plants spring from it. There you have an analogy
    • beautiful after-effects springing from the Earth. Just as
    • lovely flowers spring up in a meadow, you must spiritually
    • they do not want to go on wandering about like earthworms,
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture VI: Spiritualization of Knowledge of Space. The Mission of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • of the year are brought to light in these inspiring lectures, showing
    • — man brings with him the power of love, and this power
    • condition he brings with him to Earth the power of memory, the
    • to himself — but during earthly existence too he must
    • the divine-spiritual Beings, to bring something of the
    • is one during pre-earthly existence, were also customary in
    • everywhere discover evidence of the striving to bring the
    • complete independence, without bringing his ideas into any
    • first time during this period; it is knowledge that is
    • Spiritual Science is endeavoring to guide back again to the
    • When an alchemist in his laboratory was endeavoring to
    • portion of the universe for the Gods if he will but bring the
    • during Chaldaean times they were seen in their succession, now
    • new age. And with the deeds of man which spring from the
    • his gaze down upon the Earth. He is able, by entering into
    • go by. Michael would retire from his rulership and would bring
    • from the Gods. — If Michael is to bring back the right
    • During my Age, men have raised to the Supersensible what they
    • goal, Michael will say: Men have made efforts to bring Time and
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture VII: Inner Processes in the Human Organism
    Matching lines:
    • of the year are brought to light in these inspiring lectures, showing
    • if they are to bring to man's cognizance what lies outside the
    • know himself. This presupposes that during the process
    • of acquiring self-knowledge one is able to suspend all
    • hearing some sound of the outer world my ear is still. This
    • we have taken the first step towards acquiring true knowledge
    • hear a tone, it is because in your organ of hearing the astral
    • breath. And this happens not only in the organ of hearing but
    • not now referring to any of these things but to the fact that
    • without and in which we participate, than as something we bring
    • infinitely often during the waking life of day, in connection
    • burning piece of wood drops spluttering into water — that
    • process which has been left to itself during the period of
    • during sleep, with his astral body and his ego, man always
    • on a certain morning, busies himself during the day, goes to
    • During sleep he actually lives through in backward order what
    • had been experienced during the day. The life of sleep goes
    • has been obeying during your sleep, makes the jerk through your
    • not only for a short period, but as enduring memory. Just as
    • happens during our sleep. From the time of going to sleep until
  • Title: Spiritual Communion: Lecture I: Midsummer and Midwinter Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • of the year are brought to light in these inspiring lectures, showing
    • THE Christmas festival can be the occasion for comparing
    • life during the time of Summer. To understand the essential
    • certain seasons to make an offering of these thoughts to the
    • make a sacrificial offering to the Gods who had revealed their
    • offering must be made to the Upper Gods in gratitude for the
    • meant to signify that the offering made by man's inmost soul to
    • offering for the thoughts they had revealed.
    • ceremonies bearing the symbols of wisdom; and as they conducted
    • times. When they had made the solemn offering it was as though
    • year, entering as Midsummer approaches into the possession of
    • surface of the soil. I have spoken of this before by referring
    • during Winter and put their potatoes in them. Down there in the
    • it during the Summer. The light and the warmth sink down, as it
    • is still there, under the soil. During Winter it is Summer
    • celebrated when the one does not make the sacrificial offering
  • Title: Spiritual Communion: Lecture II: The Mysteries of Man's Nature and the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • of the year are brought to light in these inspiring lectures, showing
    • read one thing from the budding plants in Spring, another from
    • for a whole year — through Spring, Summer, Autumn and
    • of all, to what is revealed in Spring, when the snow is over
    • plants are appearing and the forces of the Earth are being
    • words. In sharing thus in the life of Spring, man was reading
    • in this reading. And when Spring came to an end, at about the
    • springing up from the Earth. And in the wonderfully delicate
    • during Summer; in return, the Earth breathes out the blossoming
    • life she has received during Summer but at the same time
    • develops within herself the ripening fruit which brings the
    • in the ripening, but also in the withering plants, and in the
    • peace will spring forth on Earth in men who are of good
    • surround himself with pictures of Christ Jesus entering into
    • bearing more and more of Christ's teaching. Humanity is not
    • Springtime of the world, which reveals outer physical nature in
    • must seek for the light which it was Christ's will to bring
    • explains the world but which instead of bringing light, sheds
  • Title: Spiritual Communion: Lecture III: From Man's Living Together with the Course of Cosmic Existence Arises the Cosmic Cult
    Matching lines:
    • of the year are brought to light in these inspiring lectures, showing
    • whole man when they are considering his life of soul.
    • bearings, and hope in this way eventually to build up a
    • that part of the organ of hearing which continues on to the
    • night. Paradoxical as this seems at first hearing, in this
    • gathered together into one whole. During the course of a day
    • the changes which affect the earth and mankind during the
    • from one Spring to the next, form in their time-sequence
    • process before us when we see, in Autumn, the fading, withering
    • animals. Think of all the activity in the insect world during
    • coming from the Sun. During Autumn and Winter we see how
    • everything that from the time of Spring onwards reached out
    • upon all growing life, brings it to the stage of apparent
    • certain point it simply repeats itself, recurring in
    • year to year make themselves noticeable during a man's life,
    • through Spring, Summer, Autumn and Winter, we partake with our
    • lives during the 24 hours of the day, namely, the sleeping
    • state and the waking state. We know that during the waking
    • the physical and etheric bodies of man during sleep and during
    • during sleep, a kind of life begins in the latter which is to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Communion: Lecture IV: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • of the year are brought to light in these inspiring lectures, showing
    • once more to gain knowledge that can bring to realization what
    • patient devotion to the taking of these steps which must bring
    • deeply that it pervades everything he brings forth out of his
    • a question of gathering together, as it were, similar strivings
    • springs the impulse to strive for that renewal.
    • live and move in it and bring forth out of the spiritual
  • Title: Spiritual Knowledge is a True Communion, the Beginning of a Cosmic Cult Suitable for Men of the Present Age
    Matching lines:
    • of the year are brought to light in these inspiring lectures, showing
    • which we call the cycle of a year, so that we can see, during
    • during sleep, when the Ego and astral body are separated from
    • successive Spring and Summer condition in the physical and
    • rise in man, are in full Summer or full Spring conditions. So
    • that once more we find inner Spring, inner Summer and inner
    • actually brings the activities of Nature to a state of rest.
    • were sauntering along slowly. And everything that happens in
    • understood unless he is regarded as bearing within him, as it
    • etheric bodies during sleep by mineral and vegetable modes of
    • and astral body are not present, when they are away during
    • mineral and vegetable portions are seen to be withering and
    • crumbles during his waking hours. There is a sort of plant-like
    • drooping, withering leaves which are dying and vanishing; and
    • to these gleaming and glowing flames during sleep, when they
    • bodies during sleep. When we are awake during earthly life we
    • etheric bodies, we annul those impulses which spring from an
    • during sleep, we bring them to quiescence. And now we learn for
    • permeated with sprouting life, during sleep. And so this means
    • animal takes it a step further in preparing it as food for man.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Easter: Lecture I: The Mysteries of Adonis, -or- The Evolution of Our Festivals from the Ancient Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • coincident with the founding of Christianity, but during the first
    • antedating Christianity, to festivals connected with the spring
    • festivals bearing on the re-awakening of Nature, on the life
    • equinox festivals. On the contrary: comparing it with those of
    • conceptions of the most vital problems during the course of human
    • spring festival.
    • for a long period of time during pre-Christian Antiquity. An effigy
    • an artificial pond was dug in the vicinity of the sanctuary. During
    • aspiring to initiation. In these olden times every such candidate was
    • Comparing this initiation that took place in the sanctuaries of
    • wither. In place of the greening, burgeoning life that in the spring
    • bring desolation. But while everything around you dies, you shall
    • way into the vast cosmic ether. During three days he sees himself
    • was as follows: during the autumnal withering and desolation
    • Now, during the course of human evolution a most significant
    • through the death and resurrection of their soul. During the process
    • Eut if we reflect upon the Mystery ritual, remembering that it
    • place on Golgotha. The outer symbol, referring to a process
    • germinates and sprouts in the spring resurrection. A material symbol
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Easter: Lecture II: Moon-Birth and Sun-Birth
    Matching lines:
    • that can evoke such thoughts. During the last three to five centuries
    • permeation, the empowering by impulses emanating from the Moon at the
    • cohesive organization which during life does not succumb to those
    • destruction during his entire Earth life — and this they
    • the Ancient Persian. During these civilizations the manner in which
    • developing, during the last two thousand years or more, in such a way
    • matters by considering the manner in which Easter was celebrated in
    • me what otherwise they would have to bring about by
    • Sunday after the first full Moon after the spring equinox? We place
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Easter: Lecture III: The Secret of the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • this it will be necessary to touch upon some of the facts referring
    • During all epochs
    • appearing as full Moon in physical light. So the Moon is present
    • of soul and spirit demanded during that period, he prepares to
    • Earth. This means that immediately before entering the Earth
    • psycho-spiritual constituents of the Moon, remembering that again the
    • The current engendering
    • as it were — to prevent its interfering with the formation of
    • that wisdom so laboriously acquired during childhood and early
    • forces from the other planets. During these periods of spiritual
    • through this recurring initiation into the secret of the Moon was
    • full Moon, and said, It is not a question of my aspiring upward: it
    • height? When spring begins, when there burst forth from the
    • for then he floats, as it were, on the forces that in spring ray out
    • beginning of spring. And what can this full Moon do now? It beholds
    • beginning of spring, March 21st, and the forces of the Earth are
    • what our present spring Easter Festival has come to be. It represents
    • a Mystery act that has often been performed in spring; but it
    • combine the autumn Mystery of the ascent with the spring
    • spring Mysteries made it clear that Nature is conquered by the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Easter: Lecture IV: Decline of the Mystery System and the Rise of Freedom, I-A-O is Man, Aristotle's Categories
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual as they have evolved during the course of human history; if
    • precisely such horrible events can bring about a real advance in
    • this gave them may be said to have become intensified to hearing; and
    • blossoming and flowering was in particular something that permeated
    • human being: resonant ego, resonant astral body, in a shimmering
    • Mars' creating chiming, power to thee is bringing,
    • And Venus' love-bearing beauty is on thee beaming;
    • Ephesian Mysteries heard these words ringing in his ears, as it were,
    • Mars' creating chiming, power to thee is bringing.
    • And Venus' love-bearing beauty ...
    • criminal or a lunatic. But as I mentioned during the Christmas
    • may say: the perpetually recurring Easter Festival of Ephesus that
    • I explained yesterday in referring to the Moon secret. When the stars
    • Mars' creating chiming, power to thee is bringing,
    • And Venus' love-bearing beauty is on thee beaming;
    • At some time during your life you read
    • Suffering
    • Position, Having, Doing, Suffering.
    • of Ephesus. It did not develop till later, especially during the
    • grave during this interlude in human evolution between the two
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Easter Festival: Lecture I: The Mysteries of Adonis, -or- The Evolution of Our Festivals from the Ancient Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • so during the first few centuries. It is linked to
    • These earlier festivals centered around the spring
    • moved from fall to the spring.
    • person aspiring to initiation.
    • mantle of plants and leaves. All is withering. In place of the
    • spring, snow will now come, or at least a desolating
    • place amid autumn's withering, when all of nature seemed to
    • festivals coincided in their first half with the withering and
    • souls. During the process of initiation body and soul had been
    • incapable of bringing the body into such profoundly subsensible
    • Mysteries during initiation, remembering that initiation was an
    • physical symbol, referring to a process experienced in
    • remarkable development began to take place during the centuries
    • outer nature was dying, that is, during the fall.
    • spiritual immortality by underscoring nature's transience.
    • enduring elements of nature, for their understanding of
    • spring. People adopted material symbols for spiritual
  • Title: Easter Festival: Lecture II: Moon-Birth and Sun-Birth
    Matching lines:
    • in particular can evoke such thoughts. During the last three to
    • acquiring knowledge recognized as legitimate today this could
    • organized form, a form that during life does not succumb
    • Saturn. However, with this we are entering into a period
    • The civilization following this was the ancient Persian. During
    • During the last two thousand years or more, human beings have
    • entering into their development.
    • entering into himself. Here the candidate for initiation was
    • told he was entering the Temple Grotto of Man, which was
    • bring us into relation with the physical world. At this point a
    • physical body had to cease during moments of knowledge. He had
    • following the first full moon after the spring equinox.
  • Title: Easter Festival: Lecture III: The Secret of the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • the human organism while ignoring that it is animated by a
    • wanderings of the planets, still others in the radiant light of
    • (Spring Valley, N.Y.: Anthroposophic Press, 1972).
    • since then has orbited around it. But during the time
    • motions. This was expressed by bringing the moon, by which
    • structuring of time that reminded human beings of the entire
    • order that our etheric body's formation not be disturbed during
    • beginning of spring, when forces rise upward from the earth's
    • streaming upward in the spring toward the first full moon. The
    • March 21 is the beginning of spring; the earth's forces burgeon
    • those conferring the solar and lunar initiation. It carried the
    • with the spring Mystery of descent.
    • withering away. In this it resembles the decay of our own
    • Through the spring Mysteries, on the other hand, humanity
    • another the spring Mystery, which is the Mystery of the moon.
    • night.” Where a spring Mystery was celebrated they might
    • as the spring festivals did for ancient peoples. Such
  • Title: Easter Festival: Lecture IV: Decline of the Mystery System and the Rise of Freedom, I-A-O is Man, Aristotle's Categories
    Matching lines:
    • of the goddess, they had the sensation of hearing her
    • Blessed art thou by Mars' creative ringing
    • And Mercury's swiftness, mobility bringing,
    • art thou by Mars' creative ringing.
    • by Mercury's swiftness, mobility bringing.
    • outer development, preparing us to descend to Earth and
    • glimmering around the moon, pervading that light with spirit in
    • Blessed art thou by Mars' creative ringing
    • And Mercury's swiftness, mobility bringing,
    • frightfully boring thing, that such a concatenation of letters
    • that really began to develop only during the Middle Ages and
    • is of course our mission, my dear friends, to bring to light
    • essential, particularly at an Easter gathering such as this, to
    • our hearts. And from this gathering, my dear friends, we shall
  • Title: Festival of Easter: Lecture 1: The Mysteries of Adonis, -or- The Evolution of Our Festivals from the Ancient Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • more exactly during the next few days. When it is noted how all
    • connected with the period of the Spring equinox, which have
    • of Nature, which had slumbered, if I may so express it, during
    • festival held at the time of the Spring equinox; but if we
    • to a Spring festival. This fact indicates something prodigious
    • then rested in the grave during the period of three days; this
    • was constructed so that it could be lowered into it. During
    • gates of death, and during the three days following. The
    • springing life. The former songs of woe turned into hymns of
    • plants, all its leafy covering. Everything withers. Instead of
    • in Spring, all is now bleak and bare, or perhaps covered with
    • whole world. During the three days his life expands to the
    • soul when preparing himself for initiation into the Mysteries
    • ancient Mysteries. He saw how anyone preparing for initiation
    • their souls. The soul was separated from the body during the
    • ever-recurring procedure of the Mysteries had now become an
    • during initiation, knew from what took place on Golgotha that
    • year: understanding that the coming of Autumn, bringing
    • in Nature but springs again, the germinating power of
    • of external resurrection. He likes to see how plants spring
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Festival of Easter: Lecture 2: Moon-Birth and Sun-Birth
    Matching lines:
    • Festival that can especially bring about such thoughts. In the
    • bring forward every particular but can only hint at how things
    • bringing man into physical existence at birth. The ancient
    • development. During the last two thousand years and more we
    • experienced something of these forces in the last lingering
    • freedom to make something of myself during my life on
    • of measuring, geometry, or surveying is an earthly science. It
    • science of measuring are sciences that have to be learnt here
    • difference between actual death and that experienced during
    • life, and which are generally employed during life, only
    • the Spring equinox? And they fix the Easter Festival of the
  • Title: Festival of Easter: Lecture 3: The Secret of the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • During all those ages in which men were aware of
    • the earth and became what might be called a neighbouring
    • during that period, he turns his attention to the descent to
    • What the Moon-forces are thus able to bring about in man
    • What pours into man as the capacity for acquiring wisdom
    • and hearing by the ears, as these are known in earthly
    • the other planets of our planetary system During the periods of
    • the recurring mysteries of the moon: the fact that in the
    • spring, when the forces which were formerly with the seeds and
    • spring stream from the earth to the moon. But he has to do this
    • spring.
    • the first Sunday following the coming of spring. As in former
    • spring; the forces of the earth then begin to reach forth into
    • day spring festival represents a certain occurrence in the
    • Mysteries that was celebrated everywhere in spring; but this
    • spring.
    • spiritual world. In the mystery of the spring season it was
    • will sprout and spring again from the earth because the spirit
    • stir in spring, man had to think of his descent into physical
    • Spring-people. The people of the Adonis-mystery were among the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Festival of Easter: Lecture 4: Decline of the Mystery System and the Rise of Freedom, I-A-O is Man, Aristotle's Categories
    Matching lines:
    • recurring earthly lives, and therefore carry with them into
    • of perception occurred which amounted to hearing, and what was
    • ether. And feelings inwardly connected with this springing life
    • this sprouting and springing of the being of plants from the
    • which were for the special purpose of bringing an understanding
    • Thou Being, offspring of worlds, who in thy Light-form art
    • love-bearing beauty of Venus,
    • inwardly and outwardly, preparing him for his descent to earth,
    • flooded by the softly glimmering light of the moon — and
    • suffer (or suffering).
    • Relation, Space, Time, Place, Having, Doing, Suffering, to read
    • bring any rich content to their souls, this would be to do
    • especially during the Middle Ages, something most profoundly
    • that which has been kept in concealment during the interval of
    • but now all that lies buried. How can I again bring forth what
    • These are the things, my dear friends, which I desired to bring
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture One: Seership and Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • a greater extent than has been the case during the last four
    • outer, material world was dimmed during sleep or dream, there
    • dead who had been near him during life. In the waking state a
    • man could have intercourse with the living; during sleep or
    • accepted. People even browbeat one by declaring: “If
    • however, that the mediums would bring to light all kinds of
    • materialistic tendencies of the age and yet to bring home to
    • must be taken even if it brings one calamity after another.
    • between the Living and the Dead, bearing in mind that in one
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Two: Mediumistic Methods
    Matching lines:
    • and the episode from which I want to start occurred during
    • spring of 1904 — and the periodical
    • Lucifer-Gnosis was appearing. In that periodical I
    • the nineteenth century. I bring this forward because I must
    • not spring from the realm of the dead at all, but from the
    • esotericists who had made the compromise was to bring home to
    • bring these special aims to fulfilment. The leading circle of
    • of furthering the interests of humanity.
    • but at all events had the prospect of discovering things of
    • possible to bring all kinds of things into the world through
    • framework when we are considering the whole course of events
    • which I am now bringing to expression was not already
    • to bring theory into natural phenomena. The highest
    • And referring
    • time of the second series I had some opportunity of hearing
    • Theosophical Society during the winter of 1900 on
    • already been present at some of the lectures I gave during
    • healthy path, through the right methods for entering the
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Three: Materialism of the 19th Century
    Matching lines:
    • episode today to the subjects of which we have been hearing
    • during the last few days. Still more specific details will
    • evolutions, and then, during the Old Moon period received
    • however, be quite erroneous to imagine that during the Old
    • product of the Earth. During the Earth's development,
    • again on waking, he will have a peculiar experience. During
    • them during his waking life; in the act of waking he feels
    • been considering.
    • way in which we are bringing Spiritual Science into
    • for the Truth which alone can bring that of which modern
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Four: The Attempt Made by the Occultists to Avert the Lapse into Materialism
    Matching lines:
    • with a materialistic colouring but truths for all that
    • with an eminently materialistic colouring.
    • vanish from the scene, and on the other, the urge to bring
    • form. The fallacy which consists in the assertion that during
    • bring the feelings too into line and thus divert men's
    • Moon periods of evolution before entering its present stage.
    • mineral kingdom was added for the first time during the Earth
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Five: The Eighth Sphere
    Matching lines:
    • only during Earth-evolution. In the Jupiter, Venus, and
    • free will and in conjuring all sorts of things before him in
    • disappearing into the Eighth Sphere.
    • bring as much as possible into the Eighth Sphere. Although
    • succeed in capturing a whole soul for themselves; for thereby
    • occultists who were inspiring her. These occultists, being
    • for both.) Lucifer brings to men everything they have gained
    • be realised that inasmuch as he brings about head-activity,
    • that everything capable of bringing the soul into connection
    • with it. ... During the years we have been pursuing our
    • referring to the first edition, as was C. J.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Six: The Dangers of Aberation Along the Path into the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • recent studies that when man tries to find his bearings along
    • the right path, great difficulties spring up for him,
    • life are with us during our childhood. We know well that only
    • is during the period when our power of judgment is not yet
    • as it were, be swathed in dream during the early years of our
    • of mustering the forces of the whole man within us —
    • us during childhood in order rightly to approach the things
    • indicated one and the other star as appearing alike in the
    • bring forth from itself that ancient heritage from
    • Death. That is the best method for ensuring that what is
    • the antagonistic criticisms published during recent weeks, an
    • one of them touch the very fringe of it and they at once
    • to us during the last few days is astutely written, for there
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Seven: Investigation of the Life between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • the matters of which I have been telling you briefly during
    • place in the literature. During the first years I was obliged
    • itself for stringent testing must be seized, but these
    • world with the endeavour to bring to light knowledge of the
    • literature with what has been made known among us during the
    • therefore, of gathering together many things that have been
    • acquiring more and more intimate knowledge.
    • example, an essential foundation for discovering certain
    • that human beings who died during the tenderest years of
    • mankind during the period immediately following these
    • the awakening takes place during actual sleep, because then
    • and so on. During the life of day his remembrances are always
    • of what happened during a former life of day. Our everyday
    • sleep. The curious thing is, however, that during sleep we
    • remembrance. But during sleep a subconscious process of
    • whereas in remembrances during the life of day we are
    • past, that we have to make efforts—during sleep, when
    • he has no remembrances during sleep. In his soul, however, he
    • is much more active during sleep than during waking life.
    • great efforts to remember; but if during sleep, we exert
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Eight: The Purpose of the Use of Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • oppose what Spiritual Science brings into the open, because
    • indications which in a way do bring things into the open. The
    • question is: What spiritual force was used for deciphering
    • dangerous were diverted to the deciphering of the symbols. In
    • special aims are pursued; they are Societies for fostering
    • In reality, all symbols conduce towards bringing to light the
    • unearthed are of great antiquity. During recent centuries,
    • you an example of how forces are transformed in the ordering
    • soul's experiences, endeavouring to plumb the depths of
    • something of the spiritual in nature are not willing to bring
    • symbols could bring people to the stage of being able to
    • themselves. In this direction the deciphering of the symbols
    • was extraordinarily effective. For in deciphering the
    • knowledge which would unquestionably bring this about,
    • this path that brings us opposition from both
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Nine: Investigation of the Mineral World
    Matching lines:
    • acquired to a certain degree during the Earth-period. In the
    • them only by being incarnated during the Earth-period in a
    • during the Earth-period. The modes of investigation preceding
    • depend upon whether he has already acquired, during the
    • during recent weeks what is the outcome if man limits himself
    • period during which man can mature and thus be able, later
    • bring about very much by their means — but it would all
    • entering a veritable inferno, or whatever he conceives it to
    • it were thus presented to men, it would bring about exactly
    • one side which I have felt it essential to bring to your
    • covering the secrets behind nature. The veil represents
    • bring a certain trend into the evolution of mankind.
    • conceal this by offering men the consolation that the life of
    • bringing something into being — a tremendous urge for
    • subtle mania for fostering their own souls. If you read the
    • to be of a character ensuring that Scylla as well as
    • old, objective occultism, while others are hankering after
    • may have been referring to a passage in
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Ten: Human Consciousness between Objective and Subjective Reality
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness of which we have been speaking during the past
    • constituted as it is? The reason is that during the present
    • During the
    • again be different. We are gradually preparing for these
    • during the Earth-period, we shall not be able to maintain our
    • existence during the periods of Jupiter, Venus and
    • close to them. During the Old Moon period, conditions were
    • behind us a certain epoch during which man was safeguarded
    • only what springs from their own souls. They represent the
    • powerful words Ahriman approaches him, trying to wring his
    • too, endeavours by way of the will to bring man into a
    • impulses, but out of impulses springing merely from
    • impulses springing from temperament and vague inclinations
    • bring us into connection with groups of human beings in such
    • rode after him, bringing his horse. At this, the man
    • in it and to bring the spiritual world into the ordinary
    • to bring the spiritual world into the Ego. It is
    • the books mentioned, you will bring yourself into conditions
    • as we bring something else into the ordinary consciousness
    • deciphering of symbols, in order that they should not break
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture X: Disputa of Raphael - the School of Athens
    Matching lines:
    • bringing the Gospels, transported out of the undeterminable
    • than during Julius II's reign. The most remarkable here, as
    • during the time of Alexander VI Rome was gradually being
    • Raphael to Rome to serve them, bring to expression picturesquely
    • during these ancient times they included really very little of
    • into the 5th. Roughly at this time, during nearly
    • during the Greek times the human being had introduced their own
    • is entering into speech; here on the right (205) we have
    • 9th Century after Christ are now reappearing in
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture XI: Fourth and Fifth Post-Atlantean Epochs, Medieval Art in the Middle, West, and South of Europe
    Matching lines:
    • (Icons) during the important incisive time period between the
    • have been referring to during these lectures. I want to say
    • form and colouring. Humanity was interested in something
    • human souls. During the centuries we've been talking about,
    • appearing only sometimes at celebratory moments in their soul
    • his own life in retrospect. Maturing as a man when knowledge
    • Bringing events to expression was the primary goal.
    • power is thanks to specific facts; facts which during these
    • us visualize this flowering of city freedom — by roughly taking
    • biblical events but that the imagery appearing in the Bible,
    • will see, how during the 11th, 12th and
    • came to a sudden and most beautiful flowering. Cologne is one
    • how an attempt is made to bring life, that means events, into
    • 1410, therefore directly during the time the fourth
    • lowering gaze of Mary, the blessing little hand of the child,
    • because they experienced light bringing joy, sensing life in
    • each individual. Considering the following paintings of Stephan
    • there is no continual intention of capturing space, to indicate
    • painters, during hardly decades.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture XII: Greek and Early Christian Art, Symbolic Signs, the Mystery of Gold
    Matching lines:
    • these impulses merging during the development of town culture
    • been giving you during these past weeks. Despite the aphoristic
    • unfolding evolution during the last two to three centuries the
    • of the word — Hellenism strived to depict them this way. During
    • atavistic, internalized impulses. In order to bring this about,
    • flowering and thriving. Beauty for the Greeks was never
    • prospering element, the vitality as it grows within the
    • magnificent flowering in the 4th post-Atlantic
    • entire century ahead. During the very first centuries of
    • impressions, because the gaze, the soul gaze during the first
    • worship of the dead during the first centuries this was
    • this characteristic style which I want bring into expression is
    • then you will easily find yourself entering into the artwork
    • Thus we need to bring together what lived in the signs as
    • In Egypt during a relatively earlier time signs could be
    • Offerings of the Kings”:
    • it was created out of the ivory as relief art during the first
    • post-Atlantean epoch and which we see appearing everywhere.
    • the magic of gemstones which bring light into what had been
    • spiritual life. Just as the church wanted to bring signs out of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture XIII: The Changes in the Conception of Christ During a Certain Period of Time
    Matching lines:
    • The Changes in the Conception of Christ During a Certain Period of Time
    • Today I want to bring you something about the transformations
    • This is what people limited themselves to during that time,
    • during which the mass of the Gospels became unified and
    • referring to what I've highlighted before. I have stressed that
    • refrain from considering what the eyes see in the model and its
    • rendering according to what the eye saw but how it was being
    • movement, streamlined with muscle contraction. The rendering in
    • to bring the human form into existence! In such Greek human
    • individual spirituality during earth evolution to enter into
    • coming into expression. Thus Greek art was the final flowering
    • entering which is specifically human. As a result of this the
    • strange battle started which had particular importance during
    • in other areas during the last days: to represent the human
    • already see that an attempt was being made to bring in the
    • domination which in ancient times — while the slandering they
    • bring the then total cultural world under Roman rule was the
    • appeared, but now from Greece conquering Christianity. The same
    • During this period Hieronymus translated the Bible into Latin.
    • been flowing into souls during all the previous centuries. You
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Golden Blade, 1962: Lecture 1: Natural Science and Its Boundaries
    Matching lines:
    • through acts of cognition we bring to apprehension what surges
    • leading into the higher worlds can be acquired by considering
    • greater independence. During the first years of infancy it
    • us to establish our bearings in the physical world, and also
    • bring us into the right connection and regulate our intercourse
    • is implicit in the sense of hearing, or in the organisation
    • which is supposed by modern physiology to account for hearing.
    • Just as we have a sense of hearing, we have a sense of
    • ordinary way. But when he was endeavouring to cultivate the
    • methods for acquiring higher knowledge, he used them
    • entirely in the sound, in the tone and ring of the words. With
    • his whole soul he followed the ring of the words which he
    • that his Ego might in some way be lost during this flight from
    • patients suffering from agoraphobia. This precautionary
    • measure was taken of ensuring dependence on the Guru, you
    • During the first Christian centuries, however, the ways and
    • Goethe was again aspiring when he spoke of the deepest urge
    • beyond the knowledge acquired during the past three or four
    • outside, but not in idleness, not forgetting or surrendering
    • with its thought-content remains as it were hovering above. We
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Golden Blade, 1962: Lecture 2: Paths to the Spirit in East and West
    Matching lines:
    • brings his thought-activity to bear on it will
    • acquiring a capacity for the kind of thinking that gradually
    • images of warmth, taste, and so on. If we thus bring our
    • abstract metaphysics, that brings the spiritual to our notice,
    • perception; he penetrates inward and, ignoring the
    • Imagination brings us to Intuition.
    • we bring movement into our soul life, we become aware of
    • attention to Anthroposophy. He should work to bring about an
  • Title: Star Wisdom: Lecture I: Star Wisdom, Moon Religion, Sun Religion
    Matching lines:
    • this merely in parenthesis. Such things may bring home to
    • relates to something of which there is scientific evidence. During
    • upon the forces of the Moon when he is entering earthly
    • the human being works above all during the period while he is in the
    • mother's body, believed that a man brings the whole of his being with
    • brought by Christ Jesus was that during earthly life man is not like
    • influence of the Moon really brings about while the human embryo
    • soul-and-spirit comes from the great universe, entering into man by
    • activity which has its source in the talents bestowed during
    • time and to receive the influence from the Sun during the course of
    • Moon influence work during embryonic life? As you know, man is
    • the Sun was known to be the source of this all-powerful influence during
  • Title: Star Wisdom: Lecture II: The Easter Festival and Its Background
    Matching lines:
    • fixed by asking: When does spring begin? March 21st is always the
    • beginning of spring and the Easter Festival takes place after this.
    • spring. The first full Moon can be on 22nd March, in which
    • Moon on 19th March, spring has not yet begun and then after some
    • themselves: When is there present in spring the influence that does
    • spring shine down upon the Earth, adding strength to the rays of the
    • springtime Sun at its strongest works in conjunction with the Moon
    • day dedicated to the Sun — after the first full Moon of spring.
    • the winter solstice and the subsequent beginning of spring.
    • being looks in death. We must wait until spring for the earth to come
    • in those days the festival did not take place in the spring when the
    • century did it become customary to celebrate Easter in the spring.
    • resurrection; the snow covers everything. Whereas in the spring, all
    • things burst into life. Spring, therefore, is the proper time for the
    • began to be celebrated in the spring, even materialism still believed
    • when the Easter Festival was transferred to the spring, certain
    • springing from it. But in the figure crowned with this wooden wreath,
    • spring, knowledge that this festival is connected with
    • hour at which Christ is said to have died, the bells stopped ringing.
    • considerations. What is not known is that with the coming of spring,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Star Wisdom: Lecture III: Characteristics of Judaism
    Matching lines:
    • has a very strong influence because as a result of upbringing
    • in the right way. That is why, when the Gospels are referring to
    • gathered the sick and the suffering around Him. … “When
    • whether the season is spring, or autumn — all these factors
    • have an influence upon the human being during embryonic life which culminates
    • asked: Upon what does the coming of spring depend? — he said:
    • did not understand and who did not understand them. The neighbouring
    • both pray to this one God to bring them victory, they are asking the
    • Judaism is concerned above all with the non-pictorial, with bringing
    • attempt to bring this about and he holds an important position in
    • Their sufferings, too, have been great. It must be admitted,
    • In considering
    • seventy Folk-Souls entering into the people of Israel. All the
    • bring all these people into any harmony; the only thing to do is to
    • bring persuasion to bear upon the minority and then upon the majority
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • contains salt and all that the sea brings to maturity is founded on
    • bring forth plants, it must be replied: because it has a
    • heart and the veins return, bringing back the blue blood, so in the
    • the matter in this way then we approach the mountain springs in quite
    • a different spirit! We delight in the rippling of the springs, in their
    • that is not the only thing! Springs are in fact the eyes of the
    • our stomach. The springs with their fresh water are open to the
    • therefore that in countries where there are springs, the earth looks
    • far out into the universe; the springs are the earth's sense
    • forces from the universe work in upon it and bring about its
    • left forms two lobes; the right, being more active, brings more life
    • the earth. The salt ocean can bring in nothing from the wide universe
    • spring and the wonderfully pure water is bubbling out, you will
    • notice how green everything is near the spring, what a wonderful
    • the spring refreshes the whole living earth as well. The earth opens
    • body. It cannot come to the springs, but the springs are where the
    • time absorbing iron through our hearing — not only do we hear
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • brought into connection with the things we have been considering lately.
    • in here, is submerged and a lake is formed. There is a ring of chalk
    • everything down. It draws upwards but it does not bring death, as
    • very abstractly about the flight of birds in autumn and spring. In
    • spring the birds leave their warmer haunts and in autumn, when it
    • for instance, when spring comes here with us, the older birds fly
    • earthly substances and from them bring about the living.
    • rising. At the present day the sun in spring rises on the morning of
    • If the sun rises in spring on 21st March in Pisces, then about 2,160
    • instance, the sun rose at one time in spring in Libra, between Virgo
    • considering how the rocks are alive in the course of the
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • During waking life, fat acts as a constant lubricant; during sleep,
    • during what is called his waking life — although it really
    • overpowering that the organs of procreation in the female are
    • find his bearings after death. Of this, however, the theologians do
    • basis of what he said, people are lecturing against Anthroposophy
    • ... and so one cannot help wondering what kind of people are ruling
    • no desire at all to be mysterious but to bring into the light of day
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • sorts of things from substances other than iron. During the last two
    • tiny bit of sodium and bring it into this large space
    • iron which the meteors and comets bring to us in an irregular manner.
    • the organism. Thus a way must first be found of bringing the Mercury
    • man which brings chlorine and iron together. And this Sun force can
    • bring Mars and Mercury together again.
    • — may be necessary to bring them together. It amounts to this
    • in the appropriate way that which, in the plant, brings about the
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • plants in a room by day, things happen roughly as I have said; during the
    • night the plant does indeed need rather more oxygen. During the night
    • fluidic-airy and life springs up in it anew so that around it green
    • what does this do! It travels all round and brings forth the leaves
    • life. And one can really say: When the sap rises in the spring, the
    • spring, every year the tree's life is renewed. The earth
    • earth; the life-sap brings the plant into connection with what
    • of the earth. But the cambium brings the plant into connection with
    • and so the yearly rings are formed. So you see everything clearly if
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • immediately or if, by administering the appropriate antidote one
    • in restoring health.
    • poisoning and do not at once succeed in rendering it innocuous
    • ordinary plants grow in the spring, last through the summer, wither
    • right time to drink tea is during
    • during a meal it mingles with the digestive process and promotes
    • during sleep it would be because he is aware of the activity of the
    • possibly succeed in curing him This poison can only be got rid of by
    • This can be done by administering the right dose of insect poison. If
  • Title: Die Soziale Frage als Bewußtseinsfrage: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Verlesung bringen, meine lieben Freunde. Die Gedanken
    • Volkheit entspringende Aufgabe zu stellen. — Das Reich
    • zu Jahr zeigten, in Ordnung zu bringen. Später ging
    • vollem Bewußtsein zu durchdringen, wird Aufgabe der
    • Gefüge bringt, daß es sich von einem anderen
  • Title: Die Soziale Frage als Bewußtseinsfrage: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • außerordentlich gering.
    • wirkliche Änderung bringen könne. Also
    • Verständnis bringen können, weil die
    • geringste zu tun, geradesowenig wie es mit dem Problem
    • Dadurch, daß man etwas in eine andere Form bringt, ist
    • Richtung bringt, in der die Tatsachen laufen. Darauf kommt es
    • daß solche Dinge eingesehen werden. Denn bringt man das
    • Geistiges; was es mitbringt, ist sehr verwandt mit dem, was das
    • Organisierung des Wirtschaftslebens für sehr gering
    • verstanden hast in einem der geringsten meiner
    • einem der geringsten meiner Brüder getan habt,
    • dem Menschen: Was du in einem der geringsten deiner
    • wir die Stoßkraft aufbringen, nicht bloß als einzelne
    • dem Durchdringen von praktischen Lebensbegriffen mit
  • Title: Die Soziale Frage als Bewußtseinsfrage: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • dasjenige, was in der Außenwelt ringsherum sich zeigt,
    • habt, zum Absterben bringen. Dann kommt erst die zweite
    • bringen; den Staat zum Absterben zu bringen; durch diesen
    • anderen Menschenschlag hervorbringen werde.
    • zum Absterben bringt. Und auf dem Gebiete des
    • Wirtschaftsleben den neuen Menschenschlag hervorbringen
    • die eindringlicheren Gedanken zu fassen, die in der
    • eine menschenwürdige Sphäre bringt, da geht es dann
    • muß noch eine kleine Korrektur anbringen. Ich sagte
    • aus immer tiefer und tiefer versuchen einzudringen in das
  • Title: Die Soziale Frage als Bewußtseinsfrage: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • sind: erstens eine der neueren Zeit angemessene Durchdringung
    • Wollen zum Ausdruck bringen. Aber letzten Endes ist alles
    • ist; man frägt ihn, was dem Menschen Heilung bringen
    • und das Kaiserhoch auszubringen. — Es hat in
    • solchen Bewußtsein sich durchdringen, daß man
    • wirklich soziales Streben herauszubringen, als daß man
    • Rechtsleben verkörpert, dann bringt es das zum
    • zu wirklicher Geisteswissenschaft vordringen muß. —
  • Title: Die Soziale Frage als Bewußtseinsfrage: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • in die soziale Bewegung der Gegenwart einzudringen. Und was
    • Menschen in ein solches Verhältnis bringt, daß
    • Abstraktionen sich kraftvoll zu erringen, von denen der
    • erwachsen, zum Spirituellen vorzudringen. Es ist nur die
    • seiner bewußten Beschreibung ganz anderes vorbringt.
    • Begriff der Ware unterbringen läßt. Man hat
    • hervorgebrachte Ware des Arbeiters, das, was er hervorbringt.
    • Ausdruck bringt, wiederum den Marktpreis beeinflußt.
  • Title: Die Soziale Frage als Bewußtseinsfrage: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • gewisses Verhältnis zustande bringen zwischen Seele und
    • um möglichst dunkle Ringe um die Augen zu haben, sind
    • Gemüte heute dasjenige beizubringen, was aus unseren
    • vorzudringen.
    • seinen viel geringeren Lohn. Wenn die Löhne sich steigern
    • Geistesleben muß vordringen, das nicht körperlich
  • Title: Die Soziale Frage als Bewußtseinsfrage: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • nicht in der Lage, einzudringen in die Wirklichkeiten. Sie
    • todbringenden Gift. Zweifellos wird der Sauerstoff in uns
    • zum todbringenden Gift, aber um des Lebens willen
    • Schriftsteller in beliebiger Weise nachdrucken. Das entspringt
  • Title: Die Soziale Frage als Bewußtseinsfrage: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • Geisteswissenschaft heute zur Verbreitung bringen. Aber man
    • Ausdruck zu bringen versucht, daß ich sagte: Johann
    • — wenn ich einiges überspringe — im
    • heraus diesen Entschluß zur Reife bringen will, ist
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Erster Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • während unserer Erholungspause zusammenbringen darf, uns
    • Winterwochen ein bißchen eindringe. Denn nur dadurch
    • weiterzubringen.
    • Erlebnis zum Ausdruck bringen will auf
    • seines eigenen Daseins in Verbindung zu bringen mit den
    • Künstlerisches hineinbringt, er ist von vornherein
    • den Menschen handelt. Man dringt mit den Gesetzen, die man in
    • wenn das Erringen des ersten aktiven bildhaften Denkens
    • höheren Weihe zu bringen. Die Tätigkeit, die der
    • fortsetzen und Handlungen hervorbringen, in denen er sich
    • handelte, zum Ausdruck bringt den Willen des göttlichen
    • auch das menschliche Handeln bis zu demjenigen Handeln bringen,
    • dringen endlich vor zu solchen hypothetischen Anschauungen
    • die wir wieder erringen müssen, von der eben gesprochen
    • menschliche Zivilisation wieder erringen, denn dadurch
    • menschliche Bewußtsein, wieder erringen, dann wird
    • durchdringt —, daß dann der Gott in den
    • Erringt sich der Mensch wiederum spirituelle Erkenntnis, dann
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Zweiter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • anderes an den alten Menschen heranbringen müssen als an
    • Kräfte der Menschen zur Erkenntnis zu bringen, wenn
    • in den einzelnen Zeitaltern derjenige Mensch hat bringen
    • Grieche den Menschen zu einer gewissen Vollkommenheit bringen?
    • höchste Stufe der Menschheit zur Ausbildung hat bringen
    • Menschheit deswegen in sich zur Ausbildung bringen wollte,
    • Körpers zur Offenbarung zu bringen, und der verstand,
    • körperlichen Darstellung zu bringen, der war der
    • Ideal an, uns zu durchdringen für eine höhere
    • heraus entspringen.
    • größte Geschicklichkeit besitzt in dem Aufbringen von
    • begreifen wollen. Denn nach nichts Geringerem muß
    • höchste Menschheitsbildung dadurch erringt, daß man
    • dargeboten hat, erringen wollte, erringen wollte in jener Zeit,
    • vielleicht unter elektrischem Lichte zur Entfaltung bringen
    • mindesten dem Menschen keinen Nutzen bringen kann.
    • pflegen muß, um den Geist zur Erscheinung zu bringen, so
    • Mensch am besten ganz von selber? Wie bringt der Mensch am
    • besonderen Formen, wie der Ringkampf entwickelt wurde, so zeigt
    • alle Bewegung, alle Palästrik im Ringkampf so sein,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Dritter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Zähne mitbringt, oder eigentlich die Kraft sich mitbringt,
    • siebenten Lebensjahre abgenutzt sind, hervorzubringen.
    • das siebente Jahr herum hervorzubringen, etwa erst in diesem
    • hervorbringt. Dann wird diese Stoßkraft schwächer.
    • Daß die physische Stoßkraft geringer wird im
    • des vorirdischen Daseins zum Ausdruck bringt.
    • Physischen zum Ausdruck bringen, sogar auszusetzen und dadurch
    • Gedanken ungefähr zum Ausdruck bringen, mit denen die
    • wie sich das Geistige im Körperlichen zum Ausdruck bringt,
    • wenigsten zugegeben werden will. Das ist: Wir erringen
    • erringen. Und derjenige, der durchschaut die aktive
    • Zukunft erringen werden durch menschliche Arbeit.
    • gegenwärtigen Zivilisation zu erringen, dann blicken
    • eindringliche Weisheit, aus der heraus der Mensch sein Leben
    • eigene Arbeit seine Urweisheit erringen muß. Das
    • Zeit aus sich selbst erringen muß, das muß er
    • sich dadurch erringen, daß er verloren hat das sich von
    • den Körper erringen soll.
    • dasjenige hineinbringen, woran sich das Kind später, wenn
    • erringen kann, wie man das spirituelle Leben erringen kann, und
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Vierter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • durch menschliche Arbeit erringen zu müssen.
    • allgemeine Zivilisation eigentlich mit der Durchdringung
    • Denn das Skelett ist tot. Und durchdringt man sich mit dieser
    • Schulzimmer ihnen beibringen, seine Fortsetzung erfährt in
    • wirklichen, praktischen Erziehung vorzudringen. Und aus
    • an den Menschen wiederum heranbringen, wie wir den Geist bis
    • Menschen heranbringen läßt. Ich möchte heute ein
    • heranzubringen ist an dasjenige, was auch die Griechen bei der
    • Heranbringen des Geistes an den Menschen, die Beziehung des
    • dringt, durch die Lippen und den Gaumen und auch durch die
    • an die Oberfläche bringen. Und in demselben Maße, in
    • wenn man vordringt zu derjenigen Erkenntnisart, die ich in dem
    • intellektualistisches Denken, dringt man nicht bis zu einer
    • nach aufwärts wirkenden Lichtstrom in Verbindung bringt,
    • des Menschen ebenso in Beziehung bringen wie die Salze und das
    • für dasjenige, was die Gedanken durchdringt, für die
    • Denkens, wenn das Denken sich im Sprechen zum Ausdrucke bringen
    • hineinbringt: dann sehen wir an den Zahnlauten noch diese
    • vorzudringen, das sich nicht geniert zu sagen, wie der
    • ist dasjenige, was wir brauchen; dann durchdringen wir vom
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Fünfter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • zu dieser Selbständigkeit durchringt.
    • darauf kommt, daß es ja eigentlich eine Aufdringlichkeit
    • irgend etwas von außen an sie heranbringen. Sie haben eine
    • bringen wir das, was von oben nach unten geht und von unten
    • handelt es sich um nichts Geringeres, als daß wir zwischen
    • Willen bringen. Und das kann verfehlt werden. Deshalb
    • Willen zusammenzuschalten, in Verbindung zu bringen. Darauf
    • und Beine so bewegen ließen in ihrem Tanzen und Ringen,
    • menschenwesengemäß ist allein die Frage: Wie bringen
    • Anfang, das Wort wiederum in den Willen hineinzubringen, den
    • griechischen Ringen wirkte das Wort; im griechischen
    • richtigen Weise zur Anschauung bringen, wie jener mächtige
    • Öde, das heute das Menschenherz mitbringt, wenn es das
    • Bewußtsein heraus ihre Freiheit zu erringen hat, die dies
    • Sinnliches heranzubringen an den jungen Menschen. Wir sehen,
    • haben: an den Menschen wiederum den Geist heranzubringen,
    • willentragenden Geist an den Menschen heranzubringen, in dem
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Sechster Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • muß aufgebaut sein auf durchdringender
    • wirklich einzudringen.
    • zur Schwerkraft zu bringen, daß wir das
    • Lage zu bringen, nicht wie beim Kriechen bei der horizontalen
    • Menschennatur will, den geringsten Zwang hineinzubringen, wenn
    • Lage, in das Gehen hineinbringen, selbst wenn wir mit
    • die Antipathie gegen diese schöne Puppe. Wir bringen mit
    • kindliche Spiel nichts hineinbringen, was irgendwie
    • hineinbringen, was an dem Kinde nicht vorübergeht. Alles
    • Bilde wird. Wenn man nur als Mensch sich durchringt — und
    • es ist der ästhetische Sinn, der es dazu bringt —,
    • heranbringen an die Ausarbeitung des Spielzeuges. Wenn
    • Spielzeuges heranbringen, dann nähern wir uns dem, was das
    • intellektualistische Menschen geworden, bringen daher auch
    • vom späteren Leben heranbringen, was gedacht ist, sondern
    • Vollkraft des Menschen zur Entwickelung bringen kann.
    • Kinderarbeiten in den Kindergarten hineinbringen, die
    • möglich an ihn heranbringen, dann müssen Sie, obzwar
    • bringen.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Siebenter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • das zum Leben tüchtig macht, in seine Nähe bringen,
    • Intellekt nicht zwangsweise beibringen, aber wir
    • sehen, daß die Ermüdung im geringsten Maße
    • tritt im geringsten Maße auf, wenn wir zunächst in
    • so bringt man dem Kinde zwangsmäßig dasjenige
    • bringt man durch einen äußerlichen Zwang aus der
    • äußerliches Heranbringen der Körperpflege, der
    • ab. Bringen wir in äußerer Weise, rein konventionell,
    • Erziehen wir das Kind künstlerisch, bringen wir all
    • dasjenige, was die Schule heranzubringen hat, künstlerisch
    • Kind vollbringen läßt im Räume als Spiele, als
    • durchdringt dieses. Man schlägt lieber ein Buch auf
    • ablesen. Denn dringt man mit voller Geistigkeit in den Sinn des
    • im Ringen. Woher aber war das alles bei dem Griechen gelernt?
    • später eine zu geringe Festigkeit in den Muskeln hat,
    • Salzbildung in das richtige Verhältnis bringen, dazu
    • auf es ein, dadurch bringen wir das Kind gerade zwischen dem
    • hinwegbringen, ist von einer ungeheuren Wichtigkeit für
    • über die Materie macht. Er dringt nicht in die Materie
    • vorzudringen.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Achter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Menschengeschlechtes, als ein immer erneutes Durchdringen mit
    • vollbringen.
    • hat in drei aufklärende, eindringliche Worte, das war es,
    • heruntergestiegen und hat dasjenige, was todbringend in der
    • eindringendes Wissen erworben. Wir brauchen nur daran zu
    • tiefer hineindringen in unser Naturwissen, wie
    • bringen, sie will den in Verstandes-, in intellektualistischen
    • Christologie bringen soll, wie sie im Kleinen wirkend zum
    • Beispiel eine Pädagogik bringen soll — es wird diese
    • dritte: Indem wir zum Geiste vordringen durch die neuere
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Neunter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Bild zu bringen. Wir nehmen an, wir seien so weit
    • Worte ins Auge zu fassen. Wir bringen dem Kinde bei, wie
    • werfenden Wassers sich diese Linie ergibt. Und wir bringen das
    • Anschauung desjenigen, was das Kind ins Bild bringt, den zu
    • Oder sagen wir, man bringt das Kind dahin, daß es etwa
    • dieser Weise zur Aufzeichnung bringt. Man hält es an,
    • angedeutet, wie man nun das Kind dazu bringen kann, einen Fisch
    • aufzuzeichnen. Man bringt das Kind nun dahin, die Grundform
    • bringt dem Kinde auf irgendeine anschauliche Weise bei, wie der
    • werden. Man bringt dem Kinde das Hinstürmen des
    • Verbindung hat bringen können, so daß das ganze
    • das zweite, nicht als das erste zu entwickeln. Sonst bringt man
    • irgendwie schon etwas vor diesem Lebensalter beizubringen, das
    • wir ihm das Schreiben mechanisch beibringen, wenn wir ihm eine
    • beibringen, um dadurch an den Körpermechanismus zu
    • nüchterne Begriffe beibringen. Diese trockenen,
    • dasjenige beibringen, was der Mensch am allerbesten von der
    • heranbringt, weiß eigentlich nichts von dem wirklichen
    • beibringen kann. Da muß es sich darum handeln, dem Kinde
    • das Folgende beizubringen: Hier ist die Erde (siehe
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Zehnter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Wenn wir dem Kinde etwas beibringen, was auf sein bildhaftes
    • Pflanzenkunde in dem Sinne beibringen, wie wir das
    • Wenn wir nun dem Kinde zum Beispiel etwas beibringen aus
    • oder Bildekräfteleib das beibringen, was ich gestern
    • hier skizziert habe, wenn wir ihm etwas beibringen von Rechnen
    • Wenn wir dem Kinde dagegen etwas beibringen von Geschichte oder
    • Menschenkunde dem Kinde beibringen, auf die eigentlich
    • Schwingungskraft immer die Tendenz, das was wir ihm beibringen,
    • wir ihm beibringen, weiter zu vervollkommnen.
    • des Symmetrischen, und versuche das Kind dazu zu bringen, dies
    • möglichen Mitteln das Kind dazu zu bringen, daß es
    • bringt man in das Kind hinein diesen inneren aktiven
    • Symmetrien zur Anschauung sich bringt. Und dadurch bereitet man
    • Das bringt eine ungeheure Lebendigkeit in den Menschen
    • wird es, wenn man in seinen Geist eindringt, ein
    • Zählen an das Kind heranbringt, eigentlich die
    • handelt, wird heute noch im allergeringsten Maße irgendwo
    • bringen, daß es sagt: Wenn man sieben hat, wieviel
    • wir wirklich Spannung, Interesse, Leben hineinbringen gerade in
    • könnten und das Vergessene wiederum heraufbringen
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Elfter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • zu den Dingen der Welt zu bringen.
    • dem Kinde beibringt, als insofern es sich anlehnt an das
    • Offenbarung bringt, was im ganzen Menschen veranlagt ist,
    • Art den Menschen durchdringen und das Menschliche
    • dem Körperlichen. Aber das Kind bringt uns immerhin noch
    • Gebiete wiederum nichts Geringeres als: man soll den Menschen
    • vernünftiger Art bringen zu können. Also wiederum:
    • Unding. Man bringt dem Menschen nicht jene innere Festigkeit
    • Empfinden auf den richtigen Weg bringt. Überhaupt ist die
    • Neuen Testament beibringen will im siebenten und achten
    • enthalten ist. Bringen Sie es ihm vorher bei, dann bleibt es
    • Element hineinzubringen, was wir in der Waldorfschule
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Zwölfter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Beides aber, sowohl die zu geringe wie die zu starke Belastung
    • herandringt, daß diese oder jene Verletzung des Gehirnes
    • sofort irgendwelche Gedächtnisdefekte hervorbringt.
    • heranbringen, auch in lebendiger Weise diejenigen
    • Regsamkeit, in Tätigkeit zu bringen, so daß wir also
    • Geistigen in Tätigkeit bringen — wie das bei
    • Hände hat, Klavierspielen beibringen. Es handelt sich
    • mit fehlenden Händen nicht das Klavierspiel beibringen
    • glaubt tun zu können, die Melancholie wegbringen.
    • Hilfsklasse die Kinder so weit zu bringen, daß sie dann
    • von der Seele aus in zusammenhängende Bewegung bringen:
    • solchen Weise den menschlichen Organismus in Bewegung bringen,
    • oder Trennung von Anschauungen, Begriffen aufbringen soll.
    • nötig, dies aufzubringen. Und man muß bedenken,
    • Normalzustand hinüberbringen könnte, dann sind
    • Wenn wir an das Kind etwas heranbringen müssen, wodurch es
    • wenn wir also die Kausalität an das Kind heranbringen,
    • Kunst an das Kind heranbringen kann, dazu ist natürlich
    • Instrumentale hinein in der richtigen Weise leiten, bringen wir
    • Kind entsprechend in die Kunst hineinbringen, den Übergang
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Dreizehnter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • beizubringen, lassen wir sie pflegen, sondern vor allen
    • eindringen wollen, wenn man für das Nächste
    • überhaupt nicht die geringste Geschicklichkeit
    • Ausdrucke bringen, nicht in sklavischer Nachahmung,
    • Wissensschulen Könnenschulen. Aber dadurch bringt man die
    • beiden Dinge nicht zusammen. Man bringt die beiden Dinge nur
    • Bringen wir dem Kinde von vornherein ein Gebot bei, sagen wir
    • Religiöses beibringen will, sondern wenn man im
    • hineinbringen, sondern daß wir das
    • bringen, sondern dasjenige, was in der Eurythmie unmittelbar
    • und den Grundcharakter, den diese Bewegung zum Ausdruck bringt,
    • seine Arme, seine Beine hineinbringt, das Richtige, dann wird
    • Hineinbringen von Charakter in die Bewegung, die
    • wie Prosa. Dasjenige, was sie zustandebringt, daß
    • Bewußtsein bringen in verhältnismäßig
    • hier vertreten wird, hineinzubringen versucht wird zuerst in
    • bringe.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Abschiedsansprache: Vierzehnter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • durchdringt, und dem, was als Anthroposophie durch die
    • hineinzubringen versucht habe, die historische
    • dem haben Verständnis entgegenbringen wollen, das
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag I
    Matching lines:
    • zur vollen Ausgestaltung zu bringen. Und es darf schon gesagt
    • wird, was zu bringen sein wird über dieses praktische
    • innerlichen Sichdurchdringen mit der Substanz der
    • schön war, unter die Menschen zu bringen hatten, dann
    • Lautes und auf Verständnis für das innere Eindringen
    • eindringen konnte. Solche Substanzen, die in den
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag II
    Matching lines:
    • apokalyptischen Stimmung zu bringen. Wir haben auf sehr alte
    • Luft ist aufgenommen, sie dringt überall hinein, sie
    • durchdringen. So wie der Luftmensch die Luft weitergehen
    • fühlt, wenn er bewußt atmet, so durchdringen diese
    • nur mehr zum geringsten Teil ein Vermittler des
    • göttlich-geistige Leben herunterbringt auf die Erde, wurde
    • hervorbringt.
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag III
    Matching lines:
    • an Erkenntnissen über die geistige Welt, zu durchdringen,
    • inneren Weg bringen kann, auch bringen muß. Wir brauchen
    • Differenzierung, außen die Wärme von der geringsten
    • miteinander in ein Verhältnis bringen.
    • mit ahrimanischen Mächten durchdringen.
    • bringt.
    • ehrlichsten Impuls ihrer Herzen sein wollen, darauf zu dringen,
    • überhaupt nicht tiefer eindringen solle in die Evangelien.
    • herunterbringt zu den Menschen, auf dem Wege, auf dem die
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag IV
    Matching lines:
    • Erzbischofs, welcher nichts Geringeres als das folgende
    • Zur-Erscheinung-Bringen des Göttlichen so recht in die
    • Seelen hineinzubringen.
    • Seelenempfindungen sich beibringen, in dem Menschen, der
    • ursprünglichen Sinn wirklich vordringt und weiß, wie
    • sich losringend zurückgeworfen wird, oder wenn das Meer
    • Gemeinden, der Welt gegenüberstehen, bringt dies die
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag V
    Matching lines:
    • Äußeren, in das der Mensch gestellt ist, durchdringen
    • daß wir es bis zum Polizeihund bringen können.
    • hat, daß er es zum Polizeihund bringen kann. Wenn Sie den
    • hat, aber weil die Sonne nicht die Kellermauern durchdringt,
    • täglich an unser Herz herandringt. Es nützt heute
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag VI
    Matching lines:
    • nichts Geringeres als: Die großen Zyklen werden bewirkt
    • Wenn man so die Zahl in Zusammenhang bringt mit dem, was
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag VII
    Matching lines:
    • ersten Jahrhunderte des Christentums, und bringen wir sie in
    • Jahre 333 das Ich hereindringt in den Menschen, die Menschheit
    • nun irregemacht wird an der Durchdringung dieses Ichs mit dem
    • entspringen ja daraus, daß man sich eigentlich sagt: Wie
    • den Geist in seine physische Leiblichkeit hineinbringt, die er
    • können wir zusammenbringen: Die Art und Weise, wie Karma
    • erringen ließ im physischen Leben, jenes Jahr 333, in dem
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag VIII
    Matching lines:
    • heranbringt, in den Anschauungen, aber nach und nach ja auch in
    • geringsten Teile so, daß er sich der damaligen Gesinnung
    • einzudringen und Unheil, Verwirrung zu bewirken. Nicht der
    • was durch die in die Menschenseelen eindringenden Soratgeister
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag IX
    Matching lines:
    • Christentum wieder durchringen, dies anzuerkennen, aber auch es
    • Ingredienzien der Erde heraus so etwas zustande zu bringen wie
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag X
    Matching lines:
    • eigentlich nichts Geringeres als dieses:
    • Welt das Heil bringen soll, der Welt die Gerechtigkeit bringen
    • bringt», sondern «der Glaube und Erkenntnis wahr
    • Apokalypse soll nicht nur unser Leben durchdringen, sie soll
    • auch unser Wort durchdringen. Die Apokalypse, wenn wir sie in
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag XI
    Matching lines:
    • er nicht tiefer eindringt in eine geistige Auffassung der Welt,
    • spirituelle Niveau zu bringen, ist miteingeschlossen in
    • Evolution haben kann, sondern sich erst erringen muß -,
    • im falschen Sinne, das entspringt auch wiederum dem
    • Spirituellem so zu durchdringen, daß er sie in den Dienst
    • intellektueller Beziehung in falsche Bahnen zu bringen. Jene
    • die Menschheit aus ihrer Bahn bringen, sondern die ganze Erde.
    • Planeten aus ihrer Bahn herausbringen kann und damit auch die
    • Konfiguration zu bringen. Da hat man es zu tun mit einem
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag XII
    Matching lines:
    • dieses Leben dasjenige hineinzubringen, was sich aus der
    • außerordentlich Bewegliches, ringsum von webender dichter
    • die Götter stärker. Rings um die Atlantis sah man die
    • soll in dieses Chaos ordnende Anschauung bringen. Diese
    • Menschen ein Verständnis bringen wird. Zunächst
    • was dem Menschen bringen soll die Beherrschung durch das Ich.
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag XIII
    Matching lines:
    • Zahl, insofern sie Rhythmisches zur Offenbarung bringen kann,
    • geordnet, in geringerem Maße nach der Zwölfzahl und
    • da das erste still-sieghafte Vordringen des Christentums, wobei
    • wir beginnen, in das Übersinnliche einzudringen, dann
    • ist, dieses Sichdurchdringen mit dem Geiste der Apokalypse,
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag XIV
    Matching lines:
    • beschrieben habe als Geisterland, und wir bringen eigentlich,
    • die Anthroposophie richtig einzudringen. So faßte ein
    • hineinbringen. Zunächst ist dieses Buch, das die
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag XV
    Matching lines:
    • wirkliche Erleben hereinbringt, dann bekommt man sogleich den
    • enthält. Bringen Sie ihn in dieses kristallklare,
    • herrscht nur in den mittleren Zeiten der Evolution und bringt
    • tiefer man in sie eindringt, desto mehr findet man alles in
    • das Bedürfnis nach einer inneren Vertiefung dringend ist,
    • ursprünglichen Wirksamkeit zu bringen. Jedenfalls die zwei
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vorbesprechung
    Matching lines:
    • Es liegt nicht der geringste Grund vor, daran zu denken, in
    • bringen, daß der Rest von evangelisch-protestantischer
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag XVI
    Matching lines:
    • naturwissenschaftliche Dinge vorzubringen, die ich heute hier
    • vor Ihnen vorzubringen vorhatte. Da sehen Sie, wie
    • Rand und Band bringen könnten, wenn man sie einfach so
    • wieder heraufdringen. So sieht der Apokalyptiker auf
    • bedeutet sehr viel, denn Cyan wird, in jener geringen Menge auf
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag XVII
    Matching lines:
    • die Hemmungen den fortlaufenden Weltengang weiterbringen, und
    • vorwärtsdringenden, geist-erfüllten Geschehens, damit
    • im Leibe vorzudringen. Das alles stellt der Apokalyptiker ganz
    • nicht das geringste Bedürfnis da, irgendeine fixierbare
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • Weise in ihre Evolution hineinzubringen. Der Weg dazu
    • planetarische Evolution hineinzubringen. Die
    • Wirbel heraufzubringen, der die Menschen in einen furchtbaren
    • des Staates hineinzubringen. Wieviel ist vom Geistesleben in
    • Geist handelt, die böse Macht gar nicht hereinbringen
    • zu bringen. Man möchte schon sagen, gerade die Dinge, die
    • ein intensives, eindringliches und der großen Aufgabe
  • Title: Anthroposophie, soziale Dreigliederung und Redekunst: Erster Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Mitmenschen heranzubringen, wird sich ja selbstverständlich eine
    • Zuhörer bisher nicht im geringsten beschäftigt hat. Wenn
    • selbstverständlich, wenn er diese Gedanken zu Papier bringt,
    • Ätherleib in Schwingungen bringt, und dieser Ätherleib dann
    • noch den physischen Leib mit in Schwingungen bringt. Dasjenige
    • sein, aufzubringen.
    • Weise – ohne aufdringlich zu sein, weil wir ja sonst
    • hervorbringen können?
    • nicht das geringste an seiner Sympathie oder Antipathie liegen! Wir
    • hineinbringen.
    • Dinge, die man vorzubringen hat, gefühlt, empfunden hat, und was
    • Gefühl dazu bringt, das Kind nachzuempfinden. Dann ergibt sich
    • was man vorzubringen hat, aus alledem ergibt sich ganz instinktiv die
    • muß man sein mit dem, was man vorbringen will.
    • ausdrücken darf, Inspiration vorbringt, dann tut man doch
    • hineinbringen. Und das kann wiederum nur durch die Vorbereitung
    • richtige Lage bringt, dieses sich selbst innerlich Anhören. Denn
    • vorbringen, die naturgemäß komponiert ist, die innerlich
    • um da den Gegentoast zu meditieren und ihn in Erinnerung bringen, wie
  • Title: Anthroposophie, soziale Dreigliederung und Redekunst: Zweiter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • die ja aus Anthroposophie heraus entspringt und im Grunde aus ihr
    • Empfindung von dieser Dreigliederung beizubringen.
    • in beschreibender Art vorzubringen. Da hatte man in der
    • wachsen: eine Blüte hervorbringen; jetzt keinen Keim, sondern
    • daß Ihr Ohrläppchen auch nur im allergeringsten anders
    • nicht den allergeringsten Sinn. Denn in diese Sprachen ist schon
    • der Empfindungsausdruck für die geringe Teilnahme, die man hat
    • aufbringen; aber es ist nützlich, in der Chemie die Atomtheorie
    • Logik beizubringen. Sie haben es ja auch daran ganz gut gelernt.
    • werde ich versuchen, dann noch näher zusammenzubringen, was nun bei
  • Title: Anthroposophie, soziale Dreigliederung und Redekunst: Dritter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • in der entsprechenden Weise zunächst selber zu durchdringen. Es
    • gibt eine zweifache Durchdringung des Stoffes, insofern die
    • sich erinnert, in beliebiger Weise dahin oder dorthin unterbringen
    • etwas macht, indem man es zu Papier bringt, oder ob man es in freier
    • bringen: Die bürgerliche Bevölkerung spricht von der
    • Meh-ring, hat diese Sache ja bis zum besonderen Radikalismus
    • bringt: Das ist echt Müllersch! – Man wird etwas gesagt
    • Schriftsteller, wie Franz Mehring war, der schrieb dies Unbedeutende
    • des Parteigelehrten Mehring hat dann einmal ein Schüler meiner
    • nicht. Sie bringen ihn in der Weise, wie ich es geschildert habe, zum
    • Geisteslebens durchdringt, wie es durch Anthroposophie geschieht,
    • dem Reden in ein richtiges Verhältnis zu bringen versteht.
    • solche Vorbereitung macht, wird die Rede eindringlich. Dadurch,
    • bekommen kann. Durch das, was der Redner mitbringt an Denken, soll er
    • immer besser als gar keine! – wird die Rede eindringlich. Wenn
    • Blut, das aus der Erfahrung kommt, wird die Rede eindringlich. Zum
  • Title: Anthroposophie, soziale Dreigliederung und Redekunst: Vierter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • einmal die allergeringste Empfindung vorhanden. Da ist nur die
    • Urteilen und auch ein freies Handeln gegenüber ringsherum zu
    • ringsherum geschieht. Weil die anderen – Deutschland,
    • –, weil diese ringsherum liegenden Staatsgebilde
    • anders. Ringsherum sind alle möglichen Interessen, aber diese
    • örtlichkeit in das Vorbereiten hineinbringen muß für
    • vorzubringen, daß man, weigstens innerlich, sie mit dem
    • nötigen Humor vorbringt, dann hilft man dem Magensaft wieder.
    • vorbringen, mit einer gewissen Modulation, mit einer gewissen
    • vorbringen, weil das Auseinandersetzen der Rechtsbegriffe gerade
    • muß. Ich möchte es gerade jetzt vorbringen, bevor ich dann
    • gar keine Bedeutung haben, daß er es nach dem Redner vorbringt.
    • vorzubringen hatte, nicht etwa hinterher in der Debatte, sondern
    • am Anfang auch gleich vorher vorbringen können, es würde an
    • bloß richtig, sondern auch gut zu reden, sonst bringen wir die
  • Title: Anthroposophie, soziale Dreigliederung und Redekunst: Fünfter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • was ich sagte, war ja enthalten sowohl das Allgemeine, was man vorbringen
    • und Weise, wie man die Dinge vorbringt, daß alles, was man über
    • vorbringt, was in den «Kernpunkten der sozialen Frage»
    • abstrakte Markt Dinge zusammenbringt, deren Zusammenkommen und
    • leicht Verlegenheit bringt, wenn das Gedächtnis holpert, was
    • mitbringt, wenn man nötig hat, sich an so etwas zu halten, eine
    • gerade diese Lautfolge herausbringst? –,
    • Ordnung zu bringen, worauf man sehen muß, und was insbesondere
    • Stimmung hineinzubringen in das Sprechen der Laute. Ich habe ein
    • der Abschluß und bringt Erfüllung. Nun soll man sich
    • hineinzubringen. Und dazu habe ich folgende Übung geformt. Man
    • Reden in einem gewissen Sinne losbringen von uns selber, wirklich
    • losbringen von uns selber. Geradeso wie man die Schrift losbringen
    • kann von sich selber, so kann man ja auch das Reden losbringen von
    • Hand, dann das Schwingen zu Papier bringen, so daß alles in der
    • den Buchstaben zeichnet, so daß das im geringen Maße in
    • heranbringen, das hängt durchaus davon ab, wie wir in der Lage
    • Konkrete hineinbringen, das Sinnenfällige hineinbringen. Abstrakt
  • Title: Anthroposophie, soziale Dreigliederung und Redekunst: Sechster Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • dem Gesagten vorbringen, und Sie müssen das schon so hinnehmen,
    • bemüht, in Wiederholung manches vorzubringen, was man für
    • Wendungen vorbringt, und daß durch die Verschiedenheit der
    • anbringt, so daß er also eigentlich zwischen den
    • Bedeutung für das Zuhören. Bringt einer nun als Redner eine
    • Hörer ausatmet, seine Frage vorbringt. Es wird nämlich
    • Anthroposophie an die Welt heranzubringen.
    • seine Rede hineinbringen –, daß ohne die Verbreitung
    • nötig ist, daß man die Seele in Regsamkeit bringt, sondern
    • auch die ringende Seele haben die Leute nicht besonders
    • der Welt hineinbringen.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture I: Cimabue, Giotto, and Other Italian Masters
    Matching lines:
    • springing from a conception of life altogether remote from our
    • bring forth really plastic works of art. We know from earlier
    • express the new world-impulses springing from the Mystery of
    • of his colouring, with its wonderful two-dimensional conception,
    • overwhelming force pouring in from distant worlds into mankind.
    • entering into during that time, when we find Dante and Giotto
    • side by side on the scene of history? It was entering into what I
    • materialism? Considering the matter from a somewhat higher point
    • things, turned their attention to the joys and sufferings of the
    • man himself, no longer hovering like the vast and distant sphere
    • friend, Giotto in his paintings already brings to expression the
    • St. Francis, the religious genius, bringing forth out of a
    • way of feeling, St. Francis' way of entering into the spirit and
    • "https://www.rudolfsteinerelib.org/Lectures/GA292/English/UNK1981/images/HA01-008_the-miracle-of-the-spring_normal.jpg"
    • 8. Giotto: The Miracle of the Spring. (San Francesco,
    • new conception of human life that was already pouring from out
    • related once more the earlier art of Giotto — springing as
    • bringing forth out of his heart his inner connection with the
    • artist who was permeated by this idea, and was well able to bring
    • would, indeed, bring into them. We see it raying forth from every
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture II: Leonardo, Michelangelo and Raphael
    Matching lines:
    • and especially of the epoch to which we are now referring, we may truly
    • artistic quality of their creation, in form and colouring, there flowed
    • movement in Germany a man once came to me in Berlin, bringing with him
    • even the men of later times during the 4th Post-Atlantean age —
    • their way to the surface during later centuries), of Michelangelo, on
    • in Florence during his long life. We see this in the succession of his
    • thus bring out with emphasis whatever in the outward features of a being
    • There he tried to discover and bring out with emphasis the individual
    • worked upon during a long period. We have often spoken of it. We know
    • beautiful. I spoke once before of the part of the colouring in this
    • the colouring in this picture.
    • Considering Leonardo once again, you will see there is something in
    • each one brings to expression a quite specific visionary character of
    • His highest ideal, none the less, was that which he desired to bring
    • I spoke last time. We will bring it before our souls once more. On the
    • deciphering the several figures: Nothing could be more superfluous in
    • Beings, angelic figures between them, bring them the secrets of the
    • it unfinished at his death. Christ is soaring heavenward.
    • it fully. Michelangelo wrestled to bring forth, to express out of the
    • to bring before our souls these three masters of the Renaissance. I
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture III: Dürer and Holbein
    Matching lines:
    • mainsprings in Middle Europe. I mean that Central Europe which we
    • may conceive extending approximately from Saxony to Thuringia, to
    • too, spring forth from deeper manifestations which lie hidden, in a
    • springs directly from the Will-impulse of the soul. Little is left
    • have been the outcome if that which was contained, during the early
    • bringing with it in architecture and in sculpture, the impulse of
    • been preparing in the meantime. Once more, then, the impulse of
    • Will. But meanwhile in the West a different impulse was preparing,
    • 9th, 10th and 11th centuries. It brings into the Gothic Art that
    • observed in Art. Again and again, this impulse tends to bring out a
    • only be understood when we perceive this difference in coloring;
    • cast on to the surface, springing from the interplay of light and
    • with the glistening life of color that springs from light and
    • it brings the quality of magic into connection with the feelings of
    • (above) bringing out the light and shade of the figure, modelling
    • Nature. He brings this element into all that he absorbs from
    • follow up uhat brings the human nature into direct connection with
    • bring out many a single point; for these things cannot all be said,
    • Vogelweide and Wolfram von Eichenbach. Remembering that this was
    • portrays all that the soul can bring to expression in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture IV: Mid-European and Southern Art
    Matching lines:
    • time have to bring more and more light into these matters.
    • artistic qualities, for all that works in form and colouring, in
    • the Christian ideas entering, above all, into the imaginative life,
    • century, had been preserved. All that we now bring to light
    • preparing. What afterwards became the expression of the individual,
    • contrary, because they must first call the people, bring them
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture V: Rembrandt
    Matching lines:
    • some few reproductions. For only when we bring before our souls in sequence
    • mass of the European people, once more bearing witness to the truth that
    • standing beside another in a row, has not its cause in the neighbouring
    • German. His desire was to bring the life of the human soul back again to
    • wanted to bring them thoughts of an awakening — calling out aloud
    • lectures here at Dornach during the last few weeks, you will realise
    • we, in our movement of Spiritual Science, are trying now to bring before
    • deep well-springs of the people. What was the time when Rembrandt lived
    • War, Rembrandt, in his North-Western corner of the land, was bringing
    • recent lantern lectures, have brought before our souls the flowering
    • and human freedom, and his creations spring from the deep originality
    • such a way as to bring it — albeit from without — all his
    • own full inwardness of soul. But to bring inwardness to the outer object
    • how the play of light and dark brings forth its remarkable plastic painting
    • work of Art springs from this intangible element which he attains by
    • Considering Rembrandt
    • well-spring of Mid-European spiritual life. For Rembrandt creates out
    • Lantern-slides in University lecturing. It is evident on other occasions,
    • Grimm was lecturing on Rembrandt, the slides arrived a little late. He had
    • during the lecture, which thus became a kind of running conversation
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture VI: Dutch and Flemish Painting
    Matching lines:
    • bring forth, out of the depths of human evolution, all that is connected
    • to work. We can see it, my dear friends, if only we bring to these works
    • emerges — century after century during these epochs — what
    • distant past. (Without entering at length into these historic aspects, I
    • attempt is made to represent the ordering of things in Space, at any rate,
    • perspective. For the South is much concerned with the ordering of things
    • in Art what we may call the gathering together of things in Space, where
    • gathering of men together into a Group. In Mid-Europe there is a faculty
    • by side, seeing the Spirit in each single one. We seek to bring to the
    • landscape appears, often with a mighty and overpowering grandeur, in the
    • springs from this democratic strength and soundness of the burghers,
    • religious conception which had evolved during the course of many
    • of the Mithras Offering. There you have Mithras seated on the Bull;
    • it, the very antithesis of the one we now see before us. The rearing
    • comes into the element of free devotion and out-pouring Grace. Such is
    • by Memling. With real genius, in his own way, he brings to expression
    • show brings us already very near the Reformation.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture VII: Representations of the Nativity
    Matching lines:
    • Comprising an evolution through several centuries, they will bring before
    • springing forth, as it were, with Jesus, out of the earthly evolution,
    • heart, of inner feeling; while the understanding which we must bring
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture VIII: Raphael and the Northern Artists
    Matching lines:
    • boundary of times, often bring forth their very highest.
    • are naturally no longer near us today. To represent so truly this wandering
    • artistic means at his disposal, to bring to expression what is there in
    • of all that is direct and intimate and near to the human soul, springing
    • at the close of a great epoch, during which pupils were learning from
    • fellow-men, bringing his own soul to expression. The Human element can
    • physical plane into which men had to enter during the fifth post-Atlantean
    • on the other hand, who attained some inwardness of soul were pondering
    • were entering most terribly into the physical world just at that time.
    • the “Wandering of Death through the World,” Death's entry
    • front, the other is behind. In this way they tried to bring some measure
    • are, we see in these pictures — appearing so characteristically
    • imported from the South (for these they did not want) and bringing forth
    • look how he brings out the single items according to his own vision.
    • seems on the flat. But you will already observe the first attempt to bring
    • the surface forward and backward by discovering the hidden effects of
    • crowd of people standing in the background. Look at the faces. Considering
    • altar-piece. His fine feeling for light enables him to bring out the
    • All in all, considering
    • can trace it again in the life of Art. Bring before your minds again
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture IX:
    Matching lines:
    • on which Nature works. In so doing, he was, indeed, steering straight
    • them strongly enough to bring them home — however little —
    • work to bring out the apishness of Man. For if that human being were
    • bring ancient Greece to life again on a higher level, permeated this
    • is really grasped, can bring salvation from the perils of materialism.
    • and bring some of his works before our souls, we shall see how what
    • Doric Temple at Aegina were done as a thank-offering for the Battle
    • brings us to the 4th century
    • the other hand, we see a fresh attempt to bring in movement: —
    • the etheric body. He brings to expression the actual moment where life is
    • 53a. Ghiberti. The Offering of Isaac. (Baptistry. Florence.)
    • Thus we have tried to bring
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture I: Man as Microcosm
    Matching lines:
    • bring about the formation of plumage as on the astral plane bring
    • life — has that particular way of devouring his food with
    • the cow — first bringing her into the moisture of the air in the
    • higher, bringing her as far as the astral, then up in the heights the
    • the astrality of a bird to sink down, thereby bringing about the
    • bring my understanding to bear on the nature and being of the cow) all
    • (Rudolf Steiner Press).] as entering into the cromlechs, is now inside
    • butterfly's wings, shimmering with colour, manifested in our
    • memory-pictures, living within us, in the fluttering butterflies
    • shimmering in the sunlight. Yes, man is a Microcosm and contains
    • out of the way, and again it was a question of sharing out the antelope.
    • But if you succeed in bringing about the metamorphosis of
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture II: The Sun in Relation to the Outer Planets
    Matching lines:
    • a normal way when he can bring into harmony these three cosmic
    • to bring about a threefold division of man, and that, each form of
    • our present age something particularly alluring is working upon the
    • subconscious in man; alluring because in a certain sense there is also
    • audible for the sub-consciousness of man. This is the alluring call:
    • And there is a second alluring call. This is the call which comes to
    • lion-nature, where, through the mingling of sun and air, they bring
    • make man's own rhythmic system one-sided, this today speaks alluringly
    • rumbling, muffled roaring, the call of what lies in the heaviness of
    • Moon, bring all this about in the digestive system of the cow —
    • though it is the orient which is primarily exposed to this alluring
    • in bringing these lifeless nature forces into play so absolutely and
    • The scales, the measuring rod — to weigh, to count, to measure
    • the universe, they go about the measuring, weighing and counting in a
    • would be compelled to vibrate with our earth-system, just as a string
    • would be fulfilled if the alluring call of the cow would so decoy the
    • living together with the sprouting, budding life of spring, with the
    • him. Human civilization would resound with the clattering and rattling
    • of the vibrating machines and with the echo of this clattering and
    • And yet again, if the alluring call of the eagle were to seduce the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture III: Physical and Spiritual Substance
    Matching lines:
    • way which will, as it were, weld everything into a whole. During our
    • that brings it to full consciousness, and I can only describe this
    • during earthly existence, is actually needed by the earth. When man
    • a debtor. And this is something which there is no means of bettering
    • spiritual vision has not only those sufferings and sorrows —
    • feelings, cosmic sufferings and joys, make their appearance. And
    • initiation is inseparable from the appearance of such cosmic suffering
    • immense suffering in its entire life, in its whole collective being.
    • claimed much of our attention during the last few days, let us turn
    • bird-kingdom. When we consider the eagle, we are in fact considering,
    • also studied during these days, let us turn to the cow, so venerated
    • She actually brings animal-nature — this animal egoism, this
    • repeatedly during these days — namely that one sees from the
    • elemental spirits hovering around the eagle. Then again one would
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture IV: Butterfly and Plant
    Matching lines:
    • Cosmic activity is indeed the greatest of artists. The cosmos fashions everything according to laws which bring the deepest satisfaction to the artistic sense.
    • with these studies during the coming days. Today, however, I wish to
    • light-irradiated, glittering air-globe, Sun.
    • At the same time, however, during this period of the
    • Just consider how things were during the evolution of Saturn and on
    • is, however, imbued with light, glittering with light. Here we have
    • fashion those horny rock-formations. And during the
    • metamorphosis, the watery condition which evolved during the
    • Moon-metamorphosis, and which then remained during the
    • during the Sun-metamorphosis. Thus everything is mutually
    • again play into the later conditions in manifold ways. But during the
    • fluttering, glittering insect world would bring us into a certain
    • look at the butterfly with its shimmering colours, we see it
    • fluttering in the air, in the light-flooded, light-irradiated air. It
    • during old Saturn, and developed further during the time of old Sun.
    • shimmering, to the working-in of Saturn-Jupiter-Mars. The
    • fluttering butterfly shimmering with light, carried up above the earth
    • them with earth, because what comes towards the earth during summer as
    • the sun's warmth and the power of the sunlight, is, just during
    • And thus, when we behold that wonderful sea of fluttering butterflies
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture V: Butterflies, Birds and Bats
    Matching lines:
    • And just as we marvel at its shimmering colours as we follow it, so
    • also can we marvel at its own fluttering joy in these colours. This is
    • children, this joy in the spirituality fluttering about in the air,
    • which is in fact fluttering joy, joy in the play of colours. The
    • bird, have to await its death, but already during its life it is
    • continually restoring spiritualized matter to the environment of the
    • fluttering around it in its infinite variety, continually sending out
    • We can look into this fluttering world and say: From you, O fluttering
    • every bird after its death sends forth as glittering light, streaming
    • out into the universe in the form of rays: a shimmering of the
    • playing one into the other. Then, bordering on the warmth-ether, there
    • the bones. Picturing this in accordance with its form, you would
    • already pays during its lifetime.
    • being somewhat dilated, it can accumulate air during flight, so that
    • that it builds into its body. When we see the butterflies fluttering
    • in the air, what we must really see is only fluttering beings of
    • all what it appears to be, but what is seen fluttering about is a
    • colour, and thus entering on the first stage of its spiritualisation
    • you see a butterfly fluttering about, you must picture to yourselves
    • The enduring thoughts of memory, these we see embodied in the girdle
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture VI: Evolution of Animals and Man
    Matching lines:
    • within the evolution of our earth. It was only during the Sun-period
    • that the animal kingdom was added, then during the Moon-period the
    • fact only an Earth-product, something which was only added during the
    • acquired gaseous form during the Sun-period, and fluidic form during
    • during the Earth-period did it receive solid form with its bony
    • gain a conception through external forms of knowledge existed during
    • with this rudimentary origin of the human head during the
    • lion, for example, first came into existence during the old
    • Sun-period, during the second part of the old Sun-period, as a
    • took form. During the old Sun-period, while man possessed only what
    • off from below; man was head-and-breathing organism. Now, during the
    • was still watery substance, during this old Moon-period the human
    • Arms and legs can first be spoken of only during the Earth-period,
    • Earth-period. During the Moon-period, however, the digestive system
    • the Earth. It was, however, during the Moon-period that man first
    • digestion. Thus, during the Moon-period we have the addition of those
    • head, and then, during the old Moon-period, acquiring the digestive
    • during the first phase of the Moon-metamorphosis. Then, however, other
    • These last creatures appeared during the second Moon-period in an
    • walking stomachs and intestinal tubes. And only later, during the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture VII: Gnomes, Undines, Sylphs, and Salamanders and their Relations to Ethers and Plants
    Matching lines:
    • Plant-life, as it sprouts and springs forth from the earth,
    • root-spirits, which bring the mineral element of the earth into flux
    • on and through the winter, in their wanderings through ore and rock
    • behold the roving, wandering gnomes, which are the light-filled
    • undine-dream is the world-chemist which brings about in the
    • When in spring or autumn you see a flock of swallows, which produce as
    • prevented by the cosmic ordering from becoming birds, for they have
    • first place it is from what the great chemists, the undines, bring
    • about in the plants, and from what the sylphs bring about, that the
    • takes place below in the earth during the winter, when the seed comes
    • that memorandum of Goethe's where, referring to another botanist, he
    • that they may bring about the distribution of warmth for the seed
    • radiant, shimmering, aura of bees, as they buzz from blossom to
    • have spoken to you, and which shows itself in a shimmering forth of
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture VIII: Gnomes, Undines, Sylphs, and Salamanders and their Relations to Various Animals
    Matching lines:
    • adapted to entering into connection with the beings which exist behind
    • already developed in his head-structure during the time of ancient
    • higher animals in a primitive way what we have in the covering of our
    • armour-like covering.
    • and undines, which make for human beings and animals and bring it
    • same time, bring about in the upper man the metamorphosis of the
    • miscarries, if what the fire-beings are bringing about is not confined
    • that take hold of him in illness. For illness springs from the
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture IX: Gnomes, Undines, Sylphs, and Salamanders and their Various Activities and Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • which really express this wandering about of the gnomes inside the
    • inwardly irradiated with a glittering play of colours. One sees within
    • shimmering and sparkling of the thoughts. That is how these
    • during the time of the new moon. And to this coming nearer of the moon
    • process of decomposition in the sea becomes a glimmering and gleaming
    • early spring these beings evolve upwards from unfathomable depths.
    • up into the heights, only desiring to be inhaled by the beings of the
    • its end, all this becomes glittering and shimmering, an inner
    • glittering and shimmering. And into this glittering and shimmering the
    • — they mean during the day —
    • arising which brings about the difference. And when man hearkens to
    • then in this upsoaring there sounds back to the earth:
    • inhaled, disappearing in bluish-reddish-greenish lightning into the
    • out of the Word that can bring this to us in its fullness. One thing
    • force which is active in bringing about the human bony system, the
    • rings out as: “Receive in love the Will-Power of the Gods”.
    • everything in fact which brings man into the manifestation of his
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture X: The Origin of the Different Systems of Man: Metabolism, Rhythmic, Nerve
    Matching lines:
    • everything was directed towards so bringing together world-phenomena
    • Saturn-evolution, that from which the Earth resulted. But during the
    • to a certain extent what the blood-circulation brings about with what
    • in their turn work formatively upon man, so preparing his nervous
    • the rhythmic system, was laid down during the epoch of old Sun. Only
    • may really describe the human being by saying: During the old Moon
    • already sent in advance during the epoch of old Sun. In regard to his
    • own organism man was already born as doctor during the evolution of
    • brings man into outer intercourse with the surrounding world, into
    • as the forces which bring about healing. Anyone sensitive to such
    • things will see encircling health in the rings of Saturn, and this in
    • earth, because there we stand in the midst of it. A Saturn ring is
    • Saturn and its ring, we shall be led to these upper hierarchies, as
    • health-restoring processes.
    • man, and from the possibility of curing them.
    • because these are more rooted in the material, so preparing them to
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture XI: Food, Digestion, Plants, and Carnivorous Animals
    Matching lines:
    • with the help of the forces which penetrated it during the time when
    • during the course of his life in order to be able, in accordance with
    • which is still so nearly akin to the human organism in order to bring
    • during the years of childhood for the processes of bodily formation.
    • organism must exert in order to bring some external mineral substance,
    • position to bring a substance, in its origin organic but appearing in
    • to contemplate the plant covering of the earth with the eye of the
    • Only look at a spring flower; it is a sigh of longing, the embodiment
    • be open to it. In spring we see the violet, maybe the daffodil, the
    • are seized by the feeling that these blossoming plants of spring would
    • bathed, as it were, in piety, breathes from every blossom of spring.
    • blossoming plants which speak to the soul, during the season of the
    • look at the flowering plants and picture how the blossom is really a
    • grounded in the spiritual. During the old Saturn period — you
    • him he can bring to fulfillment the longing which, outside, the plant
    • example, in the pod-bearing plants, their products remain in man's
    • prey during its life-time. Through this the astral bodies of such
    • yet detect during their lifetime, but which after death these animals
    • we bring milk into the head. When we are no longer children these
    • milk, and must indeed create it anew; for the child must first bring
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture XII: Convention and Morals, Bones and Hatred
    Matching lines:
    • might spring forth from the primary, elementary sources of human
    • such impulses spring forth with elemental power, they arise from human
    • hatred. This it is which, from the spiritual world, brings about the
    • to bring into his soul what is present in his body, so that his soul
    • the corpse have been changed into natural forces. During his lifetime,
    • taking with them as they go what remained unnoticed during life
    • of death. One sees it shimmering, glittering, radiant with colours.
    • transformed into an image of the cosmos. This occurs during the time
    • still sees him hovering, as it were, while he gradually loses his form
    • bring them back again and form from them the basis of the rhythmic
    • over. During the course of the last centuries this residue has
    • spring of 1914 in Vienna, [* The Inner Nature of Man and Life
    • without bringing enthusiasm to the learning; they simply have to get
    • what man brings forth from the original impulses of his mind, of his
    • which springs directly from the human heart and the human soul. If a
    • child, on entering primary school, is introduced to a highly
    • During his years of education a great deal is brought to the child of
    • which works creatively from his soul. We must let the child bring
    • There are many things today such as the following. During my
    • asleep. It devolves upon us to bring about the awakening. And
  • Title: Lecture: How Can We Gain Knowledge of the Supersensible Worlds?
    Matching lines:
    • whole development of the external economic life during past
    • during sleep — this will be unreservedly recognized by
    • In the Spring the
    • vegetable world springs up, the uplifting world of Nature filling
    • us with joy. In the Spring we see the plants springing up, in the
    • that with the coming of Spring the human being were able to
    • wake up again. Human consciousness would therefore be slumbering
    • germinating, flowering plants round about him. The plants which
    • cover the earth during the summer would remain an unknown world
    • in his plant-like condition of sleep, similar to the earth during
    • would be a superficial way of considering things. We must look
    • during the soul's summer season as during its winter season, but
    • seem to lose our consciousness in spring and regain it only in
    • say, of the waking condition. During our waking condition, the
    • unconscious state during our ordinary life? Because the soul's
    • ordinary thoughts which we experience during the soul's winter
    • otherwise experience unconsciously during the soul's summertime;
    • than during our normal life, for the experiences which normally
    • during the winter.
    • assumed that springtime dulls the consciousness and that a new
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Position in the Cosmic Whole, the Platonic World-Year
    Matching lines:
    • moon brings into a certain rhythm. In short, the universe was
    • longer has the habit of considering the human being as a member of
    • say, the point where the sun rises in the spring, cannot always be
    • be seen rising in the spring in the sign of Aries, but not always at
    • parts, completely ignoring the signs themselves and simply
    • the point where the sun rises in the spring, to travel through the
    • Zodiac. The time during which the sun's rising point has once more
    • for the life of the sun, because during that period the sun's life
    • is indeed something very significant. Our breath brings us the air,
    • differing only in time — as the rhythm which, on a large scale,
    • When considering such things, we should, of course,
    • respiration, as a breath which is drawn in and sent out again during
    • same way in which something breathes within us during the 18th part
    • during the change of day and night. Thus we may say: The air breathes
    • draws its breath during the course of one day and of one night, not
    • during the 18th part of a minute. For such a Being, 70 years would be
    • Beings are mysteriously conferring with us; only at a later
    • conscious of the fact that the dead speak with us most easily during
    • if we have reached the point of bearing in mind clearly the moment of
    • waking up, this moment will be the best one for entering into
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Overcoming of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • in which it entered the world during the first third of the 4th
    • already existed in a more elemental, physical form during the
    • great Atlantean age. Particularly during the 4th Atlantean epoch,
    • During
    • connected with the human soul. But during our own epoch, the 5th
    • death during the Atlantean age; particularly through the control
    • take place above all during the 5th epoch, when the exploitation
    • men. They belong to the Hierarchy of the Angels. During the 4th
  • Title: Lecture: Entry of the Michael Forces
    Matching lines:
    • nevertheless it is Michael who brings the karma of men nearest of all
    • indifferently, entering deeply and
    • years of the 19th century, — it was a shattering experience to
    • thereby preparing their whole being in such a way that these Michael
    • of man. For the first time, the Spiritual is preparing to become a
    • experience of that Christian development which took its course during
    • if I may call them so, bring forth their forces, which are in many
    • as I say they do bring forth the forces that are there in them, then
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: The Creative World of Colour
    Matching lines:
    • in world relationships which must spring from them actively if Art is
    • during the old Moon-Period. Then the effect of contemplating such a
    • thrown back into his own colouring, it permeated his being and then
    • to lose this immersion of his body in this flowing colour-sea during
    • body were formed during the epochs of Saturn, Sun and Moon
    • respectively, the ego during the earth-period. Man must find the means
    • thus differing from form, which gives us, for example, distance. But
    • movement and such colouring. And no one will ever be able to
    • succeed in bringing into form livingly, artistically, without
    • to the attacks which are now pouring in upon us from all sides. They
    • intellectual life of today. Spiritual science is well adapted to bring
    • And if one can speak of regrets, in considering the relation of our
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: Artistic and Moral Experience
    Matching lines:
    • bearing down upon us; we shall rather have the feeling that what meets
    • is shattering us. So that orange gives us something strengthening, and
    • does not bring only punishment with it. Thus we experience orange in
    • earth-incarnation. One feels an affinity between what one was during
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture I: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis I
    Matching lines:
    • ONSIDERING
    • psychoanalysts bring to light today can be regarded only as an
    • had to treat a woman who seemed to be suffering from a severe
    • had had during her father's illness. She had helped with the
    • details, and really succeeded in bringing about a marked
    • matter, as it were, by uttering and communicating it to
    • gathering of friends to bid good-bye to the mistress of the
    • one woman whom we are considering. She ran along the
    • swearing and the cracking of his whip could not deflect her.
    • off, ordering the child to jump too, which it did, just before
    • individual is suffering from any such after-effects. If you
    • aim of psychoanalysis is to bring such soul contents into
    • bring everything into consciousness. Thus the physician must
    • that spring from such torment, must be deflected into another
    • (You know many people come to Switzerland bringing such
    • what has been murmuring in the subconsciousness of the modern
    • thinking humanity the problem of the restlessly slumbering,
    • a change in the attitude of the individual can bring about a
    • spiritual realm in the midst of the spirit battle. During his
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture II: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis II
    Matching lines:
    • Throughout the entire evening she had wanted to bring about a
    • as to bring out the kind of stuff that I have described. He
    • he is lecturing it often happens that his thoughts go on
    • the range of will (red), but bordering upon the realm of
    • now we are considering the relation of the ego to the
    • with painful consequences from which we are still suffering. I
    • from it all possible impulses, and bringing them down with him
    • gave a definite coloring to all the writings of Nietzsche's
    • tearing the individual in question out of his karma,
    • — what takes place does not bring to light the
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XI: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • the event that is represented symbolically by Michael conquering the
    • who thought it preferable to bring to the human beings who wished to
    • matter that one must bring above all to one's consciousness if one
    • bringing clarification into nature — the elemental spirits or
    • lecturing about truths, is most important. After that, people should
    • Lucifer from entering paradise. Ireland thus was conceived according
    • would have hindered Lucifer from entering paradise. Only after
    • guided by considering always what was to take place in the future, by
    • This was another way of bringing spiritual wisdom into
    • to evaluate the facts correctly. Especially during these past three
    • completely during these rational pauses and he granted them such
    • pauses. The others, who were unable to regain their forces during
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XII: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 3
    Matching lines:
    • is brought falteringly to expression in an unclear tirade, reminding
    • feeling” and of entering some sort of “surging waves,”
    • problem is to bring together human beings with the mechanical, which
    • hindering the foundation of large-scale spiritualized medicine or
    • evolving during the last centuries, ideas which, in the way they have
    • gold. Today I am offering a kind of programmatic indication; in the
    • bring about what is necessary, if these things are comprehended
    • to bring the problem of immortality into materialistic channels. This
    • provoked a sensation, a book that also came from the West bearing the
    • possible, however, if one brings them into materialistic channels, if
    • occurring on earth, has rejected all study of what is approaching as
    • morning and are interrupted during the day; the cosmic stream passes
    • manner that certain cosmic workings are always interrupted during the
    • appearing in the etheric.
    • one can penetrate the mystery of the earth's magnetism and can bring
    • will simply be a matter of mustering the doubtful courage for these
    • to mislead Eastern Europe, which has the task of preparing the sixth
    • knowledgeable ones in the cosmos. Some will bring about the use of
    • Pisces and Virgo one will not be able to bring about anything
    • realities for illusions, really entering into a spiritual conception
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture One: The Incarnation of Lucifer in Asia in the Third Millenium B.C.
    Matching lines:
    • treasures of this super-sensible lore which we have been endeavoring
    • to bring to light, it will be obvious that here we have to do with a
    • in preparing his earthly incarnation, wants to withhold. He
    • mouth into the stomach they are devouring the spiritual, but
    • soulless devouring of material food leads to the side-tracking of the
    • life of benefit to Ahriman in preparing his incarnation is all that
    • that this is not fitting, that it is reprehensible to bring any real
    • Gospels. Each party plays into the hands of the other, furthering the
    • without really stirring their interest are preserved; these sciences
    • do people resort to what is moldering away in libraries. These
    • favorable means of furthering Ahriman's aims.
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture I: The Incarnation of Lucifer in Asia in the Third Millenium B.C.
    Matching lines:
    • endeavouring to bring to light, it will be obvious that here
    • preparing his earthly incarnation, wants to withhold from
    • stomach they are devouring the spiritual, but dispatching it
    • less, devourers of soul and spirit! The soulless devouring of
    • tendency in modern life of benefit to Ahriman in preparing
    • fitting, that it is reprehensible to bring any real knowledge
    • the hands of the other, furthering the preparation of
    • pursued by man without really stirring his interest, are
    • be made do people resort to what is mouldering away in
    • a particularly favourable means of furthering Ahriman's
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture Two: The Advance Preparation of Ahriman for His Future Incarnation
    Matching lines:
    • mongering; the issue at bottom is one of power, and of power
    • for people to bring themselves to admit that all knowledge of the
    • rather to bring into prominence that in us which is not free.
    • must emphasize the following: That Ahriman is actually preparing for
    • his incarnation; where we can recognize how he is preparing for it;
    • misconceiving their task and preparing the best possible incarnation
    • introducing pictures of fantasy but by bringing interest, alert
    • that is of untold significance. For such things as I want to bring
    • of religion during the second half of the nineteenth century. At his
    • in the general attitude toward morality during the last four or five
    • bring these longings to the surface is very largely
    • Ahriman, who is preparing for it by means I have been describing both
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture II: The Advance Preparation of Ahriman for His Future Incarnation
    Matching lines:
    • said about rights and justice is so much phrase-mongering;
    • be difficult indeed for men to bring themselves to admit that
    • rather to bring into prominence that in him which is not
    • Ahriman is actually preparing for his incarnation; where we
    • can recognise how he is preparing for it; and with
    • preparing the best possible incarnation for Ahriman in
    • phantasy but by bringing interest, alert attention and
    • untold significance. For such things as I want to bring home
    • figure in the sphere of religion during the second half of
    • morality during the last four or five years. The conclusion
    • moreover the courage to bring these longings to the surface
    • incarnation of Ahriman, who is preparing for it by means I
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture Five: The Human as a Being of Will
    Matching lines:
    • real process of will than they are of what takes place during sleep.
    • future would then be far from inspiring; it would be a vista of the
    • planet earth is concerned. During waking life we cannot really
    • in the sphere into which we pass during sleep. From the time of
    • operation between falling asleep and waking. During this time
    • intelligence that works, unconsciously, during our sleep — that
    • Even when such a shattering
    • truth is uttered — and I think it may well be shattering
    • of students loitering about in their beer houses, drinking and
    • twenty-four hours only, has a view of the world differing entirely
    • I have been endeavoring to
    • workings of the intelligence during the periods of sleep when human
    • without entering into the concrete realities. But to do this we must
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture V: The Human as a Being of Will
    Matching lines:
    • real process of will than he is of what takes place during
    • from inspiring; it would be a vista of the gradual
    • is concerned. During waking life we cannot really establish a
    • during their sleep. From the time of falling asleep until
    • between falling asleep and waking. During this time he is
    • unconsciously to man, during his sleep — that is what
    • a shattering truth is uttered — and I think it may well
    • be shattering — it is not always seen in the aspect
    • For example, I have noticed crowds of students loitering
    • differing entirely from that of man. The range of man's
    • endeavouring to give you an idea of how a spiritual scientist
    • mysterious workings of the intelligence during the periods of
    • fully understood without entering into the concrete
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture Four: The Luciferic Origin of Ancient Wisdom, Ahrimanization...
    Matching lines:
    • generalize or unify — at that moment you are nearing luciferic
    • something different in its place. That would bring nothing but evil.
    • future, people were to do nothing themselves toward acquiring a new
    • bring to humanity all the clairvoyant knowledge which until then can
    • be acquired “in travail and suffering.” What I have just
    • suffering, for in this struggle for the wisdom of the future, one of
    • succeeded in bringing earth, water, and air into this rigidified
    • powers. A trend which has an important bearing on this is the lack of
    • privations, travail, and pain; it must be attained by enduring the
    • attendant sufferings of body and soul for the sake of the salvation
    • of human evolution. Therefore the unwavering principle should
    • be never to let oneself be deterred by suffering from the pursuit of
    • Wonderful, epoch-making results have been achieved, above all during
    • ideas are treasures of the primeval wisdom — springing from a
    • effect. He said: “What we have been hearing could not possibly
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture IV: The Luciferic Origin of Ancient Wisdom, Ahrimanization...
    Matching lines:
    • generalise or unify — at that moment you are nearing
    • bring nothing but evil. For then man would grow together with
    • nothing himself towards acquiring a new wisdom, then,
    • stupendous arts he would bring to man all the clairvoyant
    • “in travail and suffering”. What I have just told
    • suffering, for in this struggle for the wisdom of the future,
    • in bringing earth, water and air into this rigidified state.
    • bearing on this is the lack of enthusiasm in human souls at
    • attained by enduring the attendant sufferings of body and
    • Therefore the unwavering principle should be, never to let
    • oneself be deterred by suffering from the pursuit of this
    • results have been achieved, above all during the last few
    • primeval wisdom — springing from a Luciferic source.
    • following effect. He said: “What we have been hearing
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture I: The Power and Mission of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • live. Considering their most external aspect, we may think of all
    • For the proper comprehension of this secret enables mankind to bring
    • the duad in the place of the triad when considering the structure of
    • nothing but the result of the false world view which springs up
    • the “membering” of the human being into body, soul, and
    • attention from the true threefold ordering of the world and direct it
    • prevent another human being from acquiring a true concept of Christ,
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture II: The Michael revelation.
    Matching lines:
    • Moon and has continued during the Earth evolution. But
    • the human being only during the Earth evolution.
    • In considering all this, we must at the same time mention that the
    • what processes occur in the head; he believes the processes occurring
    • from former discussion). Those who helped in bringing about the Old
    • during the period between going to sleep and awaking, or through the
    • will which remains subconscious and is in the sleep state even during
    • consciousness were to remain awake also during the period of sleep.
    • During these ancient times of the Old Testament people knew that the
    • human being is in the environment of spiritual beings during his
    • sleeps during the day. In the time in which the Old Testament
    • be able to know his divine creator powers also during the day, during
    • Golgotha has not yet sufficed to lead man to a perception, during
    • revealer during the day. From being a spirit of night Michael must
    • through which his divine creators spoke to him in earlier ages during
    • inspiration; it is of purely Ahrimanic character. To the obscuring of
    • permeated by this reason, by that which springs from his head.
    • must bring it about that we do not consider on the one hand abstract
    • Myself to you not only during the days in which the Gospels were
    • and new things may be added during the millennia to come.” What
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture III. Michaelic Thinking.
    Matching lines:
    • your soul gaze upon something else which may bring human beings
    • way what has to be decided by intelligence without appearing insane
    • Psychically speaking, Lucifer is constantly endeavoring to give to the
    • reality. If he were to succeed he would bring it about that we as
    • belongs to the tendencies of the Michael influence entering our human
    • discussed many of these effects, even during the last few days. We
    • This will bring strength into mankind's evolution, and from this
    • strength will spring the possibility of attaining that inner condition
    • absurdity, have we acquired the state of soul I am referring to.
    • Luciferic evolution. For the latter is greatly interested in pouring
    • not bring the people together all over the earth. But the spirits who
    • spoken during these days, will bring people together.
    • are preparing a battle over the whole earth. This leading ad absurdum
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture IV: The Culture of the Mysteries and the Michael Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • evolution unfolded we can do so best by considering and arranging the
    • place in Greece during these last centuries prior to the event of the
    • During four and one half centuries prior to the Mystery of Golgotha we
    • brain will have the possibility of remembering former earth lives. But
    • He brings with him in his thinking and feeling the result of his
    • brings from his previous life, and the things as they have developed
    • in the period during which he was absent from the earth. His thinking
    • following: You are bringing with you something in regard to which the
    • of consciousness within us. During the day, we walk around with a
    • possible, at a comparatively early moment, to bring so much order into
    • concepts — I am not referring here to people who have nothing to
    • see, the Greeks, during the four and one half centuries (number one),
    • through external rational nature observation. What will bring inner
    • two inner spheres mentioned above. He would be unable to bring about the
    • state of equilibrium. We can only bring about this state of equilibrium
    • of its various members will bring it about that we ourselves sense our
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture V: The Michael Deed and the Michael Influence as Counter-pole of the Ahrimanic Influence
    Matching lines:
    • since the human being has participated, during his repeated earth
    • and on previous occasions. We find that great care is taken during
    • The matter is similar in regard to the necessity of nature. During the
    • thought of considering omnipotence as a fundamental quality of the
    • they are thinking without prejudice about man by considering him as
    • elements into his true being during the subsequent evolutionary stages
    • Archai, as Spirits of Personality, was man during the Saturn
    • period. The Archangeloi were man during the Sun period, the
    • Angeloi during the Moon period. During the Earth period
    • taken into consideration by the Angeloi. Especially during the
    • consciousness. During the last few years much has occurred that was
    • so nebulous, rendering him unable to know what he is dealing with in
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture VI: The Ancient Yoga Culture and the New Yoga Will.
    Matching lines:
    • of two members, so that on the whole we obtain a three-fold membering,
    • bring it into consciousness again. Therefore Indian Yoga culture is an
    • because an attempt is made again to bring into consciousness the
    • significant for us. We can help ourselves to bring this about.
    • bringing about the crossing of cosmic thoughts and humanity's will. We
    • which springs merely from our longing to exist after death, by the
    • sharpen our perception for it. During the two decades in which the
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture I: The Waldorf School, Spiritual Science, Outer World, Inner World
    Matching lines:
    • bringing anthroposophic impulses into history. Anthropology, as
    • intensive educational psychology was practiced during the
    • good as they should be considering the nature of our
    • so many people from the outside to bring us their children.
    • government are bringing their children to the Waldorf School
    • kind of understanding that a person today can generally bring
    • our inner being. This brings us to the point where we can
    • working in the way it did during the first seven years, then
    • covering the wolf of Jesuitism.
    • expressions in a language, it springs from real
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture II: Materialism, Party Line
    Matching lines:
    • become reality. Groups of people gathering under the flag of
    • passed the Guardian of the Threshold without lingering there
    • supersensory world (orange), all those adhering to a party
    • as a group, a nation or a race. Certainly, during the middle
    • physical realm. The configuration of forces that he brings
    • bantering in negations or affirmations while remaining in the
    • flows directly from the well-spring of the spirit. Just try
    • green) which is given little attention today. During the past
    • sleeping during this respite will have a rude awakening one
    • find what it is that can truly bring about progress for us in
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture III: Man's Twelve Senses in Relation to Imagination, Inspiration, Intuition
    Matching lines:
    • hearing, smell, taste and touch. In more recent times, even
    • the senses, let us start, for instance, by considering the
    • through the sense of hearing what is already bound up with
    • soul-like, you enter then through the sense of hearing into
    • not only with the sense of hearing but with the word sense,
    • with the sense of hearing we exhaust the contents of the word
    • exists between the mere hearing of sounds and the perception
    • of a word. The hearing of sound is transmitted through the
    • transmitting the sense of hearing. We also penetrate deeper
    • sense of hearing, and we are poured into its essence through
    • requires another sense organ differing from the mere word
    • we separate the sense of hearing from that of sight, we must
    • recognize a special ego sense upon entering into the more
    • sense of hearing, sense of warmth, sense of sight and sense
    • this membering of the senses before us, we are able to arrive
    • warmth, hearing, the word sense, the thought and ego senses.
    • leave our body through the ear, through the sense of hearing,
    • When we leave our body through the sense of hearing, we
    • sense of hearing penetrates more into our soul-spiritual
    • sense of hearing.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture IV: World Events, Initiation Knowledge and the Impulse toward Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • have a bearing here; today I only wish to introduce the
    • each one bearing the full responsibility for what he
    • wearing blinkers in a sense in face of the great, important
    • to ignore the glaring contradiction that I have once again
    • uncovering of new sources of spiritual science. We need this
    • today continue referring to mysticism in the same manner as
    • was done by many during the course of the nineteenth century,
    • entering the stage of real freedom, and that formerly it was
    • confluence of the effects of forces and substances occurring
    • outside and appearing before us through our sense
    • psychology, beyond this point and polarically differing from
    • indeed, years ago. Someone who becomes a mystic today brings
    • of the ordinary world when referring to these matters. We
    • theory, is a complete materialist, considering any mention of
    • which we have spoken today and shall be considering further
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture V: Forming Sound Judgment
    Matching lines:
    • one is seriously endeavoring to work for the progress of
    • that he is suffering from a certain sickness of soul that can
    • works in a sculpturing manner on the corporeality in the
    • of the flickering of organic processes. Knowledge, then, must
    • worked to achieve logic, which reached its culmination during
    • intelligent person, referring to characteristics of his.
    • matters. I am referring to so-called pragmatism. It is no
    • have happened if a gathering of people a hundred years ago
    • not become accustomed to using words in a way differing
    • on the surface, who with a firm hand manipulate the strings
    • pulling the strings. As I said, today one must feel the
    • civilized world in bringing about the catastrophe, suffered
    • gold standard would bring about free trade. What happened in
    • or developed through pondering. It can only be attained when,
    • capable of entering into a true knowledge of the human being.
    • been lost of the atavistic, instinctive judgment during the
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture VI: New Social Forms, Soul, Material World
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual element is found which, out of itself, brings forth
    • springs forth our sense world. We will not grasp the
    • brings us forth — if we seek it behind the sense world.
    • whether one is a materialist picturing the world as atoms, or
    • comedies, that they knew the events occurring in a comedy
    • Everything depends an our acquiring thought forms that are
    • of the empty talk appearing in Leninism and Trotskyism, which
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture VII: Trends of Souls in People of the East, West, and Middle of Europe
    Matching lines:
    • coloring, something originating in the characteristic
    • the individual regions. The fundamental coloring of what has
    • for the purpose of bringing duty to light.
    • look into what it is that the world of the East brings forth
    • become the hypocritical murmurings of the popes of the
    • inwardly referring only to a mere thought mechanism,
    • thinking brings about what I have often described as the
    • is preparing itself in the West out of the totally
    • particularly in America, something different is preparing
    • tremendous amount of talking and lecturing has been done
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture VIII: East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • has undergone a spirit existence before entering into a
    • the Indian philosophy of Yoga without admiring them any less
    • unconsciously. What he did consciously was to bring his
    • he brings about all that belongs to the legal, democratic
    • brings about enlightenment. Here, we confront a very strange
    • thoughts on this. Here (referring to the drawing on
    • have become boring to us. But we shall make no progress this
    • initiation; acquiring from this new initiation the ways and
    • means for bringing about cooperation between what was once
    • that can bring about a unity of these three, a living unity.
    • can bring progress to mankind must emerge out of the new
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture IX: Hegel
    Matching lines:
    • in Stuttgart, in Swabia; he spent his maturing years of
    • Thuringia, where, again like Schelling, attracted to the
    • During his years in Nuremberg, Hegel completed his most
    • his delivery. While he was lecturing, the thought within him
    • if in a stuttering, disjointed manner. Yet, his lecture,
    • people tell of hearing Fichte in Jena, will again and again
    • or universal reason. During the profound inner experience
    • philosophers who rose from European civilization during the
    • concepts, ending with the “idea bearing its own purpose
    • us which brings about fever, pleurisy, which brings man into
    • be dissipated in the world; the Ahrimanic force brings about
    • during his subsequent sojourns in Bamberg, Nuremberg and
    • chiefly raised itself to a special flowering. Fichte has
    • the concept of the state appearing in Hegel's writing in the
    • middle German, Franconian and Thuringian in respect to his
    • especially of Hegel, could bring about a certain awakening of
    • traditional spiritual life? I am not referring to
    • our spiritual life, for we intend to bring a new
    • first mention of the martyrdom inflicted on Haeckel during
    • people in Central Europe are already wearing today —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture X: The Tapestry of the Senses, Memory, and the Spiritual World, -or- Spiritual-Cosmic Tasks of Man
    Matching lines:
    • required for the forces that are to bring about a
    • during recent centuries in the development of
    • brood about himself to some extent and then, referring to his
    • order to bring about a reciprocal intercourse for the gods
    • coldness is the sign that one is actually entering with one's
    • why does one? Man brings into this world of centripetal
    • only hasten the decline. Bring any number of women's
    • sense; for during the last three or four centuries people did
    • is actually referring to these forces when speaking in this
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XI: Man as a Mediator of the Spiritual Beings of the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • the one who is supposed to bring about the balance, the
    • religions can bring to man. They reckon with his egoism. And
    • bring about its end, carrying it over into other
    • intellectualism appearing in social reforms. What has arisen
    • that brings about inventions and creates gifted poems must
    • arise from the chaos that man brings with him when he
    • descends through birth from higher worlds. He brings the
    • one still has to pay at sixty. By considering this matter
    • had, for all that springs from man's inner chaotic being and
    • thinking during this catastrophic, world-historical moment
    • neutral ground during the catastrophic years. Dornach offered
    • ground, nearing its spiritual and economic devaluation, but
    • Or will the Anglo-American world bring understanding to this
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XII: The Members of the Human Being and their Relationship with the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • During a
    • considering the juridical idea of holding court over the soul
    • its flowering time, the Oriental arrived at these
    • era. Now, this same person who is quite dull and blundering
    • only laboring to emerge from the primitive level. He has
    • attempts, and can also bring together East, Middle and West,
    • with something else. You know that during earthly life these
    • being, we certainly cannot say without uttering a real insult
    • arise that would bring about the most primitive conditions;
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XIII: The Interrelationship between the Human and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • art he must bring forth from the wellspring of his individual
    • Deeds and accomplishments then must spring from associations,
    • manner in which the human being brings about the threefold
    • brings about a certain configuration of my etheric body,
    • disappearing; instead, what is at first a thought content,
    • that lives in the human being, a natural science offering a
    • no relationship to what is occurring outside him. This is one
    • itself, for instance, ignoring the connection to the
    • within our predispositions that we bring with us through
    • things, as an offering for it! By that token a proper
    • From what I have tried to bring close to you today, it
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XIV: The Connection of the Members of Man with the Kingdoms of Nature, the Necessity of the Threefold Order
    Matching lines:
    • union with our fellowmen. All that springs from this, all
    • body during the old Indian cultural period, a certain
    • development of the astral body during the Egypto-Chaldean
    • their thinking to bring order into economic relationships,
    • fruit-bearing tree. What appears in the Vedas and in Oriental
    • would pay attention to these things, we must certainly bring
    • sense (referring to larger form in drawing); the clever
    • (referring to the smaller form). In abstractions, everything
    • is reached. We bring life, illuminated life, into the
    • something semiconscious, glimmering up into consciousness,
    • what we have evolved as reason for our ego. All this we bring
    • fantasy; it is only grist to the mill of those who bring
    • nurtured in mankind during the past few centuries. One must
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XV: The Great Cosmic Signs in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • result of his upbringing to seek and reckon with the more
    • heard of the effort appearing everywhere to introduce
    • During these
    • also what the human being brings into earthly existence
    • still said, “Human destiny, all of destiny occurring in
    • developed during the past few centuries. These bad habits are
    • directed to the swastika are certainly stirring. Today, the
    • because we bring about in it processes of disintegration, of
    • reproduction of what takes place within the brain during the
    • friends in London made efforts to arrange a gathering of a
    • days will be spent on travel, and during the remaining six
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XVI: Changes in the Meaning of Speech, -or- Dreams and Human Development
    Matching lines:
    • external life, and human beings themselves will have to bring
    • A person bearing the name Smith today no longer has anything
    • instead, one epoch, bearing its own peculiarities, passes
    • here recently — that we bring down from the spiritual
    • manner, one brings along into this world through conception
    • arisen and has flourished. During this period, prior to
    • bring along for themselves images from the spiritual world.
    • live pictures from my prenatal existence; during my earthly
    • lessons and instruction of the children entering primary
    • referring to the soul when I am now speaking of
    • During the age
    • must gradually begin to bring into waking life what has been
    • the human being is presently beginning to bring along through
    • and the fact that he also brings something different with him
    • be suffering from illusions! Therefore, one may naturally
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture I: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • Human life in its depths is able to bring forth
    • being who is animated by impulses springing from the world of soul
    • plastic qualities; you must bring it so far that at the same time
    • Durchdringen mit Erkenntnis.
    • Auf dass er bringen kann
    • Es dringt der Ruf
    • and ring
    • his laboring soul
    • strength and soaring flight.
    • filled with all-alluring sound
    • stirring dancing of the spheres.
    • spring
    • glistering, how shall it ring,
    • ringing, how shall it glister!
    • bring to
    • he bring
    • there are two versions of Goethe’s Iphigeneia. During
    • Iphigeneia. And then, during
    • And in order to bring these free rhythms to expression, in a way
    • have to do with an art which is more recitative, which must bring
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture II: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • manner in which a human being is able to bring his organism into
    • loud-pouring floods. –
    • quite special style in the rendering of folk-poems.
    • loitering?
    • loitering,
    • And I remain dispering of the port.
    • Thin glitt'ring textures of the filmy dew,
    • Some guide the course of wand'ring orbs on
    • at something which has been frequently mentioned during the
    • the pulse beats into the breathing, and how this brings to
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture III: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • Rings umgraben den Raum, die Erde warfen sie
    • schlechtbewachte, zu dringen:
    • whispringe note, the Lament of a Courtier,
    • the daring hunter journeyed,
    • Lemminkainen, wild and daring,
    • The untiring suitor, dieth
    • human being, bearing on its waves the will-impulse as a
    • entering an unconscious state, we move in the region of the vowels
    • control, so to speak. We then bring into this life of volition
    • bring out once more the real nature of alliteration. Of course it
    • Nächte zu dringen.
    • Sweep through the flameless fire of air that rings
    • while, Then speedily sent he and bade them bring
    • followers all and the flooring strained at
    • You will see that in bringing the
    • We can develop correct intonation, and bring out
    • bringing knowledge to art and illumining artistic creation through
    • into art, and will be able to bring forth more and more consciously
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: Thought and Will as Light and Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • bring man back again to a concrete view of the world, in agreement
    • spring and you can say: What the gods have done to the world in past
    • ages is revealed in the beauty of spring blossom. You look at the
    • advantages of modern Spiritual Science, but in considering the
    • to the past, where the ripening force is, which brings things to
    • transformed it into Spiritual or Occult Science;) bordering on it you
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: The Connection of the Natural with the Moral-Psychical. Living in Light and Weight.
    Matching lines:
    • sense-machine during the Saturn epoch, for instance. You know also
    • Primeval Powers, stood during the old Saturn epoch on the plane of
    • on a corresponding footing; during the old Sun epoch Archangels stood
    • during the old Saturn time, lived as human beings as we do today, and
    • together during wakefulness and separated during sleep: What now
    • the stone with an invisible string. One speaks of a force of
    • the force of attraction as an invisible string, but then you will have
    • is various and the result of these influences he brings with him into
    • thought-worlds, but also as that which springs forth from the depths
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture IV: Poetry and the Art of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • enhance his art significantly if he brings such a feeling to
    • too will the reciter best learn to recite by acquiring his grasp of
    • rings umher.
    • That tuneful peal will still ring on,
    • lush companions of the spring
    • Rainbow’s incandescent ring!
    • Wird dir bringen jenen Kranz,
    • Rings ums Leben verherrlicht
    • azure sister of the Spring shall blow
    • Quivering within the wave’s
    • sweet, the sense faints picturing them! Thou
    • comrade of thy wanderings over Heaven,
    • Winter comes, can Spring be far behind?
    • lie in the how of the performance, so that in discovering
    • or lowering of the pitch. The first is connected with the
    • will, by ardour, by enthusiasm) will bring itself to formative
    • not be very easy to bring certain things in dramatic art to
    • hervor, du Bringer bittrer Schmerzen,
    • Der frommen Bitte undurchdringlich
    • Hang o’re my hoary Face; a mirm’ring
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • head, including the auricular parts, and think of what you are picturing
    • larynx bring about an inversion when we compare them with the formative
    • ribcage. Considering the matter etherically, we carry in our breast,
    • I have designated as etheric formative forces which are at work to bring
    • of the larynx, and to make it visible, so that our arms bring to expression
    • towards the human, one must try to bring into the succession of the
    • fluttery and one can do nothing with him, one must attempt to bring
    • stepping out with the left leg and bringing the right leg up to it,
    • they can at times bring one to mild despair; they actually hear nothing
    • this will bring lightness into the soul-life as well. These ideas will
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • In eurythmy we bring back what attended the vowels and consonants
    • as movements and thus bring the body into movement again. Now we must
    • try to do the whole exercise without bringing the arms back (to the rest
    • walk properly. It will then be extraordinarily easy to bring them to walk
    • walk in a different manner will bring suitable results as well.
    • must be done so that it penetrates thoroughly. And now, in bringing
    • child otherwise by comforting him and caring for his soul, then one
    • changing the angle bring it down, and, again without the feeling that
    • and such like, you will be able to bring this person to normal breathing
    • Now I want to bring it to your attention that what we have said about
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • deepened physiologically and psychologically tomorrow, considering the
    • entering into the outer world too sharply, to remain in the inner.
    • You see how one can follow into the outermost fringes of man's experience
    • one states that one is bringing to a standstill, arresting, that in
    • with R one strives to bring this pursuit to rest. The lips want to follow
    • when they pronounce the labial R, and bring this running-after to a
    • eurythmy they are expressed thus (Mrs. Baumann: R). The bringing-in-swing
    • of what one usually brings to a standstill is expressed. Thus it is
    • expression in the R. And when one wants to bring the other element to
    • leaving the vibrations of the R in the background and bringing the
    • One arrives at the outermost division of the sounds by considering the
    • You can determine to what extent the vowel colouring is involved by
    • Considering
    • three organizational principles — the vowel colouring,
    • a strong connection to the inward. We have to do with a colouring from
    • to bring this going over into the external to proper expression. Thus
    • attached to it and altering the spherical form — so out of the
    • pronounces the O one tries to bring that which finds its expression
    • violet in the drawing) and one can really say that in uttering the O
    • to bring the will back into the whole evolution of mankind again. If
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • Now you must attempt to do this with the legs as well. That brings about
    • the tips of the toes, however, and now bring the heels down —
    • would have to practise it frequently during the day, however —
    • important to practise it with the children during puberty. When this
    • over assertive sexuality when practised during puberty. One must only
    • which arises through the movement of the “I”, the hearing
    • of that which has moved, the hearing of the sound once again. This is
    • something which brings a great deal of life into this human etheric
    • body; and in precisely those directions we have pointed out it brings
    • the intention is to bring movement into the human etheric body, to bring
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • out slowly. It is indeed a movement which brings forth the imagination
    • within their organism. That is why everything which brings children
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • brings his etheric body into motion. The etheric body reacts. in fact
    • is awake. During this dampened sleep taking place in the listener the
    • the figure that one is developing plastically, if one cannot bring to
    • One even tries to bring about a sort of artificial sleep for the
    • skin brings itself into harmony with the outer being of man. Through the
    • possibility of working most effectively in this direction; one can bring
    • the forces which bring him to himself organically. For certain people
    • him and brings him out of an egoless mingling with the world; in the
    • activity as well, and that the inner organs are thus stimulated to bring
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • encountering the process of secretion, it becomes inspiration. And when
    • one continually brings to his attention: listen carefully, bring intensely
    • then one will do well to work — particularly during the course
    • to perhaps bring some clarification. I would like to start with the
    • intensely when they become aware of your bringing something of our sort
  • Title: Colour: Part One: Colour-Experience (Erlebnis)
    Matching lines:
    • same thing when gazing on the green plant-covering of the earth; we
    • by bringing a little imagination into what we have painted before us.
    • before the soul in order to bring a complex of sensation into
    • burn. The red figures bring so much life into the greenness that we
    • must be seen dancing in a ring. A ring of red dancers would be
    • Here we come to something very important. Anyone entering the portrait
    • He expresses himself by pouring his soul-nature into his form in the
    • light what really fills us with spirit, brings to us our own spirit.
    • later — then, by drawing with black on a white surface we bring
  • Title: Colour: Part One: The Luminous and Pictorial Nature of Colours
    Matching lines:
    • but it will just go to show how impossible it is, considering its real
    • paint an equal blue when he brings super-terrestrial things into the
    • If we want to bring black and white together at all we must make them
    • If we want to bring these colours together, it must be as pictures. And
  • Title: Colour: Part One: The Phenomenon of Colour in Material Nature
    Matching lines:
    • formed during the previous metamorphosis-condition of our earth. But
    • know it has been transformed during the evolution of our earth, and
    • must have been made, during the evolution of the old moon, in a fluid
    • fluid. So that what we call plants first appeared during the formation
    • metamorphoses, one might say, the green. It brings the green to
    • another condition. If we bring the manifold colouring of vegetation
    • colour, in conjuring the colour on to the surface, we must give the
    • a painting, no wall, but only the image of one. We must bring the
    • not painting from the palette, smearing the material colour on to the
    • You are aware that in our building we have tried to bring out this
    • we can regard this as an exodus. Observe that the internal colouring of
    • here — if we are to consider the colouring of solids, to something
    • neighboring colours. I must apologize, as it were, in my picture that I
    • colour, if I want to bring it to inner capabilities. I may not paint
    • this which makes a line of approach aspiring to attain reality enter
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture V: Connections Between Organic Processes and the Mental Life of Man
    Matching lines:
    • known our recollections, our memory during life. Thus, after we
    • is a question of remembering, let us say, very abstract
    • inner secretion, which during life is changed into force. But
    • so transmuted that during the life between birth and death our
    • skull would be found forecast within the lungs during the
    • During earth life they must not overwhelm us; they should use
    • their power only during the transition from one life to
    • the liver definite powers. But if these are ejected during the
    • organs of excretion, bring forth in preparation for the next
    • these forces are squeezed out during the present incarnation
    • is autonomous, and the heart only brings to expression the
    • human metabolism is by no means a mere simmering and seething
    • consciousness during the present incarnation, they may create
    • quietly appearing hallucinations, is connected with the element
    • outpouring of inner delight is the aim, and the beholding of
    • of inhalations during twenty-four hours. If we count eighteen
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture One: Ahrimanic and Luciferic, Human Body, Soul, Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • civilization, a breach which brings much chaos to the world and which
    • when considering human dignity and their worth as human beings, can
    • belong. During the course of recent centuries the world of nature has
    • endeavouring to look at deviations from the true human being. The
    • achieved during the course of recent centuries.
    • flickering of clarity and obscurity with the purpose of leading us up
    • endeavour of luciferic forces to bring into present-day life
    • want to bring into the present certain forms of existence which were
    • bring in a view of the world that lives only in vague pictures such
    • people during this period wanted to shape even the external life of
    • ourselves differently. We shall have to say: During the period from
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Two: East, Weat, and Center, -or- Asiatic Spiritual Life
    Matching lines:
    • people are content to reside at present, it is not possible to bring
    • bring forth true unity in Christ. It can certainly be said that in
    • whole of the East brings forth forces in its peoples which are not
    • further eastwards, even in the regions of central Europe bordering on
    • bringing proof without having to base it on abstract, logical
    • might once more bring unity to the whole earth. This was the
    • gain from it a feeling for the impulse to bring about a social unity
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Three: The Development of Religious Experience in Post-Atlantean Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • characteristic for the Greeks to populate springs with nymphs, to
    • in the realm of religion, for it was always possible to bring down
    • something from the cosmos, or at least to bring something up out of
    • entering into the fifth post-Atlantean period and standing full
    • quite justified that this age no longer brings forth any religiously
    • bring to bear on what we say is of a kind that it can only be called
    • is a picture very close to us, considering that we took our departure
    • differentiations which have existed in human evolution during the
    • we find that in later ages something was written down which during
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Six: Methods of Initiation, Old and New - 1
    Matching lines:
    • tolerated the sharing of the rulership with another being from
    • worked on the human being during the Mystery procedures like a
    • powerful shock — like entering into a powerful fear. It is no
    • be shocks which bring about the paralysis of the whole human being. A
    • which keeps recurring in olden times. ‘The prince of this
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Seven: Methods of Initiation, Old and New - 2
    Matching lines:
    • the main point. The main point was that during the process of coming
    • which had the external task of working for the community and caring
    • foundation of human beings. This became very obvious during my more
    • with that; they are concerned with what evolves during the course of
    • bring about a cataleptic condition by means of shocks or anxiety
    • retrospective exercises — remembering backwards what has
    • would bring to bear if Lloyd George were to arrive here tomorrow and
    • I was, of course, merely endeavouring to point out that thinking with
    • brings along a colossal collection of prejudices before even
    • project of entering the spiritual worlds! Indeed, if elementary
    • way of entering those worlds. People just feel that unreasonable
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Eight: The Passage of the Human Soul and Spirit through the Physical Sense-Organization
    Matching lines:
    • the soul during this process, for we must understand that on entering
    • experienced during physical earthly life. And by considering our more
    • existence in the soul during physical earthly life. Thoughts are
    • and mental pictures of the human being during earthly life are no
    • have experienced with the help of your senses during the course of
    • what lives in our thinking during earthly existence. If we seek to
    • The thoughts that then live in us during our life on earth are the
    • shrivels up and becomes infirm. This tiring of life beyond the earth
    • man in the world of spirit and soul prior to conception dies during
    • during earthly life.
    • why our thought world is so pale and shadowy and dead during earthly
    • spiritual world, becomes, on entering the body, on the one hand
    • But if we were to create an image in ourselves, then during the
    • And this resistance brings it about that instead of forming images of
    • we see before our eyes constantly wants to bring about an actual
    • in you. This act of rejection is the mirroring process. That is why,
    • during earthly life, so that we keep a hold on our body until we die,
    • of self during earthly life we would fail to return. But after death
    • during earthly life, deeds which have justifiably enhanced our
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Nine: The Threefold Human, Reincarnation, Heathens, Jews, Christians, Calderon
    Matching lines:
    • brings down on the one hand something which inwardly still possesses
    • brings down something which fills his element of soul and spirit,
    • during physical earthly life, of a soul that has — in a way
    • the Mystery of Golgotha bearing the divine being within him.
    • try his luck at bringing ruin on human beings. For of course ruin for
    • bring her to Cyprianus. Well — so Satan sets about his task,
    • Christian struggle. Satan brings the shadow image to Cyprianus. But
    • approaches Justina — it brings no life with it, but only
    • had endeavoured to lead Justina to Cyprianus, declaring that they are
    • struggle to bring Christ into human nature in the time between birth
    • mature enough to bring Christ in in this way.
    • Spanish drama of Cyprianus shows us the whole vital struggle to bring
    • beings must find the Christ during their earthly life because Christ
    • finding the Christ during earthly life — receive the call:
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Ten: The Threefold Human, Four Elements, Imagination, Inspiration, Intuition
    Matching lines:
    • those stages of his development during which he submerged himself in
    • working to bring the second part of the drama to a conclusion, Goethe
    • endeavours to bring to a concluding climax the soul's inner
    • in earthly life, did not, in fact, succeed in discovering a way of
    • he was endeavouring to pass through a certain gateway. Everywhere he
    • He is endeavouring so hard to come to an understanding
    • in the notes how Goethe could be made to come alive, for to bring
    • Goethe to life is, in a sense, to bring the world of abstract
    • it is necessary to bring this living element, which was in Goethe,
    • is to bring fully to life what Goethe brought to life in his
    • passages. He wants to be a realist, not an idealist. During the
    • person who played his part in bringing about the situation that now
    • call a spade a spade, even if it means bearing witness against
    • ‘Europe faces ruin. There is no time to waste by covering up
    • on the ground of reality because he played a part in bringing the
    • bringing a new one to birth. On the other hand, the workers, treading
    • bringers of salvation through a new order of things; but in reality
    • this is not written by an idealist, but by one who shared in bringing
    • them, bringing up all kinds of occult and mystical things; we must
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Eleven: Faust and Hamlet in Relation to the Turning Point of the 15th Century
    Matching lines:
    • During
    • endeavouring to discover in connection with ancient magic.
    • which came about during the transition from the fourth to the fifth
    • lecturing not so much about the occult as about the intellectual
    • had been at Wittenberg during those very ten years, among those whom
    • Faust had been leading by the nose. We can be sure that during those
    • brings into ordinary life what human beings would otherwise only
    • ancient Greek brings his will to bear, when he acts, he is aware that
    • the earlier vision still plays in. This brings about a twilight
    • must bring to expression this state of transition that exists in
    • the protest which Schiller built up during his youth grew out of his
    • post-Atlantean period, and that they bring this only as far as their
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Twelve: The Transition from the 4th to the 5th Post-Atlantean Period, Shakespeare, the Spiritual Struggle of Schiller and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • figures found themselves faced with the task of answering, in poetic
    • could somehow be satisfying during this period of transition, and out
    • abstraction, felt obliged during the same period to bring into his
    • is on the way to a life of Imagination. This brings us to one of the
    • ever discovering those delicate formative forces which work with the
    • possible to bring the vision of the spiritual world down into human
    • Satan, entering into a pact with him, must of necessity perish as a
    • considering in a living way what has taken place in the field we have
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Thirteen: The Transition from the 4th to the 5th Post-Atlantean Period, Shakespeare, Schiller, Goethe, -or- The Search for the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • experience to find intellectual reasoning entering into the human
    • pointing to the super-sensible world, but by endeavouring to be
    • for instance, we see how he brings the
    • Shakespeare in a way brings the super-sensible world down into the
    • bring the being of man closer to the spiritual world. He could not do
    • the Beautiful Lily. Then Schiller felt the urge to bring the external
    • and Schiller. They do not bring it to expression philosophically but
    • within the realm of the intellect alone; we must bring it to life. It
    • the stars and to all sorts of other things, in order to bring a
    • the great change which brings it about in the fifth post-Atlantean
    • longer the case, brings about a different attitude by human beings
    • thundering and lightning, and whatever else is happening out there.
    • are given for Eulenspiegel! He cannot be understood without entering
    • him into a fool. He brings out of himself the other intellectuality,
    • fool brings his intellectualism from the spiritual world and holds
    • in a way find the people as a whole composing stories, and gathering
    • set out on conquering expeditions under such mottos, thus working
    • pity her, preferring to keep his illness rather than accept her
    • cannot but point out that, during the time which preceded the
    • world. Now you turned to the peasant. During the course of two
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Fourteen: The 5th Post-Atlantean Period, the French Revolution, Schiller, Goethe, the Freedom Problem, -or- Berlin University Course Report - 2
    Matching lines:
    • since then much has remained of the French Revolution, flickering
    • bring about social conditions based on research into the spiritual
    • Inspiration and Intuition. Simply by reading in books or hearing in
    • clever as requiring someone who solves mathematical problems to be
    • was revealed in the fact that the performers first gave a rendering
    • entering in a living way into the truths revealed by Inspiration,
    • can be developed most beautifully by entering in a living way into
    • entering in a living way into the truths given by Intuition, human
    • of selflessness. Entering in a living way into the truths given by
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophic Press, Spring Valley, NY. 1982.]
    • I pointed out that certain human functions appearing in early childhood
    • adapted to them during earthly existence. In pre-earthly existence,
    • us begin by considering speech. In the course of humanity's
    • speaking of these forms, one is not always referring only to the
    • culmination. When a human being brings forth a tone or sound, his
    • by picturing how they are built, as it were, out of the consonants.
    • today; he then consciously brings into activity this second stream
    • this seeing is also a hearing; and just as one can say that one sees
    • is actually a hearing of this speaking-singing, singing-speaking.
    • fixed stars and behind it the wandering planets. As a wandering
    • takes a step back, he brings the earthly affairs surrounding him to a
    • art of sculpturing, from the other comes a musical and song-like
    • brings forth and shapes the instrument, the other plays on the
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • could offer one of the time spent during sleep. Everything the
    • human being experiences during his waking hours is experienced
    • paradoxical expression — he cannot bring his consciousness into
    • physical-etheric environment or world in which man exists during this
    • waking life. Likewise, man is in another world during sleep; this
    • surrounds us similarly when we sleep. In this lecture we shall bring
    • Anthroposophic Press, Spring Valley, N.Y., 1972.]
    • that during sleep we are indeed in this super-sensible world and have
    • experienced during that same time. We shall turn to the other side of
    • forces of form, have the task of pouring thoughts into all the world
    • Anthroposophic press, Spring Valley, N.Y., 1973.]
    • which the seventh was the smallest. They missed hearing thirds and
    • post-Atlantean age during the period when people lived mainly in the
    • definitely transported in musical life during the true era of the
    • He brings the musical element close to his corporeality. He
    • Lemurian age we discover a musical experience that excludes hearing
    • joy and suffering, exaltation and depression, but one must say that,
    • themselves during their most important human activities — I
    • able to counter this with the resolve, “We shall bring the
  • Title: Lecture I: The WHITSUN Mystery and its Connection with the Ascension
    Matching lines:
    • To-day I want to bring two familiar pictures before you, and to
    • During the period of the “Saturn” evolution, man developed in his
    • During the “Sun” evolution man acquired an aeriform body,
    • during the “Moon” evolution a kind of fluid, watery body,
    • and a solid, earthy body, in the real sense, only during
    • already dying. During the Atlantean epoch the earth was, so to say, in
    • possible for man to receive, during his life of sleep, an impulse he
    • astral body make themselves independent of them. During this state of
    • Christ-Force, therefore, takes place mainly during the state of sleep.
    • penetrate into the human soul during the state of sleep. And this is
    • Ascension always have a bearing upon what man actually experiences in
    • revelation. We can feel Anthroposophy to be like a herald bringing
    • illumination to these festivals of Spring, and to its many facets we
    • pictures which such festivals bring before the soul are like living
    • mood-of-soul that conforms truly with these days of the Spring festivals.
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • after Christ; the one preceding it occurred during the eighth pre-Christian
    • during the first epoch, that of ancient India. If we go back to the
    • sharing its reality. Only because the ego has a similar existence is
    • being knew well that thoughts can never spring from brain substance;
    • through winter into spring.
    • When spring
    • earth developed during the winter he now began to replace with a devotion
    • sure, man was no longer able to look up to the cosmos as he did during
    • in winter unites me with the earth summons me in spring to raise myself
    • searched (as we express it today) his conscience. When spring returned,
    • during August, and more especially September, the human soul felt it
    • must now return to earth with the forces garnered from the cosmos during
    • its summer withdrawal. With their help it could live more humanly during
    • It is a fact that during those ancient times man experienced the year's
    • belonging to a folk, did not exist during the ancient Indian epoch.
    • man's ancestry by remembering not merely his own personal experiences,
    • Egypto-Chaldean period. Though, during that epoch, awareness of the
    • During that period
    • his ego had, in his consciousness during this third post-Atlantean
    • During
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • We eat, and the foods entering our organism are products of nature,
    • do not belong to the physical earthly environment. We bring them with us
    • In ancient times, during mankind's evolution, these were religious-cultural
    • needs continued to work for a long time. But of course today, during
    • while still hovering near your body, you can take them on and be helped?
    • being bearing, within, an impulse from spiritual worlds. He must do
    • something to bring about a harmonization with his new home.
    • and so forth, but that people of other occupations, during the whole
    • That part of the human organism which was not head during one earth-life
    • human being brings with him, in a certain sense, what has been passed
    • for anyone desiring to unite with the essential living anthroposophical
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • when it leaves the physical body at death or otherwise. During earth
    • which did not harmonize with what they had experienced during their
    • brings us to a consideration of sculpture.
    • minus head, during his previous incarnation; if we see it as the work
    • does not spring from theory; it requires something more forceful, something
    • this maneuvre. Now let three weeks pass, at which time I bring before
    • spring, when a green carpet of plants is spread over the earth, whoever
    • by rendering space more spatial transcend space? Then they try to depict,
    • marvelous musical strings with a metamorphosed activity. The spinal
    • this connection between the sounding of strings of a new instrument,
    • moves through the cosmos, freely, swimming and hovering, as it were,
    • summary brings us to the world of poetry and drama.
    • honoring its own dynamics, so it is not stage art if we have no artistic
    • upper gods in order to bring to expression, in the events of his great
    • of will, making use of human beings to bring to manifestation not the
    • as men, though still bearing super-earthly impulses. Real naturalism
    • transform dead abstract concepts into a living, colorful, form-bearing
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Indeed, it is his inward experience of knowledge and religion, during
    • an earth life, that brings about a sense of the validity of all that
    • I discussed during the last two lectures. Looking at the physical
    • feelings and will, a certain inner steadiness. That is why entering
    • strangers in regard to this inmost being. On entering physical existence
    • art takes on an idealistic or realistic coloring is of no importance.
    • in him impulses springing from the spiritual world. This fact points
    • the grand style during the time of Goethe and Schiller. A glance at
    • During
    • the divine-spiritual hovering, before his soul and the physical-sensory
    • indicators only. Thus he was the dayspring of post-Goethean romantic
    • in his old age, to bring this drama to a conclusion, and then it was
    • only just barely possible for the author. For Goethe to bring his
    • always endeavoring, in his works, to purify the earthly physical to the
    • during the nineties of the eighteenth century was regarded as as the
    • life was still active at the end of the eighteenth, and during the first
    • during his Roman sojourn; the very rooms where he conceived his thoughts
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • most clearly if we go back four or five thousand years to poetry during
    • through poetry during the period when they received spiritual content
    • reaches, manifests here on earth. Poetry, then, was not an offspring
    • wisdom: During the day we see light with the physical body, at night we
    • Considering the terrestrial an image of the cosmic he said to himself:
    • arisen directly out of the formation of languages during those ages
    • and it may, therefore, be inferred that even the illustrious gathering
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • beautiful shines; brings its inner nature to the surface. It is the
    • shining color. In ancient times man, by surrendering in the right way
    • owing to the peculiar relationship between man and color — springs
    • — while disregarding the rest of the world — to bring forth
    • more the angels might be taken for billowy clouds shimmering in light,
    • he was sick and tired of hearing people speak of the true, the beautiful
    • by reason of his bringing the spiritual not merely to manifestation
    • for the gigantic tragedy which during this very century will break in
    • in complete loneliness. Yet he cannot become one without bringing, by
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: Dimension, Number and Weight
    Matching lines:
    • etheric bodies and is among those things which are outer world. During
    • and clouds are during wakefulness outside our physical and etheric
    • bodies and are therefore described as outer world, so, during sleep,
    • weigh and measure them, and what we ascertain by weighing, measuring
    • with the scales or the measuring rod or arithmetic. Colours cling, as
    • measured. As an ego and an astral body one could not use a measuring
    • same with sound. It is not eh bell which rings, but the ringing floats
    • then measure, not with a measuring-rule, but qualitatively, the
    • measuring-rule tells you: that is five yards, the red tells you here:
    • And then, when sight and hearing out there are no longer a mere
    • expand imponderably into the world-spaces and by measuring colour by
    • about themselves only because during sleep they are appreciated by us
    • This does not contradict what I have been saying during these days,
    • attained. What was achieved during the nineteenth century7, so
    • determined by scales and measuring-rod and arithmetic. All else has
    • painting. It consisted in bringing out the human figure from the gold
  • Title: Lecture IV: The Sun-Initiation of the Druid Priest and His Moon-Science
    Matching lines:
    • described as the bringer of the Runes, the Runic art of writing. He
    • was the bringer of what man drew forth from himself in the first
    • primitive way of intellectuality as an art of deciphering the
    • as we should say, of pondering on one's own salvation. The Druids
    • imaginations that arose, the vague, unconscious flickering-upward of
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: The Hierarchies and the Nature of the Rainbow
    Matching lines:
    • I was compelled to bring the
    • element of the Thrones as bearing up the world in grace.
    • Third Hierarchy, the Archai, Archangels and Angels. These Beings bring
    • reveals to an imaginative observer an outpouring and a disappearance
    • Archangeloi, etc., felt a desire to bring light into darkness and
  • Title: Lecture VI: The WHITSUNTIDE Festival: Its place in the study of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • Lecturing as he was to Anthroposophists, Dr. Steiner begins at once
    • glittering in the heavens is in reality a gate of entry for the Astral.
    • Wherever the stars are twinkling and glittering in towards us, there
    • Earth, who, inasmuch as he is entering into childhood, is born into this
    • Christ came to bring the
    • must bring forth the Easter thought in addition to the Christmas
    • But I bring you the message of it, for I am from the Sun.”
    • In Christo Morimur. But Christ Himself brings the message that
    • now are the stars glimmering points of light; they are radiations of
    • fulfilled; I have told you further how the Son brings the message of the
    • Course on Agriculture — when we come together again, bring this
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Lecture I: On Spengler's "Decline of the West"
    Matching lines:
    • true conditions during his visit; one who does not cling to the
    • decay there again spring upward impulses. But if we judge
    • symptom which I want to bring before you, is the remarkable
    • idea of this book, not during the war or after the war, but
    • phenomenon like this appears, there springs up in the
    • want a comparison for what the cultural life of mankind brings
    • up, and in the third millennium no new civilization will spring
    • may bring up ever so many social questions, or questions
    • others bring to birth out of the scientific spirit. Thus he is
    • whatever time and strength we have to bringing the impulse of
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Lecture II: Oswald Spengler - I
    Matching lines:
    • impulse to bring forth spirituality out of his own being
    • he rightly understands himself, to bring forth from within
    • a matter of fact, what I wished to bring out in that lecture
    • subtle boundary where, according to the adoring piety of
    • ethical thinking. During the eighteenth century it lost its
    • the animal world. We see him discovering, for example, that he
    • grease, except that these bring something into reality. In
    • very cleverly, the plantlike activity of humanity during sleep.
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Lecture III: Oswald Spengler - II
    Matching lines:
    • are people who ponder on life, from who's pondering however
    • order that men might become free, this pouring of
    • to the last third of the nineteenth; for during that time human
    • by those other beings, not human, went well. But just during
    • a plantlike nature, he really brings forth in a living state:
    • sleep is what is alive. The waking state brings forth thoughts;
    • this is a prevailing mood, and Spengler really brings it to
    • regard; if there are no specific sounds of snoring, then people
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture I: Historical Requirements of the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • starvation will bring to birth, out of the spirituality of the
    • gradually arisen in its modern coloring. During that period,
    • however, industrialism also has arisen in its modern coloring.
    • implanted in him during these years is to form the foundation
    • during their school years their life has been built upon true
    • love — if this is not developed during the years between
    • did this doctrine arise? By bringing something fatalistic into
    • Nothing has to be done to bring it about, it is an objective,
    • to bring has become the principle of the Orient. It is also the
    • bring order into them. This can only be done through the
    • accustomed to understand during the last four or five years.
    • in Vienna in the spring of 1914 when I called this continuous
    • during my present stay here. Today I shall only give a short
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture II: The Social Structure in Ancient Greece and Rome
    Matching lines:
    • resulted from the clash of a conquered and conquering people.
    • nature of the grain of wheat or rye to nourish us but to bring
    • arouse ourselves to a world view that brings sense into what is
    • imitator since he develops chiefly his physical body during
    • by knowing how the etheric body develops during that time, must
    • this reason, I had to say yesterday that if we will to bring
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture III: Commodity, Labor, and Capital
    Matching lines:
    • they are fully understood, can bring about an understanding of
    • and universities completely rejects all that springs from the
    • life. That is what is so important in the threefold membering
    • the spiritual world.” Through such comparisons we bring
    • Likewise, people must accustom themselves to considering the
    • whose soul has been permeated by the discernment that springs
    • himself up in a certain sense. You can bring about this
    • concepts to be found in my book about the threefold membering
    • people. Some believe that the threefold membering of the social
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture IV: Education as a Problem Involving the Training of Teachers
    Matching lines:
    • evident that during this period there passed through mankind's
    • itself in a variety of ways, even to ridiculing and sneering at
    • higher level of anthroposophy, by acquiring a feeling for the
    • speak of this threefold membering from a certain point of view
    • Threshold. But one can also bring about a picture of this
    • three-membering through strong concentration upon one's self,
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture V: The Metamorphoses of Human Intelligence: Present Trends and Dangers
    Matching lines:
    • more develop the inclination to plan evil, to bring error into
    • ourselves what the science of initiation brings down from the
    • will be needed in future in surrendering to intelligence,
    • has to bring about a salvation in the case of every individual
    • fifteenth century religious communities, instead of bringing
    • doing so they do not bring the Christ-impulse near to man. It
    • earth as inherent in that Mystery, then we must bring ourselves
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture VI: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time, Conquering Egotism
    Matching lines:
    • The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time, Conquering Egotism
    • members of the human entity, brings it about that ordinary
    • is a corpse, even during our lifetime. When we are confronted
    • childhood you are able to say “I” in referring to
    • powerful was the effect of uttering this name for
    • This interest springs from pure egotism. I have said we must
    • spread over the earth during the last four or five years will
    • Gymnasium — during the years when the soul is
    • subjects to be used during the time spent today in classical
    • achieved in the social field. And I would bring close to your
    • resist it suitably. It is courage that is needed to bring our
    • brings us closer to the outside world; our activity which in
    • be able then to continue these considerations, and that during
  • Title: Karma: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • occurs in the human form as effects during life before the soul
    • appearing in the plant merely as a result of the causes which
    • the plants which are springing from the ground, which are
    • relationship exists, for the days during which this dissolution
    • offspring. Naturally, not everything, because that would,
    • to seek the causes of something occurring in the physical
    • ball has its limits; then the depressed surface springs back
    • just been considering. We stand, at the outset, in space.
    • ether body when it has served its purpose during my life. I go
    • it; the verduring, sprouting, up-springing plant world comes
  • Title: Karma: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • this advance then brings us, first of all, to the point of
    • nature enters into relationship with us during earth life. The
    • often forgotten. Had the engineering art not forgotten
    • strength-giving ether pouring from all sides downward into the
    • and spring forth from the earth, which also cause our growth,
    • what acts there? This question then brings us to the beings of
    • ether reaches, all this occurs during the last pre-birth
    • our earth existence, and which we bring with us from
    • brings with him out of the spiritual world.
    • And these sympathies and antipathies bring us, finally, what
    • into us during our intercourse with them between death and a
    • new birth we bring with us out of the spiritual into the
    • Naturally, in this acquiring of sympathies and antipathies the
    • possibility of finding this human being during life. And in
    • the fiftieth year of our life, bring about a decisive meeting
    • the same necessity two human beings meet each other during
    • fashion the inner nature of your body during life between death
  • Title: Karma: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • declaring: “I am a monist; air, water, and earth arc one,
    • question of our entering into such matters, but it can only be
    • hence, during the second half of the life between death
    • earth life — indeed, then, at that time during earth
    • system is just a nature system, conjuring thoughts out of
    • certain causes, which bring my walking into effect.” This
    • house: “the fact that I must now move in is hampering my
  • Title: Karma: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • wish, primarily, to bring before you some of the more
    • which the human being possesses during earth life between birth
    • or only sub-consciously aware during his earth life
    • that a man brings over from his former lives on earth according
    • earth life is of great significance for karma during this
    • relationship implies had lived in him during former earth
    • And it is really true that the human being during this passage
    • has lived in you during this injury is reflected to
    • whole reflection. With the mirroring of our deeds, we
    • during our earth life.
    • assume that during an earth life a human being is able to
    • outpouring love in one life on earth is, in the next earth
    • back again into your soul during earth life. You know this
    • deeds springing from love are to be understood as the truly
    • and open heart, bringing the world near to us, giving us
    • And we shall then bring into the children's development that
    • bring the child to the point of loving just these children, to
    • often do some such thing out of their instinct, who bring
    • we go further in considering the details of karma, yet another
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • constitution, can bring of sympathy and antipathy toward the
    • can bring to him as sympathy and antipathy. Moreover, the
    • brings down with him from the spiritual worlds.
    • forces he brings with him from the spiritual world. These he
    • needs a model, that model which grows during the first seven
    • bring about in the human being the unfoldment of what he has
    • model during the first seven years of life that which will
    • earth. That causes a battle during the first seven years of
    • not succeed very well in overcoming the model during the first
    • forces he brings down with him from the spirit world. The
    • is a fact that the human being, during the whole time between
    • during the second phase of life the form that we then bear as
    • brings back in his soul not strength, not energy, but
    • during his former earth life.
    • spiritual world like a fixed staring at the period of youth. We
  • Title: Karma: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • lives on earth. This earthly man — during these lectures
    • the physical world, perceive the membering of the human being
    • been discussing — to consider a certain membering of the
    • which sleeps in us during the act of will — the ego,
    • life, a threefold membering of his organism is observable: the
    • even during our waking life.
    • subtle membering of the head. This more subtle membering leads
    • you bring to your aid very different means. I have seen people
    • are occurring underneath.
    • during the time between death and a new birth upon all that we
    • earthly — that which the human being has molded during
    • carry our inner karma into our inner organism. We bring it back
    • consequences of our deeds in their domain during the time
    • during my earth life to some locality important to me or placed
    • former earth life, during the time when I was myself between
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture I: The Lower Three Human Members and the Spirits of Form
    Matching lines:
    • Science with any kind of old errors or mystical ideas, bordering on
    • know that during the life between birth and death man has what we are
    • find his bearings. The ego is mirrored for him in his consciousness.
    • bodily form which is acquired during the earliest period of physical
    • self-knowledge during the first half of life) — in
    • us from drowning, to raise us to the surface, bringing us back to
    • thinking is of an airy kind, soaring aloft and taking no account of
    • to take a certain realm of human activity and to wish to bring the
    • should in every way place ourselves into space, bring the spaceless
    • the same with the timeless, the enduring, the imperishable, and
    • otherwise work timelessly in man's soul during life is brought into
    • of the divine. ... In reality they are referring to much less exalted
    • a product of the material is in fact declaring — though he may
    • spiritual, the spiritual in man, is identical with declaring, even if
    • Ahrimanic illusion, which arises through forces entering space out of
    • declaring Ahriman to be his God.
    • to bring forth spiritual activities. And the other illusion —
    • which are somehow transformed so as to bring about human activities.
    • forefathers, you will always notice that their biographies bring out
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture II: The Fifth Epoch, Semitic and Greek Cultures, the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • becoming weaker. I am referring now to historical evolution, and when
    • Ahriman, and this brings about great
    • himself. He would indeed have been able to wring forth wisdom, but
    • fellows; they grow stiff and hard, considering as right only what
    • quite all; what I was then referring to as the
    • still cleverer during the evolutionary stages
    • has come about. You know that during the first half of life a man is
    • during the first half of life; in the second half of life this
    • evolution. Thus, however clever a man might become during his life on
    • touching here on a very important secret which we must bring with all
    • the working of the Christ Impulse into mankind during the centuries
    • understanding was able to grow during the fourth century, but
    • at the same time the difficulty of inspiring men increased. In the
    • time came when the inspiring of men through spiritual mysteries
    • Impulse brings in something different. It has nothing to do with the
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture III: The Mystery of Golgotha Must Be Approached Supersensibly
    Matching lines:
    • went on to say: It is only after his death, during the time he spends
    • Golgotha, during their life beyond the threshold; and that what has been
    • the supersensible world, had an inspiring influence on the writers of
    • he brings temperament, brings movement; he brings feeling
    • torturing is not to force them to speak the truth, which
    • earth the most excellent deed will indeed be one that brings shame to
    • want to bring before our souls something which in some measure is
    • words during our studies of the day before yesterday. These two
    • was the bringing of the human will into terrible discredit; and this
    • bringing into the human will a fact belonging to the past, a
    • to be planted into man something to bring equilibrium into his
    • things. It brings into the world a true conception of birth and
    • clouded colourings. If, however, through the words of a Tertullian we
    • hear the inspiring voices of the contemporaries of Christ, we shall
    • satisfaction that a suggestion I made really to myself during my
    • and things I say during lectures I give out as my own conviction,
    • bring the supersensible into the world of the senses and are
    • bring active will-impulses into some particular sphere. Particularly
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture IV: Consciousness Soul and Scientific Thinking, Sorat and 666
    Matching lines:
    • many more or less important things with a bearing on this
    • being — not by discussion but by getting our bearings
    • modern man looks back on his forebears when referring to their belief
    • ghosts, but not in the sense that ghosts were believed in during the
    • waiters preparing unappetising food and handing it to their patrons;
    • certain sense to bring home nature to modern consciousness in a
    • Darwinian colouring, talks of man's descent from the animals. The
    • to-day are of primeval origin, springing from times when atavistic
    • During this year the three streams flowed together into a critical
    • am pouring into man now, in the epoch of the Intellectual or Mind Soul,
    • have been possible to bring the content of the Consciousness Soul into the
    • only during the third millennium. It cannot be conceived — need
    • post-Atlantean epoch; 333 years after that brings us to 666, when the
    • that being of whom I have spoken from appearing 333 years after 333.
    • years. Here you have the other side bringing about equilibrium
    • the Beast had gone on stirring up mischief among men from 666 until
    • acquiring the content of the Consciousness Soul in the proper epoch
    • “It is remarkable to find all this appearing in our time; it is
    • only bring a serious study of life to bear on some of the descriptive
    • All this springs
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture V: Free Human Personality by Self Training, Justinian and the Schools
    Matching lines:
    • have been cut short. They would have come to the point of acquiring
    • This rendering of
    • Jundí Sábúr during the seventh century.
    • referring to is not an imaginary event, nor something that never took
    • with his Christian doctrine and preparing to tread the Arabian men of
    • evolution, which in its present character began during the fifteenth
    • ghostly knowledge of nature and why is he so proud and overbearing
    • having to secure it by his own efforts during the course of centuries
    • consist in so ordering life that a man would be master of the
    • forces that bring about continuous excretion, dissolution, and
    • orderings, everywhere in nature. These rhythmical orderings are
    • after; to an egoistic society they would bring only hurt.
    • dissolution and renewal, excretion and assimilation, occurring under the
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture VI: Augustus and the Roman Catholic Church, Rhetoric, Intellectual Soul and Consciousness Soul
    Matching lines:
    • course of historical events, but figuring very little in external
    • we have been considering these events in such
    • souls during the fourth century, at the time of the turning-point,
    • were to look at human evolution during the time of the Mystery of
    • particularly influential in bringing the Academy of Jundí
    • completely reversed at the very beginning of our era, during
    • endeavours to bring about a world-wide form of civilisation that
    • wanted to bring to an earlier time something that was meant to come
    • over in Greece. The Greeks had no wish to bring back the past; they
    • possibility of acquiring the Intellectual Soul, as well as the later
    • what it was intended to bring about in Rome at that time — a
    • with a stuttering tongue.
    • grander supersensible element through which he wished to bring about
    • because it brings the holiness that from primeval times has been
    • which Spiritual Science can bring from the spiritual world must be
    • Catholicism. One knows very well this attitude of soul; it springs
    • of human life, is now appearing anew for reasons I have mentioned
    • probability of no such outcome during our present incarnations. That
    • contemplation of nature in this light there will spring a feeling for
    • exemplify, whether in caring for the poor or in any other realm of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture I: East and West from a Spiritual Point of View
    Matching lines:
    • membering of the social structure according to classes. What
    • differentiation according to classes that brings chaos into
    • living being and not as an abstraction, shall bring about the
    • of our age otherwise than by acquiring the capacity to
    • brings to light.
    • in Central Europe seem to people like something springing out
    • their say during the next two or three decades, but their
    • more upward into consciousness — the impulse to bring
    • the Guardian of the Threshold how something that is stirring
    • actually appearing before the person and presenting itself
    • chaotically stirring within him is really before him in the
    • be taken into account is the necessity of acquiring a clear
    • have their influence as ancient lingering impulses in the
    • that of bringing the people of the East to the point of
    • during these very days.
    • reminds me of other things bearing upon this unhappy
    • during this week been completely confirmed by the disclosures
    • Lerchenfeld-Koefering, are in complete agreement with my
    • this to you now not for the purpose of bringing to your
    • hindering the introduction of the image of Christ into human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture II: The Present from the Viewpoint of the Present
    Matching lines:
    • are many now appearing — you will note especially one
    • during the last centuries has gradually taken on such form
    • decide simply to let come what may without endeavoring to
    • during recent centuries. An essential element that has
    • continued to live in the old manner, administering their
    • During the continuance of this dictatorship of the
    • general way, the guiding principles, we may say, during the
    • achieved of all that must take place in the epoch during
    • characterized precisely these last centuries. During recent
    • be otherwise if money is really only a means for acquiring
    • work, then money will lose its value as a means for acquiring
    • ask whether this will bring about a change. For example, if a
    • bringing about such conditions that mere money, which is
    • thus bringing it about that a certain number of persons
    • simply a means for acquiring power. The fact that it is a
    • claim upon labor makes it the means for acquiring power.
    • Christian way; that is, by acquiring money only by means of
    • bring to market what constitutes his heavenly share and you
    • future is to bring depends upon our doing so. Much of what
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture III: The Mechanistic, Eugenic and Hygienic Aspects of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • consists in the fact that a certain ideal exists for bringing
    • that will bring about a paradise on earth, or at least that
    • considering the expression “solution of the social
    • lies, of course, what they instinctively will to bring to
    • that people express outwardly with stammering tongues. This
    • During the
    • different, and different likewise still earlier during the
    • social structure. He began during the period that ended
    • have eyes,” but then not bring him to the point of
    • During recent
    • these are the forces to which I am now referring. You need
    • everything was that pretended to bring political order into
    • societies dealing with such occult truths as have a bearing
    • is to bring these countries to the point where socialistic
    • this power except by acquiring this knowledge and confronting
    • will thus come about of rendering unnecessary nine-tenths of
    • which will make it possible to bring down from the heavens
    • characteristics during that time. In the case of the
    • I fear that the events now occurring day by day, we might
    • minute to minute — unadorned, without any coloring
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture IV: Social and Antisocial Instincts
    Matching lines:
    • or less consciously or unconsciously to bring about such a
    • conditions we may desire to bring about, if the point of
    • about between man and man brings into existence in your
    • During sleep
    • will inevitably in the course of time bring a terrible
    • moodiness, in all sorts of self-torturing, torturing of
    • mastering the antisocial element in order to reach the
    • special degree of love that he brings to meet the other
    • bring about its own destruction. The tendency of democracy is
    • always endeavoring to overcome the other; the one always
    • characteristics of man during the fifth post-Atlantean epoch
    • must be developed during this period. For this reason this
    • these antisocial impulses, he will bring about more or less
    • community. This would bring about such conditions in the
    • a certain way bring about the suppression of antisocial
    • these testings that life has brought to us during the last
    • that the curing of the ills of this epoch depends largely
    • will be interested simply in bringing to dominance quite
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture V: Specters of the Old Testament in the Nationalism of the Present
    Matching lines:
    • his bearings within the course of world events, especially
    • a person to find his bearings in an unprejudiced way when he
    • self that will then develop during the sixth post-Atlantean
    • epoch just as strongly as the consciousness soul during this
    • socially. Thus we may say that, during this epoch, man
    • during the sixth epoch appears in all sorts of abstruse,
    • during the fifth post-Atlantean epoch to the preliminary
    • disturbing movements of what is to come during the sixth
    • during this fifth post-Atlantean epoch. The antisocial
    • less spontaneously. During this fifth epoch, social life must
    • be regulated through the fostering of spiritual science.
    • bringing about unhappiness for humanity. As regards a social
    • humanity, this socializing alone must always bring a curse.
    • linked with two other things that must develop during the
    • thought precisely during our epoch of the consciousness
    • During the
    • borne forces within him that are not acquired by him during
    • he was born. These were imprinted upon him during the
    • during the embryonic time and that then continue to work
    • such an elemental manner as hitherto. In other words, during
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture VI: The Innate Capacities of the Nations of the World
    Matching lines:
    • mission will be to bring humanity into social unity. This
    • chaotic stirring within humanity in relation to something
    • transformed into concepts, wished to bring about a social
    • departure in the effort to bring about some sort of social
    • relative and one-sided, that these persons who wish to bring
    • that alone can give the motive force to bring about a future
    • steering wheel, has previously been excluded from all those
    • sabotage that consisted in the effort to bring over into the
    • rational way that it is possible to bring a new social
    • the war would gradually take on such a character as to bring
    • evils, declaring that it must be overcome and eliminated from
    • ideas, which ignore realities, to bring about any sort of
    • take on a special coloring among the English-speaking people.
    • English-speaking people brings it to pass that among them
    • will achieve what they bring about precisely by reason of
    • So, during our
    • power will be accepted during the fifth postAtlantean epoch
    • way the shadow, the time shadow, of what they were during the
    • they work within us also — bring about knowledge, it is
    • of spiritualistic gatherings than ahrimanic spirits, even
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • were given at Dornach in the late Spring of 1920, and are
    • During the last decades our members have led a pleasant life, devoted
    • forms of thought which dominated wide circles became during this time
    • called for a response from out the very springs of human conscience —
    • everything in the world stands in a spiritual ordering in which we no
    • fixed, dogmatic, circumscribed aim. And that brings us to a fact of
    • against us today; that brings us to something which is only the
    • time; that brings us to the fact that the whole of the Catholic
    • clergy who worked to bring about a certain freedom in Catholicism.
    • the old discarded liberals, and those who were young during the last
    • ordering of nature. And so, whereas this mood came over modern
    • the bishopric, not to bring such a stain on his good name and on the
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • were given at Dornach in the late Spring of 1920, and are
    • Roman Catholic Church during the last half century. It began with the
    • because it brings out to what an extent modern humanity passes
    • have to stand for. Meanwhile the clouds are gathering. The latest is
    • What is it that is to bring about the decay of the old religions one
    • and all? It is all that has arisen during the last three to four
    • Lenin and Trotsky. They bring out nothing but what is already taught
    • in 1814, strange things nevertheless happened. For you see, during
    • My dear friends, what I am really trying to bring home to you is that
    • campaign. But what I am primarily trying to bring home to you is how
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • were given at Dornach in the late Spring of 1920, and are
    • trichotomy, by declaring that man consists of body, soul and spirit.
    • such as are now appearing in the “Katholischen Sonntagsblatt”;
    • spiritual science? It brings about a consciousness of a prenatal
    • covering of the forces of growth by the snow crust one part of the
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • remembering this principle will you begin to understand the
    • ego organization, could not bring forth the warmth that must
    • pouring in its activity too intensely. We only get rid of
    • nearly ripe, tie two together with string and hang them on a
    • a giant, or subnormal as in a dwarf, this immediately brings
    • understand health and disease in this way during the
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • and during the night, in your absence, someone were to come
    • bringing into it substances from the earthly environment.
    • other task than to bring about continual death in the human
    • bring about death. In the qualitative sense, therefore, ego
    • amounts to a tendency to illness. The etheric organism brings
    • sprouting, health-bringing process, of the perpetually
    • that is checked until the death-bringing processes gather
    • entering into such things, we shall never be able to
    • earthly components. People must finally bring themselves to
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • heaviness disappearing applies not only to the human head but
    • covering skull you have a form in which the cosmos deprives
    • substances were once present during the epochs of Saturn, Sun
    • would bring into himself semi-moral qualities; for it is so
    • the human being when we know the period during which certain
    • confirm this by bringing antimony to the cathode. There will
    • during the Earth evolution, graphite during the preceding
    • Moon evolution. Diamond came into being during the Sun
    • under which and during which a substance assumed a definite
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • preparing with the help of Frau Dr. Wegman comes to the fore.
    • happens to a slight degree during the embryonic period but in
    • environment, that knowledge becomes experience during sleep,
    • fragmentary and chaotic if there cannot arise during every
    • provided we succeeded in bringing true esoteric impulses into
    • During the first seven years of life particularly, the forces
    • In upward springing Mercury
    • to bring to birth in the soul the faculty that can lead to
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • was present during the old Saturn period. If, in this present
    • in actually bringing such interrelationships before the soul
    • essential for us today, my dear friends, to bring activity of
    • ways is it possible to bring people near to reality.
    • for what lives in the well-spring of esotericism to be led
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • hearing of musical tones, melodies. Inspiration has nothing
    • provide for the growing organization during life in
    • look after the life that is coming into being during earthly
    • purposes of growth. But during the embryonic period, while
    • acts of hearing, all the organs of the human being, not only
    • the inner organs of hearing, vibrate together with the air.
    • the organ of hearing just because it vibrates but because it
    • brings to consciousness what is present in the rest of the
    • knowledge is incapable of bringing about understanding of the
    • being without the chemical forces is just like picturing a
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • today in answering questions which do not belong to the
    • instance, say to him when he is suffering from some illness
    • practice, this picturing of the sun, the warmth in his head,
    • means that are able, somehow, to bring it about. If we have a
    • bring about any healing. The physical body has, precisely,
    • together with certain others — lungs bring it more down
    • thoroughly. The question is: How does the wearing of pearls
    • and industriousness which a person has acquired during this
    • wanted to bring the thoughts in the Philosophy of
    • whatever against play. What imagination does is to bring the
    • the muscle is at rest — to bring the resting muscle to
    • bring about a kind of healing in yourself in advance,
    • speak of again tomorrow. A final course would aim at bringing
    • age will say, on hearing this: "Ah, now comes the old
    • the following: picture to yourselves a person suffering from
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • skull-covering is membered into the Saturn movement. In the
    • hindering as it were the process of pulverization, you will
    • truly meditated upon, will bring you into the same relation
    • covering of the earth; it does indeed awaken this experience
    • the tiny, shimmering piece of gold, the opposite power of
    • soul is awakened. Then, as well as the green shimmering gold
    • During sleep the soul has not got hold of the body. But in
    • Durchdringen
    • Und dringet Schweremacht
    • child shows a slight tendency to stuttering. I am not, of
    • stuttering being due to this or that cause; naturally, all
    • whatever the trouble may be, in cases of stuttering a
    • achieved with children who have a tendency to stuttering by
    • meditation, to bring the soul into the necessary and lasting
    • Durchdringen
    • Und dringet Schweremacht
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • In the gathering held here just after the
    • gathering now. Because of the very concentrated form in which
    • the esoteric things were given at the first gathering, one or
    • will be if, bearing these inner difficulties in mind, you
    • will bring them forward in the form of questions and we will
    • cosmic forces. But at the same time you bring the human being
    • resolved into atoms. But you are comparing it with the human
    • content of the meditation intellectually you bring your ego
    • he were to work only with the forces he brings with him from
    • substances received, he transforms the pre-earthly during the
    • with, by adhering to the model which comes from the forces of
    • during which sun and moon were outside.
    • organization during early childhood. When the second teeth
    • is independent as is the case during the first seven years of
    • life. During those years he must work up in his ego and
    • down and makes its way to the physical foodstuff, ignoring
    • not a question of curing. Everything medical must be grasped
    • seventh and fourteenth years is what the human being brings
    • during the period after the change of teeth because then he
    • complicated molecules. There was a period during the eighties
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • ought not to be as it is today, namely, entering a
    • physician should find his bearings quite naturally in his
    • external circumstances of life if they do not spring from the
    • because this springs from a real need. Meditation can then
    • to the diagnosis. Nobody realized that during all their
    • brings you to truths quite different from those which are
    • himself has no fundamental belief in what he is lecturing
    • - especially what also brings death
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • sun which brings about the rhythmical balances between these
    • and purpose in the universe. Just ask yourselves: During what
    • in the course of thirty years — the thirty years during
    • Saturn in the heavens — but during this period Saturn
    • sun brings about rhythm between the two.
    • The forces of silver can bring sponginess to form, they give
    • constitution the human being was suffering from a condition
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • your true bearings in the tasks which your karma sets you
    • Mysteries. Over in Asia, during the transition to Hippocratic
    • the most healthy because during it the human being is least
    • during the Saturn evolution a cosmic warmth was
    • Saturn evolution came the Sun evolution, during which the
    • are not taking on the human form but are adhering to their
    • should feel that something is entering into our experience
    • was incapable of discovering the truth. Today these things
    • organs that pass through the gate of death. Thus, during
    • working. When one looks at someone suffering from pulmonary
    • domain of medicine. Forgive me for referring here to an
    • such a way that it brings two human beings together blindly.
    • help is needed for its curing. But just where the physician
    • have said today but what I did bring today I wanted to bring
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • coloring.
    • them the most terrible sufferings. This procedure was, in
    • administering henbane we lead over the astral contained in
    • he becomes a ghost, a fleeting, wavering ghost of his
    • have a bearing, too, upon questions put by individuals about
    • during childhood. You must try to make both the first and
    • others I have given during these lectures. But you must fully
    • of the etheric body being animated, beginning to ring and
    • There will ring forth in cosmic tones The working of
    • they once were in the ancient East, when both the upbringing
    • are entering an Age of Light; only we must make ourselves fit
    • remembering the close relationship that existed in ancient
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Appendix: Evening Gathering with Young Medical People
    Matching lines:
    • Appendix: Evening Gathering with Young Medical People
    • Evening Gathering with Young Medical People
    • must be true, and that the present-day ideas which one brings
    • means that one is imagining things and is brutally ignoring
    • which brings about the infolding continues to work in the
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 1: Soul and Spiritual in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • Today I want to bring up a theme which may
    • gradually discovering its place in the life of the cosmos,
    • methods of investigation — we would find in registering
    • acknowledge this membering into a warmth organism, an airy
    • body contains the forces of feeling; it brings these forces
    • the following. The etheric body remains in us also during
    • — is sustained from outside during sleep. And the human
    • organism during waking life. We can speak in a similar way of
    • closely into these matters. During sleep it is only the
    • during the waking state; the Ego and the astral body are
    • with the whole organism. During sleep, when the Ego and the
    • during sleep as during the waking state, when the Ego and the
    • During the
    • our Ego which is part of that spirit. During sleep our
    • brings about in the warmth organism what is otherwise brought
    • leaving our body during sleep, we allow the cosmic spirit to
    • waking, finds that he is feverish or is suffering from some
    • individualpersonal bearing. If we did not sleep, if our life
    • we have the air organism, which during the sleeping state is
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 2: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • body if we did not leave it during sleep and seek for it
    • the air organism. We inhale and exhale the air; but during
    • during the life between birth and death, moral ideas as such
    • into the cosmos. And we bring life with us when we
    • against what Spiritual Science feels it a duty to bring to
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 3: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Happenings
    Matching lines:
    • thinking with will. We bring will into thinking and thereby
    • that which we, standing in the world, can bring to
    • inkling that we bring mathematics with us from our existence
    • rebounded from it in a certain sense, during the life between
    • when we bring thoughts into the will-nature, when we overcome
    • brings matter to birth: our head; and we bear in ourselves
    • accepting the existence of fixed, ever-enduring atoms. What
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture I: Anthroposophy as What Men Long For Today
    Matching lines:
    • of those requiring Anthroposophy must be, in the fullest sense, the
    • crystal forms, who conjures forth each spring the sprouting, budding
    • considering it from various points of view and allowing such considerations
    • It is not a matter of bringing men something unknown to their own souls.
    • bearing with him the riddle of his own being. And it is the same when
    • There are those who repress this question, smother it, do not bring
    • stone. That remains external to us, only the mere picture entering
    • show me my destruction after death and the semblance of reality during
    • she not also bring it to birth?’ It may help to remind the
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture II: Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • during which something incorporated into the human organism is transformed
    • every spring. This point is not stationary; it is advancing. In the
    • spring describes a complete circle in the heavens in 25,920 years, the
    • laws which, today, bring our physical organism into the condition of
    • of the earth. Through entering physical existence through birth, I have
    • going on during both waking and sleeping states. One might doubt this
    • however, is not merely a scientific question, it has a bearing on life.
    • suffering from auto-intoxication and many other things because they are
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture III: The Transition from Ordinary Knowledge to the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • him in their stirring, yet profound, way, one comes to understand, even
    • the earth, estimate the changes occurring in the course of centuries,
    • birth onwards, so as to bring them together at this place. One may say,
    • sense, they are entering our life without such a previous connection.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IV: Meditation and Inspiration
    Matching lines:
    • springs from these two laws — however many subconscious and
    • to external reality. And in seeing, hearing, grasping, etc., one notices
    • ignoring every other experience. I say it must be a comprehensible
    • from some region or other to visit the earth, requiring neither ground
    • metamorphosis of consciousness that results from really discovering
    • you must direct your musical sense to hearing inwardly —
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture V: Love, Intuition and the Human Ego
    Matching lines:
    • entering space, beings of a psycho-spiritual nature just as man, in
    • the leaving of the physical body as actual pain and suffering in order
    • apart from suffering the pain of initiation. But to acquire an immediate,
    • suffering and pain.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VI: Respiration, Warmth and the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • during sleep; sense activity and the thinking based upon it are, however,
    • however, that this vehicle does not act on man during sleep, i.e. that
    • During
    • we described as belonging to the etheric organism continue during sleep.
    • that the etheric organism is also present during sleep.
    • This question can only be answered by putting and answering another.
    • them what I had to assume as outside of man during sleep no longer remains
    • such a way that we really feel we are remembering something not experienced
    • memory, we now begin to understand what happens during sleep. Thus into
    • of what leaves man and remains outside him during sleep, and what was
    • during life, you would say: That I am inwardly permeated with life is
    • as we saw just now, you are outside your body during sleep, you become
    • the air you have exhaled. And this air you breathe out brings you
    • arise. The darkness is a veil covering our ordinary, every day thoughts
    • during waking life, initiating, with the help of the inhaled air, the
    • functions it has to perform; how it is outside during sleep and receives
    • during waking life, begins to be very conscious in sleep. It comes before
    • process, just as we perceive external processes of Nature during earthly
    • find processes occurring within you, and these make up your world.
    • the physical and etheric bodies during sleep. They are outside, and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VII: Dream-life and External Reality
    Matching lines:
    • we may dream of entering a vaulted cellar. The ceiling is black and
    • not study dreams like the psychiatrists who bring everything under one
    • it actually is, not altering it in his dreams, will be found to be a
    • bodies in sleep. Remembering this, we shall not be surprised to learn
    • during sleep. It cannot be the ego, for this knows nothing of the symbolic
    • re-arranges them, colouring then by his own character. Pursuing this
    • necessity of acquiring a subtle, delicate knowledge of the soul if one
    • apprehend his whole life as an etheric impulse entering earthly life
    • it with presence of mind; otherwise it eludes us before we can bring
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VIII: Dreams, Imaginative Cognition, and the Building of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • is extremely important and is further confirmed by comparing this special
    • withering.
    • physical man as a withering being. Well, no one who knows the Science
    • a withering being, we perceive in him the spiritual man; in a sense,
    • the physical as a decaying, withering being.
    • and truer, too. And when one is able to perceive the withering of man's
    • from the last life on earth — and is now withering. In this way
    • within the withering process that proceeds from man's being of a former
    • head is withering most; and the dream appears to imaginative perception
    • and limb organism appears to imaginative vision to be withering least
    • to be withering; nevertheless, seen imaginatively, it retains almost its
    • perceive his withering physical organisation. And if we look at what
    • have before us what man is preparing for the next life on earth. These
    • have passed through death. The Science of Initiation brings us this
    • incurring debts to the future after death, leads to an immense deepening
    • We then say: With ordinary consciousness we see we are incurring debts,
    • of his life asleep. During this third he does, in fact, live through
    • years. During this time he passes through a kind of embryonic stage
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IX: Phases of Memory and the Real Self
    Matching lines:
    • In short, whenever we have to bring the external world to the soul,
    • but, during the short time it is there, it becomes more and more shadowy,
    • during earthly life, disappear into the wide spaces of the cosmos. This
    • of memory teaches us that what we had called ourself during earthly
    • harboured during earthly life. The spiritual counterpart, of which I
    • spring, with all we have approached during life. There is no single
    • go from birth to death during earthly life, and, after death, can return
    • undergone during earthly life. Suppose you have had an experience with
    • as if these spiritual beings were showering down their sympathies and
    • for the spiritual world, of harbouring passions and have outgrown these
    • state of soul that results from acquiring on earth some knowledge
    • locked up within us during earthly life — while these seek the cosmic
    • — permeating these experiences during the retrospective part of the
    • thin, unless you are quite specially constituted. On entering the world
    • If we look into ourselves during earthly life, we find, at first, memories.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture I: The Lower Three Human Members and the Spirits of Form
    Matching lines:
    • Science with any kind of old errors or mystical ideas, bordering on
    • know that during the life between birth and death man has what we are
    • find his bearings. The ego is mirrored for him in his consciousness.
    • bodily form which is acquired during the earliest period of physical
    • self-knowledge during the first half of life) — in
    • us from drowning, to raise us to the surface, bringing us back to
    • thinking is of an airy kind, soaring aloft and taking no account of
    • to take a certain realm of human activity and to wish to bring the
    • should in every way place ourselves into space, bring the spaceless
    • the same with the timeless, the enduring, the imperishable, and
    • otherwise work timelessly in man's soul during life is brought into
    • of the divine. ... In reality they are referring to much less exalted
    • a product of the material is in fact declaring — though he may
    • spiritual, the spiritual in man, is identical with declaring, even if
    • Ahrimanic illusion, which arises through forces entering space out of
    • declaring Ahriman to be his God.
    • to bring forth spiritual activities. And the other illusion —
    • which are somehow transformed so as to bring about human activities.
    • forefathers, you will always notice that their biographies bring out
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture II: The Fifth Epoch, Semitic and Greek Cultures, the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • becoming weaker. I am referring now to historical evolution, and when
    • Ahriman, and this brings about great
    • himself. He would indeed have been able to wring forth wisdom, but
    • fellows; they grow stiff and hard, considering as right only what
    • quite all; what I was then referring to as the
    • still cleverer during the evolutionary stages
    • has come about. You know that during the first half of life a man is
    • during the first half of life; in the second half of life this
    • evolution. Thus, however clever a man might become during his life on
    • touching here on a very important secret which we must bring with all
    • the working of the Christ Impulse into mankind during the centuries
    • understanding was able to grow during the fourth century, but
    • at the same time the difficulty of inspiring men increased. In the
    • time came when the inspiring of men through spiritual mysteries
    • Impulse brings in something different. It has nothing to do with the
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture III: The Mystery of Golgotha Must Be Approached Supersensibly
    Matching lines:
    • went on to say: It is only after his death, during the time he spends
    • Golgotha, during their life beyond the threshold; and that what has been
    • the super-sensible world, had an inspiring influence on the writers of
    • he brings temperament, brings movement; he brings feeling
    • torturing is not to force them to speak the truth, which
    • earth the most excellent deed will indeed be one that brings shame to
    • want to bring before our souls something which in some measure is
    • words during our studies of the day before yesterday. These two
    • was the bringing of the human will into terrible discredit; and this
    • bringing into the human will a fact belonging to the past, a
    • to be planted into man something to bring equilibrium into his
    • things. It brings into the world a true conception of birth and
    • clouded colourings. If, however, through the words of a Tertullian we
    • hear the inspiring voices of the contemporaries of Christ, we shall
    • satisfaction that a suggestion I made really to myself during my
    • and things I say during lectures I give out as my own conviction,
    • bring the super-sensible into the world of the senses and are
    • bring active will-impulses into some particular sphere. Particularly
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture IV: Consciousness Soul and Scientific Thinking, Sorat and 666
    Matching lines:
    • many more or less important things with a bearing on this
    • being — not by discussion but by getting our bearings
    • modern man looks back on his forebears when referring to their belief
    • ghosts, but not in the sense that ghosts were believed in during the
    • waiters preparing unappetising food and handing it to their patrons;
    • certain sense to bring home nature to modern consciousness in a
    • Darwinian colouring, talks of man's descent from the animals. The
    • to-day are of primeval origin, springing from times when atavistic
    • During this year the three streams flowed together into a critical
    • am pouring into man now, in the epoch of the Intellectual or Mind Soul,
    • have been possible to bring the content of the Consciousness Soul into the
    • only during the third millennium. It cannot be conceived — need
    • post-Atlantean epoch; 333 years after that brings us to 666, when the
    • that being of whom I have spoken from appearing 333 years after 333.
    • years. Here you have the other side bringing about equilibrium
    • the Beast had gone on stirring up mischief among men from 666 until
    • acquiring the content of the Consciousness Soul in the proper epoch
    • “It is remarkable to find all this appearing in our time; it is
    • only bring a serious study of life to bear on some of the descriptive
    • All this springs
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture V: Free Human Personality by Self Training, Justinian and the Schools
    Matching lines:
    • have been cut short. They would have come to the point of acquiring
    • This rendering of
    • Jundí Sábúr during the seventh century.
    • referring to is not an imaginary event, nor something that never took
    • with his Christian doctrine and preparing to tread the Arabian men of
    • evolution, which in its present character began during the fifteenth
    • ghostly knowledge of nature and why is he so proud and overbearing
    • having to secure it by his own efforts during the course of centuries
    • consist in so ordering life that a man would be master of the
    • forces that bring about continuous excretion, dissolution, and
    • orderings, everywhere in nature. These rhythmical orderings are
    • after; to an egoistic society they would bring only hurt.
    • dissolution and renewal, excretion and assimilation, occurring under the
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture VI: Augustus and the Roman Catholic Church, Rhetoric, Intellectual Soul and Consciousness Soul
    Matching lines:
    • course of historical events, but figuring very little in external
    • we have been considering these events in such
    • souls during the fourth century, at the time of the turning-point,
    • were to look at human evolution during the time of the Mystery of
    • particularly influential in bringing the Academy of Jundí
    • completely reversed at the very beginning of our era, during
    • endeavours to bring about a world-wide form of civilisation that
    • wanted to bring to an earlier time something that was meant to come
    • over in Greece. The Greeks had no wish to bring back the past; they
    • possibility of acquiring the Intellectual Soul, as well as the later
    • what it was intended to bring about in Rome at that time — a
    • with a stuttering tongue.
    • grander super-sensible element through which he wished to bring about
    • because it brings the holiness that from primeval times has been
    • which Spiritual Science can bring from the spiritual world must be
    • Catholicism. One knows very well this attitude of soul; it springs
    • of human life, is now appearing anew for reasons I have mentioned
    • probability of no such outcome during our present incarnations. That
    • contemplation of nature in this light there will spring a feeling for
    • exemplify, whether in caring for the poor or in any other realm of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Die Erziehungsfrage als soziale Frage: Erster Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • durchringt, daß nur auf dem geistigen Wege ein wirkliches
    • bringen, worinnen der große Gegensatz liegt zwischen dem
    • Zusammenhang bringen, als mit dem Worte Maja der orientalischen
    • Mensch durchringt, das ist dasjenige, was Wirklichkeit ist; was
    • bringen Sie das, was ich eben gesagt habe, mit anderem in
    • dasjenige, was vielleicht schon die nächsten Jahre bringen
    • unhellseherischen Verstande dringt,
    • wird verstehen müssen, wenn sie vorwärtsdringen will.
    • durchschnittlich bringt, das Menschenwesen ein nachahmendes
    • geringerer Grad von Autoritätsgefühl genügt
    • Menschenseelen eindringt; aber jedenfalls, was unbewußt
    • lassen dasjenige, was der Weltprozeß bringen soll, das ist
    • allgemeinen Seelenverfassung zum Ausdruck bringt! Das bringt
    • um diese drei Begriffe zu durchdringen! Wer kennt, was
    • durchdringen, der weiß, was geleistet worden ist an
    • dem Mammonismus spricht. Da bringt sie allerdings mit einer
    • sachkenntnismäßig zu durchdringen. Wirkliche
    • ergeben die Notwendigkeit der Durchdringung sozialer
    • heute wirklich aufdringen muß. Erinnern Sie sich nur
  • Title: Die Erziehungsfrage als soziale Frage: Zweiter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • oder Roggen hervorzubringen. So liegt es nicht in unserer
    • muß, die er weiterbringen muß. Parallel geht ja der
    • Industrialismus bringt in unser Leben etwas hinein, was den
    • Wirklichkeitserkenntnis zu dringen, zu jener
    • stehen bleibt, sondern in das Geistige hineindringt, das hinter
    • hineinzudringen. Und seit wir den Industrialismus haben mit
    • wir es Industrialismus —, zum Sinn bringt, indem wir den
    • äußere Erkenntnis die Menschen dazu bringen, nach
    • notwendig, etwas Rechnen beizubringen. Dazu muß man zwei,
    • beizubringen. Nicht einen Stundenplan, der alles durcheinander
    • Kinder bis zu diesem Jahr da und dorthin bringen müssen,
    • da nicht der geringste Zusammenhang. Man will es eben durchaus
  • Title: Die Erziehungsfrage als soziale Frage: Dritter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Schulnationalökonomie ist ganz unproduktiv. Sie bringt
    • beibringt imaginative Begriffe, das heißt Begriffe, welche
    • ihnen beschäftigt, gut beibringen, sagen wir die Idee der
    • ausdenkt. Denn was bringen denn die Menschen aus der heutigen
    • zurückbringen, daß wir in der Natur nicht sehen jene
    • Gesellschaft nicht durchdringen mit solchen Ideen, mit solchen
    • mit denen wir die Herzen, die Seelen durchdringen. Dann wird
    • durchdringen, daß die Menschen Lust und Liebe zur Arbeit
    • durchdringen, die in meinem Buche stehen über die
    • Zukunft müsse die Menschheit durchdringen die soziale
    • nichts Geringeres damit, als daß es ohne
    • bringen in einer solchen Weise, wie es notwendig ist in bezug
    • ist sehr wichtig, sich zu durchdringen mit der
    • hervorbringt das wird nur dann in der Welt sein, wenn in der
    • werden, sich in der richtigen Weise durchdringen.
  • Title: Die Erziehungsfrage als soziale Frage: Vierter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • mit sich bringen wird nicht bloß Erkenntnisse —
    • diese Überwindung wird mit sich bringen eine ganz andere
    • vom physischen Leib. Das Haupt bringt am meisten zum Ausdrucke,
    • unmittelbaren Anschauen des Menschen zusammenbringen. Dieses
    • wollte Ihnen durch die heutige Betrachtung nahebringen, wie
    • Geisteswissenschaft eigentlich alles durchdringen muß, und
  • Title: Die Erziehungsfrage als soziale Frage: Funfter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Mythen, Legenden und dergleichen zu durchdringen versuchten,
    • durchdringen würde. Denken Sie einmal, das ist eine sehr
    • Intelligenz die Versuchung bringt zum Bösen und zum Irrtum
    • und weil wir in der Durchdringung der Intelligenz mit dem
    • Menschheit drohen, über die Menschen heute schon bringt.
    • daß man jedes Kind dahin bringen muß, im Lauf des
    • Intellekt mit sich bringt! Der Stolz, den die gegenwärtige
    • entfernen, als ihn der Menschheit nahe zu bringen. Die
    • indem sie ihnen dies oder jenes vormachen, bringen sie sie dem
    • Damit muß man sich stark, sehr stark durchdringen, wenn
  • Title: Die Erziehungsfrage als soziale Frage: Sechster Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • herumtragen? Er bringt es am weitesten in der mathematischen,
    • Welt einzudringen, wiederum in solcher Weise in die Welt kommt.
    • den Menschen in Zusammenhang bringt, in Verwandtschaft bringt
    • bringt, sie dadurch gewissermaßen bewußt unterirdisch
    • in Verbindung bringt mit den geistigen Welten, und dann sich
    • Art von Trance zu bringen, um dann durch geschickt an sie
    • Unegoistischen zu dringen, und immer wieder und wiederum zu
    • dringen, sich damit zu beschäftigen, was ich jetzt
    • für die Zeit, die der Mensch heute in Gymnasien zubringt,
    • Anthroposophischen durchdringen zu wollen. Es ist ja dies das
    • Mut haben, mit etwas, was not tut, wirklich durchdringen zu
    • durchbringen, so notwendig dieses wäre.
    • sich, diese Dinge durchzubringen. Wir wollen uns so betrachten,
    • haben müssen. Der durchdringe uns als die
    • möchten jeden Tag, der uns näher bringt dem Wirken
  • Title: Thomas Aquinas: Lecture I: Thomas and Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • object in bringing before you all I have to say in these three
    • not live here, for it had to be removed into the sun during the
    • springs from the deepest depths of human nature, which is not
    • everything with him struggled with intensive and overpowering
    • men's souls had attained during his era, through actual events
    • through sense-observations which through abstraction we bring
  • Title: Thomas Aquinas: Lecture II: The Essence of Thomism
    Matching lines:
    • to bring out the individuality, to shape an
    • flowering of Western feeling and will, a great deal which did
    • into their thoughts, but that they themselves cannot bring them
    • flowering of logical judgment; we might say the highest
    • flowering of logical technique.
    • itself and can bring forth the separate things of the world by
    • Philosophies that Create a Stir — referring
    • remembering. As a small child he has not. Where is this power
    • of remembering? First it is at work in the organism, and
    • nature something which brings together into a unity the
    • two thinkers Albertus and Thomas laid special stress, to bring
    • universal memory in separate beings, but rather during life
    • power of memory, is attracted, as it were, during life by the
  • Title: Thomas Aquinas: Lecture III: Thomism in the Present Day
    Matching lines:
    • not hesitate to bring into our time thoughts, such as those of
    • currents of reality. I work myself to reality by my acquiring
    • bridge to the world, if I did not bring the idea-world, which I
    • return to it in our knowledge what we took from it on entering
    • world, and it is this occurrence that brings the world, and us
    • our time, how it springs up from its most important achievement
    • in the Middle Ages, then you see it springing up in its
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture I: A Christmas Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • as we do not bring it into connection with what may be inwardly
    • bring all beings including man into existence. This holy Christmas
    • of the clouds and stars, in the springs and rushing streams, in the
    • vision of the Christmas Mystery, and the hearing of the heavenly
    • rushing stream, the murmuring spring, the lightning and thunder from
    • of the plants and animals, from stars and springs and rivers. For the
    • through Imagination, Inspiration and Intuition to bring forth an
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture II: The Quest for Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • we find such allusions — referring to the fact that the
    • Osiris, sets out on her quest and finds him in Asia. She brings him
    • spring equinox owing to the position of the sun — the shadow
    • be repeated in a different form during the fifth post-atlantean age.
    • to bring into the modern world-conception that which existed in
    • Inspiration and Intuition. This brings to us the help of Christ
    • spiritual form during the 20th century, not through an external
    • let us go in spirit to the manger and bring to the Child our
    • peace, a light that brings peace outside, only because first of all
    • bring into it ideas and impulses we have collected from all comers of
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture III: The Magi and the Shepherds: The New Isis
    Matching lines:
    • the other. During these lectures I have spoken of how the Magi from
    • to bring such visions out of sleep as these shepherds brought. But in
    • What really underlay this faculty of perception? During
    • the period between death and a new birth, during the time through
    • which we lived before entering through birth into earthly existence
    • during the first period of earthly life, in the child. The
    • (red in diagram) grows, during the further evolution of humanity,
    • budding, the offspring of what the men of old saw in the starry
    • and their offspring are the mathematical faculties of today. The
    • lies in ruins. Further conflicts will follow. Men are preparing for
    • things in our days to bring men to understand this passing through
    • ideas, ideologies can bring individuals to recognise the necessity of
    • proclamation to see how that which was to bring humanity forward
    • he can proceed to bring about the ‘threefolding’ of what
    • unfold, in the true sense, a will that brings a Christ-filled social
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • been considering during the last few days. I have spoken of the
    • of the forces of the universe. During his life between birth and
    • the milk-bearing cows.
    • earth with her covering). This same power-giving Being, working from
    • our people. Beside the Political Parliament administering the
    • struggling so hopelessly. Its realisation must and will bring
    • struggling so hopelessly. Its realisation must and will bring health
    • should always be trying to bring together those human beings who are
    • in man need a health-bringing renewal. What we need is a new
    • understand what it is that will bring healing into the development of
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • and the sense of hearing. Then follow the middle four senses related to
    • organs exist, such as the organs of sight, of hearing, and so on. This
    • them is something quite different from hearing mere tone, mere sound.
    • order to understand his thought, in order to bring it into connection
    • Within the range of the senses, the sense of hearing, for example, is
    • taste. And having come to a clear conception of the sense of hearing
    • sense of hearing, the fifth the sense of warmth, the sixth the sense
    • of hearing. You will unhesitatingly recognise that when we perceive
    • another. As regards the sense of hearing it is not quite so obvious;
    • matter, and have diffused over the whole of the senses the colouring
    • Customary thinking overlooks the fact that hearing, since its physical
    • And you have only to consider how very external our sense of hearing
    • sense of hearing and the sense of sight. In the case of the sense of
    • because during sleep we must not perceive through sight, yet we are
    • inwards than is the sense of hearing — I am not talking about the
    • other than the actual process of hearing.
    • hearing, and even more the word-sense, the sense of thought and the
    • addition the sense of hearing, the word-sense, the thought-sense and
    • character of the lower ones is immoral. It is quite possible to bring
    • ego-sense, the sense of thought, the word-sense, the sense of hearing,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • and the sense of hearing. Then follow the middle four senses related to
    • the sense of thought, the word-sense, the sense of hearing, the sense
    • one can say that during its development from the fourth to the
    • Sense of hearing
    • after all, man brings his soul with him into each new incarnation, a
    • possibility of acquiring a scientific conception of life after death.
    • humanity's prospects of recovering the strength to rise, to climb up
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • and the sense of hearing. Then follow the middle four senses related to
    • difficulties in remembering; while on the other hand such children
    • metabolic-limb man is transformed during the life between death and
    • two things go together: one of them a man brings with him from his
    • evolution that most men, civilised men at any rate, bring mathematical
    • types of growing children — those who bring much from their
    • this way. Many other things help to bring this about. Our head is, so
    • good imprint of itself on the brain. It certainly has had time during
    • shape, we bring with us out of our previous earth-life. Whoever
    • the spiritual, can be regarded as bearing witness to the spiritual
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • possibly find his bearings amid the conditions of social life
    • young with the old, bring him experiences that remain
    • and ego — are directly connected with each other during
    • other, the astral body and ego are separated during sleep
    • world are still at work within him. During the stage of early
    • growth, during the very obvious process of the child's bodily
    • They are present in a weakening phase during childhood but
    • which changes are obvious during the years of his earthly
    • from the physical and etheric bodies during sleep. If as well
    • as observation of a human being during his waking hours the
    • during the life of sleep is actually more important than that
    • bring about outwardly perceptible, audible speech. But when
    • spoken during the day echoes on — admittedly in reverse
    • order — during sleep. Not that the words actually sound
    • again as they sound through our mouth during the day; it is
    • echoes during sleep are not vague or indefinite; what the
    • during sleep is to a very great extent dependent upon his
    • him. During sleep the thoughts and will-impulses which the
    • remarkable process. Until the seventh year of life, during
    • fourteenth year, only during that period he is in closer
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Experiences of the human soul during the state of sleep
    • after-effects of the forces he has within him during
    • being elaborates his physical body in particular during the
    • of formative forces during the second period of seven years.
    • sense-perception and intellectual recognition, but during his
    • during sleep from the physical and etheric bodies. Every
    • astral body during the periods of sleep. Although in an adult
    • on become progressively weaker. But during the hours of sleep
    • Archangeloi — these members must also live, during
    • yesterday, the relationship into which man enters during
    • during earthly life when the human being reaches puberty.
    • is super-terrestrial and physically manifest, so during sleep
    • body and in his etheric body during his waking hours, and out
    • has today during the hours of sleep. And so, on waking, he
    • could bring from the elemental and super-elemental world
    • brings from his pre-earthly existence into earthly life he is
    • elemental world during sleep unless during his waking hours
    • elemental world during sleep, even after puberty. This is
    • being. If, during his childhood, he does not receive
    • world during sleep. And not only does that condition of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • the Archai. Experience of divine worlds through music during
    • of deep signfiicance for the whole of human evolution during
    • the super-sensible world. The event I am referring to and
    • Western world changed during this 4th century
    • the super-sensible realm during this time. So we shall be
    • activities of the Form Forces during the era under
    • this also brings about the illusion that man makes the
    • by degrees during the course of human evolution. Looking back
    • more delicate than it became later on during the
    • and fifths escaped their hearing; no such intervals existed
    • of soul which brings a deep and living understanding of what
    • indicated in answer to a question put to me during a
    • We will bring
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • By referring to the 4th century
    • middle point of the period during which the Spirits of Form,
    • So during the
    • Beings during this epoch, that is to say, the first centuries
    • mean? It means that certain Spirits of Form could not bring
    • brings about the
    • and frequently settling in Europe, and if in these wanderings
    • only by surrendering unconditionally to the dogma of the
    • with one from West-to-East bearing within it the strong
    • fruitless wandering over the map of Europe: here, one side is
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • By considering in retrospect what has been
    • preparation had to be lived through. But during it man could
    • impulses, springing from the soil of man's own being, did not
    • bring about something in man. All stimuli from outside that
    • cause a man to work on his own being bring to expression the
    • Exousiai to bring the thoughts from outside, men had not
    • action that must eventually bring about an era as chaotic as
    • more sensible for the divine ordering of the world if these
    • education. For a glaring defect in all education nowadays is
    • themselves. The others have not understood how to bring
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • today. The living essence of thinking was within us during
    • earthly existence. And today man wants to bring the two
    • whether these sciences bring them knowledge of reality; they
    • is extremely important. Conditions during this period have
    • substance completely during the process of nutrition. In
    • body and bringing into it a firm form through the taking of
    • — of discovering that here there is one part of an
    • dead, but that will not bring us a single step further in our
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • during the post-Atlantean culture-epochs and the future tasks
    • being was born during fine weather, whether he was born by
    • night or by day, during the winter or the summer. There was
    • divine Thoughts. And if a child was born perhaps during a
    • storm or during some other unusual weather conditions, that
    • extremely boring is suggested if it is said that a person
    • have been regarded as exceedingly boring! And in point of
    • calculation were introduced in all domains of life during the
    • to the locality. This ceased during the Greek period. Then,
    • during the winter.
    • may thrive during the winter. Our dependence upon sub-earthly
    • thoughts that arise in man are seen by the Gods glittering
    • not vitalize his thoughts, if he persists in harbouring
    • opportunity of shattering the Earth.
    • of the fact that man is not merely a creature wandering
  • Title: Healing Factors for the Social Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Oswald Spengler, at a gathering 130 years ago, in Central Europe,
    • then such a gathering would have ended in a complete uproar,
    • egotism of the soul. They bring forth on behalf of immortality
    • physical body; they bring forth with the physical body an
    • was applied in European culture and its American offspring, which
    • not merely nurturing false views, but bringing forth images of
    • one would even bring about the streaming of spiritual scientific
    • catechism, which one can bring about in man through abstract
    • passage of the next appearing
    • paradoxes the life of our time actually brings, and what makes
    • this thinking loose from matter. However, the tearing loose from
  • Title: Healing Factors for the Social Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • degree. If today one wanted to bring the traditional European and
    • happened. Just as little is the heart the pump works that brings
    • science has to bring; here spiritual science has to bring the
    • man, which they then bring to a climax in the sermon, that the
    • out of his tendency to inertia, brings to birth the idea: one
    • and along can bring humanity forwards, on the course of earthly
    • line is drawn). Children who are born quite a bit later, during
    • longer red line above). We were already on the earth during the
    • time when those children were still above. They bring something
    • to us that has been experienced in the spiritual world during the
    • then also leads to real knowledge of man, and which brings about
    • interior of the human being that is developed, which is to bring
    • can be stoked in the inner element, which brings one to higher
    • inner experiencing, that brings to understanding the concepts and
  • Title: Impulse Kultur/Wissenschaft: Vortrag VIII: Bericht
    Matching lines:
    • nicht gehen, sondern springen möchte.
    • genommen es nicht dazu bringen können, trotzdem immer wieder und
    • katholische Theologie gesprochen haben würde, vielleicht das Ringen
    • Also das alles bringe ich
    • vielleicht ein Bild geben werden von jenem Ringen auf
  • Title: Anthroposophy/Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • then to the events we call the Wanderings of the Peoples.
    • bring an outline of this before our souls. If we study the
    • live in the spiritual world. But considering all that I am
    • itself. Many of these beautiful qualities were named during our
    • course of lectures which were given during the building of the
    • such a staggering blow demands the cultivation of these
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture I: The Human Soul in Relation to World Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • inner life; we give them a certain coloring so to speak. In
    • different coloring from what was originally experienced
    • occurrence. I see someone bring the wood and place it before me
    • place in the eye and bring them to manifestation in a physical
    • being. We must at least ask the question, if, during evolution,
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture II: The True Nature of Memory - 1
    Matching lines:
    • of memory pictures wandering up again after having first
    • considering everything from one pole, the pole of
    • to speak, an attendant phenomenon to the reality which I bring
    • through our various senses brings us experiences; we rejoice in
    • crammed it in. One cannot set about acquiring higher knowledge
    • and metamorphosis. This fact escapes one unless, during
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture III: The True Nature of Memory - 2
    Matching lines:
    • last week, let us bring to mind some of the things already
    • for comparing different states of consciousness must say to
    • knowledge of man if we use discernment when comparing
    • body of man we bring with us when we take hold of the physical
    • organism absorbs what man brings with him. Therefore, if the
    • friendly expression. If someone is suffering from too
    • to restore his friendly expression by administering an
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture IV: The Human Soul in Relation to Moon and Stars
    Matching lines:
    • environment, bearing in mind what was said in the first
    • triangle rules supreme with a certain nonchalance, not caring
    • because during earthly life we are adapted to our physical body
    • man on earth, but he could not bring forth another human being.
    • being all powerful and enduring, and in order to prevent
    • to die away after bringing forth new life, there is
    • extend his being, as it were, by bringing forth another human
    • in his ability to bring forth his kind extends, on the physical
    • attention to the fact that it is possible to bring warmth
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture V: The Human Soul in Relation Sun and Moon
    Matching lines:
    • personal. However, modern cultural life brings up in
    • Century — I am referring to the civilized part of the
    • springs and so on, all this will disintegrate; however, what
    • appearing frequently in many different forms, even in the cult
    • that which again and again brings man into the physical
    • facts I have presented to you during the last few days, but
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture VI: The Formation of the Etheric and the Astral Heart
    Matching lines:
    • have often discussed the development of the human being during
    • These configurations of the ether body remain during embryonic
    • red rays). As I said, the structure begins to grow paler during
    • undifferentiated at the periphery. During the time from
    • the cosmos which we bring with us as an etheric structure when,
    • external cosmos. But in his astral body he brings with him an
    • and individual. The strange thing is that during the time when
    • body, which man brings with him into physical existence through
    • body that man brings with him. One must know that each
    • man brings with him as his astral body. This astral body dives
    • man brings through birth is an image of the whole cosmos; and
    • this unites that which man brings down from the spiritual world
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture VII: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • develop. Today I want to indicate how during different
    • human beings who lived during the period described in my
    • manifesting in lightning and thunder, in springs and rivers, in
    • unconscious process. But during certain periods of his
    • Yogi, by altering the rhythm of the breath, drew it consciously
    • earth. This is the consequence of gradually entering into the
    • thinking from breathing and bring it into the rhythm of the
    • rather through great suffering.
    • suffering.
    • acquire a new habit and during that time I shall concentrate my
    • determination and unwavering will. It is often the case
    • suffering becomes purely an inner soul path in which the
    • deprivation and suffering. I am not saying this to discourage
    • suffering.
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture VIII: The Elementary World and its Beings
    Matching lines:
    • Today I want to bring forward certain matters which are
    • certain spiritual powers during the earth's future.
    • Yesterday we saw how, during the different epochs of human
    • Thoughts run along the old grooves, but the intellect brings
    • no longer springs from the region of the head must be obvious
    • acquire insight into their characteristics. During the
    • brings to light.
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture IX: The Contrasting World-Conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • person's upbringing and education and on what, as a result, he
    • education, that progress is made in furthering the art of
    • his sleep life was different from that of modern man. During
    • penetrated by man's `I' and soul being during sleep. I have
    • situation was different. During man's sleep the organs of his
    • man's `I' and soul being. During his sleep, divine spiritual
    • of his thoughts, during waking life, it was because during
    • during his sleep, with the consequence that he felt his
    • not inspire man directly during his waking life; they did it
    • during his sleep by pursuing their own activity in his
    • earthly affairs. Through their activity during man's sleep they
    • considerably, also during historical times. Just consider
    • are considering, the senses were so organized that man
    • in his head during sleep. This activity no longer furthered
    • bequeathed to him during the night. Their activity would no
    • flowering in mankind's evolution.
    • during sleep the head was the earthly scene of activity
    • They formed his thoughts and during sleep they developed a
    • that during the sleeping state of humanity in ancient times the
    • during sleep, but no longer in the head; now it takes place in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture I: The Three Steps of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • developed here. This kind of spirit does not spring from any
    • especially today because I desire to bring you this greeting
    • the methods of scientific research developed during the past
    • must be exact in preparing his soul-spiritual organism, which
    • anything. Because one strives for this exactness in preparing
    • anthroposophy therefore is to bring out the facts concerning
    • achieved in this way, bringing together all the separate
    • the cosmos; that even the physical sense body is a covering of
    • religious experience was the highest flowering of the
    • experience of religion. We need to bring about this ego
    • cultivated to bring about a revitalization of life. This is to
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture II: Soul Exercises in Thinking, Feeling, and Willing
    Matching lines:
    • other system are presented, one can always bring forward
    • differing completely from that of abstract thinking in which it
    • ever-recurring periods of the soul's resting on an easily
    • particular etheric organism, bringing about his form and his
    • is now able to bring into sharply outlined picture concepts,
    • When, in full wakefulness, the soul brings about an empty state
    • earth, and what man brings with him out of the supersensible,
    • divine-spiritual world, we are able to bring back
    • envelop themselves during the waking state in what I have
    • contained in them, to renew their forces. During this
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture III: The Imaginative, Inspirative, and Intuitive Method of Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • bring about imaginative knowledge in the right way, it is
    • may be allowed to enter the process of bringing about a
    • the faculty of hovering, as it were, with his thinking in the
    • be able to bring about this passing back and forth between
    • meditation is to bring results in the right way one must
    • perhaps for some requiring a few weeks, for others many years,
    • that bring forth from the small child's body the whole
    • acquire knowledge of life beyond the earth will be shown during
    • that the soul must bring to bear is necessary for advancing in
    • the truly free, inspired life, one brings together what one
    • knowledge, which is something overpowering, in the same quiet
    • something like what we experience in seeing and hearing,
    • philosopher must again bring about in his soul the childlike
    • modern cosmologist must again bring about that condition of
    • consciousness. The modern philosopher must bring an
    • the condition of the soul, in which a Yogi lived during a
    • living with them as we live in our physical organism during our
    • of the cosmos. We live with them, and thereby bring about a
    • activity bring back that ancient soul disposition and
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture IV: Cognition and Will Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • a picture, but this picture expresses complete reality. Bring
    • thinking or mental picturing that we have in ordinary
    • something which during earthly life is continually passing over
    • is fundamentally to bring dying thoughts to life again.
    • the supersensible cognition referred to here, bring into view
    • Thus, laid aside, they can no longer form the covering
    • for man as they have done during earth life. What happens
    • through exercises of the will, one brings about intuition. Then
    • succeed in picturing to itself the kind of interplay through
    • it. This direct perception, which would bring the philosophies
    • bodies during earth life.
    • hidden; during earth existence, it is actually
    • at a cosmology that includes man during the period when it
    • could formulate natural laws, postulating an inner ordering of
    • might they shun the possibility of bringing their awareness of
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture V: The Soul's Experiences in Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • of soul during his waking hours is permeated by the
    • permeated also. They too are influenced during waking life by
    • soul's experiences during sleep. At least sketchily, I will
    • experiencing during this first stage of sleep subject and
    • a position to bring these experiences to consciousness and pour
    • actuality, if man could bring these two soul experiences to
    • of reality to a philosophy worked out during waking life.
    • meaningful except that during sleep man has come into the
    • on, and we were missing the sense of unity. Thus, during sleep,
    • at first experiencing their unity. That brings about a
    • from within. They are, in fact, fear-inspiring occurrences that
    • and that Mystery during his waking life, have after-effects in
    • guiding power during this second stage of sleep. It is this
    • does not expand out into the planetary world during sleep, but
    • During sleep — supersensible vision shows us that astral
    • during the day. During the following night an after-effect of
    • in addition to this cosmic experience during the second
    • experiences of the soul during sleep work in such a manner into
    • during the day in the form of a dull awareness of
    • sleep. So, during this stage we find ourselves actually
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture VI: The Transition from the Soul-Spiritual Existence in Human Development to the Sensory-Physical
    Matching lines:
    • an experience occurs during sleep, only that ordinary
    • But, during sleep, a continuing desire to return to his
    • during sleep. Man develops this intense longing to return
    • aroused during man's cosmic experience by the moon forces that
    • for they are non-existent. During sleep, however, they wait to
    • differing from that of earth life. It is a bright, clearer
    • during his pre-earthly existence. I say shares, because
    • of an inspiring and blissful nature. Truly, nothing small and
    • of the cosmos during the life between death and rebirth.]
    • compared to the clarity and intensity it possessed during a
    • individual soul, something that the moon forces bring
    • something like the following thought springs to life: I must
    • linked with the moon forces prepare him for desiring earthly
    • for another earth life. During sleep it is these forces which
    • during pre-earthly existence, as I described it at the
    • existence, then, in the moment when he passes from sharing in
    • are present as man is born into earthly life; he brings them
    • nature is kindled during the last stage of sleep as I have
    • This, then, after the above-described experiences, brings about
    • soul is unaware in a pre-earthly sense during the last
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture VII: Christ in His Relationship to Mankind and the Riddle of Death
    Matching lines:
    • world during pre-earthly existence, makes his transition to the
    • entering earthly life. Men of this ancient time knew of this
    • endowed my soul with that faculty, which brings it about that
    • among my soul experiences during the sojourn on earth, I also
    • cannot study history correctly unless one is able to see during
    • historical Jesus, bringing the picture of him to life.
    • During the time when knowledge became increasingly perfected
    • ordinary consciousness that does not spring from his own
    • super-earthly deed of enduring significance was accomplished in
    • Today, I would like to close my remarks by referring to what an
    • If man brings this teaching to life again in modern
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture VIII: Ordinary and Higher Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • that alternate in daily human life, we find that during sleep,
    • consciousness is retained during genuine imagination
    • attention must be paid to what escapes you during the
    • kind of exercise. It is like acquiring a skill through
    • bring forth what you want from the supersensible world. But it
    • of questions without considering at all that in the next moment
    • he must be able to bring to mind instantaneously the memories
    • into the physical body during earthly life. But you can also
    • remains unconscious of events during sleep. We are awake in our
    • physical organization during sleep. Indeed, man is a much
    • for everything a person has undergone during earth life in the
    • its metamorphosis as the element appearing only as a mirror
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture IX: The Continuation of Ego Consciousness after Death in Relation to the Christ
    Matching lines:
    • organization and ego being are outside his physical body during
    • in the physical corporeality. During sleep, the soul's own
    • which, during sleep, remains unperceived and beyond
    • complete ego being during waking consciousness, he would
    • this is suppressed during ordinary waking consciousness.
    • with the forces that he has gathered during sleep out of the
    • being is reflected during waking life onto the physical body.
    • characterized by saying that during the waking state the astral
    • appearance of man's etheric body during the periods of waking
    • becomes increasingly undifferentiated during the waking
    • has an abundance of shapes in these areas during waking hours.
    • is quite different during the state of sleep. You see with
    • possessed by the rest of the etheric organism during the waking
    • to bring the rhythmic system into consciousness, the breathing
    • their efforts to use an older method of entering into the
    • breathing, considering it good or bad, wise or foolish. In the
    • breath from the rhythmic system. During his Yoga perception, he
    • entering his consciousness. The physical organism is like a
    • processes of breathing and circulation during earthly
    • reflection during earth life in physical breathing and the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture X: The Experience of the Soul's Will Nature
    Matching lines:
    • human soul's experiences in ordinary consciousness during its
    • even during life on earth. When, through intuition, you
    • kind of surrendering of the willing-soul to the physical
    • organism, an out-pouring into it, but it is neither continuous
    • damage. The lifting of my arm takes place during this
    • actual act of the will occurs during this restoration.
    • effects up into ordinary consciousness at all during earthly
    • consciousness as stirrings of conscience, as evaluations of
    • our own capabilities, we bring to birth an astral being that
    • sojourn on earth. When we bring it to a close we carry the
    • what has been worn down. As feeling beings, we bring about an
    • on them through upbringing and education.
    • one always seeks by such means to bring into balance again in
    • man's etheric, astral and ego organisms during physical
    • his own. During this state, man is wholly devoted to the
    • consciousness, as I described it already during the past
    • long does the experience last during which the human being
    • because we carry this element within us. During the whole
    • cannot bring what we have experienced in the soul world as the
    • moon forces are the element that brings or wishes to bring man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Reading/Hearing: Lecture I: Human Being and his Relationship to the World
    Matching lines:
    • Occult Reading and Occult Hearing
    • ‘Occult Reading and Occult Hearing’ in August 1914, after the
    • occult reading and occult hearing. We hear something about the
    • reading and occult hearing. Absurd theories still prevail at
    • Reading and Occult Hearing’ are to mean anything to us. We
    • see; during the night that part of the world is withdrawn.
    • reflection, of mirroring. And just as in ordinary life the
    • physical body. It is only during sleep that the Ego withdraws
    • bearings, for this descent into the etheric body is not as easy
    • in the spiritual world. In their wanderings they then
    • experience what we call ‘occult hearing.’ As soon as we have
    • hearing begins. Now we penetrate into things in the real sense.
    • hearing in such a way that something quite definite is
    • when we describe the details of occult reading and hearing
  • Title: Occult Reading/Hearing: Lecture II: Identification with the Signs and Spiritual Realities of the Imaginative World
    Matching lines:
    • Occult Reading and Occult Hearing
    • our bearings in the spiritual world. But there are exceptions
    • and takes in the truth. As a rule, this hearing, this spiritual
    • hearing is no longer bound up with pictures but is borne by the
    • done. Then, when we have reached this stage of hearing the
    • of spiritual reading and hearing, I must still say something
    • self-observation. During the process of submerging ourselves in
    • the hearing; it comes from within that Zodiac. So, if I
    • bringing to expression what is to be voiced.
    • hearing work together. Thus, do we penetrate into a particular
    • reality, by deciphering it in spiritual reading and hearing. In
  • Title: Occult Reading/Hearing: Lecture III: Inner Experiences and 'Moods' of Soul as the Vowels and Consonants of the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • Occult Reading and Occult Hearing
    • realised that occult reading and occult hearing consist in
    • may be called occult reading and occult hearing.
    • tried to get right into them, the occult reading and hearing,
    • function of knowledge during the actual experience.
    • bring into our own organism what a Being of the higher
    • own organism we should not only bring about its death, but
    • you see again that seership brings us into connection with what
    • that it shall not work as a destroying, death-bringing force to
    • bringing in its train feelings of piety, feelings of being
    • impart to us because we bring to them this mood of soul.
    • external nature. In the soaring eagle I see something
    • of colour, its budding in spring, its blossoming throughout the
    • practising occult reading and hearing in the real way, it is
    • acquiring loving interest for all the beings that are around
    • The first experience brings about an attitude to the
    • to transform oneself into all the diverse beings brings respect
    • confront the Cosmos if it is our aim to have spiritual hearing.
  • Title: Occult Reading/Hearing: Lecture IV: Inner Mobility of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • Occult Reading and Occult Hearing
    • heard how occult reading and occult hearing are very living
    • yesterday. This is a law of the multiplicity, of the outpouring
    • living wealth and not merely as a spiritual hearing, is
    • Humility increases the more we succeed in surrendering
    • physical and etheric bodies when, during life between birth and
    • membering of the soul. These members of the soul are a reality;
    • skull were freely mobile during the Old Moon evolution. To-day
    • something that is preparing to become an organ of thought. For
    • you are preparing for what will be thoughts later on —
    • Earth to-day, are preparing to become not only physical but
    • prays he is preparing himself in the brain to live in the
    • which make us capable of reading the world and of hearing the
  • Title: Imaginative Cognition and Inspired Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner at Oslo, Berlin, and Dornach during the Christmas Season of 1921.
    • Steiner at Oslo, Berlin, and Dornach during the Christmas Season of 1921. It is from
    • is not in a sleeping state only during ordinary sleep but that
    • consciousness, so that, even during our waking hours, what
    • beings only when free impulses living in us spring out of
    • reality. When the will is in action it brings about changes in
    • cognition brings to our notice. One might say that everything
    • moving, something enduring, in a state of perpetual
    • life can observe this storing up of lifeless matter everywhere
    • a general storing up of a certain amount in a more tenuous
  • Title: Occult Psychology: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • from which the greater part of mankind is suffering. This terrible confusion among men comes
    • laxity, the indolence, with which during many decades, the thought-life on earth has been
    • actually entered those souls who, by reason of the conditions during past years, have not even
    • this today makes it impossible for them to bring any foresight to bear on their affairs.
    • Goethe during his
    • momentarily during his life can be said to have been for him a kind of Belgium, the neutrality of
    • book was written during this present catastrophe, or at least Boutroux has translated it into
    • French during the war. Shortly before this Boutroux gave a lecture in Heidelberg in which he
    • eulogised German Philosophy in the most flattering terms! The book is called
    • colouring of one's own. But this is how the ability of children is henceforward going to be
    • science, take these ideas! It is true they might be able to spring up in the brain of the good
    • students, or whether they spring up in the brain of a man whose brother already as a young man at
  • Title: Occult Psychology: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • soul-spiritual.) Borne like a wave, swimming, I might say, or hovering, so nothing else is borne
    • perhaps hovering in this red.
    • is swimming and hovering towards the human physical face: yellow, green, orange; green running
    • this dam that brings about our memory conceals what the imaginative mystic would like to look at,
    • by tearing it to pieces and treating it as chemicals are treated by the chemist in a laboratory.
    • with the spiritual in such a way that the spiritual is wholly incapable of appearing as such.
  • Title: Occult Psychology: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • found in our consciousness, or entering into consciousness, being mirrored back, reflected back,
    • is approximately to this effect — Weininger maintains that the human soul during life
    • spring up out of his innermost depths than is the normal case today.
    • actual evolution of the American people during the nineteenth century. And Wilson speaks right
    • is direct and convincing Wilson sees in this manner of conquering the ground, the actual nerve of
    • I have here been discussing, namely, the entering in of something from the peoples of the east
    • earthly human race. The desire will be to bring human evolution to the point when man no longer
    • weighs men down, weighs them down and deprives them of the possibility to bring about the aim of
  • Title: i Spirituality: Lecture 1: Historical Symptomology, the Year 790, Alcuin, Greeks, Platonism, Aristotelianism, East, West, Middle, Ego
    Matching lines:
    • In the lectures given here during the course on
    • significant point from which the neighbouring areas can be viewed and from which much can be
    • which we do not find in the Orient but which, entering in later, arose in the central regions of
    • during the development of all that can originate out of this I-culture.
    • to experiences occurring between birth and death.
    • human being can bring towards the spiritual investigator if he really opens himself to healthy
    • Waldorf Schools the culture has proved to be capable of bringing light into primary education.
    • bring dirty money to them; better to keep it in our pockets; that's the proper place for dirty
    • them as far as they are necessary; but here it is a matter, above all, of nurturing that
    • here, happen! In this there rings out what I wanted to say today.
    • 1920, during the first course of the School of Anthroposophy at the
    • can be deduced or, rather, which of its own will brings forth a great deal and presents this
    • (GA 322) — eight lectures given during the first course
    • 20. The Free Waldorf School was founded in Stuttgart in the spring of 1919 by Dr
    • Steiner suggested the founding of a World Fellowship of Schools during an assembly of teachers
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 2: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 1
    Matching lines:
    • It was thus precisely in the West that these impulses could best bring about the development of
    • covering the modern civilized world.
    • regions for the time being — a peculiar and deeply significant phenomenon is appearing. And
    • forgotten — those abilities which we bring with us from the spiritual worlds when, through
    • economic life is, as it were, the ground and soil from which something like this can spring up.
    • second type, who make superficiality, phrase-mongering and untruthfulness their task, seek to
    • powers on which one must call when one wants to bring something new into the development of
    • epoch of human development; namely the training towards becoming an individuality. This brings
    • dreams, or simply during sleep, so that the human being in a waking state then bears within him
    • the inspirations of such beings; is inspired during the day by the after-effects of beings of
    • this kind who come over him during the night.
    • and also inspire them during sleep at night.
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 3: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 2
    Matching lines:
    • through human beings themselves, but by appearing to them. We spoke of how these beings influence
    • consciousness of certain human beings of the East — perhaps by working during sleep into
    • it, in the after-effects during waking. And in this way they bring in everything they wish to pit
    • so pale during the day that they appear only as concepts, as ideas. The same applies also to what
    • human beings of the Orient, appearing in imaginations. And one only needs to choose a highly
    • The Wandering Jew.
    • entering into an existence before birth or after death. Nor can its justification be found
    • be a most interesting ethnological study to see how, in a relatively short time during the last
    • in the Middle Ages people could only bring them together by feeling the split, the duality in
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 4: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 3
    Matching lines:
    • work inspiringly into Eastern civilization. And one can notice both these aspects in the leading
    • have just this task of bringing the intellect into the economic life. What does this mean? We
    • could also be the preparation for acquiring that configuration of thinking
    • would give American life a German colouring. For already, long before this, there had been
    • element completely submerged what little the Germans had been able to bring in.
    • during the course at the School of
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 5: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 4
    Matching lines:
    • that they revealed the spirit to them. The spiritual spoke out of every spring, every cloud,
    • would prefer to bring back the old conditions of the countryside. They imagine that this can be
    • bring forth everywhere destructive, demonic forces out of itself. It would not work because the
    • things are characteristic. A lawyer once said to me during a discussion I had with him: The fact
    • bring humanity forward, now that nature no longer reveals the spiritual, than to turn to the
    • equal to it, if he did not bring a spiritual insight with him to guide it. No one would associate
    • with someone who did not bring qualities that made him effective in the economic life and which
    • through repeated lives on earth. One will have to be aware of what a human being brings when he
    • comes into consideration when the real soul-and-spiritual core of the human being is to bring him
    • Anthroposophy even though one is perhaps trying to help it. So I am not referring to something
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 5
    Matching lines:
    • During the course of Greek and Roman history, when the Mystery of Golgotha was accomplished on
    • bring forward concerning the Mystery of Golgotha out of an ancient oriental wisdom, could be
    • found. Had the Mystery of Golgotha come during the full flowering of the intellect it would, of
    • this. This is the belief in authority that has replaced the other way of ordering the social
    • whole human nature during the ancient oriental culture. Those who worked out of the Mysteries
    • unconscious etheric body. Today, when the principle of independent judgment is appearing, there
    • with what lives independently in the human being which he does not bring with him through birth
    • upbringing and education up to the fourteenth, fifteenth years so that in those years he can then
    • the East and that which is as yet unborn in the West clash together through ignoring the Centre
    • — that, too, lies on the ground today. Impossible political structures spring up like that
    • impossible structures can only spring up through the fact that peace is made by the people of the
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 7: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 6
    Matching lines:
    • because of the impossibility of adhering to the old prohibition against reading the Gospels
    • remains at the surface of things. But especially during the period between the middle of the
    • ancient times every oriental knew that what worked its way out of his soul during childhood, in
    • youth, was a dowry from the spiritual worlds which he had experienced before entering into
    • gathered strength during recent centuries and then came to a climax in our own day. The great
    • that is ringing through the whole civilized world today.
    • instead, to bring it about that the social structure corresponds only with what men are as
    • the 'I' is appearing. And there will appear in the future, when the earth enters its next stages,
    • this cosmic-earthly evolution can be brought to you, that during earth-evolution only the germs
    • to say to himself: 'It is true that, during earth-existence, I cannot attain spirit-self in my
    • now I am preparing myself to take spirit-self into it in the next, the sixth, culture-epoch. I
    • know that I cannot yet bring spirit-self into my entire astral body, but I have to bring it into
    • nature that, during the period of earth-existence, they cannot emerge fully. These states of
    • preparing myself inwardly for conditions of being I cannot yet develop'. In future it will have
    • something much higher than anything I can realize externally. I must bring something quite
    • different to the world. I must bring something quite different into the social structure,
    • Artificially constrained and repressed mental-picturing activity and, in the process, saved
    • repressed mental-picturing activity. Has this man in his 'scientific conscientiousness' — I
    • constrained or repressed mental-picturing activity? Now, if he decided to look at some
    • being held he would not speak about mental-picturing activity being suppressed here. There is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Abbreviated Title: Lecture I:
    Matching lines:
    • bearings. About a week ago I pointed out the significance of the processes
    • reality in the same sense when they look upon the gradual withering and
    • destroyed. I have shown that those processes which life brings forth in us
    • something external, our soul-spiritual has to bring about destructive
    • during the time after death. Through the fact that our soul-spiritual
    • souls: ‘What happens during the time through which the
    • ‘When I enter physical existence, and during my education, I
    • it, as it were, everything that constitutes our environment during the life
    • the time before our birth, we would have a long period during which we
    • dwelt in the spiritual world. Many things happened on Earth during this
    • look back to our former incarnations, we were surrounded during our time on
    • during the preceding incarnation. Thus the stream of time works at the
    • new birth, a wearing-away of earthly conditions, an annihilation, a
    • bring about the destruction of what they were born into and to appear again
    • opposition to Spiritual Science and of appearing again when the Earth is
    • grains let themselves be distracted from preparing those of the next year,
  • Title: "Heaven and Earth will pass away but my words will not pass away"
    Matching lines:
    • during his evolution in the Universe? — The dream of the Moon-man
    • accumulated during his life on earth as content of his consciousness.
    • And so, during waking
    • on the Moon: he dreams. And because, during waking life, we do not
    • Thus, during the Moon age
    • Spheres and are productive forces. Intuitions are actualities entering
    • during the earth-age now become actual forms; and because they are
    • Jupiter, they constitute the mineral foundation of Jupiter. During the
    • a glimpse of the Spirits of Personality and their task during earth
    • conditions the Sun man could bring it to nothing actual in us. The
    • densified during the remainder of the earth period; and these will
    • further will appear during the evolution of the earth. We look forward
    • and then, after the ages during which something new will have
    • referring to the physical earth, not to souls). And should anyone
    • preserved during the Sun, Moon and earth periods, and that later is to
    • upon much that has, during the last few years, revealed itself before
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture I: Tree of Life - I
    Matching lines:
    • becomes still more difficult. Other things will emerge that bring new
    • has already been said that may bring us again some understanding of
    • pronouncement: we will bring to mind what we have long known: i.e.,
    • element in which Christianity was stirring as a new impulse. We see
    • despairing struggle towards an understanding, a real understanding of
    • in every page of his writings how he is struggling to bring into his
    • the whole civilised world? What is it that struggles despairingly in
    • speech, the power of sight and of hearing.
    • beings had been preserved who had not been taken away from sharing in
    • peninsula from the European centre and the East a life-bearing
    • blood absorbed the withering Latin culture. If the population had
    • Hearing.
    • therefore dying and withering. So an endeavour was made, especially
    • to do in wishing to bring the radiation of the Wile-element towards
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture II: Tree of Life - II
    Matching lines:
    • struck many people, in waking, that they lived during sleep in an
    • that I cannot bring clearly enough into the waking consciousness. And
    • in which one was during this nocturnal weaving and living, in this
    • special occult training, a man can be clear that during sleep he was
    • have to say concerning these words if you bring before your soul in a
    • no longer appear to you so inconceivable if I now bring before you a
    • through this (red) the ego living outside the physical body during
    • sleep; the part of our astral that lives during sleep outside the
    • during the night so as to show that all this enters our etheric body
    • experiences during our sleep. This is, in other words, the reason why
    • we cannot ourselves bring our night's experiences into our
    • knowledge that we have during the time between waking up and going to
    • and Evil. What happens is that during the day we gain knowledge about
    • committed by the Luciferic temptation, it always brings us into the
    • our waking, what he has experienced in us during the night. During
    • through with us during sleep, at the moment of our going to sleep,
    • enjoys during the day our night experiences; and Lucifer instead of
    • us, enjoys in our ego, during our sleep, our day's experiences. In
    • Ahriman during the day, Lucifer during the night.
    • Now it is a matter of discovering the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture III: The Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • become known to us during meditating. Therefore we find in the Orient
    • Science you find that during that time the separation of the moon
    • the Angeloi, who were at the human stage during the Moon evolution,
    • into the Gospels what he wished to bring upon earth, but he is in
    • distribution, a bringing again into movement, of what is concentrated
    • bring plastic forms into musical movement. That is its fundamental
    • world, the Consuls must be divinely inspired men, they must bring
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture IV: Harmonizing Thinking, Feeling and Willing
    Matching lines:
    • brings his will into activity, he has the consciousness that he is
    • cosmos. We believe that in our feelings we only bring to expression
    • made this step of sharing in the Moon existence, they are now going
    • evolution during the Saturn, Sun, and Moon conditions, man thus
    • experienced during the Moon-evolution, but did not, he now carries
    • nature of that which he must undergo during the Earth-evolution? I
    • however, during Earth-existence, they wish to do what they did not do
    • they wish to do during the Earth-evolution what they ought actually
    • to have done during the Moon-evolution. When you consider this
    • continuous, the eternal, ever-enduring revelation,
    • bring forward ground based not on observation but on reason. But just
    • stone and rock was alive during the Moon age and has died, has become
    • what it was when it was still alive during the Old-Moon
    • Sun-existence. He held back in order to bring to us the Sun-element
    • studies the special connection which the Christ Being had during the
    • something which, during those three years made this whole body
    • Moon which had separated from the Sun, when during this separation
    • makes use of it for registering external impressions.
    • of law not entering human consciousness, all that lives down below,
    • not bring it to the world by standing up and presenting their views,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture V: Tree of Knowledge - I
    Matching lines:
    • which the plants are undergoing naturally also bring about changes in
    • that the sun comes and the shoots spring forth —
    • That is, that the sun comes with its warmth and light and brings
    • of entering into those other worlds. For no matter how complete in
    • consecutive formation of Saturn, Sun and Moon, Time (during the
    • Moon-existence) and Space (during the Earth-existence) first entered
    • it is possible to speak of events occurring in time, as we speak
    • space, everything that we bring to consciousness and let arise
    • neighbouring planet (you may read this in my
    • do now. Such perceptions were naturally not present during the
    • concept of possession? You could not imagine that an Archangel during
    • to bring such concepts clearly to consciousness, that is, to meditate
    • that arise, endure. Our possession-concepts are enduring. This means
    • reality they are enduring, in reality they go on subsisting. And
    • already, if one understands things aright, one finds the enduring
    • eternally enduring earth-existence, or existence in general, is
    • brings the sense-perceptions into the framework of space.
    • Catholicism brings with it for the really true and upright priest
    • for he transforms her permanence into something fleeting, he brings
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture VI: Tree of Knowledge - II
    Matching lines:
    • today. During the Saturn condition they were still lifeless germinal
    • seen in the fact that during sleep the ears are naturally influenced
    • just as they are during waking life; only the ego and astral body are
    • not concerned with them. If we had our eyes open during sleep, it is
    • obvious that just the same would happen as during waking. We can
    • brings in the activities of the outer world like pictures. The child
    • macrocosm brings about at his periphery, what had been given to it by
    • incorporation in the language any abusive word or a word injuring
    • from such things? The answer could only be given by referring the
    • are really desiring, inasmuch as we say, ‘We will
    • much it would bring us forward if the following picture could be
    • hand something that is to bring quite accurately to our consciousness
    • existence. For the fact that man today can at any time bring thoughts
  • Title: World Downfall and Resurrection
    Matching lines:
    • but knows as an Angel. This idea — which springs
    • revering the soul and spirit of the father of the tribe, men
    • namely the Nature Spirits. The minds of men during the first
    • during the first centuries of Christendom related to a world
    • Church fathers of the early Christian centuries tried to bring
  • Title: Lecture: Art As A Bridge Between The Sensible And The Supersensible
    Matching lines:
    • widespread human suffering. The correspondence to our own times
    • appropriate to bring this lecture to the fore.
    • reality, of entering into each other. We have finally arrived in this
    • point of disappearing altogether. Entering into the other person,
    • Again, of the animal world — I am referring to the
    • rendering of a human being would result from copying every detail of the
    • “I.” Hence their life is so boring and
    • communicated to certain personalities during the last horrifying years.
    • That was forgotten! What was well suited to the heartstrings of the
  • Title: Imperialism: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • historically, not so much referring to the present — that can
    • complete truth — that in America they are thinking of declaring
    • During the last four of five years, an enormous amount of pretty
    • subjects, then they had to worship the conqueror as their god. During
    • During the first imperialism, when all was
    • “Holy” you have a whiff of what was divine during the
    • empires. That already began in the old Roman Empire during
    • The English speaking peoples bring other
    • during the first imperialism the kings, in the second imperialism the
  • Title: Imperialism: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • for the concrete reality. What developed in the German Reich during
    • surface in the previous decades, during which illusions were
    • become ever more powerful during the fifth post-Atlantean epoch.
    • go so far back that we can say that the time they started was during
    • names were adopted during the dawn of the English parliament, what
    • But what is it that brings so
  • Title: Imperialism: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • during the past two days you will see that what belongs to the
    • during the first phase of imperialism here in the physical world the
    • spirit was considered directly present, during the second stage
    • can hardly be considered as existing during the first stage. And the
    • fact it was not done during those times when the conditions I have
    • During the second stage what we call today parliament for example was
    • rights will have noticed that there is something shimmering in the
    • importance attributed to it during the second stage of human
    • development. Whereas during the oldest, the first stage the Church
    • platitudes this will be especially difficult though. For during the
    • tell the unvarnished truth. You will have learned during your trip
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 1
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • it has been in danger of being deprived of during the past
    • of the spirit, about whom we will hear more and more during the
    • as warning from the Spirit-Messenger before daring to fathom
    • in the fields of sense — which we must live during our
    • divine-spirituality that bubbles from the spring
    • these spirits. And conjuring them away doesn't mean that they
    • bares its teeth in a warped face. And this baring of teeth is
    • we approach spirit-knowledge accompanied by them, ignoring the
    • That is what I wish to bring before your souls, my dear
    • darkness. About all that, my dear friends, next Friday during
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 2
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • Rings forth the ancient power of his creator-word:
    • must be quite clear, my dear friends, that bravery in acquiring
    • for acquiring knowledge is what dominates. Especially in our
    • must find the courage and the fire to bring activity to our
    • esotericism pouring into the entire anthroposophical worldview
    • beautiful during the Christmas Conference and in my thoughts
    • morning till retiring at night according to the guidance given
    • soul's being. By entering into an earthly existence we have
    • died in thinking during this time on earth. The death of
    • thinking had gradually been preparing itself since the year 333
    • bodies from us during our earthly existence and therewith take
    • united by the always recurring word “evil”, then,
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 3
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • realizes in reality by entering the spiritual world, that the
    • human soul when entering the spiritual world, because it is
    • as shattering events, illness and the like. He shouldn't
    • difficulties upon entering the spiritual world, because your
    • heads during earth life and are now cosmic thoughts, because of
    • Upon entering the spiritual world we must have become
    • is not a question of merely acquiring intellectual information,
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 4
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • remembering. That does not mean that tomorrow you should
    • the esoteric, our very understanding of it brings about a
    • are capable of hearing beyond the words. And it is good for our
    • This brings the second mantric verse to our consciousness:
    • wisdom. The gods bring their wisdom to our hearts, into our
    • us alone on earth, but want to bring us into their spheres.
    • to show that the intentions indicated during the Christmas
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 5
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • and willing go different ways upon entering the spiritual
    • that upon entering the spiritual world a growing together with
    • brings him near to the Guardian of the Threshold, he becomes
    • their origination and passing away during the embryonic and
    • spirit entering us when inhaling, our own being streaming out
    • can illuminate the earth and bring it happiness, so you no
    • because there are certain spiritual beings on neighboring
    • Threshold, one is aware of entering a battle between warm and
    • capturing his whole being, as though tearing him apart in great
    • Enwrap the Self in suffering.
    • stick our heads in the sand during this short earth-life and
    • however, for we are now entering a new age when man can only
    • death during which the etheric body is dissolving in the cosmic
    • lectures. But the admonishing spirits keep appearing during
    • Enwrap your Self in suffering.
    • Bearing this in mind, I have often counseled those who have
    • might warm your coldness, lessen your warmth,” for during
    • into the experience of being in the free spirit-land, preparing
    • spoken to him during the three stations of life after death.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 6
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • During these meetings, we are considering the truths which can
    • ordering, the formation of the world is effected by it, we
    • Therefore, man should be aware during his earthly life that he
    • of the suffering which is caused by today's thinking if he does
    • of stone by engendering vitalizing fire in the soul.
    • right time. During the Jupiter evolution today's humanity will
    • raise man to a stunted immature angel too early, during the
    • enclosed in our skin - we become aware of sharing in Cosmic
    • shouldn't even dare to think of entering into this element
    • exhortation referring to the upper, ether region in the above
    • intention to give theories during these Class Lessons, my dear
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 7
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • anthroposophical movement which was renewed here during the
    • done to bring it to the members' attention. It is saying much
    • will spread its power over the neighboring regions. Then - they
    • all reality can be realized during the encounter with the
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 8
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • (Vorstand) which was formed during the Christmas Conference and
    • emphasized during the Christmas Conference. Of course, there
    • This challenge; “O man, know thyself!” rings forth
    • can therefore let this cosmic word, which rings out to
    • Does it ring through waves of time
    • in the warming sun, what springs up from the depths of the
    • world around him - an open, free sense. For during the time
    • between birth and death, during his earthly existence, he is
    • the force to bring us closer and closer to spiritual vision. It
    • earthly corpse-thinking. From it spring forth - but dead - the
    • spiritual cell of the human head is the lingering sound of the
    • should therefore try to better understand and bring closer the
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 9
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • Does it ring through waves of time
    • more able to make a beginning at entering into the spiritual
    • then during the third stage we can immerse ourselves in what
    • for this nurturing, you can love these nurturers, but you
    • measuring of the mere physical extends to the moral:
    • “wandering” or “moving” stars: the
    • feeling moves in the wandering stars [planets]; my willing
    • strong inner determination, with our own forces, we must bring
    • there is where your thinking lies. But I will bring the starry
    • wandering stars] my own feeling wanders. But I will attempt to
    • when I accompany the earth's movement in thought, but can bring
    • Bring to thinking life
    • Bring to force of feeling
    • Bring to the Powers of will
    • Bring
    • Bring to force of feeling
    • Bring to the Powers of will
    • Does it ring through waves of time
    • Bring to thinking life
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 10
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • that due to our wearing a physical body we are directly related
    • deeds, become capable of hearing in a spiritual way the
    • were hearing it, as if another being were speaking. You really
    • You bring the corresponding feeling to each verse, so that you
    • experience in the meditation: first listen, then bring feeling;
    • listen, then bring feeling; and so on.
    • brings me
    • recall each one and add the outpouring of will as a
    • answering speech — speech of the spirit and answering
    • bring us forth, engender us in the spiritual world by their own
    • approach — in the unconscious — with this hearing
    • them during the period between death and a new birth. We sense
    • back so I can divine: I am wandering in my previous
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 11
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • follows difficult suffering which lasted more than a
    • intensely during the years with us on the physical plane. She
    • on his karma, on what conditions he brings along from
    • according to our time and to the future. The flowering time
    • Mystery of Golgotha. After their flowering time, the
    • During the times when such clairvoyance existed, people
    • Therefore we answer from within pouring will into our
    • And I hear the murmuring, the hissing and rumbling from
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 12
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • Does it ring through waves of time
    • consciousness from entering the spiritual world
    • mustering the intimate mindfulness necessary for perceiving
    • to what life brings from morning to night and nevertheless
    • mantras which partly ring out to us from the soul and also
    • speaking, but where we inwardly meditate hearing. We imagine
    • spirit-beings. And it is just this transferring to a condition
    • – although we realize that it has been before us during
    • hierarchies. Therefore in entering the realm of self-knowledge
    • related to this remembering, should we even think of these
    • path. And we must necessarily bring together everything related
    • Does it ring through waves of time
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 13
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • which can bring our humanity into contact with what is
    • consciousness of the process. During waking earth-life
    • life. We do move about during sleep, only we have no
    • movement during sleep – and then also during
    • he is capable of perceiving what happens during sleep, he
    • becomes aware that during sleep he is in contact with a
    • The one speaks who brings the accomplished in man
    • 3.) The one speaks who brings the accomplished in man
    • The one speaks who brings the accomplished in man
    • Then they bring us forward, forward on the threefold fields
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • answering words can reverently issue from the depths of our
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 14
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • We have been considering the human being's relation to the
    • as well as painful and full of suffering, it can also be majestic
    • protected from entering unprepared into
    • But if the person wants to bring over into the spiritual world
    • during this war was instigated by the ahrimanic powers. The
    • with the spirit's power, and bring it over with
    • Lucifer, and to Ahriman. One must keep this in mind during
    • heard in our souls. Thus we meditate first hearing the
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 15
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • which rings out to human beings from all sides of cosmic
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • I-bearing force of fire in us. And Christ answers in us to
    • beatitude forever, which we should only possess during the
    • in our thinking; it is their feeling. They bring it to our
    • mighty wisdom of the Cherubim who bring to our
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 16
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • recognized as one which brings down its information from the
    • Society received during the Christmas Conference. Since then
    • any way infringed upon. It is a free agreement between the
    • personalities involved, because we will be entering ever more
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • glittering stars. Only a false asceticism, unrelated to true
    • glittering stars.
    • by a dark, night-bedecked wall. We see ourselves entering
    • Threshold protects us from entering immaturely. But now as we
    • During the last lesson we considered the
    • of the Threshold together with the hierarchies, which bring
    • everything which happened to us during earthly life is
    • during earthly life is recorded. It is your life's
    • We are admonished during the second stage we go
    • What our karma works through during the third
    • wherever we reach out we begin to feel a glimmering light.
    • ourselves are within this glimmering light. We feel ourselves
    • life a person is whispering something confidential
    • advanced somewhat in answering the riddle of the words:
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 17
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • without hearing another deeply founded admonition from the
    • Not referring to the view of the rainbow itself, but to the
    • to advance beyond the point we reached during the previous lesson.
    • now receiving what the Angeloi, Archangeloi and Archai bring
    • Archai. As a powerful offering, the Angeloi, Archangeloi, Archai
    • awakening love, bearing love — merge with the
    • rings out. We become aware, now that the voices of all nine
    • choirs ring out together, that what they are intoning is directed
    • opening of these Class Lessons, and also during the Christmas
    • On this occasion I would like to bring to your attention
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 18
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • powerful voices, because two choirs are answering, Kyriotetes and
    • Exusiai voices ring out in the spiritual cosmos:
    • them like incomprehensible ringing, mere sounds, cosmic
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • Bearing with me thinking's legacy,
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 19
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • through our souls which can bring to mind how everything
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • resound together. Let us now bring that to mind once more
    • – how we had already continued from hearing what the
    • The Guardian brings it to our attention; we
    • them. In it, in the thought bearing Cosmic-Word live the
    • The Thrones' bearing powers “body”.
    • The Thrones' bearing powers embody.
    • The Thrones' bearing powers embody;
    • The Thrones' bearing powers embody;
    • The Thrones' bearing powers embody;
    • bubbling spring, from every rustling wind, from the forests
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • what has been often occurring in the Anthroposophical
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XX (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • Michael took over this guidance during the last third of the
    • humanity took place during the middle ages, even by those who
    • the esoteric during the Christmas Conference, its esoteric
    • bring to humanity in the present time. All the words which will
    • so now we want to bring to our souls the words which resound to
    • effervescent springs, to the shining sun, to the gleaming moon
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • us, then we feel the desire to go into the springs from which
    • We look up to the powerfully glittering stars. We listen to the
    • glittering in space, not by despising them as outer sensible
    • clouds, of the seas, of the springs, of the mountains —
    • there, where black, night-cloaked darkness is staring at us,
    • Guardian, one may return, remembering, to the point of
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • when during each lesson, Rudolf Steiner drew the Michael-Sign
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXI (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • self-knowledge is dismaying, even shattering.
    • When the Guardian shows us this - the shattering picture of our
    • how these opposing powers, by usurping our will, want to bring
    • our selfhood at least feels wavering in the world's seeming,
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXII (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • Threshold has placed this shattering view before our souls, he
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • during a lesson, so does not have the verses, he can obtain
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXIII (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • wants to bring us to a state of spiritual powerlessness, so to
    • warmth, the forces of heat, of fire wish to bring us, and that
    • bring. We are still standing at the yawning abyss of being, but
    • by pondering the following: In order to achieve true knowledge
    • forces shape us, during growth, for example; that stays in the
    • one with the cosmos if we bring ourselves to live into the
    • every tree, every cloud, every spring, every rock, every
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • Thus, when these words of the Guardian of the threshold ring
    • of our time — when these words ring out we can be
    • present during a lesson when verses have been given, may
    • either received the verses here during a lesson or by the
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXIV (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • clouds, stars, from the sun and the moon, from the springs and
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • feeling and thinking. It must be a shattering experience for us
    • shivering with cold. But it is just when we feel this shivering
    • can work in us with their force and really bring our I downward
    • — It is as though the Guardian wanted to bring our
    • of earth”. Compassion for all the earth's suffering will
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXV (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • mountains and springs, in rocks, in the plants and animals, in
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • corporeality as beneficent fire. What brings the will to
    • wells up as warmth, light-bringing, light-filled; to what
    • — and we are still doing so, we are just preparing to
    • form of thoughts during earthly existence. 
    • Threshold's admonition. In this situation, as we are preparing
    • extend your will to them, offering resistance, so do the
    • cannot bring anything except feeling into the heart, that is,
    • we must also bring the feelings to the heart when we are in the
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • who belongs to the School cannot attend a lesson during which
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXVI (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • During the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society at Christmas 1923,
    • overcome during the Michael age.
    • unable to attend a lesson during which mantric verses are
    • which only springs from personal motives and then it is
    • it and not sidestep it by declaring pure dedication to
    • and springs and fields and thunder and clouds and lightning;
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time
    • human being, what he is during his physical incarnation, over
    • the earthly man, which we ourselves also are during earthly
    • karma brings to us from previous earthly incarnations. [yellow
    • feeling enfold in numerous dream-pictures during the day. We
    • during sleep. Now we should observe the will in the limbs as
    • and thinking appearing as what ignites the will in man in an
    • Does it ring through weaving waves of time



The Rudolf Steiner e.Lib is maintained by:
The e.Librarian: elibrarian@elib.com